Frontier 570 Service Manual

SERVICE MANUAL
DIGITAL MINILAB
FRONTIER 570
SCANNER/IMAGE PROCESSOR
SP-3000
LASER PRINTER/PAPER PROCESSOR
LP5700
Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagram
System Disk Ver.1.7 or later
First Edition
PP3-C1053E
INTRODUCTION
This Servicing Manual outlines the maintenance and servicing procedures for the Fujifilm Digital Minilab
FRONTIER 570 SP-3000 and LP5700.
This manual is a professional publication provided for qualified service personnel or persons fully trained in
equipment service procedures. All other personnel and operators are restricted from servicing the SP-3000 and
LP5700. When maintenance service is needed, be sure to contact qualified service personnel.
Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations
! WARNING
When servicing internal machine parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply on the power
distribution board are both set to the OFF position and the scanners power supply cord is disconnected from the wall outlet.
If the main power is left ON, electricity will flow as far as the power supply section, and this can cause electric shocks and/or
short-circuiting.
If the power is left on, there is also the possibility for the machine to maybe accidentally activated causing damage to the
machine and/or bodily injury.
! CAUTION
The dryer will be hot to the touch. Wait 15 minutes after turning off the power before commencing with servicing procedures.
Wear gloves when handling the optical system parts to keep the parts free from fingerprints.
When mounting machine parts, take care not to sandwich any of the wires.
Each of the connectors is provided with a symbol indicating what it is to be connected to. Make sure the connectors are
connected to the connectors, harness ends or parts bearing the corresponding symbols.
The plastic connectors have a locking catch on the plug (male) end. To disconnect one of these connectors, loosen the
catch first; to connect, make sure the catch engages (locks).
Service Manual Appropriations

1. All rights are reserved by the Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. (FUJIFILM).
2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service
personnel.
3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore
proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited.
4. FUJIFILMs prior consent is required in regard to the following.
K Manual copying in whole or in part.
K Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel.
K Manual uses for purposes other than technical service.
MENU TABLE
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
MAINTENANCE MENU
OPERATION SECTION
FILM CARRIER SECTION
SCANNER SECTION
SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION
PAPER SUPPLY SECTION
10
PAPER FEED SECTION
11
EXPOSURE SECTION
12
DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION
13
PROCESSOR SECTION
14
PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM
15
PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM
16
DRYER SECTION
17
PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER
18
ELECTRICAL SECTION
19
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
20
APPENDIX
21
CONTENTS
1.
MENU TABLE........................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.1
1.2
2.
Setup and Maintenance Menu Table................................................................................... 1-2

Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table.................................................................. 1-6
1.2.1 Menu Table ............................................................................................................... 1-6
1.2.2 0 [MENU] Item........................................................................................................... 1-7
1.2.3 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item ........................................................................................... 1-8
1.2.4 2 [END CHK.] Item .................................................................................................. 1-10
1.2.5 3 [LANGUAGE] Item ............................................................................................... 1-11
1.2.6 4 [CHECK] Item....................................................................................................... 1-12
1.2.7 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item ......................................................................................... 1-13
1.2.8 6 [PRINT COND.] Item ............................................................................................ 1-14
1.2.9 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item ........................................................................................ 1-15
1.2.10 8 [SYSTEM] Item..................................................................................................... 1-16
1.2.11 9 [INSTALLATION] Item.......................................................................................... 1-19
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................................................................................. 2-1

2.1
2.2
2.3
Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................................................ 2-2

Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table ........................................................................ 2-3
Maintenance and Inspection Procedures ............................................................................ 2-4
2.3.1 Lens Cleaning ........................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.2 Mouse Cleaning ........................................................................................................ 2-4
2.3.3 Auto Film Carrier Inspection...................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.4 Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning.............................................................................. 2-5
2.3.5 Power Supply Cord Cleaning .................................................................................... 2-5
2.3.6 Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement ................................................................... 2-5
2.3.7 Floppy Disk Drive Inspection..................................................................................... 2-6
2.3.8 CD-ROM Drive Inspection......................................................................................... 2-7
2.3.9 Printing Function Inspection ...................................................................................... 2-8
2.3.10 Cutter Inspection ....................................................................................................... 2-9
2.3.11 Back Printing Head Inspection .................................................................................. 2-9
2.3.12 Back Printer Head Replacement ............................................................................... 2-9
2.3.13 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning ............................................................. 2-10
2.3.14 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection........................................... 2-11
2.3.15 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning.................................................................... 2-11
2.3.16 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement ....................................................... 2-12
2.3.17 Pipe Slider Inspection.............................................................................................. 2-13
2.3.18 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection .................................... 2-13
2.3.19 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication..................................................... 2-14
2.3.20 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection................ 2-14
2.3.21 Circulation Pump Inspection.................................................................................... 2-15
2.3.22 Processing Solution Heater Inspection ................................................................... 2-15
2.3.23 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ........................................................... 2-16
2.3.24 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning ........................................................................ 2-17
2.3.25 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning......................................................... 2-18
2.3.26 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ................................................................... 2-18
2.3.27 PSR Level Sensor Inspection.................................................................................. 2-19
2.3.28 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection ...................................................................... 2-20
2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication.......................................................................... 2-21

2.3.30 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection ..................................................................................... 2-21
3.
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 3-1

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
4.
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 4-1

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
5.
Error Indication Outline........................................................................................................ 3-2

3.1.1 Message Number ...................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.2 Message Icon ............................................................................................................ 3-2
3.1.3 X-#### Actions .......................................................................................................... 3-2
Messages and Actions ........................................................................................................ 3-3
Trouble Shooting ............................................................................................................. 3-163
3.3.1 Film Carrier............................................................................................................ 3-163
3.3.2 CTB23 Circuit Board ............................................................................................. 3-164
3.3.3 CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System ....................................................................... 3-165
3.3.4 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction ............................................................ 3-166
3.3.5 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality ..................................................... 3-168
3.3.6 Dryer Temperature Abnormality ............................................................................ 3-172
3.3.7 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ............................................................ 3-176
3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics ........................................................................ 3-177
3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics .............................................................. 3-178
3.3.10 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics............ 3-179
3.3.11 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics............................................................. 3-180
3.3.12 Return Action after Replenishment System Error ................................................. 3-180
3.3.13 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction..................................................... 3-181
Restoration of Backup for Refreshing.............................................................................. 3-182
OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing........................................................................ 3-184
3.5.1 OS Recovery ......................................................................................................... 3-184
3.5.2 Device Driver Installation....................................................................................... 3-189
3.5.3 Backup for Refreshing........................................................................................... 3-194
Simple Upgrade................................................................................................................... 4-2

Update ................................................................................................................................. 4-6
Reinstallation ..................................................................................................................... 4-13
New Installation ................................................................................................................. 4-26
Reversion .......................................................................................................................... 4-36
MAINTENANCE MENU ......................................................................................................... 5-1

5.1
5.2
Operational Procedure ........................................................................................................ 5-4

System Operation Setup and Check (01)............................................................................ 5-6
5.2.1 Connection to Imaging Controller (0100) .................................................................. 5-6
5.2.2 Image Export Settings (0101).................................................................................... 5-6
5.2.3 Production Information (0120)................................................................................... 5-6
5.2.4 Timer Setup (0121) ................................................................................................... 5-8
5.2.5 Data Backup (0122) .................................................................................................. 5-9
5.2.6 Error Information Check (0123)............................................................................... 5-10
5.2.7 DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124) .............................................................. 5-11
5.2.8 Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125) ........................................................................... 5-12
5.2.9 Installation Information Reference (0126) ............................................................... 5-13

5.2.10 Accumulated Production Information (0127) ........................................................... 5-13
5.2.11 Installation Information Setup (0140) ...................................................................... 5-15
5.2.12 Clear Error Log (0141) ............................................................................................ 5-16
5.2.13 Shipping Information Reference (0142) .................................................................. 5-16
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ............................................................................... 5-17
5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (0200)................................................................................. 5-17
5.3.2 Print Size Setup (0220) ........................................................................................... 5-19
5.3.3 Paper Magazine Registration (0221)....................................................................... 5-22
5.3.4 Monitor Adjustment (0222) ...................................................................................... 5-24
5.3.5 Special Film Channel Setting (0223)....................................................................... 5-25
5.3.6 Monotone Correction Setting (0224) ....................................................................... 5-27
5.3.7 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)...................................................................... 5-28
5.3.8 Back Printing Format (0226) ................................................................................... 5-36
5.3.9 Index Conditions (0227) .......................................................................................... 5-38
5.3.10 Image Correction Setup (0240) ............................................................................... 5-39
5.3.11 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241) .................................................... 5-39
5.3.12 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242).................................................................... 5-40
5.3.13 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) ..................................................................... 5-41
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) ............................................................................. 5-42
5.4.1 Image Scanning Method (0300) .............................................................................. 5-42
5.4.2 Input Check (0320).................................................................................................. 5-43
5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (0321) .......................................................................... 5-43
5.4.4 Working Information Display (0322) ........................................................................ 5-44
5.4.5 AF Function Setup (0323) ....................................................................................... 5-45
5.4.6 Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340)................................................................ 5-47
5.4.7 I/O Check (0341) ..................................................................................................... 5-49
5.4.8 Carrier Inclination Display (0342) ............................................................................ 5-50
5.4.9 CCD Data Display (0343)........................................................................................ 5-51
5.4.10 Lens Registration (0344) ......................................................................................... 5-53
5.4.11 Optical Axis Adjustment (0345) ............................................................................... 5-54
5.4.12 Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ................................................................. 5-56
5.4.13 Focus Calibration (0347) ......................................................................................... 5-57
5.4.14 Spectral Calibration (0348)...................................................................................... 5-59
5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)..................................................................... 5-61
5.4.16 Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350) .............................................................. 5-63
5.4.17 CCD Adjustment (0351) .......................................................................................... 5-65
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04)................................................................................ 5-69
5.5.1 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)................................................................... 5-69
5.5.2 Mask Position Adjustment (0420)............................................................................ 5-69
5.5.3 NC100AY Input Check (0421)................................................................................. 5-71
5.5.4 MFC10AY Input Check (0422) ................................................................................ 5-72
5.5.5 NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) ....................................................... 5-73
5.5.6 MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424) ...................................................... 5-75
5.5.7 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)......................................................... 5-76
5.5.8 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) ........................................................ 5-77
5.5.9 NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) ...................................................................... 5-78
5.5.10 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441)............................................................. 5-79
5.5.11 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442) ............................................................ 5-80

5.5.12 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443) ................................................... 5-81
5.5.13 NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444) ................................................... 5-83
5.5.14 MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445) .................................................. 5-83
5.5.15 NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ..................................................... 5-84
5.5.16 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)..................................................... 5-85
5.5.17 NC100AY I/O Check (0448) .................................................................................... 5-86
5.5.18 MFC10AY I/O Check (0449) ................................................................................... 5-88
5.5.19 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)........................................................................ 5-88
5.5.20 NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451) ................................................................... 5-90
5.5.21 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452) .................................................... 5-91
5.5.22 NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453) ........................................................................... 5-92
5.5.23 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454).................................................... 5-93
5.5.24 NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........................................................... 5-93
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................................................................................ 5-95
5.6.1 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520).................................................. 5-95
5.6.2 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)................................................ 5-96
5.6.3 Paper Feed (0523) .................................................................................................. 5-97
5.6.4 Printer Temperature Display (0524) ........................................................................ 5-97
5.6.5 Printer Input Check (0525) ...................................................................................... 5-98
5.6.6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527) ..................................................... 5-98
5.6.7 Printer Function Select (0528)............................................................................... 5-100
5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (0540) ....................................................................................... 5-101
5.6.9 Test Pattern Printing (0541) .................................................................................. 5-102
5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (0542)............................................................................... 5-104
5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) .................................................................................. 5-104
5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544) .............................................................................. 5-104
5.6.13 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) .................................................................................. 5-105
5.6.14 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546) ....................................................... 5-105
5.6.15 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547) ............................................. 5-106
5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548) .................................................. 5-107
5.6.17 Laser History Display (0549) ................................................................................. 5-109
5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550) ................................................. 5-109
5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) .......................................................... 5-110
5.6.20 Filter Replacement History (0552)......................................................................... 5-111
5.6.21 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)................................................. 5-111
5.6.22 Image Position Initial Setting (0554)...................................................................... 5-112
5.6.23 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555) ....................................................... 5-113
5.6.24 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) .................................................... 5-114
5.6.25 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558).......................................................................... 5-115
5.6.26 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) .......................................................................... 5-116
5.6.27 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) .................................................................. 5-117
5.6.28 Data Saving (0561) ............................................................................................... 5-118
5.6.29 Data Download (0562) .......................................................................................... 5-119
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) ........................................................................ 5-120
5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620) ...................................... 5-120
5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621) ............................................. 5-122
5.7.3 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622) .................................................................. 5-124
5.7.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ........................................................... 5-125

5.7.5 Processor Input Check (0624)............................................................................... 5-127
5.7.6 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625) ....................................................... 5-128
5.7.7 Processing Temperature Setting (0640) ............................................................... 5-129
5.7.8 Processor I/O Check (0642).................................................................................. 5-130
5.7.9 Processor Operation Data Display (0643)............................................................. 5-131
5.7.10 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) ...................................................... 5-131
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07)............................................... 5-133
5.8.1 Image Processing Section Information Display (0720) ......................................... 5-133
5.8.2 Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740) ........................................................ 5-133
5.8.3 Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741) .............................................. 5-134
5.9 Register/Delete................................................................................................................ 5-135
5.9.1 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020) ........................................................................... 5-135
5.9.2 Template Regist/Delete (1021) ............................................................................. 5-136
5.9.3 Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022).......................................................................... 5-136
5.9.4 Custom Button Regist/Save (1023)....................................................................... 5-136
5.10 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23) ....................... 5-139
5.11 Special Operations (99)................................................................................................... 5-139
5.11.1 Paint (9940)........................................................................................................... 5-139
5.11.2 Explorer (9941)...................................................................................................... 5-139
5.11.3 Command (9942) .................................................................................................. 5-140
6.
OPERATION SECTION ......................................................................................................... 6-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 6-2
Monitor................................................................................................................................. 6-3
6.1.1 Monitor Replacement ................................................................................................ 6-3
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional)................................................................................. 6-4
6.2.1 Mouse Replacement ................................................................................................. 6-4
6.2.2 Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 6-4
6.2.3 Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................... 6-5
6.2.4 Operation Keyboard Replacement ............................................................................ 6-5
6.2.5 Light Box (Optional) Replacement ............................................................................ 6-6
6.2.6 Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement................................................................. 6-7
6.2.7 Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 6-7
6.1
7.
FILM CARRIER SECTION.................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1
Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 7-3

Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) ....................................................... 7-9
7.1.1 Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................... 7-9
7.1.2 MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement ................................ 7-9
7.1.3 MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement................................ 7-10
7.1.4 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/
LEE23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-10
7.1.5 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement ........... 7-11
7.1.6 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/
LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-11
7.1.7 135 Feed Roller Replacement................................................................................. 7-12
7.1.8 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................................................................... 7-13

7.1.9 IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 7-14
7.1.10 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement............................................................... 7-15
7.1.11 Dummy Head Replacement .................................................................................... 7-17
7.1.12 Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement........................................................ 7-17
7.1.13 Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement....................................................... 7-18
7.1.14 Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement....................................................................... 7-19
7.1.15 Pressure Mask Replacement .................................................................................. 7-22
7.1.16 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment ............................ 7-23
7.1.17 Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement ..................................................... 7-24
7.1.18 Machine Data Writing .............................................................................................. 7-25
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section.......................................................................................... 7-26
7.2.1 Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 7-26
7.2.2 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................................... 7-30
7.2.3 Winding Roller Replacement................................................................................... 7-30
7.2.4 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement ........................................................................... 7-32
7.2.5 JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-36
7.2.6 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement............... 7-37
7.2.7 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement .. 7-37
7.2.8 Solenoid (S101) Replacement ................................................................................ 7-38
7.2.9 Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ......................................................... 7-38
7.2.10 Magnetic Reading Adjustment ................................................................................ 7-39
7.2.11 Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement............................................................ 7-40
7.2.12 IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement .................................................... 7-40
7.2.13 Slide Rail Replacement ........................................................................................... 7-41
7.2.14 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement..................................... 7-41
7.2.15 Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................................................... 7-42
7.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement.................. 7-42
7.2.17 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P)/
DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 7-43
7.2.18 DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-43
7.2.19 DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-44
7.2.20 DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-44
7.2.21 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement .......................................................... 7-45
7.2.22 Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement ................................................................... 7-46
7.2.23 Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement............................................................... 7-47
7.2.24 Feed Roller/Belt Replacement ................................................................................ 7-48
7.2.25 Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement..................................................... 7-50
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section ..................................................................................................... 7-52
7.3.1 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 7-52
7.3.2 Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 7-52
7.3.3 Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 7-53
7.3.4 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment ............ 7-56
7.3.5 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment ........................................................... 7-59
7.3.6 SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-61
7.3.7 135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation........................................................... 7-61
7.3.8 135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement................................................................ 7-62
7.3.9 Gear Bracket Replacement ..................................................................................... 7-62
7.3.10 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement .. 7-63
7.3.11 IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................... 7-63
7.3.12 Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement ............................................................... 7-65
7.3.13 Spool Gear Replacement ........................................................................................ 7-66
7.3.14 Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement................................................... 7-66
7.3.15 Supply Motor (M102) Replacement......................................................................... 7-67
7.3.16 Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement ................................. 7-68
7.3.17 Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................. 7-69
7.4 NC100AY Body Section .................................................................................................... 7-70
7.4.1 Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 7-70
7.4.2 Load Harness Replacement.................................................................................... 7-70
7.4.3 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement........................ 7-71
7.4.4 Plug-in Connector Replacement ............................................................................. 7-72
7.4.5 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................................... 7-73
7.4.6 CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-74
7.4.7 NC100AY Unit Replacement................................................................................... 7-80
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) .............................................................................. 7-81
7.5.1 Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................ 7-81
7.5.2 CYB23Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 7-81
7.5.3 Flexible Cable Replacement ................................................................................... 7-82
7.5.4 MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement......................................................................... 7-84
7.5.5 Solenoid (S480) Replacement ................................................................................ 7-84
7.5.6 Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement ....................................... 7-85
7.5.7 Mask Cover Gear Replacement .............................................................................. 7-86
7.5.9 Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement ................................................................... 7-89
7.5.10 Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement........................................................................ 7-90
7.5.11 Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement ............................................................ 7-91
7.6 Carrier Base Section ......................................................................................................... 7-92
7.6.2 Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation...................................................... 7-94
7.6.3 Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement .............................................................. 7-96
7.6.4 Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 7-96
7.6.5 Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly ....................................................... 7-98
7.6.6 Roller/Arm Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-99
7.6.7 Lock Release Arm Replacement........................................................................... 7-100
7.6.8 Lock Arm Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-100
8.
SCANNER SECTION ............................................................................................................. 8-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.1 Light Source Section ........................................................................................................... 8-3
8.1.1 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 8-3
8.1.2 CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................... 8-4
8.1.3 135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement ....................................... 8-4
8.1.4 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 8-5
8.1.5 LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source
Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement ........................................................... 8-6
8.1.6 LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................... 8-7
10
8.2
9.
8.1.7 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement .......................................... 8-8
Scanner Section .................................................................................................................. 8-9
8.2.1 Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................... 8-9
8.2.2 Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................. 8-9
8.2.3 Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................. 8-9
8.2.4 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement ............................................... 8-10
8.2.5 Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement................................................ 8-10
8.2.6 Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................... 8-11
8.2.7 CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 8-12
8.2.8 CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 8-12
8.2.9 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................... 8-14
8.2.10 Shutter/Gear Replacement...................................................................................... 8-16
8.2.11 Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement.................................................. 8-17
8.2.12 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement .................................................................. 8-18
8.2.13 Lens Unit Replacement ........................................................................................... 8-19
8.2.14 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement ......................................... 8-20
8.2.15 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor
(D201) Replacement ........................................................................................... 8-21
8.2.16 Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement ............................................. 8-22
8.2.17 Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board..................................................... 8-25
8.2.18 Fixing Bracket Installation ....................................................................................... 8-29
SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION................................................................................. 9-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 9-2
Power Supply Section ......................................................................................................... 9-3
9.1.1 Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................................... 9-3
9.1.2 Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................................... 9-3
9.1.3 Start Switch (D214) Replacement ............................................................................. 9-4
9.1.4 Power Supply Unit Replacement............................................................................... 9-5
9.1.5 Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ............................................................................ 9-6
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section ............................................................................. 9-7
9.2.1 Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation................................... 9-7
9.2.2 Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 9-9
9.2.3 GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................... 9-9
9.2.4 GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 9-10
9.2.5 GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 9-10
9.2.6 GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement......................................................................... 9-11
9.2.7 GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 9-11
9.2.8 Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion ............................................................ 9-12
9.2.9 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement ................................ 9-12
9.3 Main Control Unit............................................................................................................... 9-14
9.3.1 Main Control Unit Replacement .............................................................................. 9-14
9.3.2 Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 9-15
9.3.3 Connecting Grounding Wristband ........................................................................... 9-15
9.3.4 Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement ............................................................ 9-16
9.3.5 Hard Disk Replacement .......................................................................................... 9-18
9.1
11
10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ............................................................................................... 10-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 10-2
10.1 Paper Magazine ................................................................................................................ 10-3
10.1.1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement ....................................................... 10-3
10.1.2 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement .......................................................... 10-3
10.1.3 Drive Pulley Replacement ....................................................................................... 10-4
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table........................................................................................... 10-5
10.2.1 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 10-5
10.2.2 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-5
10.2.3 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ......................................... 10-6
10.2.4 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................... 10-6
10.2.5 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 10-7
10.2.6 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement ........................................................... 10-7
10.2.7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement .................................................... 10-8
10.3 Lower Magazine Table ...................................................................................................... 10-9
10.3.1 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 10-9
10.3.2 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-9
10.3.3 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ....................................... 10-10
10.3.4 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................. 10-10
10.3.5 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement...................................................... 10-11
10.3.6 Soft Down Damper Replacement.......................................................................... 10-12
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch .............................................................................. 10-14
10.4.1 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 10-14
10.4.2 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 10-15
10.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement............ 10-15
10.4.4 Drive Belt Replacement......................................................................................... 10-16
10.4.5 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement.................................... 10-17
11. PAPER FEED SECTION ..................................................................................................... 11-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 11-3
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section........................................................................................................... 11-6
11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................................... 11-6
11.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 11-6
11.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 11-9
11.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 11-9
11.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement ............... 11-10
11.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/
Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625),
Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement ............................................... 11-10
11.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement ...................................................................... 11-11
11.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement....................................................................................... 11-11
11.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement........................................... 11-12
11.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement ........................................ 11-12
11.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 11-13
11.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 11-14
11.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................... 11-15
11.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement................................. 11-15
12
11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 11-16

11.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement ............................................................................ 11-17
11.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement...................... 11-17
11.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................ 11-18
11.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................ 11-19
11.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.... 11-20
11.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement................................................................... 11-21
11.1.22 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .. 11-21
11.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement............................................................................... 11-22
11.2 Back Printing Section ...................................................................................................... 11-23
11.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 11-23
11.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement ................................................ 11-24
11.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement....................................................... 11-25
11.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement............ 11-27
11.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ................................................ 11-28
11.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement.................................................... 11-29
11.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................ 11-30
11.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 11-30
11.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement................................................ 11-31
11.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement................................................... 11-32
11.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 11-33
11.2.15 Platen Replacement .............................................................................................. 11-34
11.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement.......................................... 11-34
11.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement................................................................. 11-35
11.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement ......................................................................... 11-36
11.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 11-37
11.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement ......................................................... 11-37
11.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment ........................................................... 11-38
11.3 Registration Section ........................................................................................................ 11-40
11.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 11-40
11.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement................................. 11-40
11.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement................................................... 11-41
11.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement................................... 11-42
11.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement ........................... 11-42
11.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement .......... 11-43
11.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement .................................................... 11-46
11.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement .................................................... 11-47
11.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement ................................................. 11-48
11.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement.......................................... 11-49
11.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................................ 11-52
11.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement ................................................. 11-53
11.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 11-53
13
11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement .................................................... 11-54

11.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................ 11-55
12. EXPOSURE SECTION ........................................................................................................ 12-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 12-2
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section ............................................................................. 12-3
12.1.1 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 12-3
12.1.2 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement ............................................................. 12-4
12.1.3 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................................... 12-4
12.1.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement .................................................. 12-5
12.1.5 Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement .................................................. 12-5
12.1.6 Louver Removal/Reinstallation................................................................................ 12-5
12.1.7 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement .................................................... 12-6
12.1.8 AOM Driver Replacement ....................................................................................... 12-6
12.1.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 12-7
12.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ........................... 12-8
12.2 Laser Optical Unit ............................................................................................................ 12-10
12.2.1 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement ............................................................. 12-10
12.2.2 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement............................................ 12-10
12.2.3 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 12-11
12.2.4 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement.................................................................. 12-14
12.2.5 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement ................................................ 12-15
12.2.6 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement ........................................... 12-15
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit ........................................................................................................... 12-17
12.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 12-17
12.3.2 Frame Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................................. 12-18
12.3.3 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement.................................................................. 12-19
12.3.4 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement .................................................. 12-21
12.3.5 Timing Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 12-21
12.3.6 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement..................................................................... 12-22
12.3.7 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement .............................................................................. 12-22
12.3.8 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement........................................... 12-24
12.3.9 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement.................................. 12-25
12.3.10 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement .......................... 12-26
12.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ................................................................. 12-27
13. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION ................................................................... 13-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 13-3
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit.................................................................................................. 13-6
13.1.1 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing .................................................................. 13-6
13.1.2 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 13-7
13.1.3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 13-7
13.1.4 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 13-8
13.1.6 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ............................................. 13-10
13.1.7 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........................................................... 13-12
14
13.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement.................................................................... 13-13

13.1.10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ............................................. 13-15
13.1.11 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........................................................... 13-16
13.1.12 Nip Roller Replacement ........................................................................................ 13-16
13.1.13 Drive Gear Replacement....................................................................................... 13-17
13.1.14 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 13-18
13.1.15 Feed Roller Replacement...................................................................................... 13-19
13.1.16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................... 13-20
13.2 Distribution Unit ............................................................................................................... 13-23
13.2.1 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................... 13-23
13.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement ...... 13-24
13.2.3 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement...................................................... 13-25
13.2.4 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement ............................................... 13-26
13.2.5 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement ...................................................... 13-27
13.2.6 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement ................................................ 13-27
13.2.8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement ..................................... 13-29
13.2.9 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement ................................................................... 13-30
13.2.10 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement....................................................... 13-32
13.2.11 Distribution Roller Replacement............................................................................ 13-33
13.2.13 Drive Belt Replacement......................................................................................... 13-36
13.2.14 Distribution Section Paper Sensor
(Front: D664P/Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement.............................. 13-36
13.2.15 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED
(Front: D664L/Center: D660L/Rear: D665L) Replacement ............................... 13-37
13.2.16 Pipe Slider Replacement....................................................................................... 13-38
13.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement ......................... 13-40
13.2.18 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement ....................................................... 13-40
13.2.19 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 13-41
13.2.20 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ...................................................................... 13-42
13.3 Printer Exit Section .......................................................................................................... 13-44
13.3.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation................................................................ 13-44
13.3.2 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 13-44
13.3.3 Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement ................................................ 13-45
13.3.5 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement............................................................. 13-46
13.3.6 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor
(Front: D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement.............................. 13-47
13.3.7 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor
LED (Front: D666L/Center: D667L/Rear: D668L) Replacement ....................... 13-47
13.3.8 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement........................................ 13-48
13.3.9 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement ........................................ 13-49
13.3.10 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement............................................................. 13-50
13.3.11 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................. 13-51
13.3.12 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement....................................................... 13-52
13.3.13 Exit Nip Roller Replacement ................................................................................. 13-53
15
13.3.14
13.3.15
13.3.16
13.3.17
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 13-53

Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 13-54
Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 13-54
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement........................................................... 13-55
14. PROCESSOR SECTION ..................................................................................................... 14-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 14-2
14.1 Crossover Racks ............................................................................................................... 14-4
14.1.1 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly .................................................... 14-4
14.1.2 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ........................................... 14-4
14.1.3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly..................................................... 14-5
14.2 Processing Racks.............................................................................................................. 14-6
14.2.1 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 14-6
14.2.2 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 14-6
14.2.3 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly.................................................................. 14-7
14.2.4 P1/P2 Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 14-9
14.2.5 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 14-12
14.2.6 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 14-12
14.2.7 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ............................................................................... 14-13
14.2.8 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ............................................................................... 14-15
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board .................................................................................................. 14-20
14.3.1 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement ............................................... 14-20
14.4 Processor Drive System .................................................................................................. 14-25
14.4.1 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 14-25
14.4.2 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 14-25
14.4.3 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 14-26
14.4.4 Motor Driver Replacement .................................................................................... 14-27
14.4.5 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation...................................................... 14-27
14.4.6 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement ........................................................ 14-28
14.4.7 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 14-29
14.4.8 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement........................................................................ 14-30
14.4.9 Processor Drive Chain Replacement .................................................................... 14-31
14.4.10 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ............................................................ 14-32
15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM............................................... 15-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 15-2
15.1 Sub-tank Section ............................................................................................................... 15-3
15.1.1 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 15-3
15.1.2 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 15-3
15.1.3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 15-4
15.1.4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement........................ 15-4
15.1.5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement.......................................... 15-5
15.1.6 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement.................................... 15-6
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section ...................................................... 15-7
15.2.1 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 15-7
15.2.2 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement .................................................. 15-7
15.2.3 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement ....................................... 15-8
16
15.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement........................................................ 15-9

15.2.5 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement........................................ 15-10
15.2.6 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement........................... 15-11
15.2.7 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement............................ 15-13
15.2.8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement............................ 15-13
15.2.9 Hose Connection................................................................................................... 15-14
15.3 Waste Solution System ................................................................................................... 15-15
15.3.1 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement ............................................ 15-15
15.3.2 Waste Solution Tank Replacement ....................................................................... 15-16
15.3.3 Waste Solution Hose Replacement....................................................................... 15-17
16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ....................................... 16-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 16-2
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section........................................................................................... 16-3
16.1.1 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724)
Replacement ....................................................................................................... 16-3
16.1.2 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement................................... 16-3
16.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement ........ 16-4
16.1.4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 16-5
16.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement............................................ 16-6
16.1.6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 16-7
16.1.7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement ...................................................... 16-8
16.1.8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing....................................................... 16-9
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System................................................................... 16-10
16.2.1 Replenisher Filter Replacement ............................................................................ 16-10
16.2.2 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement............................ 16-10
16.2.3 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 16-12
16.2.4 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ........................................................................ 16-13
16.2.5 PSR Pump Valve Replacement ............................................................................ 16-14
16.2.6 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement ......................................................................... 16-15
16.2.7 PSR Filter Replacement........................................................................................ 16-16
16.2.8 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement............................ 16-16
16.2.9 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement ............................. 16-17
16.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement........................................................................................ 16-18
16.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ................................................................... 16-20
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System.......................................................................... 16-23
16.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement ......................................................... 16-23
16.3.2 Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve
(S720 to S722) Replacement ............................................................................ 16-24
16.3.3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve
(S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ............................................................. 16-25
17. DRYER SECTION ................................................................................................................. 17-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 17-2
17.1 Dryer Belt Unit ................................................................................................................... 17-3
17.1.1 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 17-3
17.1.2 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement ...................................................................... 17-3
17
17.1.3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B) Replacement ...... 17-5
17.2 Dryer Rack Section............................................................................................................ 17-6
17.2.1 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation......................................................................... 17-6
17.2.2 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A) Replacement........ 17-8
17.2.3 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ............................................................. 17-9
17.2.4 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement.............................................................................. 17-9
17.2.5 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement .............................................................. 17-10
17.2.6 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement....................................................................... 17-12
17.2.7 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement............................................................... 17-13
17.2.8 Exit Feed Belt Replacement.................................................................................. 17-13
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section................................................................................................ 17-14
17.3.1 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 17-14
17.3.2 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement............................................................................. 17-15
17.3.3 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement............................ 17-16
17.3.4 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement ........................................................... 17-16
17.3.5 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement ......................................... 17-17
18. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER...................................................................................... 18-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 18-3
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit ................................................................................................................... 18-9
18.1.1 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 18-9
18.1.2 Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 18-9
18.1.3 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 18-10
18.1.4 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement ................................................................ 18-12
18.1.5 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement............................................................... 18-13
18.1.6 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/D775P)
Replacement ..................................................................................................... 18-13
18.1.7 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement........................................ 18-14
18.1.8 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement ............. 18-15
18.1.9 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .................................................. 18-16
18.1.10 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ..................................................................... 18-17
18.1.11 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 18-18
18.1.12 Roller Replacement............................................................................................... 18-22
18.2 Print Sending Unit ........................................................................................................... 18-25
18.2.1 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 18-25
18.2.2 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement ........................................... 18-25
18.2.3 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement..................................................... 18-27
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................................................ 18-29
18.3.1 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 18-29
18.3.2 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 18-29
18.3.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement................................ 18-30
18.3.4 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement ....................................... 18-31
18.3.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement........................................... 18-31
18.3.6 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement.............................................................. 18-32
18
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 18-34

18.4.1 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 18-34
18.4.2 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................... 18-34
18.4.3 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 18-35
18.4.4 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement........................................ 18-35
18.4.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement .............................................................. 18-36
18.4.6 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................... 18-38
18.4.7 Chain Tension Adjustment .................................................................................... 18-38
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................................................ 18-39
18.5.1 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 18-39
18.5.2 Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................... 18-40
18.5.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L) Replacement.................... 18-40
18.5.4 Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................... 18-41
18.5.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement........................................... 18-41
18.5.6 Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ......................................................... 18-42
18.5.7 Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement ............................................... 18-43
18.5.8 Roller/Feed Belt Replacement .............................................................................. 18-44
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 18-46
18.6.1 Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 18-46
18.6.2 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement........................................ 18-46
18.6.3 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement .............................................................. 18-47
18.6.4 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 18-48
18.6.5 Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 18-48
18.6.6 Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................ 18-49
18.6.7 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................... 18-50
18.6.8 Chain Tension Adjustment .................................................................................... 18-50
18.6.9 Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment ................................................................... 18-51
19. ELECTRICAL SECTION ..................................................................................................... 19-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 19-2
19.1 Power Input Section .......................................................................................................... 19-3
19.1.1 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement ...................................................................... 19-3
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section...................................................................... 19-4
19.2.1 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation.. 19-4
19.2.2 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 19-4
19.2.3 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 19-6
19.2.4 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 19-7
19.2.5 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement ................................. 19-7
19.2.6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement.......................................................... 19-8
19.2.7 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement ................................ 19-8
19.2.8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement................................................................................ 19-9
19.2.9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement .......................................................... 19-9
19.3 Image Control Box........................................................................................................... 19-10
19.3.1 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 19-10
19.3.2 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement..................................... 19-11
19.3.3 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement............................................... 19-12
19.3.4 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-13
19.3.5 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-14
19
19.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-14

19.3.7 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board ........................................................ 19-15
19.4 DC Power Supply Section ............................................................................................... 19-19
19.4.1 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 19-19
19.4.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 19-19
19.4.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-20
19.4.4 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement .................................................................... 19-21
19.5 Control Section ................................................................................................................ 19-23
19.5.1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close ............................................................................ 19-23
19.5.2 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................ 19-23
19.5.3 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 19-24
19.5.4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-29
19.5.5 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-29
19.5.6 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement........................ 19-30
19.5.7 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2
(F631A/F631B) Replacement............................................................................ 19-31
19.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.............................. 19-32
19.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ............................. 19-32
19.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement ...................................................................... 19-33
20. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .............................................................................. 20-1

20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ............................................................................................................ 20-2
20.1.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000)..................................................................................... 20-2
20.1.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................... 20-4
20.1.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................................................................... 20-6
20.1.4 Printer Section (LP5700) ......................................................................................... 20-7
20.1.5 Processor Section (LP5700) ................................................................................. 20-11
20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams........................................................ 20-15
20.2.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000)................................................................................... 20-15
20.2.2 Printer Section (LP5700) ....................................................................................... 20-16
20.3 Block Diagrams ............................................................................................................... 20-18
20.3.1 Scanner Block Diagram......................................................................................... 20-18
20.3.2 Image Processing Block Diagram ......................................................................... 20-19
20.3.3 Printer/Processor Block Diagram .......................................................................... 20-20
20.3.4 Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram ........................................ 20-21
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards........................................................ 20-22
20.4.1 DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment.................................................................. 20-22
20.4.2 DC Voltage Check List .......................................................................................... 20-23
20.4.3 DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs ............................................................... 20-24
20.4.4 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ............................................................................. 20-26
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams .............................................................................. 20-29
20.5.1 Scanner Wiring Diagram ....................................................................................... 20-29
20.5.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram ........................................................ 20-32
20.5.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram......................................................... 20-33
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ......................................... 20-34
20.6.1 Input Extension Cable Connection ........................................................................ 20-34
20.6.2 DC Voltage Check List .......................................................................................... 20-35
20
20.6.3 POWER LEDs on the Operation Panel............................................................... 20-37

20.6.4 DC Power Supply System LED Indication............................................................. 20-39
20.6.5 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ............................................................................. 20-44
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams ................................................................................. 20-53
20.7.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ........................................................................ 20-53
20.7.2 PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-54
20.7.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................. 20-55
20.7.4 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-56
20.7.5 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-59
20.7.6 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-61
20.7.7 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram.................................................................... 20-63
20.7.8 Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................. 20-64
20.7.9 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-65
20.7.10 PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-67
21. APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................... 21-1

21.1 Adjustment Jigs ................................................................................................................ 21-2
21.1.2 LP5700 .................................................................................................................... 21-4
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement .............................................................. 21-5
21.2.2 Scanner ................................................................................................................... 21-6
21.2.3 Paper Supply and Feed Sections............................................................................ 21-7
21.2.4 Exposure Section .................................................................................................... 21-7
21.2.5 Processing Solution Replenishment System........................................................... 21-8
21.2.6 Sorter....................................................................................................................... 21-8
21.2.7 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section............................................... 21-8
21.3 Index.................................................................................................................................. 21-9
21
1. MENU TABLE
1
1.1
Setup and Maintenance Menu Table..................................................... 1-2
1.2
Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table .................................. 1-6

1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
1.2.10
1.2.11
Menu Table............................................................................................................... 1-6

0 [MENU] Item .......................................................................................................... 1-7
1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item .......................................................................................... 1-8
2 [END CHK.] Item ................................................................................................. 1-10
3 [LANGUAGE] Item .............................................................................................. 1-11
4 [CHECK] Item ...................................................................................................... 1-12
5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item......................................................................................... 1-13
6 [PRINT COND.] Item ........................................................................................... 1-14
7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item ....................................................................................... 1-15
8 [SYSTEM] Item .................................................................................................... 1-16
9 [INSTALLATION] Item ........................................................................................ 1-19
1-1
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table

Password
No.
Submenu
01 System Operation Setup

and Check
02 Print Condition Setup and

Check
03 Scanner Adjustment/
Maintenance
Operator
Laboratory
Manager
SE
0000
7777
0100 Connection to Imaging Controller
0101 Image Export Settings
0120 Production Information
0121 Timer Setup
0122 Data Backup
0123 Error Information Check
0124 DI Manager Administrative Setting
0125 Timer Waiting Time Setup
0126 Installation Information Reference
0127 Accumulated Production Information
No.
Menu
0140 Installation Information Setup
0141 Clear Error Log
0142 Shipping Information Reference
K
K
0220 Print Size Setup
0221 Paper Magazine Registration
0222 Monitor Adjustment
0223 Special Film Channel Setting
0224 Monotone Correction Setting
0225 Custom Setting Regist/Delete
0226 Back Printing Format
0227 Index Conditions
0200 Paper Condition Setup
0240 Image Correction Setup
0241 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag. Setting
0242 Paper Condition Method Setup
0243 Paper Surface Display Setup
K
K
0320 Input Check
0321 Focus Position Adjustment
0322 Working Information Display
0323 AF Function Setup
0300 Image Scanning Method
0340 Dark Correction/Bright Correction
0341 I/O Check
1-2
Password
No.
Submenu
03 Scanner Adjustment/
Maintenance
04 Carrier Adjustment/
Maintenance
No.
Menu
Operator
Laboratory
Manager
SE
0000
7777
0342 Carrier Inclination Display
0343 CCD Data Display
0344 Lens Registration
0345 Optical Axis Adjustment
0346 Optical Magnification Calibration
0347 Focus Calibration
0348 Spectral Calibration
0349 LED Light Amount Adjustment
0350 Scanner Parameter Check/Update
0351 CCD Adjustment
K
K
0420 Mask Position Adjustment
0421 NC100AY Input Check
0422 MFC10AY Input Check
0423 NC100AY Working Information Display
0424 MFC10AY Working Information Display
0425 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup
0426 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup
0400 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup
0440 NC100AY Sensor Calibration
0441 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment
0442 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment
0443 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information
0444 NC100AY Installation Information Display
0445 MFC10AY Installation Information Display
0446 NC100AY Installation Information Setup
0447 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup
0448 NC100AY I/O Check
0449 MFC10AY I/O Check
0450 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete
0451 NC100AY Machine Data Setup
0452 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading
0453 NC100AY Magnetic Verify
0454 NC100AY Nest Section Operation
0455 NC100AY Feeding Operation
1-3

Password
No.
Submenu
05 Printer Adjustment/
Maintenance
Operator
Laboratory
Manager
SE
0000
7777
0520 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment
0522 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup
0523 Paper Feed
0524 Printer Temperature Display
0525 Printer Input Check
0527 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment
0528 Printer Function Select
No.
Menu
0540 Printer I/O Check
0541 Test Pattern Printing
0542 Laser Exposure Check
0543 R Laser (R-LD) Data
0544 G Laser (G-SHG) Data
0545 B Laser (B-LD) Data
0546 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter
0547
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough

Adjustment
0548 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print
0549 Laser History Display
0550 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy
0551 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment
0552 Filter Replacement History
0553 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment
0554 Image Position Initial Setting
0555 Sub-Scan Feeding Speed Adjustment
0557 Sub-Scanning Soft Nip Adjustment
0558 Sensor Calibration (Initial)
0559 Sensor Calibration (Daily)
0560 Printer Operation Data Display
0561 Data Saving
0562 Data Download
1-4
Password
No.
06
Submenu
Processor Adjustment/
Maintenance
Operator
Laboratory
Manager
SE
0000
7777
0622 Low Volume Processing Setup
0623 Processor Temperature Calibration
0624 Processor Input Check
0625 Processor Operating Condition Setup
No.
0620 Pump Output Measurement/Setting

0621
07 Image Processing
Section Adjustment/
Maintenance
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/

Setting
0640 Processor Temperature Setting
0642 Processor I/O Check
0643 Processor Operating Data Display
0644 PS Liquid Concentration Management
0720
Image Processing Section Information

Display
K
K
0740 Image Processing Section I/O Check

0741
10 Register/Delete
Menu
Image Processing Section Function

Setting
1020 Shop Logo Regist/Delete
1021 Template Regist/Delete
1022 Holiday File Regist/Delete
1023 Custom Button Regist/Save
21 Help
2140 Trouble Help (SE)
22 Self-Diagnostics
(Scanner)
2240 Image Processing Circuit Board Check
2241 Image Data Diagnostics
2242 Main Control Unit Diagnostics
2243 NC100AY Magnetic Data Test (IX240)
2244 NC100AY Feeding Drive Test
2245 NC100AY Sensor Test
23 Self-Diagnostics (Printer)
2340 Paper Feed Check
99 Special Operations
9940 Paint
9941 Explorer
9942 Command
1-5
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table

1.2.1
Menu Table
Classification
No.
1
Main Menu
Laboratory
Manager
SE
11 PROC TEMP.
12 CALIBRATION
13 MEASURE DENS
14 CTRL STRIPS
No.
STARTUP CHK
User
Sub Menu
Description
END CHK.
21 STARTUP TME
LANGUAGE
31 SET LANG.
Language change
32 ORG. LANG NO.
Required data version
33 ADD LAND NO.
Loaded data version
CHECK
41 PROC TEMP
Processor temperature
indication
SELECT FUNC.
51 POWER OFF
Power supply OFF
PRINT COND.
61 CALIBRATION
Condition upkeep printing
62 MEASURE DENS
Density measurement
SPEC. PRINT
71 TEST PATTERN
Pattern printing
SYSTEM
81 PROC. TYPE
Processor type selection
82 PROC. METHOD
Processing method
selection
83 SORTER TYPE
Sorter type selection
84 NIGHT ALARM
Night alarm ON - OFF
K
K
85 SET AREA
9
INSTALLATION
91 PSR AIR EXT.
PSR line air bleeding
92 MIX REPL.
Replenisher preparation
93 PUMP AIR EXT.
Replenishment line air

bleeding
94 IP ADDR. SET
95 NET MASK SET
Key Operation for Menu

User
Laboratory Manager
Key Operation
MENU
MENU
,
SE
MENU
MENU and ENTER

,
MENU
,
MENU
,
MENU
,
1-6
MENU and ENTER

,

1.2.2
0 [MENU] Item
MENU
MENU
MENU
MENU
MENU
ENTER
STANDBY
0 [MENU]
1 [STARTUP CHK]
1 STARTUP CHK.
1 PROC. TEMP.
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.3)
1.2.3)
(See
0 [MENU]
2 [END CHK]
2 END CHK.
1 CHK START
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.4)
1.2.4)
INITIALIZE
$
0 [MENU]
3 [LANGUAGE]
3 LANGUAGE
1 SET LANG.
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.5)
1.2.5)
0 [MENU]
4 [CHECK]
4 CHECK
1 PROC. TEMP.
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.6)
1.2.6)
(See
MENU
0 [MENU]
5 [SELECT FUNC.]
5 SELECT FUNC.
1 POWER OFF
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.7)
1.2.7)
0 [MENU]
6 [PRINT COND.]
6 PRINT COND.
1 CALIBRATION
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.8)
1.2.8)
(See
0 [MENU]
7 [SPEC. PRINT]
7 SPEC. PRINT
1 TEST PATTERN
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.9)
1.2.9)
0 [MENU]
8 [SYSTEM]
8 SYSTEM
1 PROC. TYPE
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.10)
1.2.10)
0 [MENU]
9 [INSTALLATION]
9 INSTALLATION
1 PSR AIR EXT.
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.11)
1.2.11)
1-7

1.2.3
1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item
0 [MENU]
1 STARTUP CHK.
ENTER
1 [STARTUP CHK.]
1 PROC. TEMP.
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
?
P1
30.5
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
P2
30.5
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
PS2
30.5
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
PS4
30.5
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
DRY
1-8
30.5
1
1 [STARTUP CHK.]
2 CALIBRATION
12 <CALIBRATION>
12 <CALIBRATION>
START
89
ENTER
ENTER
12 <CALIBRATION>
PRINTING
1 [STARTUP CHK.]
3 MEASURE DENS
13 <MEASURE DENS>
?
START
13 <MEASURE DENS>
?
ENTER
MEASURING
ENTER
#Ixxxx
ENTER
LUT UPDATE OK
ENTER
MEASURE
DATA NORMAL
13 <MEASURE DENS>
ENTER
#Cancel [YES]
13 <MEASURE DENS>
LUT UPDATE NG
MEASURE DATA
ABNORMAL
ENTER
#Ixxxx
#Cancel [NO]
MEASURE DATA
RECEPTION
1 [STARTUP CHK.]
4 CTRL STRIPS
14 <CTRL STRIPS>
?
START
#xxxxx
?
ENTER
[CONDITION NG]
#xxxxx
ENTER
[CONDITION OK]
#Set Holder
#DRIVE [YES]
PROCESSING
*
ENTER
#Set Holder
#DRIVE [NO]
1-9
ENTER
14 <CTRL STRIPS>

1.2.4
2 [END CHK.] Item
0 [MENU]
2 END CHK.
ENTER
2 [END CHK.]
1 CHK START
21 <CHK START>
CHECKING
21 <STARTUP TIME>
07/01/03 09:00
Only the date

rises-descends.
21 <STARTUP TIME>
07/01/04 09:00
ENTER
21 <RACK WASH>
POWER OFF
CLEANING
ENTER
#M002
#Cancel [YES]
ENTER
#M002
#Cancel [NO]
1-10

1.2.5
3 [LANGUAGE] Item
0 [MENU]
3 [LANGUAGE]
3 LANGUAGE
1 SET LANG.
ENTER
ENTER
31 <SET LANG.>
[English]
ENTER
31 <SET LANG.>
[Japanese]
ENTER
3 [LANGUAGE]
2 ORG. LANG NO.
3 ADD. LANG NO.
1-11
000003
ENTER
3 [LANGUAGE]
?
32 <ORG. LANG No.>
33 <ADD. LANG No.>

NO LANG LOADED

1.2.6
4 [CHECK] Item
0 [MENU]
4 [CHECK]
4 CHECK
1 PROC TEMP.
ENTER
41 <PROC TEMP.>
P1
43.0
41 <PROC TEMP.>
P2
43.0
41 <PROC TEMP.>
PS2
45.0
41 <PROC TEMP.>
PS4
45.0
41 <PROC TEMP.>
DRY
1-12
31.6

1.2.7
5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item
0 [MENU]
5 [SELECT FUNC.]
5 SELECT FUNC.
1 POWER OFF
ENTER
51 <POWER OFF>
START
ENTER
#M0003
#POWER OFF [YES]
ENTER
POWER OFF
ENTER
#M0003
#POWER OFF [NO]
1-13

1.2.8
6 [PRINT COND.] Item
0 [MENU]
6 PRINT COND.
ENTER
6 [PRINT COND.]
1 CALIBRATION
61 <CALIBRATION>
MAG. [UPPER]
61 <CALIBRATION>
START
61 <CALIBRATION>
ENTER
MAG. [LOWER]
61 <CALIBRATION>
PRINTING
ENTER
61 <CALIBRATION>
COMPLETED
ENTER
6 [PRINT COND.]
2 MEASURE DENS
ENTER
62 <MEASURE DENS>
START
62 <MEASURE DENS>
MEASURE
ENTER
62 <MEASURE DENS>
LUT UP DATE OK
ENTER
#M0002
#Cancel [YES]
ENTER
MEASURE DATA
NORMAL
LUT UP DATE NG
ENTER
#M0002
62 <MEASURE DENS>
?
MEASURE DATA
ABNORMAL
#Cancel [NO]
MEASURE DATA RECEPTION
1-14

1.2.9
7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item
0 [MENU]
7 [SPEC. PRINT]
7 [SPEC. PRINT]
1 TEST PATTERN
ENTER
71 <TEST PATTERN>
MAG. [UPPER]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
MAG. [LOWER]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [82.5]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE GRID
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE BL Plas
LENGTH [89.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
START
TYPE BD Plas
ENTER
LENGTH [127.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Pap. Feed
71 <TEST PATTERN>
PRINTING
71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [254.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
ENTER
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE ZIBKPrint
COMPLETED
71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [381.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE LIBKPrint
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [457.0]
TYPE CHBKPrint
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Grad.
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Frame
1-15

1.2.10
8 [SYSTEM] Item
0 [MENU]
8 [SYSTEM]
8 SYSTEM
1 PROC TYPE
(See 81 [PROC.TYPE].)
?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 82 [PROC. METHOD].)
2 PROC METHOD
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 83 [SORTER TYPE].)
3 SORTER TYPE
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 84 [NIGHT ALARM].)
4 NIGHT ALARM
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 85 [SET AREA].)
5 SET AREA
81 [PROC. TYPE]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM]
1 PROC TYPE
ENTER
81 <PROC TYPE>
[LP5700]
ENTER
81 <PROC TYPE>
[PRO Entry chk]
1-16
82 [PROC. METHOD]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM]
2 PROC.METHOD
82 <PROC. METHOD>
[FACTORY TEST]
82 <PROC. METHOD>
[CP-49E]
ENTER
83 [SORTER TYPE]
ENTER
83 <SORTER TYPE>
[NONE]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM]
3 SORTER TYPE
ENTER
83 <SORTER TYPE>
[14 ORDER]
ENTER
83 <SORTER TYPE>
[24 ORDER]
1-17

84 [NIGHT ALARM]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM]
4 NIGHT ALARM
ENTER
84 <NIGHT ALARM>
[OFF]
ENTER
84 <NIGHT ALARM>
[ON]
85 [SET AREA]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM]
5 SET AREA
ENTER
85 <SET AREA>
[Standard]
ENTER
85 <SET AREA>
[North America]
ENTER
85 <SET AREA>
[Europe]
1-18

1.2.11
9 [INSTALLATION] Item
0 [MENU]
9 INSTALLATION
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION]
1 PSR AIR EXT.
2 MIX REPL.
START
92 <MIX REPL.>
PREPARING
ENTER
93 <PUMP AIR EXT.>
91 <PSR AIR EXT.>

EXTRACTING AIR
ENTER
92 <MIX REPL.>
START
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION]
3 PUMP AIR EXT.
START
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION]
ENTER
91 <PSR AIR EXT.>
93 <PUMP AIR EXT.>

EXTRACTING AIR
It moves to
a right beam.
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION]
4 IP ADDR. SET
94 <IP ADDR. SET>

123000000000
94 <IP ADDR. SET>

?
223000000000
Number change
It moves to
a right beam.
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION]
5 NET MASK SET
95 <NET MASK SET>

123000000000
95 <NET MASK SET>

?
223000000000
Number change
1-19
2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

2.1
Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................... 2-2
2.2
Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table......................................... 2-3
2.3
Maintenance and Inspection Procedures............................................. 2-4

2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.6
2.3.7
2.3.8
2.3.9
2.3.10
2.3.11
2.3.12
2.3.13
2.3.14
2.3.15
2.3.16
2.3.17
2.3.18
2.3.19
2.3.20
2.3.21
2.3.22
2.3.23
2.3.24
2.3.25
2.3.26
2.3.27
2.3.28
2.3.29
2.3.30
Lens Cleaning .......................................................................................................... 2-4

Mouse Cleaning ....................................................................................................... 2-4
Auto Film Carrier Inspection .................................................................................. 2-4
Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning .......................................................................... 2-5
Power Supply Cord Cleaning ................................................................................. 2-5
Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement................................................................ 2-5
Floppy Disk Drive Inspection ................................................................................. 2-6
CD-ROM Drive Inspection....................................................................................... 2-7
Printing Function Inspection.................................................................................. 2-8
Cutter Inspection ..................................................................................................... 2-9
Back Printing Head Inspection............................................................................... 2-9
Back Printer Head Replacement ............................................................................ 2-9
Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning......................................................... 2-10
Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection ..................................... 2-11
Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning ............................................................... 2-11
Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement ................................................... 2-12
Pipe Slider Inspection ........................................................................................... 2-13
Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection ............................. 2-13
Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication ............................................... 2-14
Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection ........ 2-14
Circulation Pump Inspection................................................................................ 2-15
Processing Solution Heater Inspection............................................................... 2-15
Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ...................................................... 2-16
Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning .................................................................... 2-17
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning.................................................... 2-18
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ............................................................... 2-18
PSR Level Sensor Inspection............................................................................... 2-19
Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection .................................................................. 2-20
Processor Drive Chain Lubrication ..................................................................... 2-21
Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection .................................................................................. 2-21
2-1
2.1 Maintenance Schedule

Every Day
Schedule
Pre-operational
Check
Item
Post-operational
Check
Every
Week
Every
Month
Every 3
Months
Scanner
Diffusion Box/LED Board

Cover
Clean
Scanner
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY Feed Lanes
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Control Strip
Process/
Check
Scanner
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY Magnetic
Heads/Rollers
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Waste Solution
Collect
Printer/
Processor
Crossover Racks
Wash
Printer/
Processor
Dryer Entrance Rack
Wash
Printer/
Processor
Upper Part of the P1/P2/

PS1 Processing Racks
Wash
Scanner
Light Source Section Air

Filter
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Printer Section Air Filter
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Printer Power Supply

Section Air Filters
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Processing Solution
Cooling Fan Air Filter
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Dryer Section Air Filters
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Dryer Exit Section Air

Filter
Clean
Printer/
Processor
P1/P2 Circulation Filters
Replace
Printer/
Processor
Processing Racks
Wash
Printer/
Processor
Auto-washing Nozzles
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Paper Feed Section

Rollers
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Dryer Exit Rollers
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Dryer Roller/Dryer Rack

Mesh Belt
Clean
Printer/
Processor
Exposure Section Cooling

Air Filter
Replace
Printer/
Processor
Densitometer White Board
Clean
Printer/
Processor
G Laser Optimal
Temperature Setup
Setup
Printer/
Processor
PS Processing Solutions
Printer/
Processor
PS Circulation Filters
Printer/
Processor
Paper Magazine Rollers/

Inside of the Magazine
Every 6
Months
Every
Year
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean (at the time of paper end)
2-2
Every
Two
Years
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table

Implementation Period (Every)
Item
Scanner
Lens
Mouse
Auto Film Carrier
Floppy Disk Drive
CD-ROM Drive
Printing Functions
Carrier Base Slider Rails
Carrier Base Slide Guides
Carrier Base Plug-in Connector
Main Control Unit Backup Battery
Power Supply Cord
Magazine Rollers
6 months
year
3 Years
5 Years
Clean
Inspect
Inspect
Inspect
Inspect
Clean
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Inspect
Cutters
Inspect
Back Printer Head
Inspect
Registration Section Feed Rollers

Nip Release System (before exposure)
Sub-scanning Section Rollers
Steel Belt
Rubber Belt
Cam Followers (Rubber Bearings)
Distribution Pipe Slider
Distribution Section Nip Release
System/Rollers
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter
Processing Rack Helical Drive Gears
P1R, P2RA, P2RB Pump Output/
Inspect
Leaks
PSR Pump Output/Leaks
Inspect
Replace
Replace
Clean
Inspect
Clean
Replace
Replace
Replace
Inspect
Clean
Replace
Grease
Refer to
Subsection 2.3.1
Subsection 2.3.2
Subsection 2.3.3
Subsection 2.3.7
Subsection 2.3.8
Subsection 2.3.9
Subsection 2.3.4
Subsection 2.3.6
Subsection 7.6.1
Subsection 9.3.4
Subsection 2.3.5
Subsection 5.6.1
Subsection 2.3.10 for
inspection
Subsection 11.1.12
for upper cutter
replacement
Subsection 11.1.15
for lower cutter
replacement
inspection
replacement
Subsection 2.3.13
Subsection 2.3.14
Subsection 2.3.15
Subsection 12.3.3
Subsection 12.3.7
Subsection 2.3.16
Subsection 2.3.17
Subsection 2.3.18
Subsection 12.2.1
Subsection 2.3.19
Subsection 5.7.1
PSR Pump Bellows/Valve

Crossover Rack Auto Washing Nozzle
Printer/
Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing
Processor Nozzle
PS Tank Separate Plate Blade/Seal
Circulation Pumps
Processing Solution Heaters
Processing Solution Level Sensors
Replenisher Level Sensors
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor
Waste Solution Level Sensor
PSR Level Sensor
Processing Solution Temperature
Sensors
Solution Hoses/Clamps
Processor Drive Chain
Dryer Mesh Belt
2 Years
Clean
Subsection 5.7.1
bellows
valve
Subsection 2.3.20
Replace
Inspect
Inspect
Subsection 2.3.20
Replace
Subsection 14.3.1
Subsection 2.3.21
Subsection 2.3.22
Subsection 2.3.23
Subsection 2.3.24
Subsection 2.3.25
Subsection 2.3.26
Subsection 2.3.27
Inspect
Inspect
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Inspect
Calibrate
Subsection 5.7.4
Inspect
Grease
Subsection 2.3.28
Subsection 2.3.29
Subsection 2.3.30
Dryer rack unit
Subsection 18.1.10
for dryer exit unit
print sending unit
Subsection 18.2.3
SU1400AY
SU2400AY
SU1400AY
SU2400AY
SU1400AY
SU2400AY
Inspect
Drive Timing Belt Tension

(Dryer Rack, Dryer Exit and Print
Sending Units)
Inspect/
Adjust
Print Sending Feed Belt Tension
Inspect
Sorter Drive Chain Tension
Inspect
SU1400AY/SU2400AY Transverse
Sorter
Belt Tension
Inspect
SU1400AY/SU2400AY Sorter Stop

Position
Inspect
2-3
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures

2.3.1
Lens Cleaning
1. Wipe the lens surface clean using a lens cleaning

cloth (TORAY TORAYSEE or equivalent). Use a
lens cleaning fluid if it is available.
Lens
Z2498
2.3.2
Mouse Cleaning
1. Turn the mouse ball cover counterclockwise and

remove it and the ball.
Mouse Ball Cover
2. Wipe any dirt and dust off the ball using a cloth
moistened with water.
3. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the ball cavity
using tweezers.
4. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the rollers
using a cotton swab moistened with alcohol
solution (mixture of an equal amount of alcohol
and water).
Mouse Ball Cover
Ball
Z2208
5. Reinstall the ball and cover.
2.3.3
Auto Film Carrier Inspection
1. Make sure that the carrier maintenance

operations are executed correctly by the
customer.
Blower Brush
2. Clean the sensors on the carrier and check them

for scratches or cracks.
3. Clean the plug-in connector using the blower
brush.
Plug-in Connector
Z2533
2-4

2.3.4
Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning
1. Wipe the carrier slider rails clean with a cloth

moistened with alcohol solution (mixture of an
equal amount of alcohol and water).
Slider Rails
2. Wipe the carrier base slider rails clean with a cloth

Z2580
2.3.5
Power Supply Cord Cleaning
1. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the power

supply cord using a cloth moistened with water.
2.3.6
Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement
Removal
Left-hand Slider Guide
1. Remove the carrier.

2. Remove two screws each and then the right-hand
and left-hand slider guides.
Installation
Right-hand Slider Guide
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of

removal.
Slider Guide
Screws (2 each)
Z2156
2-5

2.3.7
Floppy Disk Drive Inspection
1. Prepare a formatted floppy disk.

2. Insert the floppy disk into the floppy disk drive.
Formatted Floppy Disk

Z2041
3. Proceed to Menu 0122 Data Backup.

4. Select Film Scanner or Printer Processor for
Destination.
5. Click the [OK] button.

6. Click the [Cancel] button after backup is
completed.
Operation returns to the menu screen.
7. Proceed to Menu 9941 Explorer.
8. Double-click the My Computer and 3.5 inch FD
icons.
9. Make sure there are the three files in the floppy
disk.
10. Exit the Explorer screen.
2-6

11. Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk drive.
Z2042
2.3.8
CD-ROM Drive Inspection
1. Press the CD-ROM eject button.
CD-ROM Eject Button
The CD-ROM tray is ejected.
CD-ROM Tray
Z2534
2. Press the CD-ROM eject button.

The CD-ROM tray returns.
NOTE: If the CD-ROM tray does not operate properly
after Steps 1 and 2 are taken, the CD-ROM
drive may be defective.
CD-ROM Tray
CD-ROM Eject Button

Z2535
2-7

2.3.9
Printing Function Inspection
1. Perform:
scanner correction
print condition upkeep printing
2. Set the paper magazine for the largest size print
available at the lab.
3. Proceed to Menu 0541 Test Pattern Printing.
4. Move the cursor to Test pattern selection and

select Grid.
5. Move the cursor to Feed length and enter the
feed length for the largest size print.
6. Click the [Print] button.

After about three minutes, the print is output to
the large size print tray.
7. Check the color drift for the C, M and Y lines at the
center of the print using a magnifying lens (20 to
40).
If the color drift exceeds 1/3 of the color line
thickness, perform the following maintenance
operations.
Menu 0547 Main Scanning Position
Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough
Adjustment (See Subsection 5.6.15)
Menu 0548 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment
Print (See Subsection 5.6.16)
Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"
(See Subsection 5.6.22).
8. Proceed to the printing screen.
9. Perform test printing several times with known
good negatives and reversals and make sure all
system functions are normal.
2-8

2.3.10 Cutter Inspection
1. Check the edges of prints. If they are rough,

replace the unit with a new one (See Subsection
11.1.12 for the upper cutter or 11.1.19 for the lower
one).
2.3.11 Back Printing Head Inspection

1. Check the back printing of prints. If it is abnormal,
replace the ink ribbon cassette with a new one
and check the back printing again.
2. If the back printing is still abnormal, replace the
back printer head (See Subsection 2.3.12).
2.3.12 Back Printer Head Replacement

Removal
1. Open the magazine door.
2. Loosen the screw and move the back printer unit
to the right side. Then retighten the screw.
3. Push the locking tab and remove the ink ribbon
cassette.
4. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Screw
Connector Cover
L2928
2-9

5. Disconnect the connector.
Screws (2)
6. Remove the two screws and then the back printer

head.
Installation
removal.
Connector
Printer Head
NOTE: After installation, adjust the printer head clearance

L2929
2.3.13 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning

1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection
11.3.1).
Rollers
2. Wipe the feed and nip rollers clean with a cloth

moistened with water while turning the knob or
gear as shown.
Knob
L2930
Rollers
Gear
3. Reinstall the registration unit

L2931
2-10

2.3.14 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1).
Nip Release Solenoids (4)
2. Check the four nip release solenoids for smooth

operation by moving them with hand.
3. Reinstall the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1).

L2932
2.3.15 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning

1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection
12.3.1).
Screws (6)
Connectors (3)
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the three

connectors.
3. Remove the six screws and then the bracket.
Clamp
Bracket
L2933
4. Wipe the lower nip rollers clean with a cloth

moistened with water while turning the knob.
Lower Nip Rollers
Knob
5. Reinstall the bracket.
L2929
2-11

6. Set the nip rollers and wipe the feed rollers clean
with a cloth moistened with water while turning
the knob.
Feed Rollers
Knob
L2935
7. Wipe the scanning rollers clean with a cloth

moistened with water while feeding a sheet of
paper to turn them.
Paper
Cotton Swab
8. Reinstall the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection

12.3.1).
Scanning Rollers
L2936
2.3.16 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement

Removal
12.3.1).
2. Remove the frame from the sub-scanning unit
3. Remove the three screws and then the timing belt
cover.
Screws (3)
Timing Belt Cover
L2436
2-12

4. Remove the two E-rings.
Cam Followers (2)
5. Lift the nip roller assembly slightly and remove the

two cam followers.
Installation
removal.
E-rings (2)
L21155
2.3.17 Pipe Slider Inspection

Pipe Slider
2. Open the distribution section guide plate.

3. Check the pipe slider for smooth operation by
sliding it back and forth.
NOTE: If there are scores on the slider shaft caused by the
sliding balls, the pipe slider is no problem if it slides
smoothly.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate.

L2937
2.3.18 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection

3. Check the nip rollers are free from foreign matter
and for smooth operation by turning them.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate.
Nip Roller
L2938
2-13

2.3.19 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication
1. Remove the crossover racks.
2. Wipe grease off the helical drive gears fitted on
each rack.
3. Apply recommended grease to the helical drive
gears.
GREASE
Recommended Grease:
Minilab Grease (P/N: 891G02003)
Rack Drive Gears (6)
4. Reinstall the crossover racks.
L2939
2.3.20 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle

Inspection
1. Open the dryer unit and support it with Stopper 2
(yellow).
Auto Washing
Nozzle
2. Remove the No.1 to No.3 crossover and dryer

entrance racks.
Toothbrush
3. Check the auto washing nozzles for clogging and

clean them using a toothbrush if necessary.
4. Reinstall the dryer entrance and No.1 to No.3
crossover racks.
Toothbrush
Auto Washing Nozzle
5. Close the dryer unit.
L2940
2-14

2.3.21 Circulation Pump Inspection
1. Remove the processor front cover

2. Turn ON the main power supply and the built-in
circuit breaker, then press the START switch to
start up the system.
1) Go to the second page of Menu 0642
Processor I/O Check.
3. Click the [ON] - [OFF] buttons for the PU700 to
PU705 circulation pumps and check that the
pumps are operating normally.
4. Reinstall the processor front cover
2.3.22 Processing Solution Heater Inspection

1. Start up the system and open Menu 4 "Processor
Solution Temperature Check" screen in the preoperational checks.
2. Check that the temperatures increase normally.
3. If the temperature increases slowly or does not
rise, either the circulation filter is clogged or the
safety thermostat or heater is malfunctioning.
2-15

2.3.23 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the processor inner cover (See Subsection
15.1.3).
Screw
2. Open the replenisher box door.

3. Remove the circulation filter tray.
4. Remove the screw and then the splash-prevention
cover.
5. Open the dryer unit and support it using Stopper 2
(yellow).
Splash-prevention Cover
L21051
6. Remove the screw and then the processing

solution level sensor from the sub-tank.
Solution Level
Sensor
Screw
L21127
7. Wipe dirt off each processing solution level sensor

with a cloth moistened with water.
Solution Level Sensor
8. Reinstall the removed parts.

9. Close the dryer unit.
L21128
2-16

2.3.24 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1).

Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and pull the replenisher

tanks out.
Replenisher Tanks
L21131
3. Remove the two screws and then the level sensor.
P1R Replenisher level Sensor

Screws (2)
P2RA
P2RB
L21132
4. Wipe dirt off each replenisher level sensor with a

cloth moistened with water.
Replenisher Level Sensor

L21133
2-17

2.3.25 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the processor inner cover

PS4 Solution
Concentration Sensor
2. Loosen the screw and remove the water supply

port inner cover.
3. Remove the screw and then the PS4 solution
concentration sensor.
4. Wipe dirt off the PS4 solution concentration
sensor with a cloth moistened with water.
Screw

L21129
2.3.26 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning

1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down
the system and turn OFF the built-in circuit
breaker and main power supply.
Screw
2. Open the dryer unit and support it using Stopper 2

(yellow).
3. Remove the screw and then the waste solution
level sensor cover.
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cover

L2665
2-18

4. Put the flashlight from above as shown.
Flashlight
5. Look through the slits (peep holes) in the right

cover and remove the waste solution tank cap.
Connector
Slits (Peep Holes)

Tank Cap
L21191
6. Wipe dirt off the waste solution level sensor with a

cloth moistened with water.
Waste Solution Tank Cap

Waste Solution
Level Sensor

L21130
2.3.27 PSR Level Sensor Inspection

1. Open the Menu 0624 "Processor Input Check"
screen.
2-19

3. The PSR level sensor is normal if its level
matches the screen display.
PSR Lower Level Sensor
4. Reinstall the right cover.
PSR Upper Level Sensor

L21151
2.3.28 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection

1. Remove:
Processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1).
Right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1).
2. Check the processor bottom pan for any sign of
solution leakage.
3. Check the solution circulation system and
replenisher system for:
1) Any sign of solution leakage at each joint.
2) Loose hose clamps.
3) Collapsed, bent or cracked hoses.
4. If necessary, repair or replace parts.
5. Reinstall the removed covers.
2-20

2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication
1. Remove all crossover racks.
Chain
2. Wipe grease off the drive chain and sprockets.

GREASE
3. Apply a sufficient amount of recommended

grease to the drive chain.
Recommended Grease:
Minilab Grease (P/N: 891G02003)
4. Reinstall the crossover racks.
L2941
2.3.30 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection

1. Remove the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.2.1).
2. Check the mesh belt for damage or fouling by
turning it with hand.
Replace the mesh belt if it is damaged.
Clean the mesh belt if it is fouling.
3. Reinstall the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.2.1).
Dryer Mesh Belt
L21194
2-21
3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS

3.1
Error Indication Outline.......................................................................... 3-2

3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
Message Number..................................................................................................... 3-2

Message Icon ........................................................................................................... 3-2
X-#### Actions......................................................................................................... 3-2
3.2
Messages and Actions ........................................................................... 3-3
3.3
Trouble Shooting ................................................................................ 3-163

3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
3.3.10
3.3.11
3.3.12
3.3.13
Film Carrier .......................................................................................................... 3-163

CTB23 Circuit Board ........................................................................................... 3-164
CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System .................................................................... 3-165
Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction....................................................... 3-166
Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 3-168
Dryer Temperature Abnormality ........................................................................ 3-172
Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ....................................................... 3-176
Replenishment Pump Diagnostics .................................................................... 3-177
Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics ......................................................... 3-178
P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics.... 3-179
Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics ........................................................ 3-180
Return Action after Replenishment System Error............................................ 3-180
Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction ............................................... 3-181
3.4
Restoration of Backup for Refreshing.............................................. 3-182
3.5
OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing ........................................ 3-184

3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
OS Recovery ........................................................................................................ 3-184

Device Driver Installation.................................................................................... 3-189
Backup for Refreshing ........................................................................................ 3-194
3-1
3.1 Error Indication Outline

3.1.1
Message Number
The messages are identified by the following four codes.

Symbol
Error
Trouble (Error requires action of the service representative.)
Mismatching of condition (Error can be corrected by the operator.)
Information
Software trouble
3.1.2
Message Icon
Icon
Error
Errors with code E (Take measures after turning OFF the power supply.)
Errors with code E , W or X (Error can be recovered.)
For code I (Information)
3.1.3
X-#### Actions
X-#### errors (software error)

Take the following actions.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Write down the error number.

Restart the system.
Reinstall the software if the problem persists.
Create a report in the specified format.
3-2
3.2 Messages and Actions

No.
W-1406
Message
#### not installed or paper end
processing in progress.
Install the magazine, and then start
printing.
Install the paper magazine.
W-1407
The incorrect magazine installed.

Press [OK] to change magazine, or
change print size.
W-1408
Back print cannot be performed with

specified paper.
Press [Continue] to perform printing
without back print.
Back printing is not applied for
medium weight paper.
W-1417
An error occurred during creating of

image.
Factor
Magazine is not installed.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Magazine not installed.
2. ID chip not installed.
3. Upper/lower magazine ID
sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction
4. Magazine abnormal
1. Install magazine.
2. Install ID chip.
3. Replace upper/lower magazine ID
D625).
4. Replace magazine.
Printing size width and magazine

paper mismatch.
1. Print size and magazine
mismatched.
D625) malfunction
1. Install correct magazine, or

change print size.
2. Replace upper/lower magazine ID
D625).
Back printing is specified with

medium weight paper.
Magazine with postcard ID installed.
1. Wrong magazine installed or
incorrect print mode.
D625) malfunction

change mode to postcard print.
2. Replace upper/lower magazine
D625).
Error occurred during auto setup.

1. Software failure
2. Hard disk malfunction.

3. Main control unit malfunction.
1. Restart system, and if problem

persists, reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
2. Replace the HDD.
3. Replace main control unit.
Magazine is not installed during the

index format consistency check.
1. Magazine not installed.
2. Magazine ID chip not installed.
D625) malfunction
1. Install magazine.
2. Install ID chip.
D625)
Paper width mismatch occurred

during the index format inconsistency
check.
1. Index format and magazine
mismatched.
D625) malfunction.

change index format.
D625).
Do the pre-scan again.
W-1418
##### not installed or paper end

processing in progress.
Install the magazine, and then start
printing.
W-1419
Selected paper width and index print

size mismatched.
Press the [OK] button and replace
magazine, or change the index
format.
If you press [Output], an incorrect
index print will be outputted.
I-1420
Printer processor is busy, so postoperational check not performed.
Actions
Post-operational check was started

while in operating in printer.
Wait until processing is completed.
Upon completion of printing, perform

Post-operational check.
I-1421
Printer processor is busy.

Please wait a moment, and then
perform Post-operational check.

1. Printing is processing.
2. Paper jamming
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-3
1. Wait until processing is completed.

2. Remove jammed paper.

No.
Message
Factor
W-1422
A communication error occurred

between the main control section and
printer processor.
No response is received from

printer at the start-up of the postoperational check.
1. Connection error or disconnection
of 1394(interface) cable or
grounding wire
2. Abnormal system software
E-1425
Initializing of printer processor failed. (Causes of the error message)

Consult your technical representative. 1. Abnormal system software
[S-alone]: Starts only the scanner.
[End]: Shuts down the system.
2. Faulty main control unit
[Retry]: Retries to initialize the printer.
Actions
1. Connect cable correctly, or replace

it.
2. Restart the system software. If the
error occurs again, reinstall the
system software. (NOTE 1)
1. Reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
If you restart the system, please wait

12 seconds and then turn on the
power switch.
Please wait 12 seconds, and then
turn on the system.
W-1427

printer processor.
Check the connection, and then
press the [Retry] button.
W-1428

printer processor.
Check the connection, and then
W-1449
No valid frame detected during frame

detection.
W-1450
Error returned when the printer status

notice registering command is issued
at start-up.
1. Connection error or disconnection 1. Connect 1394 cable correctly or
replace it.
grounding wire
2. System software failure
(NOTE 1)
Error returned when the magazine
status retrieving command is issued
to printer at start-up.
grounding wire
1. Connect 1394 cable correctly or

replace it.
(NOTE 1)
Number of detected frames was zero

during frame detection.
1. Optical path interrupted during
1. Perform scanner correction at prebright correction at pre-operational
operational check.
check
2. Lamp burned out.
2. Replace lamp.
3. CCD unit system abnormal
3. Replace the CCD unit.
Error occurred while reading

magnetic information.
Magnetic information reading error

1. Pressure cover not closed
Clean the magnetic head and then try
completely.
pre-scan again.
2. Dust or debris collect on the
magnetic head.
3. Connectors connection error or
harness disconnection in carrier.
4. MRH23(read head) circuit board
malfunction
5. CYA23 circuit board malfunction
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-4
1. Close cover.
2. Clean or replace magnetic head.
3.
4.
5.
(See Subsection 3.3.1)

No.
I-1455
Message
Magnetic data registered on film
failure.
Continue the process ignoring the
magnetic information.
W-1473
Incorrect template.
Delete all templates stored in HD and
register them again.
Factor
Actions
Magnetic information contents error.

1. Dust or dirt collected on the
magnetic head.
2. High-intensity radio wave such as
from a cell phone near the carrier
3. High power supply noise
1. Clean the magnetic head and scan

again.
2. Keep radio wave source far away
form the carrier.
3. Ground the power supply securely.
Composite format to the extended

SIP failed.
1. Frontier D-drive full
2. Faulty Frontier hard disk
W-1475
Template and paper widths

mismatched.
Template and paper width mismatch
1. Delete all templates and register

them again.
2. Replace the HDD of the main
control unit.
Replace the paper magazine or
change the print size.
Press the [OK] button, and then

replace magazine.
W-1479
Template image size does not match

print size.
Confirm print size and template size.
E-1482
Hard disk failure occurred.

Consult technical representative.
E-1483
Index image data cannot be read.

Consult technical representative.
W-1484
Initializing of printer processor failed.

Press the [S-alone] button, and only
the film scanner will be started up.
W-1487
Selected print size and paper width

mismatched.
Template and print sizes specified in

frame/character print do not match.
1. Print size does not match
1. Change the print size or template.
template.
2. Faulty magazine ID sensors (D610 2. Replace the sensor.
to D615/D620 to D625).
Hard disk fault is detected when file is
imported from or exported to the
Imaging Controller.
1. Faulty hard disk in main control
unit.
control unit.
Image data file cannot be read out
when editing index print.
1. Faulty Frontier system software
(A1).
2. Faulty Frontier hard disk.
Printer initialization failed at system
start-up.
1. Printer processor did not start.
2. Poor connection of 1394
communication cable.
3. Faulty ATX power supply
Print size does not match paper in
magazine.
1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1)

control unit.
1. Start the printer processor.

2. Connect the 1394 cable correctly.
3. Replace ATX power supply.
Replace magazine or change print
size.
Press [OK] to change magazine, or

change print size.
Press [Output] to output forcibly.
W-1488
Template and print widths

mismatched.
Template width does not match paper Replace paper magazine.

in magazine.
Press [OK] and replace magazine.

3-5

No.
W-1492
Message
Carrier not installed.
Install carrier and press [OK].
W-1495
Select the correct magazine paper

type.
Factor
Actions
Carrier is not installed.

1. Carrier is not installed.
1. Install the carrier.
2. Faulty carrier I/O or electric system 2. (See Subsection 3.3.1)
Paper types (emulsion types or
surface types) different between
upper and lower magazines
regardless of selecting Auto for
Switch magazine.
Replace magazine so that upper and

lower paper types are same.
I-1501
Selected function cannot be used.
This message appears when

selecting an unsupported function.
I-1502
Insert the floppy disk into the FD

drive.
This message prompts you to insert

FD during the data backup.
#####
This message appears when FD is

not inserted during the data backup.
1. Floppy disk not set.
2. Floppy disk drive malfunction
W-1503
Insert the floppy disk into the FD

drive.
I-1504
W-1505
Insert the next floppy disk into the FD

drive.
This message prompts you to insert

the next FD during the data backup.
#####
This message appears when the

inserted FD is incorrect.
1. Floppy disk abnormal
2. Floppy drive malfunction
Insert the correct floppy disk into the

FD drive.
E-1506
Reading of control information file

failed.
Couldnt display the selected screen.
To use this function, consult your
technical representative.
This message appears when the files

required to display image cannot be
read.
1. Write protected FD
3. Main control unit failure

E-1507
Data backup completed abnormally.
This message appears when data

backup fails.
1. Faulty FD
2. Write protected FD
3. Lack of HDD capacity
I-1508
W-1510
Cancel data backup.
The data backup processing is

cancelled according to operators
instruction.
Date value exceeds the limit.
Set date value exceeds the limit.

1. Current date/time entry error
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2037/12/31

23:59:59)
Set the correct date.

W-1511
1. Insert floppy disk into drive.

1. Insert correct floppy disk into drive.

1. Set the FD to the write enable

mode.
(NOTE 1)
3. Replace the main control unit.
1. Replace the FD.

2. Set the FD to write enable mode.
3. Delete unnecessary files in the
HDD.
4. Reinstall the system software.
Click the [Cancel] button to stop the
backup.
1. Enter correct date/time.

(NOTE 1)
Next timer-ON time exceeds the limit. Next timer-ON time exceeds the limit.
Set time value must be changed.
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2037/12/31 (Causes of the error message)
23:59:59)
1. Current date/time entry error
1. Enter correct date/time.
Confirm the present time.
(NOTE 1)
3-6

No.
W-1512
W-1513
Message
The FD free space insufficient.
Factor
Actions
Insert the correct floppy disk into the

FD drive.
Inserted FD is full.
1. Inserted floppy disk is full.
2. Faulty floppy disk drive
1. Insert a blank disk.

An unsettled order exists.
Unsorted prints remain after printing.
Press [Sort].
Communication error occurred in

downloading from PU800B.
1. PU800B turned OFF
of PU800B communication cable
1. Turn ON PU800B.
it.

uploading to PU800B.
1. Turn ON PU800B.
it.

sending PU800B bill.
1. Turn ON PU800B.
it.
Settle the order.

W-1521
PU800B is not turned ON or is

disconnected.
Check the connection with PU800B,
W-1522

disconnected.
W-1523

disconnected.
press [Retry] to retry.
To stop printing of the price table,
press the [Stop] button.
W-1524
Couldnt read the backup data for

PU800B.
Check the connection with PU800B.
File reading error occurred in

downloading from PU800B.

W-1525
Couldnt write to the backup data for

PU800B.
Check the connection with PU800B.
I-1526
Production information log file not

found.
File writing error occurred in

uploading to PU800B.

(NOTE 1)

(NOTE 1)
Production information log file

reading error
Check that the production information

log file exists.
A new file will be created.

W-1527
Production information cannot be

written into file.
Error occurred in writing production

information log file.

E-1530
FDi device registration failed.

(NOTE 1)
Error in registering F-DIA logical

output devices (cannot be recovered)
Couldnt provide the service.
1. No logical output/input device
1. Set up the logical output/input
Consult your technical representative.
name in registry.
name in Menu 0124 DI Manager
Administrative Setting.
2. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 2. Restart the Imaging Controller. If
the trouble is not remedied,
reinstall the software.
3-7

No.
W-1531
Message
FDi device registration failed.
Check the network connections, and
then press the [Retry] button.
W-1532
Registering with FDi not done.
Factor
Actions
Error in registering F-DIA logical

output devices. (can be recovered)
1. Imaging Controller did not start.
2. Poorly connected LAN cable.
3. No logical output/input device
name in registry.
1. Start up the Imaging Controller.

2. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
3. Set up the logical output/input
name Menu 0124 DI Manager
Administrative Setting.
4. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 4. Reinstall the software.
5. Faulty main control unit for
5. Replace the PC.
Imaging Controller.
Error occurred when registering FDIA logical output device.
Perform pre-operational check.
To register it, perform the 1. Preoperational Check.

W-1534
Order not unlocked.

W-1535
Order not unlocked.

E-1536
Error occurred during the order

completion.
Incorrect order status.
Communication from the Imaging

Controller has failed when processing
the order with the Frontier.
1. Poorly connected LAN cable.
2. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
Controller software.
Controller has failed down when
processing the order with the
Frontier.
1. Poorly connected LAN cable
2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
Inappropriate status, no device
authority.
Change the status in the Imaging

Controller.
E-1537
An error occurred in the Imaging

Controller.
Other errors in F-DIA.

W-1538
Registering with FDi not done.

To register it, perform the 1. Preoperational Check
Pre-operational Check has not been

performed.
E-1539
Error occurred during the order end

process.
The order is already in the Delete

Waiting state.
The status shows Wait to delete.
Perform the pre-operational checks.
Change the status in the Imaging

Controller.
I-1540
W-1541
No order of the selected paper width. No order can be printed with the labin.
Replace magazine.

Controller has failed when processing
the order with the Frontier.
2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
3-8

No.
W-1542
Message
W-1543

W-1544

W-1545

W-1546

W-1547

W-1548
E-1549
Actions
Error caused by status change during

normal printing.
Error caused by status change during
abnormal printing.
Error caused by notice of the
completion of 1-order printing.
Error at the time of order deletion.
Error caused by status change when
no order is read.
Error caused by reading order.

Error occurred while receiving image

file printing command.
To cancel the image import, press the 1. The printer processor is not in
[Stop] button.
STANDBY condition when
performing Digital Image Import.
Error occurred while deleting the
order.
The status of the order to be deleted
does not become Creating.
Change the status on the Imaging
controller.
E-1551
Factor
Dialog cannot be displayed.

Message definition file not found or
defective.
1. Turn printer to STANDBY and

press [Retry].
Every order except for the one

currently being registered is deleted.
1. The status of order has changed
1. Return the status of order to
by Imaging Controller side.
Creating.
The function for string resource
management returns error while
generating a dialog.
1. Damaged message file
2. Faulty hard disk
3-9
1. Reinstall the Frontier system

software. (NOTE 1)
control unit.

No.
Message
E-1552
Could not start up the Red-eye/Soft/

Cross plug-in.
E-1553
Couldnt continue the Red-eye/Soft/

Cross.

Cross.
Could not create the file that was
required for the Red-eye/Soft/Cross
plug-in.
Error has occurred when reading Red

Eye/Cross plug-in I/F file.
(A1)
2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1)
2. Reinstall the software.
3. Faulty hard disk
control unit.
Error has occurred when writing Red
Eye/Cross plug-in I/F file.
(A1)
3. Faulty hard disk

W-1556
This frame cannot be selected.

control unit.
Select another frame again.
Frame number of mounted print

mismatched.
1. Large index or template frame
number mismatched.
2. Frame number reading failed.
1. Enter the correct frame number for

the template.
2. Reload the film.
Printing the image file. Couldnt

perform the pre-scan.
Pre-scanning is attempted when an

image file is being exported.
Wait until present processing

completes.
Cannot end because the external-file

being output.
Wait until output is completed.
Frame No. to specify template not

matched.
W-1566
Actions
Error has occurred when starting Red

Eye/Cross software.
The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in not
installed or the file may be corrupted.
(A1)
3. Faulty hard disk
control unit.
Could not find the file that was

required for the Red-eye/Soft/Cross
plug-in or the file may be corrupted.
E-1554
Factor
Eject film.
After printing of the image file, insert
the film.
I-1569
Printing external file.

Wait!
E-1571
Message definition file not found or

defective.
Check message definition file.
W-1572
Incorrect font size value.
Error occurred when reading string

resource for creating a dialog.
(A1)
2. Faulty hard disk

Font size is out of the specified range. Set up font size to 8 to 72.
Specify 8 to 72 point as font size.

W-1573
Logo or title exceeds area.
Input characters exceed character

area.
Reduce font size or number of

characters.
Select smaller font size or reduce

number of characters.
W-1574
Frame with selected No. already

mounted.
Frame is overwritten because the
selected frame was already mounted.
Frame overwritten.
3-10

No.
W-1575
Message
Preparing of variety printing is not
completed yet.
Factor
Actions
Pre-scanning is attempted while

setting up a template.
Pre-scanning is attempted while

selecting service to be exported.
Wait a while and then reload the film.
Data loading from registry is in

progress.
Wait until reading is completed.
Couldnt start scan.
The film is fed out.

W-1586
Couldnt start scan, because the

service to be exported is not started.
Eject film.
Start the service, and then insert the
film.
I-1587
Reading print mag. fine adjust data.

Please wait.
I-1588
Saving print mag. fine adjust data.
Data saving to registry is in progress. Wait until saving is completed.
Please wait.
W-1589
Carrier/mask and composite type

mismatch.
Film is fed out.
Pre-scanning is attempted when the

carrier/mask and composite type do
not match.
1. Incorrect film mask
2. Incorrect template
Could not detect frame(s) specified in

the Re-order Sheet screen.
Frame specified on invoice is not

detected.
Check the film.
Template setup is in progress.
Wait until saving is completed.
Please wait.
This message appears while reading

the service name list for image file
export/import.
Start the connection with Imaging

Controller, and update the data.

registering logical device.
Couldnt start scan.
W-1591
1. Install the correct mask.

2. Select the correct template.
Check the film.

I-1593
#####
Please wait.
I-1594
I-1595
Reading service name list.
(Use digital imaging service without

Imaging controller, update the inside
data.)
Press [OK] to start.
E-1596

Check the network connections.
W-1597
The service type is not selected, so

pre-scan not performed.
Eject film.
Select the service type, and then
insert the film.
I-1598
Processing Red-eye/Soft/Cross
####.
FDI error occurred while reading

service name list.
Pre-scanning for other than image file
export is attempted when the scanner
is doing stand-alone operation.
1. Digital Image Export has not been 1. Select the Digital Image Export.
selected.
Red eye/Soft/Cross startup is in
progress.
Please wait.
3-11
Wait until completion.

No.
E-1599
Message
An error occurred.
Cross.
Complete the Red-eye/Soft/Cross
plug-in.
W-1701
W-1702
This is the last frame.
Factor
Actions
Red eye/Soft/Cross failed to start up.

1. The carrier or mask is removed
1. Restart Red eye/Soft/Cross plugduring Red eye/Soft/Cross startup.
in.
2. Faulty system software (A1)
(NOTE 1)
4. Faulty hard disk
Press [OK] to eject film.
When the film mode is Manual, the

[START/ENTER] key was pressed at
the last frame of the film.
Click [OK] to terminate the operation

or press the frame return key to
return to the previous frame.
The carrier or mask removed, so the

custom setting information is not
displayed correctly.
The carrier or mask was removed

while the dialog box related to the
custom setting was displayed.
Correctly install the carrier or mask

and then perform the custom setting
again.
The selected custom setting number

is invalid.
Print with the master settings or

select a correct custom setting
number.
Bordered print size has been

selected.
Select borderless print size.
The related dialog(s) closed.

Install the carrier or mask, and then
try again.
W-1703
Invalid custom setting.

Changed to master settings.
E-1710
Templates are not available for the

bordered print.
Select the borderless print size.
W-1711
Reading of order information failed.

Check if the network connection is
properly done.
W-1712
DI Service is not finished.

Retry when DI Service finished.
I-1721
When [1st Print] is selected, the

frame order will be discarded.
This message appears when an error

occurs due to a network
disconnection during reading of order
in auto printing mode.
1. The Imaging Controller power is
turned off.
3. Faulty software on the imaging
controller
4. Faulty PC on the imaging
controller side
1. Start the Imaging controller.

4. Repair or replace the PC.
This is the message that appears

when you quit while the B3/B4 is
being started up.
Try again after the B3/B4 is

completed.
This is the confirmation message

after the All-frame specifying
command is issued.

inserting the film while the sub-menu
screen is open.
Press [OK] to discard the frame order

information.
I-1722
A film remains in the carrier.

To start the service, it is fed out.
I-1723
The settings in this dialog will be

discarded because the carrier is
changed.

wrong carrier is installed when
pressing the button in the Index
Conditions dialog.
Proceed to the dialog and set up

correctly.
E-1729
Couldnt open the order data function

key setting file.
There is no order data function key

setting file, or it cannot be opened.
Restart the system software. If the

E-1730
An incorrect parameter may be set in

the order data function key setting
file.
The parameter value without the

range is set up in the order data
function key setting file.

##### ##### ##### #####

3-12

No.
I-1732
Message
Couldnt change the film drive mode
to ####.
Factor
Actions

selected film drive mode is invalid
depending on the carrier type.
Semi is used.
I-1733
A film is inserted while [All] setting for

order information is currently being
done, so it is fed out.
A film is inserted.
Insert the film again.
W-1734
This floppy disk already contains any

data.
This message appears when a

customizing file exists in the floppy
disk.
Replace the floppy disk. To overwrite,

click the [OK] button.
If you overwrite it, press the [OK]

button.
W-1735
A paper size with more than

203.0mm width and with less than
152.0mm length exists.
This message appears when a paper Check the print size.

size with more than 203.0mm in width
and with less than 152.0mm in length
exists.
It may cause a trouble.

I-1736
Print size has been changed.

Check the paper width of the
magazine.
I-1737
Nega sheet index printing is

processing.
This message prompts you to check if Check paper width of the magazine.
a correct print size is selected before
135 negative sheet index printing,
template simple selection or template
selection.
This message appears during the
negative sheet index printing.
Wait until processing completes.
Please wait.
W-1739
Lens correction cannot perform when

the free cropping is selected.
This message shows that lens

correction cannot perform when free
cropping is selected.
1. Free cropping is in process.
2. Lens type other than No. 0 No is
selected for Lens Manual Correct
Setup.
1. Wait until completing free

cropping.
2. Select below
Lens Auto Correction: OFF
Lens Manual Correct Setup: Lens
type No. 0 No
W-1740
Cannot perform the free cropping

because the lens correction was
done.
This message shows that free

cropping cannot be performed when
the lens correction was done.
Lens Auto Correction: OFF

Lens Manual Correct Setup: Lens
type No. 0 No. After rescanning,
select free cropping.
I-1741
The print size for negative sheet

index is not registered yet.

index is not registered.
Register the print size for the

negative sheet index printing.
Check the print size and the group.

I-1742

index is not registered.
The searched template cannot be

found.
Enter correct template number.
I-1743
The print size for the selected

template not registered.
The print size for the selected

template is not registered.
Register the print size for the selected

template.
I-1744
The year in the calendar template is

out of range.
The year in the calendar template is

out of range.
Input an year within the specified

range.
Quitting of operation is selected.
Close the current window and then

try again.
This message appears when the disk

space of the C drive is insufficient.
The disk space is required more than
100MB for the systems.
Increase the disk space more than

100MB.
Change the year.

I-1745
Cannot quit the operation, because

the template is currently being set.
Retry after closing the current dialog.
E-1746
The storage capacity of the drive is

insufficient, so the variety printing
cannot be done. To use this function,
consult your technical representative.
3-13

No.
E-1750
Message
More frames than the specified
frames are detected.
Change the number of frames, or use
the piece film with the same number
of frames.
W-1751
#####
Couldnt start scan. Eject film.
#####
Factor

Change number of frames or use
system recognizes the strip film but
piece film with specified number of
cannot find the frame with the starting frames.
frame No. in the negative sheet index
print.
The real-time display is unavailable.
1. A template used for mounted print
or frame/character is being
installed.
2. The Output destination selection
screen is being displayed for
exporting image file.
3. The Original selection screen is
being displayed.
4. The template selection screen for
mounted print or frame/character
is being displayed.
5. Exporting image files is in
progress.
6. The manual film carrier is installed
during the single scan digitizing.
7. The carrier or mask type does not
fit the composite type.
8. The Image preview screen used
for mounted print or frame/
character is being displayed.
9. The batch retrieval of exposure
conditions is in progress.
10. Negative sheet index screen is
being displayed or print is being
processed.
11. The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in
is starting.
W-1752
Actions
#####
Reading end frame cannot be found.

Adjusting of the image position failed. 1. Carrier/mask and composite type
do not match.
2. Batch retrieval of exposure
conditions in progress.
3-14
1. Wait until the template setting

finishes.
2. Select the output destination using
the Output destination selection
screen.
3. Close the Original selection
screen.
4. Select the template using the
template selection screen, and
then wait until it is set.
5. Wait until the file is output.
6. Set the auto film carrier.
7. Install the carrier or mask
corresponding to the composite
type.
8. Close the Image preview screen.
9. Close the Exposure condition

retrieve setup screen.
10. Wait until the negative sheet
index screen is closed or
processing is completed.
11. Quit the Red eye/Soft/Cross plugin screen.
Install the correct carrier and mask.
1. Check the carrier and mask.
2. Wait until retrieval of exposure
conditions is completed.

No.
W-1753
Message
#####
Eject film.
#####
Factor
The pre-scanning cannot be
performed.
The film was inserted under the
condition that the waiting time for the
leading frame position determination
was 0 second.
1. A template used for mounted print
or frame/character is being
installed.
2. The Output destination selection
screen is being displayed for
exporting image file.
3. The Original selection screen is
being displayed.
4. The template selection screen for
mounted print or frame/character
is being displayed.
5. Exporting of image files is in
progress.
6. The manual film carrier is installed
during the single scan digitizing.
7. The carrier or mask type does not
fit the composite type.
8. The Image preview screen used
for mounted print or frame/
character is being displayed.
9. The batch retrieval of exposure
conditions is in progress.
10. Negative sheet index screen is
being displayed or print is being
processed.
11. The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in
is starting.
W-1754

If the network connections are
correct, consult your technical
representative.
I-1756
Printing.
An error occurred while a service

name list was being read.
1. The DI controller power is turned
off.
3. Faulty software on the DI controller
4. Faulty PC on the DI controller side
Actions
3
1. Wait until the template setting
finishes.
2. Select the output destination using
the Output destination selection
screen.
3. Close the Original selection
screen.
4. Select the template on the
template selection screen, and
then wait until it is set.
5. Wait until the file is output.
6. Set the auto film carrier.
7. Install the carrier or mask
corresponding to the composite
type.
8. Close the Image preview screen.
9. Close the Exposure condition

retrieve setup screen.
10. Wait until the negative sheet
index screen is closed or
processing is completed.
11. Quit the Red eye/Soft/Cross plugin screen.
1. Start the DI controller.

4. Replace the PC.
Wait until the processing is

completed.
Be sure that the printer processor is

stopped, and then start the operation.
I-1757
The selected original type cannot be

used for this carrier.

carrier is changed and a wrong
original is selected while the Original
Selection dialog is displayed.
Install the correct carrier or select

original type properly.
I-1758
The template was not settled,

because the template is not selected
or it is currently being set.

determination of template fails while
the preview appears on the order
screen.
Select template before the preview

screen.
W-1762
Print Mode Select cannot be done

A different type of service was
while the scanned image is mounted. requested while a mounted or frame/
character printing was in progress.
Complete a mounted print, or press
the [Print] or the [Cancel] in the
Image Preview screen, and then
select it again.
3-15
Wait until one mounted print is

completed, or select [Print] or
[Cancel] on the image preview
screen.

No.
Message
Factor
Actions
W-1763
The printing operation cannot be

The process in progress was forcibly
canceled while the image is mounted. terminated while mounted or frame/
character printing was in progress.
Complete a mounted print, or press
the [Print] or the [Cancel] button in
the Image Preview screen, and then
try it.
Wait until one mounted print is

completed, or select [Print] or
[Cancel] on the image preview
screen.
W-1764
Cannot replace the magazine while

the Printing Status Notice screen is
displayed.
This message instructs you not to

replace the magazine while the
Printing Status Notice screen
appears.
Exit this screen to replace the paper

magazine.
Film driving mode was changed.
This message appears when the film

driving mode is changed during the
view and check of images.
Cannot perform the billing service for

DSC.
This message appears when an error

occurred during the DSC billing
output.
(Cause of the error message)
1. Poor connection of cable to FDiA
2. Faulty cable to FDiA
1. Connect the cable securely.

2. Replace the cable.

service menu setting file does not
exist or when it cannot be opened.
1. No setting file
2. Abnormal floppy disk
1. Make setting file.

2. Try again with another FD.
To replace it, exit this screen.

I-1765
W-1771
E-1772
Couldnt open the service menu

setting file.
E-1773
Incorrect parameter is written in the

service menu setting file.
This message appears when value

Set up the file correctly.
written in the service menu setting file
exceeds the range.
E-1774
Cannot perform the DI service

registered in the Service Menu.

Change the service menu setup file
digitizing service that was registered to the optimum setting.
in the service menu setting file cannot
be found in the Imaging Controller.
E-1775
1st service menu not found.
#####
Check the service menu setting file.

service menu Button 1 is not
displayed, or when any parameter
error occurs.
Set up Button 1 to Display. Set up

the parameter correctly.
Set up the proper service to Button 1.
E-1776
Proper service type is not registered

for the 1st service menu. Check the
service menu setting file.

proper service is not registered for
the service menu button 1.
W-1777
This message appears if the carrier is Install the carrier correctly.

not installed when the service menu
button is pressed.
Install it, and then select the service

menu again.
W-1778
The carrier for #### is not installed.

Replace it, and then select the
service menu again.
W-1779
Because the wrong carrier is

installed, the film type cannot be set
to ####.
This message appears if the proper

carrier is not installed when the
service menu button is pressed.
Install the proper carrier correctly.
This message appears if the proper

carrier is not installed when the
Install the proper carrier correctly.

service menu again.
3-16

No.
E-1780
Message
Factor
Could not detect the frame No.

Could not print with this film strip.
Actions
Starting frame number of the film

strip was not detected in the 135
negative sheet index print.
Select the strip to match the specified (Causes to the error message)
number of frames.
1. Frame No. not fond
2. Fogged film
3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 bar
code sensor (D106/108) glass
4. Faulty barcode sensor (D106/108)
Enter the frame number correctly, or

insert the proper film strip.
I-1781
In the Negative Sheet Index Print,

you cannot use the Image Preview.
Click [OK].
W-1782
Could not call the exposure

conditions, because they do not
match the current custom settings.
Inconsistency of image setting

parameters
Set up the custom setting correctly.
W-1785
The carrier/lane cannot be changed

during ordering process.
The carrier was changed from the

original one during the reorder.
Return the lane to the original

position.
The carrier/lane was changed during

Frame order reordering, and film
inserted.
Return the lane to the original

position.

magazine is not installed properly
when the service menu button is
pressed.
Install the paper magazine.

service menu button is pressed when
you select the frame.
1. Specify 135 negative sheet again.

2.
3. Clean the glass.
4. Replace the LBF23/DBF23 circuit

board.
5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board
5. Replace the circuit board.
6. Poor connected or broken harness 6. Repair or replace the harness.
7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Return it to the original position.

E-1786
The carrier/lane was changed during

Frame order re-ordering.
Couldnt start scan.
Eject film.
W-1787
The magazine is not installed

properly.
Install it properly.
I-1788
The frame information will be

discarded. OK?
E-1789
Couldnt open the function key setting This message appears when the
file.
function key setting file is not found,
or when it cannot be opened.
1. No setting file
2. Abnormal floppy disk
parameter to be set in the function
key setting file exceeds the range.
1. Make setting file.

2. Try again with another FD.
E-1790
The parameter is not correctly written

in the function key setting file.
Set up the file correctly.
W-1791
Cannot send the status information to This message appears when sending Connect the LAN cable correctly.
the Imaging Controller.
of the status information failed
because of the network
disconnection.
W-1792
The specified frame size and the

installed carrier mismatched.
Reorder printing by Frame Order is

selected when the MFC10AY is
installed.
Install the carrier correctly.
Replace the carrier with the correct

one, and then select the service
menu again.
I-1793
After the execution of the order, the

frame information will be discarded.
This message appears when starting

the order during the order
specification.
I-1794
The frame ordering information will

be discarded. OK?
This message appears when controls

return from reorder printing to normal
printing.
3-17

No.
W-1795
Message
The carrier that is appropriate to the
reorder printing is not installed.
Factor
Actions
This message appears when you

select the reordering service while
the MFC10AY is installed.
Replace the carrier, and then select

the service menu again.
I-1796
####

registering and saving of the custom
button are currently done.
I-1797
Return the customized data of the

custom button to the initial values.

[Initialize] button is pressed on the
Custom Button Registration/Saving
screen.
E-1798
Processing of customized data for

custom button is not completed
normally.

registering, saving or initializing of the
custom button is aborted.
1. No file
1. Check that the file in the system
environment (D:\Fujifilm\Frontier
\Param\OPE).
2. Faulty FD
2. Check the FD.
3. Faulty FDD or HDD of the main
control unit
W-1799
The mask is not installed, so setting

of original type is not done.
This message appears if the mask is

not installed when the service menu
button is pressed.
Install the mask correctly.
The correct mask is not installed.

The incorrect mask is installed when
printing operation starts or the
Install the correct mask.
Reversal is selected when the

NC100AY is installed.
Remove the 135 insertion section

upper guide and click the [OK] button.
Install the mask, and then select the

service menu again.
W-1800
The mask for #### is not installed.

service menu again.
W-1801
135 Reversal Film was selected.

Remove the 135 insertion section
upper guide during processing the
135 Reversal Film.
I-1908
W-1910
Available frame not detected.

Eject film.
No frame is detected during

animation scanning. (All the frames
are unexposed.)
1. All the frames of the inserted film
are unexposed.
2. Faulty unexposed frame sensor in
the carrier
A carrier is not installed.
1. Check the film.

2. Replace the sensor.
Install the carrier.
Install the carrier and then start prescan.

W-1911
Mask for MFC not installed.

Install the mask and then start prescan.
The mask sensor in the manual film

carrier does not function.
1. The mask is installed incorrectly
and floating above the target
surface.
2. Faulty mask sensor
3. Faulty CYB23 circuit board
3-18
1. Correctly install the mask.

2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.

No.
W-1912
Message
Carrier upper cover opened.
Close it and then start pre-scan.
W-1917
Factor
Scanning was attempted while the
upper cover was open.
1. Open pressure cover
2. Faulty pressure cover lock
mechanism
3. Faulty pressure cover open/close
sensor (D128) or poorly connected
harness
4. Poorly connected flexible cable
Paper width and print size of negative This message appears when a paper
sheet index mismatched.
width mismatch is detected in the
format check in negative sheet index
Press [OK] and replace with the
printing.
magazine of #### mm.
Actions
1. Close the pressure cover.

2. Replace the damaged parts of the
lock mechanism.
3. Replace the sensor, reconnect or
replace the harness.
4. Reconnect the flexible cable.
Replace the magazine with the
correct one.
If you press [Output], an incorrect

negative sheet index printing will be
outputted.
W-1918
No frame for negative sheet index

printing.

desired frame in negative sheet index
printing is not found.
Incorrect mask is installed for oneway mode.
Install the correct carrier.
Printing operation is terminated

during image processing.
Paper width mismatch discovered by

index format consistency check
before one-way mode pre-scanning
completion.
Replace the paper magazine or

select the index format which meets
the magazine.
MFC10AY mask table slider is not set

properly.
Set the mask table slider correctly.
Print/file output processing cannot be

executed because the number of
images exceeds concurrent
processing quantity.
Wait a moment.
Printing of negative sheet index

cancelled.
W-1920
One-way mode cannot be used for

this carrier.
Install correct carrier.
I-1921
You cannot return to the main menu

screen during processing of the
image.
After it is completed, return to the
main menu screen.
W-1922
When the format type is ####, the

current paper width and the print size
selected as index format is
mismatched.
Press the [OK] button and replace the
paper magazine, or change the index
format.
When it is ####, the correct index
print will not be outputted after the
[Output] button is pressed.
W-1923
MFC mask not installed.

Install mask and perform pre-scan.
W-1924
Image data full.

Please wait a moment, and start
printing.
E-1998
Error table item(####) cannot be

omitted.
Sub-system: ####
(####)
Error No.: ####
The item(s) required for the error

table file is(are) not written.
1. Faulty system software

3-19
1. Restart the system software.

Reinstall it if the problem occurs
again. (NOTE 1)

No.
Message
E-1999
Error table items (####) are incorrect.

Sub-system: ####
(####)
Error No.: ####
Factor
Incorrect values are written in the
error table file.
Actions

Reinstall it if the problem occurs
again. (NOTE 1)
Communication error occurred

between scanner and printer.
(Command time-out)
No response within a specified time

after command is issued.
1. Poorly connected or broken 1394
(interface) cable
grounding clamp
1. Connect the cable correctly, or

repair or replace it.
2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
W-2106
Performing printer maintenance. Set

up printing conditions.
Uncalibrated magazine is detected

during printer/processor
maintenance.
Quit the Setup and Maintenance

screen, and perform paper condition
setup.
E-2107
Data files not opened.

Data files cannot be opened in saving
Consult your technical representative. or loading.
1. File to save/load corrupted.
(NOTE 1)
W-2108

(IEEE1394 communication error:
Code No.=%NUM%)
Refer to manual for guidance.
E-2102
Sending to printer failed.

1. Built-in breaker on the LP5700 is
OFF.
grounding clamp.
3. Abnormal software

W-2110

between scanner and the printer. The
printer may not be turned ON.
If the printer not started up, turn it to
ON.
In the E-1425 dialog after [ON] is
pressed, press [Retry].
Sending to printer failed.

1. Built-in circuit breaker on the
LP5700 is OFF.
(interface) cable or grounding
clamp.
1. Turn ON the built-in circuit breaker

to restart the system.
2. Connect the clamp correctly or
replace.
3. Restart the system. If the problem
(NOTE 1)
1. Turn ON the built-in circuit breaker

2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
3. Restart the system. If the problem
(NOTE 1)

W-2111
A selected printer differs from the

During initialization, a different
currently connected printer.
system type has been detected.
Consult your technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. The LP1500 or LP2000 is
connected.
1. Connect the LP5700 to the SP3000.
This function cannot be started.
The unusable function has been tried

to start.
Do not try to start this function.
I-2202
Creating condition setup print.
Printing condition setup print is in

progress.
Wait until printing is completed.
I-2203
Measuring density of condition setup

print.
Density measurement of condition

setup print is in progress.
Wait until density measurement is

completed.
W-2201
3-20

No.
W-2205
W-2206
Message
As printer setup and maintenance is
in progress, the printer maintenance
not started.
Printer setup and maintenance is in

progress.
Perform the paper condition setup
after the operation.
Factor
During the printer/processor
maintenance, the maintenance mode
has been activated on the SP-3000.
1. While the printer/processor
maintenance mode is activated on
the LP5700 operation panel,
maintenance mode has been
activated on the SP-3000.
During the printer/processor
maintenance, paper condition setup
has been attempted.
1. During the printer/processor
maintenance, the W-2507 error
has occurred and the [Yes] button
has been clicked.
Actions
1. After quitting the maintenance

mode on the LP5700 operation
panel, activate the maintenance
mode on the SP-3000.
1. After quitting the printer/processor

maintenance, perform paper
condition setup.
I-2207
Paper condition setup starting.
After paper end, paper condition

setup has been activated.
Wait until paper condition setup has

started up.
W-2208
As the order remain, the printer

maintenance not started.

1. The maintenance is started when
the order is remained.
1. Start the maintenance after

printing or canceling all orders.
Initializing printer.
Please Wait.

1. The maintenance is started during
initializing the printer.
1. Wait until printer initialization is

completed.
Printer is processing.
Please Wait.

the printer is processing.
1. Wait until processing is completed.
Performing evaporation correction.

Please Wait.

performing the evaporation
correction.
1. Wait until the evaporation

correction is completed.
Printing not performed

due to lack of conditions.
Print pre-check NG
1. Printing is directed when the
printer is under condition that
printing cannot be dune.
W-2209
W-2210
W-2211
W-2213
W-2214
1. Wait until the printer can print or

correct error condition.
As the magazine is not loaded

Printing not performed

1. Printing is directed when the
magazine is not installed.
As specified magazine ID differs from

the stored ID, Printing not performed

1. Mismatch of magazine ID
Printing not performed due to the

error occurrence.

1. Printing is directed in error
condition.
E-2301
Request not accepted by printer.

Request rejected.
A printing command is sent but the

printer/processor cannot perform
printing.
1. Another error has not been solved. 1. Take appropriate corrective
measures.
W-2302
Maintenance is underway in printer.

Request cannot be accepted.
Complete maintenance in printer.
A printing command is sent when the

printer is in off-line.
1. The printer/processor is in the
maintenance mode.
W-2215
W-2216
3-21
1. Install the magazine.
1. Install the correct magazine.

1. Correct error condition.
1. Quit the printer/processor

maintenance mode.

No.
Message
Factor
I-2305
The data in the printer backup

memory was updated.
This message does not mean
abnormality when the software
version is updated.
For other than the version up, consult
your technical representative.
E-2306
Printer's timer abnormal. Scanner

time adopted.
If problems persist, consult your
Error occurred in reading the time

data from timer IC at the start-up.
Actions
2. Faulty backup circuit

3. Timer IC failure
4. Memory failure

(NOTE 1)
2. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
I-2309
Initializing printer.
Please Wait.
While initializing the printer/
processor, the post-operational check

is activated.
I-2310
Printer is processing.
Please Wait.
While driving the printer/processor,

the post-operational check is
activated.
I-2311
Power switch in printer is turned ON.

Turn the power switch to STANDBY.
The post-operational check is

activated with the power switch
turned ON.
1. The power switch is ON.
1. Turn the power switch to

STANDBY.
E-2312
Timer in printer abnormal, so it was

initialized.
During system startup, abnormality of

the RTC device has been detected.
(The default value 1980/01/01 is
set.)
1. GPR backup switch is OFF.
1. Turn the GPR backup switch to
ON.
2. Discharged backup battery
2. Replace the GPR circuit board
(After starting up the system, allow
3. Faulty GPR circuit board
several hours for battery charging.)
I-2313
Backup memory in printer was

initialized.
During system startup, backup SRAM

clear has been detected. (Finely
adjusted values are returned to the
default settings.)
1. System startup after version
1. No corrective measure is required.
upgrade
2. GPR backup switch is OFF.
2. Turn the GPR backup switch to
ON.
3. Discharged backup battery
4. Faulty GPR circuit board
several hours for charging the
battery charging.)
3-22

No.
W-2314
Message
Updating backup memory in printer
failed.
Check parameter file.
Factor
File acquisition has failed while
connecting to the scanner.
1. Insufficient number of printer/
processor parameter files are
stored in the scanner.
2. Installation has been performed
incompletely.
Actions
1. Load the machine parameters

from the FD.
W-2315

between scanner and Printer.
Refer to manual for guidance.
Communication between the scanner

and printer/processor has interrupted
more than 30 seconds.
1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
(interface) cable
2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
grounding clamp
3. Faulty scanner GIE23 circuit board 3. Replace GIE23 circuit board on
the scanner.
E-2331
Image control box cooling fan(F620)

abnormal.
Shut down scanner with emergency
button and restart it. If problems
persist, consult your technical
representative.
Rotation of the image control section

cooling fan (F620) is not detected.
1. Poorly connected or broken
harness between the image
control section cooling fan (F620)
and GMC4 on the GMC23 circuit
board
2. Faulty F620
3. Faulty GMC23 circuit board
E-2332
Image control box cooling fan(F620)

abnormal.
stop button and restart it. If problems
representative.
Rotation of the image control section

cooling fan (F620) is not detected.
board
2. Faulty F620
1. Connect the harness correctly, or

2. Replace F620.
3. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.

2. Replace F620.
E-2333
Temperature in circuit board(GMC23)

abnormal.
representative.
Although the rotation of the image

control section cooling fan (F620) is
detected, the temperature of the
GMC circuit board exceeds 45 C.
1. Ventilation holes in the GMC box
1. Remove foreign matter.
are blocked by with foreign matter.
E-2334

printer(GMC23 CTL23).
representative.
Communication timeout between the

GMC23 and CTL23 circuit boards
harness between the GMC23 and
CTL23 circuit boards
2. After data transmission, the
2. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
GMC23 cannot receive any
responses from the CTL23.
3. After data transmission, the CTL23 3. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
cannot receive any responses
from the GMC23.
3-23

No.
Message
E-2350
Printer rear upper exhaust fan(F600/

F601/F602/F603) abnormal.
representative.
Factor
Fan rotation cannot be detected.
harness between the control
section exhaust fan (F600/F601/
F602/F603) and PDA16 on the
PDA23 circuit board
2. Faulty F600/F601/F602/F603
3. Faulty PDA23 circuit board
Actions

2. Replace F600/F601/F602/F603.
3. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
E-2351
Electric section cooling fan(F630)

abnormal.
representative.
Fan rotation cannot be detected.

harness between the power supply
cooling fan (F630) and PAC03 on
the PAC23 circuit board
2. Faulty F630
2. Replace F630.
3. Faulty PAC23 circuit board
3. Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
W-2401
Paper jam occurred in upper supply

section(1).
Check it. %NUM% sheets remain.
Press [Help] button to see error help
(or manual). Remove paper while
referring to it.
D619 sensor does not detect the

leading end of paper within a
specified time after the paper has
been drawn from the upper paper
magazine.
1. Jammed paper remains.
harness:
1) Between the upper magazine
splice sensor LED (D619L) and
JND2 on the JND23 circuit
board
splice sensor (D619P) and
board
paper supply motor (M610) and
PDA3 on the PDA23 circuit
board
3. Faulty D619
4. Faulty M610
5. Faulty magazine drive belt
6. Damaged magazine pulley
8. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-24
1. Remove paper.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Replace the cutter unit.

Replace M610.
Replace the magazine drive belt.
Replace the magazine pulley.
Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
Replace the CTL23 circuit board.

No.
Message
Factor
W-2402
Paper jam occurred in lower supply

section(2).
Check it. %NUM% sheets remain.
referring to it.

specified time after the paper has
been drawn from the lower paper
magazine.
harness:
1) Between the lower magazine
splice sensor LED (D629L) and
board
splice sensor (D629P) and
board
paper supply motor (M620) and
board
3. Faulty D629
4. Faulty M620
5. Faulty magazine drive belt
6. Damaged magazine pulley
W-2403
Paper jam occurred in cutter/feed

section (3).
Check it. ### sheets remain.
(or manual).
Remove paper while referring to it.

specified time after D619 sensor
detects the leading end of paper.
harness:
paper sensor (D631) and JND2
on the JND23 circuit board
paper sensor LED (D632L) and
board
paper sensor (D632P) and
board
4) Between the Feed Motor 1
(M630) and the PDA5 on the
PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D631
4. Faulty D632
3-25
Actions
1. Remove paper.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Replace M620.
Replace the magazine drive belt.
Replace the magazine pulley.
1. Remove paper.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace D631.
Replace D632.

No.
Message
Factor
W-2404
Paper jam occurred in back printing/

feed section (4).
(or manual).
Remove paper while referring to it.

specified time after D631 or D632
sensor detects the leading end of
paper.
harness:
1) Between the feed section paper
sensor (D633) and JND4 on
the JND23 circuit board
(M631) and PDA6 on the
PDA23 circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D633
4. Faulty M631
5. Faulty M632
W-2405
Paper jam occurred in registration

section(5).
referring to it.

specified time after D633 or D640
sensor detects the leading end of
paper.
harness:
1) Between the exposure section
entrance paper sensor LED
(D650L) and JND6 on the
JND23 circuit board
entrance paper sensor (D650P)
and JND6 on the JND23 circuit
board
PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D650
4. Faulty M640
3-26
Actions
1. Remove paper.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace D633.
Replace M631.
Replace M632.
1. Remove paper.
3. Replace D650.
4. Replace M640.

No.
Message
Factor
W-2406
Paper jam occurred between

exposure section and distribution
entrance section(6).
referring to it.
D664 or D665 sensor does not detect

the leading end of paper within a
harness:
entrance paper sensor (D650)
board
2) Between the distribution
section paper sensor (D664/
D665) and JND8 on the JND23
circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D650
4. Faulty D664/D665
5. Faulty M661
W-2409
Auto-rewinding of upper magazine

failed.
(or manual). Inspect it while referring
to it.
Splice sensor does not function even

if a specified amount of paper is
rewound.
1. Abnormal magazine
2. Slip of magazine rollers

harness between the upper
magazine splice sensor (D619)
board
magazine paper supply motor
(M610) and PDA3 on the PDA23
circuit board
5. Faulty D619
6. Faulty M610 malfunction
W-2410
Auto-rewinding of lower magazine

failed.
to it.
Splice sensor does not function even

if a specified amount of paper is
rewound.
1. Abnormal magazine
2. Slip of magazine rollers

harness between the lower
magazine splice sensor (D629)
board
magazine paper supply motor
circuit board
5. Faulty D629
6. Faulty M620
3-27
Actions
1. Remove paper.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace D650.
Replace D664/D665.
Replace M661.
1. Load another magazine, and if

paper rewind is normally done,
replace the old magazine.
2. Clean the magazine rollers.

5.
6.
7.
8.
Replace D619.
Replace M610.
1. Load another magazine, and if

paper rewind is normally done,
replace the old magazine.
2. Clean the magazine rollers.

5.
6.
7.
8.
Replace D629.
Replace M620.

No.
Message
Factor
W-2411
Paper remains in printer.

to it.
1. System is started up after the

power is turned OFF while
processing paper.
2. System is not restored from paper
jamming at the last shutdown.
3. Paper is detected at sensor check
after the cover is closed.
harness between paper sensor
(D616/D619/D626/D629/D631/
D632/D633/D640/D650/D653/
D660/D664/D665/D666/D667/
D668) and CTL23 circuit board
3. Faulty D616/D619/D626/D629/
D631/D632/D633/D640/D650/
D653/D660/D664/D665/D666/
D667/D668
4. Misdiagnosis due to noise caused
by a sensor wiring short circuit or
wiring malfunction
W-2412
Upper cutter operation(M600/D601/

D602) abnormal.
When a paper jam occurs in the
printer section, this problem is solved
by removing the paper.
representative
Home position or close sensor does

not function during operation.
harness between the upper cutter
open (home) position sensor
(D601) and JND2 on the JND23
circuit board
close (home) position sensor
circuit board
drive motor (M600) and PDA4 on
the PDA23 circuit board
5. Faulty D601
6. Faulty D602
7. Faulty M600
3-28
Actions
1. Remove paper.
4. Replace the harness.
1. Remove paper.


5.
6.
7.
8.
9.


No.
Message
W-2413
Lower cutter operation(M601/D603/

D604) abnormal.
When a paper jam occurs in the
printer section, this problem is solved
by removing the paper.
representative
W-2414
W-2415
Initializing of registration section

tilt(M641/D641) failed.
Open and close magazine door. If
problems persist, consult your
Initializing of registration section

nip(M642/D642) failed.
Factor
Home position or close sensor does
not function during operation.
harness between the lower cutter
open (home) position sensor
circuit board
close (home) position sensor
circuit board
drive motor (M601) and PDA4 on
5. Faulty D603
6. Faulty D604
7. Faulty M601
Home position sensor does not
function during operation.
harness between the tilt home
position sensor (for M641) (D641)
board
harness between the registration
tilt motor (M641) and PDA9 on the
PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D641
4. Faulty M641
5. Faulty tilt mechanism
Home position sensor does not
function during operation.
harness between the nip release
home position Sensor 1 (for M642)
circuit board
motor 1 (M642) and PDA10 on the
PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D642
4. Faulty M642
5. Faulty nip mechanism
3-29
Actions
1. Remove paper.


5.
6.
7.
8.
9.



3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace D641.
Replace M641.
Replace the registration unit.


3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace D642.
Replace M642.
Replace the registration unit.

No.
W-2416
W-2417
W-2418
Message
Initializing of nip in exposure section
(M651/D651) failed.
Initializing of sub-scanning receiving

section nip(M655/D655/M656/D656)
failed.
Initializing of distribution section

nip(M662/D662/M663/D663) failed.
Factor
Exposure soft nip home position is
not detected (Sensor did not function
even if the soft nip motor is driven
specified pulses).
harness between the soft nip
home position sensor (for M651)
circuit board
motor (M651) and PDA11 on the
PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D651
4. Faulty M651
5. Faulty exposure nip mechanism
Distribution entrance section nip
home position is not detected.
home position sensor 2/3 (D655/
circuit board
motor 1/2 (M655/M656) and
PDA12 on the PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D655/D656
4. Faulty M655/M656
5. Faulty distribution entrance section
nip mechanism
Distribution section nip home position
is not detected.
home position Sensor 4 (front/
rear) (D662/D663) and JND8 on
harness between the Nip Release
Motor 4 (front/rear) (M662/M663)
and PDA14 on the PDA23 circuit
board
3. Faulty D662/D663
4. Faulty M662/M663
5. Faulty distribution section nip
mechanism
3-30
Actions


3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace D651.
Replace M651.
Replace the sub scanning unit.


3. Replace D655/D656.
4. Replace M655/M656.
5. Replace the distribution entrance
unit.


4. Replace M662/M663.
5. Replace the distribution unit.

No.
W-2419
Message
Initializing of distribution
section(M661/D661) failed.
Factor
Distribution home position cannot be
detected.
harness between the distribution
circuit board
slide motor (M661) and PDA13 on
3. Faulty D661
4. Faulty M661
5. Faulty distribution slide
mechanism
Actions

3
3. Replace D661.
4. Replace M661.
5. Replace the distribution unit.
W-2421
Paper end processing of upper

magazine completed.
Replace magazine.
If not replaced, press [Print Stop] to
cancel print instruction.
Paper end sensor detects paper end.

1. Paper end
1. Load paper. If paper remains,
perform 2 to 4.
magazine paper end sensor
(D616) and JND2 on JND23 circuit
board
3. Faulty D616
3. Replace D616.
W-2422
Paper end processing of lower

magazine completed.
Replace magazine.
If not replaced, press [Print Stop] to
cancel print instruction.
Paper end sensor detects paper end.

1. Paper end
1. Load paper. If paper remains,
perform 2 to 4.
(D626) and JND3 on JND23 circuit
board
3. Faulty D626
3. Replace D626.
4.. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
W-2423
Unknown magazine ID is set.

Set correct magazine ID.
Different magazine ID from the last

magazines is used when replacing
magazine at paper end.
1. Paper magazine has been
replaced.
2. ID chip has been replaced.
magazine ID sensor (D610 to
circuit board
circuit board
5. Faulty D610 to D615
3-31
1. Change print size, or use the

previous magazine.
2. Change magazine registration
data.

5. Replace D610 to D615.


No.
Message
W-2424
Magazine ID not registered.

(or manual). Set magazine while
referring to it.
W-2425
ID is duplicated for upper and lower

magazines.
Set another magazine ID.
Factor
Unregistered magazine ID is set.
1. Unregistered magazine
circuit board
circuit board
ID is duplicated for upper and lower
magazines.
1. Same IDs for upper and lower
circuit board
circuit board
W-2426
W-2429
Magazine not loaded.

Set magazine.
Magazine section door open.

Remove paper in printer and close
door.
Paper drawing is attempted but the

paper magazine is not installed.
1. Magazine is not installed.
2. ID chip is not installed.
circuit board
circuit board
Magazine door is opened during
paper processing.
1. Magazine door is open.
2. Bent or broken interlock dog
Actions
1. Register the magazine.



1. Replace an ID chip for one

magazine, and register it again.


1. Install paper magazine.

2. Install ID chip and register it.


1. Close the magazine door.

2. Repair or replace the interlock
dog.
3. Install the magnet properly.
3. Removed or loosened magnet

harness between the magazine
door interlock switch (D680) and
PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board
5. Faulty D680
5. Replace D680.
6. Faulty DC power unit
6. Replace the DC power unit.
3-32

No.
W-2430
Message
Magazine section door open.
Close magazine section door.
Factor
Magazine door is opened during
printing.
1. Magazine door is opened.
Actions
1. Close the magazine door.

dog.

5. Faulty D680
5. Replace D680.
6. Faulty PWR23 circuit board
6. Replace the PWR23 circuit board.
W-2431
Printer section left-hand cover

opened.
Remove paper in printer, and then
close cover.
Dryer section left cover is opened

during paper processing.
1. Dryer section left cover is opened.
harness between the left cover
interlock switch (D681) and PWR4
on the PWR23 circuit board
5. Faulty D681
W-2433
Incorrect paper magazine is set.

Replace magazine.
Magazine installed oppositely.

1. Magazines are installed
oppositely.
2. ID chip is replaced.
circuit board
circuit board
7. Faulty JND23 circuit board
I-2435
1. Close the dryer section left cover.

dog.
5. Replace D681.
1. Replace the magazines.

2. Use the previous ID chip or
register it again.

5.
6.
7.
8.
Replace D610 to D615.

Replace D620 to D625.
Replace the JND23 circuit board.
Resume printing.
Magazine with different paper width

installed.
Install magazine with correct paper.
Magazine different from one at paper

end has been set.
Refer to W-2433.
Refer to W-2433.
I-2437
Paper end process completed in

upper magazine.
Paper is to be fed from lower
magazine.
I-2438
Paper end process completed in

lower magazine.
Paper is to be fed from upper
magazine.
W-2439
Paper end detected in upper

magazine.
Install a new paper in magazine.
W-2436
3-33

No.
Message
Factor
Actions
W-2440
Paper end detected in lower

magazine.
W-2441
Specified magazine ID differs from

the stored ID.
Install magazine with ID=###.
Even though printing is attempted by

specifying a magazine ID, the
specified magazine is not installed.
1. Even though printing is attempted 1. Install the specified magazine.
by specifying a magazine ID, the
specified magazine is not installed.
2. Faulty upper magazine ID sensor 2. Replace D610 to D615.
(D610 to D615)
3. Faulty lower magazine ID sensor
(D620 to D625)
W-2442
Specified paper width and registered

print size mismatched.
Replace magazine.
When printing is attempted, the

magazine of the specified paper
width is not installed.
1. When printing is attempted, the
magazine of the specified paper
width is not installed.
2. Faulty magazine ID chip
3. Faulty upper magazine ID sensor
(D610 to D615)
(D620 to D625)
W-2443
W-2444
W-2445
Paper end detected in magazine.

Printer section left-hand cover

opened.
Close it.
Loading of paper in upper magazine

failed.
No paper or paper jam in magazine.
referring to it.
At the post-operational check, paper

end is detected.
1. Paper end
2. Faulty magazine ID chip
(D610 to D615)
4. Faulty upper magazine paper end
sensor (D616)
(D620 to D625)
6. Faulty lower magazine paper end
sensor (D626)
The left cover is opened during paper
processing.
1. Theleft cover is opened.
2. Faulty left cover interlock switch
(D681)
3. Faulty left cover
The splice sensor does not change
after paper is fed specified length
from the magazine.
1. No paper in upper magazine
2. Paper feed failed from upper
magazine
3. Faulty upper magazine splice
sensor (D619)
(D610 to D615)
5. Faulty upper magazine paper
supply motor (M610)
3-34
1. Install the specified magazine.
2. Replace the magazine ID chip.

1. Replace the magazine.

2. Replace the magazine ID chip.
4. Replace D616.
6. Replace D626.
1. Close the left cover.

2. Replace D681.
3. Replace the left cover.
1. Install roll paper in the magazine.

3. Replace D619.
5. Replace M610.

No.
Message
W-2446
Loading of paper in lower magazine

failed.
No paper or paper jam in magazine.
referring to it.
W-2447
W-2448
Paper jam occurred between

distribution section and printer exit
section(7).
referring to it.
Initializing of upper cutter

failed(M600,D601,D602).
representative.
Factor
The splice sensor does not change
after paper is fed specified length
from the magazine.
1. No paper in lower magazine
2. Paper feed failed from lower
magazine
3. Faulty lower magazine splice
sensor (D629)
(D620 to D625)
5. Faulty lower magazine paper
supply motor (M620)
Paper is not detected even when the
specified time has elapsed.
1. Paper jamming
section paper sensor (D660/D664/
circuit board
harness between the speed
control section paper sensor
(D666/D667/D668) and JND9 on
harness between the Feed Motor 5
(M660) or distribution slide motor
circuit board
Motor 4 (M662/M663) and PDA14
on the PDA23 circuit board
harness between the speed
control motor (M664/M665) and
7. Faulty D660/D664/D665/D666/
D667/D668
8. Faulty M660/M661/M662/M663/
M664/M665
Actions
1. Install roll paper in the magazine.

3. Replace D629.
5. Replace M620.
1. Remove paper.




7. Replace D660/D664/D665/D666/
D667/D668.
8. Replace M660/M661/M662/M663/
M664/M665.
Both the cutter open and close

sensors detect their home position.
Cutter error flag is detected.
The cutter close position sensor
does not function even after the
1. Replace the upper cutter unit.
1. Faulty upper cutter drive motor
(M600)
2. Replace the upper cutter unit.
2. Faulty upper cutter open (home)
position sensor (D601)
3. Faulty upper cutter close position 3. Replace the upper cutter unit.
sensor (D602)
3-35

No.
Message
Factor
Actions
W-2449
Initializing of lower cutter

failed(M601,D603,D604).
representative.
Both the cutter open and close

sensors detect their home position.
Cutter error flag is detected.
The cutter close position sensor
does not function even after the
1. Faulty lower cutter drive motor
1. Replace the lower cutter unit.
(M601)
2. Faulty lower cutter open (home)
position sensor (D603)
3. Faulty lower cutter close position
sensor (D604)
W-2450
Tilt in registration section(M641/

D641) malfunction.
representative.
Tilt home position cannot be

detected.
1. Faulty tilt home position sensor (for 1. Replace D641.
M641) (D641)
2. Faulty registration tilt motor (M641) 2. Replace M641.
3. Faulty registration mechanism
3. Replace the registration unit.
W-2451
Registration section nip(M642/D642)

malfunction.
representative.
Nip release home position cannot be

detected.
1. Faulty nip release home position
Sensor 1 (for M642) (D642)
2. Faulty nip release motor (M642)
3. Faulty registration mechanism
Exposure section nip(M651/D651)

malfunction.
representative.
Nip home position cannot be

detected.
circuit board.
motor (M651) and PDA11 on the
PAD23 circuit board
3. Faulty D651
4. Faulty M651
7. Faulty cam mechanism
1. Replace D642.
2. Replace M642.
3. Replace the registration unit.
W-2452
W-2453
Sub-scanning receiving section

nip(M655/D655/M656/D656)
malfunction.
representative.

detected.
home position Sensor 2 (for
M655)/3 (for M656) (D655/D656)
board
motor 2/3 (M655/M656) and
3. Faulty D655/D656
4. Faulty M655/M656
7. Faulty nip release mechanism
3-36


3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace D651.
Replace M651.
Replace the sub scanning unit.


3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace D655/D656.
Replace M655/M656.
Replace the distribution entrance
unit.

No.
Message
Factor
W-2454
Nip in distribution section(M662/

D662/M663/D663) malfunction.
representative.

detected.
home position Sensor 4 (front/
rear) (D662/D663) and JND8 on
Motor 4 (front/rear) (M662/M663)
and PDA14 on the PDA23 circuit
board
3. Faulty D662/D663
4. Faulty M662/M663
W-2455
W-2456
Distribution section(M661/D661)
malfunction.
representative.
Paper may be slipped from feed

rollers in magazine.
Remove paper from magazine and
set it correctly in a dark location.
Distribution home position cannot be

detected.
circuit board
slide motor (M661) and PDA13 on
3. Faulty D661
4. Faulty M661
Paper cannot be fed due to its length
too short because the splice sensor
detects paper and the paper end
sensor detects its end.
1. Too short length paper remains
between the splice sensor (D619)
and the paper end sensor (D616)
due to paper end.
due to paper end.
3. Faulty D619
4. Faulty D616
5. Faulty D629
6. Faulty D626
3-37
Actions

3
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace D662/D663.
Replace M662/M663.
Replace the distribution unit.


3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace D661.
Replace M661.
Replace the distribution unit.
1. Remove the paper.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Replace D616.
Replace D626.

No.
W-2457
W-2458
W-2459
W-2460
Message
Paper may be slipped from feed
rollers in magazine.
Remove paper from magazine and
set it correctly in a dark location.
Printer section inner cover opened.

to it.
Printer section cover opened.

Close it.
Paper is not Installed in upper

magazine.
Install a paper in magazine.
Factor
Paper cannot be fed due to its length
too short because the splice sensor
detects paper and the paper end
sensor detects its end.
due to paper end.
due to paper end.
3. Faulty D619
4. Faulty D616
5. Faulty D629
6. Faulty D626
Opening of the distribution section
inner cover is detected during
initialization.
section drive standby sensor
circuit board
2. Faulty D669
During output check, device
operation is attempted with a cover
open.
harness between the left cover
3. Faulty D680
4. Faulty D681
6. Damaged cover
Upper magazine paper end is
detected during initialization.
1. Paper is not installed in the
magazine.
circuit board
3. Faulty D616
3-38
Actions
3.
4.
5.
6.

Replace D616.
Replace D626.

2. Replace D669.


3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace D680.
Replace D681.
Replace the PWR23 circuit board.
Replace the cover.
1. Install paper or replace the

magazine.
3. Replace D616.

No.
W-2461
W-2462
Message
Paper is not Installed in lower
magazine.
Install a paper in magazine.
Factor
Lower magazine paper end is
detected during initialization.
1. Paper is not installed in the
magazine.
circuit board
3. Faulty D626
Actions
1. Install paper or replace the

magazine.
3. Replace D626.
Magazine ID changed.
Check magazines.

1. The magazine ID is changed
during driving the feed system.
1. Reinstall the magazine correctly.
Specified paper and registered paper

mismatched.
Replace magazine.

1. The paper type or surface differs
from the magazine installed.
1. Install the proper magazine.
W-2490
Cannot be performed due to printing.
Output maintenance is attempted

during printing.
Wait until printing is completed.
W-2492
Cannot be performed due to feeding

paper.
Output maintenance is attempted

during paper feeding.
Wait until paper feeding is completed.
W-2493
Error occurred in getting master

magazine ID.
Error occurred while obtaining the

master magazine ID.
Clear the error.
W-2495
Master magazine is not loaded.

Load it.
Upkeep printing is attempted with a

magazine other than the master
magazine.
Replace with the master magazine

and perform upkeep printing again.
W-2497
Condition upkeep printing not

performed due to lack of conditions.
Paper jamming has occurred during

upkeep printing.
Remove paper and perform upkeep

printing again.
E-2501
Anti-dust shutter abnormal.

representative.
Shutter open/close sensor (D674)

does not function even if operating
anti-dust shutter at initialization.
harness between JROS on the
laser unit and LDD7 on the LDD23
circuit board
2. Faulty D674
3. Faulty S673
4. Faulty LDD23 circuit board
W-2463
E-2502
E-2503
Anti-dust fan malfunction.

representative.
Polygon malfunction.
representative.
Fan does not function (Rotating

sensor malfunction).
circuit board
2. Faulty F610/F611/F612
Mechanical polygon is abnormal
(Rotating sensor malfunction).
circuit board
2. Poorly connected or disconnected
connector on the JND20 circuit
board on the bottom side of the
laser unit
4. Faulty laser unit
3-39

2. Replace D674.
3. Replace S673
4. Replace the JDD23 circuit board.

2. Replace F610/F611/F612.

2. Connect the connector correctly.

4. Replace the laser unit.

No.
Message
Factor
E-2504
AOM driver cooling fan malfunction.

representative.
AOM cooling fan malfunction

harness between the AOM cooling
fan (F690A) and LDD5 on the
LDD23 circuit board
2. Faulty F690A
E-2505
W-2507
LDD23 circuit board cooling fan

malfunction.
representative.
Condition setup for present paper not

performed.
When replacing the paper with the
one with different emulsion number,
make sure to perform condition setup
for paper.
LDD cooling fan malfunction

harness between the LDD cooling
fan (F690B) and LDD5 on the
LDD23 circuit board
2. Faulty F690B
Density measurement for the
installed magazine is not performed.
1. Paper condition setup is not
performed.
2. ID chip is replaced.
magazine ID sensor (F610 to
D615) and JND2 on the LND23
circuit board
D625) and JND3 on the LND23
circuit board
E-2508
E-2509

printer(GMC23-LDD23).
representative.
Abnormal R laser (R-LD) information.

The laser temperature
controlstopped.
representative.

between the GMC23 and LDD23
circuit board.
harness between the LDD1 on the
LDD23 circuit board and GMC2 on
the GMC23 circuit board
harness between the LDD2 on the
LDD23 circuit board and PWR3 on
the PWR23 circuit board
3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board
4. Replace the GMC23 circuit board
Actions

2. Replace F690A.

2. Replace F690B.
1. Perform paper condition setup.

2. Change the magazine registration
data.




3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.

Abnormal data read from EEPROM in

the laser unit at start-up.
harness between the laser unit
and LDD11 on the LDD23 circuit
board
3. Replace the laser unit.
3. Faulty laser unit
3-40

No.
Message
E-2510
Abnormal G laser (G-SHG)

information.
The laser temperature control
stopped.
representative.

harness between the laser optical
unit and LDD13 on the LDD23
circuit board
3. Faulty laser optical unit
3. Replace the laser optical unit.
E-2511
Abnormal B laser (B-LD) information.

stopped.
representative.

circuit board
E-2512
R laser (R-LD) temperature

adjustment outside specified range.
stopped.
representative.
Laser temperature did not converge

within a specified range during
initialization.
circuit board


initialization.
unit and LDD12/LDD14 on the
LDD23 circuit board


initialization.
circuit board
3.Faulty laser optical unit

1. Laser temperature exceeds the

range.
2. Thermistor error is detected.
circuit board

E-2513
E-2514
E-2515
G laser (G-SHG) temperature

stopped.
representative.
B laser (B-LD) temperature

stopped.
representative.
Abnormal R laser (R-LD)

temperature.
stopped.
representative.
Factor
3-41
Actions





No.
Message
Factor
E-2516
Abnormal G laser (G-SHG)

temperature.
stopped.
representative.

range.
unit and LDD12/LDD14 on the
LDD23 circuit board


range.
circuit board

E-2517
W-2518
Abnormal B laser (B-LD)

temperature.
stopped.
representative.
Abnormal temperature detected in

printer.
stopped.
to it.
Ambient temperature exceeds the

range.
1. Dirty anti static filter
harness between the
thermohygrometer (HS760) and
CTL15 on the CTL23 circuit board
3. Tripped circuit protector on the
LDD circuit board
4. Faulty HS760
5. Faulty LDD circuit board
harness between the control
section exhaust fan (F600/F601/
F602/F603)/feed section cooling
fan (F604/F605/F608/F609) and
board.
harness between the feed section
cooling fan (F606/F607) and
harness between the AOM cooling
fan (F690A)/LDD cooling fan
(F690B) and LDD15 on the LDD23
circuit board.
harness between the power supply
cooling fan (F630/F631) and
PAC03 on the PAC23 circuit board
10.Poorly connected or broken
board
11.Faulty fan (F600/F601/F602/F603/
F604/F605/F606/F607/F608/F609/
F620/F621/F622/F630/F631/
F690)
3-42
Actions


1. Replace the filter.

4. Replace HS760.



10.Connect the harness correctly, or

11.Replace the fan.

No.
Message
Factor
E-2520
R laser (R-LD) current exceeded.

representative.
LD current value limiter detection.

circuit board
E-2521
E-2522
E-2523
E-2524
E-2525
W-2526
W-2527
G laser (G-SHG) current exceeded.

representative.
B laser (B-LD) current exceeded.

representative.
R laser (R-LD) current measurement

value outside specified range.
representative.
G laser (G-SHG) current

measurement value outside specified
of range.
representative.
B laser (B-LD) current measurement

value outside specified range.
representative.

circuit board
circuit board
PD current value does not converge
within a specified range.
circuit board
circuit board
circuit board
Actions

2. Replace LDD23 circuit board.











R laser (R-LD) current exceeds the

specified range.
representative.
Laser deterioration was detected at

the last post-operational check.
1. LD deteriorated.
G laser (G-SHG) current exceeds the

specified range.
No problem for the moment, but

1. LD deteriorated.
3-43

No.
Message
W-2528
B laser (B-LD) current exceeds the

specified range.
representative.

1. LD deteriorated.
SOS detection failed.

representative.
SOS (Start of Scanning) is not

detected.
laser optical unit and LDD7 on the
LDD23 circuit board
harness between LDD1 on the
LDD23 circuit board and GEP10
on the GEP23 circuit board
3. Poorly connected connector on the
DTA23 circuit board on ROS
4. Faulty DTA23 circuit board
5. Faulty GEP23 circuit board
E-2529
E-2530
Electric power failure occurred in the

exposure and light source sections.
Factor
Abnormal power voltage on the

LDD23 circuit board.
harness between LDD2/3/4 on the
LDD23 circuit board and PWR3/6
Actions



5. Replace the GEP23 circuit board.


W-2532
G laser (G-SHG) optimal temperature Its time to perform SHG stabilization. Perform Menu 0522 G, B Laser
setting periods.
(SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup.
(or manual). Set optimal temperature
for G laser(G-SHG) while referring to
it.
W-2533
10 days passed since the last paper

condition setup.
We recommend paper condition
setup.
Paper magazine requiring paper

condition setup is detected during
magazine installation.
E-2534
R laser (R-LD) connector removed or

temperature sensor abnormal.
representative.
Laser thermistor detected.

harness between LDR1 on the
LDR23 circuit board and LDD11
on the LDD23 circuit board
E-2535
E-2536
G laser (G-SHG) connector removed

or temperature sensor abnormal.
representative.
B laser (B-LD) connector removed or

temperature sensor abnormal.
representative.

harness between JMH2 on the
JMH20 circuit board and LDD12
on the LDD23 circuit board
harness between LDB1 on the
LDB23 circuit board and LDD9 on
the LDD23 circuit board
3-44
Perform paper condition setup.







No.
Message
W-2537
The laser temperature control cannot

be performed, because the ambient
temperature is too low(high).
Adjust the ambient temp. between 15
to 30 C. (Laser temp. adjustment will
be started when the ambient temp.
exceeds 5 C.)
Factor
After the initialization, the ambient
temperature has been outside the
specified range for more than the
specified period.
1. The current temperature is above
(or below) the specified range.
Actions
1. On Menu 0524 Printer

Temperature Display, measure
the internal temperature, and
adjust it (using an air conditioner)
to within 5 to 45 C.
2. Connect the connector, or repair or

harness between HS760 on the
THA23 circuit board and CTL15 on
the CTL23 circuit board
3. Faulty thermohygrometer (HS760) 3. Replace HS760.
W-2538
Anti-dust filter of laser unit is about to

its lifetime.
Prepare a new anti-dust filter. No
problem for the moment, but consult
Its time to change anti-dust filter.
E-2539
Anti-dust filter of laser unit is about to Its time to change anti-dust filter.
its pariodic replacing time.
Consult your technical representative. 1. Filter has not been replaced.
W-2540
Ambient temperature too low (high).

Adjust the ambient temperature
between 15 to 30 C.
The ambient temperature has been

outside the specified range (15 to
30) for more than the specified
period.
1. The current temperature is above
(or below) the specified range.
Replace the filter.
1. Replace the filter.
1. On Menu 0524 Printer

Temperature Display, measure
the internal temperature, and
adjust it (using an air conditioner)
to within 5 to 45 C.

harness between HS760 on the
THA23 circuit board and CTL15 on
3. Faulty thermohygrometer (HS760) 3. Replace HS760.
E-2542
E-2544
E-2545
E-2546
AOM drive temperature error

occurred.
representative.
Abnormal temperature of AOM driver

is detected.
1. Faulty temperature control circuit
on the AOM driver
An error detected by R laser (R-LD)

sensor.
representative.

2. Faulty laser thermistor

An error detected by G laser(G-SHG)

sensor.
representative.


An error detected by B laser (B-LD)

sensor.
representative.


3-45
1. Replace the AOM driver.

No.
Message
E-2547
Fuse in exposure section blown out.

representative.
Blown fuse is detected.

1. Blown fuse on the LDD23 circuit
board
DTA connector disconnected.

representative.
Disconnected DTA connector is

detected.
laser optical unit and LDD7 on the
LDD23 circuit board
LDD6 connector disconnected.

representative.
Disconnected LDD16 connecter is

detected.
1. Disconnected LDD16 connector
The density measurement is not

complete within a specified time.
Density measurement time-out

1. Cable is disconnected during
density measurement.
E-2548
E-2549
W-2552
Factor
Actions
2. Densitometer goes wrong during

W-2553
The densitometer may malfunction.

Data size from the densitometer is
Consult your technical representative. abnormal.
1. Densitometer error (Red LED
lights.)
2. Faulty densitometer
1. Replace the blown fuse on the

LDD23 circuit board.


1. Connect the cable properly and

perform density measurement
again.
2. Inspect the densitometer and
replace it if necessary.
1. Reset the densitometer. (NOTE 2)

2. Replace the densitometer.
W-2554
Check the outputted upkeep print and Density measurement operation error
then perform the density
for upkeep printing
measurement again.
lights.)
W-2555
Density measurement failed due to

the error occurrence.
The [Measure] button is clicked but

measurement cannot be started
because error has been occurred in
the densitometer.
lights.)

NOTE 2: Press the densitometer reset switch.
Reset Switch (AD300)
3-46

No.
W-2556
W-2557
W-2558
Message
Initializing is in progress, so density
measurement cannot be started.
After initialization, retry
measurement.
Density measurement cannot be

started.
Press the [Reset] button of the
densitometer, and then retry it.
Check the connection of the

densitometer and the power cable,
retry it.
Factor
Actions

started because the densitometer
initialization is in progress.
1. Initializing densitometer
started because error has been
occurred in the densitometer.
lights.)
1. Wait until densitometer

initialization is completed.
1. Press the [Reset] button to

initialize the densitometer.
(NOTE 2)
Signal for starting density

measurement is not received from
the densitometer within the specified
time.
1. Disconnected cable before
measurement
1. Connect the cable properly and

perform density measurement
again.
2. Turned OFF power supply for
2. Make sure the power switch on the
densitometer before measurement
densitometer is turned ON.
W-2559
Canceling of density measurement

failed.
Check if the paper remains.
W-2560
Canceling of density measurement

Communication busy state occurs
failed.
when interrupting density
Consult your technical representative. measurement.
1. Collision occurred while
communicating with the
densitometer.
W-2561
Detecting of leading end of the print

failed.
Insert the upkeep print into the
densitometer correctly, and perform
the measurement again.
Density measurement interruption

failed.
1. Jammed chart in the densitometer. 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
the chart. If not ejected, pull out
the chart by hand and press the
[Reset] button. (NOTE 2)
The leading end of the print upkeep

chart cannot be detected during
1. Chart is not inserted.
2. Insufficiently inserted chart.
1. Press the [Reset] button to

initialize the densitometer.
(NOTE 2)
1. Set the chart and perform density

measurement again.
measurement again.
3-47

No.
W-2562
Message
Detecting of leading end of the print
failed.
Insert the condition setup print into
the densitometer correctly, and
perform the measurement again.
Factor
Actions
The leading end of the print upkeep

chart cannot be detected during
1. Chart is not inserted.
2. Insufficiently inserted chart.
W-2563
W-2564
W-2565
W-2566
W-2567
Paper is inserted incorrectly.

Pattern reading failed during density

measurement of upkeep chart.
1. Incorrect chart insertion direction
2. Tilted chart or out of lane
3. Inserted print is not for upkeep
printing.
Paper is inserted incorrectly.

Pattern reading failed during density

measurement of upkeep chart.
1. Incorrect chart insertion direction
2. Slanted or misaligned chart
3. Inserted print is not for upkeep
printing.
Detecting of trailing end of the print

failed.
Chart is not ejected from the

densitometer.
1. Jammed chart in densitometer
Detecting of trailing end of the print

failed.

densitometer.
Ejecting of the print failed.


densitometer.

measurement again.
measurement again.
1. Insert the chart correctly.

2. Adjust chart guides correctly.
3. Insert the print upkeep chart.
1. Insert the chart correctly.

2. Adjust the chart guides correctly.
3. Insert the print upkeep chart.
1. Press the [Reset] button to eject



3-48

No.
W-2568
W-2569
Message
Ejecting of the print failed.
Factor
Actions

densitometer.

Check the outputted setup print and

then perform the density
measurement again.
Density measurement operation error

for condition setup printing
lights.)
I-2573
Laser temperature adjustment not

completed in exposure section.
Please Wait.
E-2580
R laser (R LD)CB temperature error

occurred.
representative.
R laser CB temperature is outside the

specified range.
1. Faulty CB temperature control
section on the LDR23 circuit board
W-2590
Door opened.

1. Door is opened during
maintenance mode.
1. Close the door.
Cannot be performed due to the lack

of conditions

1. Operation is directed when the
conditions are not met.
1. Check the operation conditions.
Paper jam in processor (8).

referring to it.
Paper is not fed out within the

specified time.
1. Paper jamming
2. Faulty feeding path switching
paper sensor (D770/D771/D772)
3. Incorrectly set processing rack,
crossover rack, dryer rack, etc.
4. Faulty dryer rack or abnormal
drying temperature control
5. Faulty dryer exit section
W-2591
W-2601
W-2602
Paper remains in processor.

referring to it.
Power is turned OFF while paper

remains in processor.
1. Remove paper.
2. Replace D770/D771/D772.
3. Set the rack properly.
4. Replace the dryer rack.
5. Replace the faulty part(s) in the
dryer exit unit.
Check the processor and dryer
sections and dryer exit unit. If paper
remains, remove it.
3-49

No.
Message
Factor
W-2603
Paper remains in dryer exit unit.

referring to it.
Paper remains in the high-speed

feeding section when the processor is
driven.
1. Paper remains in the dryer exit
unit.
harness between the feeding path
switching paper sensor (D770/
D771/D772) and JNE3 on the
JNE23 circuit board
harness between the dryer section
drive motor (M770) and PDB10/
PDB11 on the PDB23 circuit board
4. Faulty D770/D771/D772
5. Faulty M770
W-2604
E-2606
E-2608
Sorter operation(M810/D810)
abnormal.
representative.
Replenisher cartridge opening drive

motor (M720,D722,D723) failure.
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be
printed without replenishment.

printer(GMC23-CTL23).
representative.
Sorter malfunction.
1. Poorly connected or broken sorter
cable
harness between the sorter tray
stop position sensor (D810) and
SWA3 on the SWA20 circuit board
harness between the sorter drive
motor (M810) and SWA2 on the
SWA20 circuit board
4. Faulty D810
5. Faulty M810
6. Faulty SWA20 circuit board
7. Tray and chain setting position
error. Loaded by interference.
Replenisher cartridge section
malfunction.
harness between the cartridge
opening motor (M720) and PDB8
on the PDB23 circuit board
harness between the replenisher
cartridge upper/lower sensor
(D722/D723) and JNE2 on the
JNE23 circuit board
door open/close detecting
4. Faulty M720
5. Faulty D722/D723
6. Faulty D720
Communication time-out with
processor occurred.
harness between the GPR23 and
GMC23 circuit boards
harness between the GPR2 on the
GPR23 circuit board and CTL1 on
4. Faulty GPR23 circuit board
3-50
Actions
1. Remove paper.

4. Replace D770/D771/D772.
5. Replace M770.


4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace D810.
Replace M810.
Replace the SWA20 circuit board.
Install the sorter chain and trays
properly.



4. Replace M720.
6. Replace D720.

3. Replace the CTL23 circuit board

4. Replace the GPR23 circuit board
5. Replace the GMC23 circuit board

No.
Message
Factor
W-2609
The dryer unit (D762A) or the dryer

cover (D762B) opened.
Processing cancelled. Paper may
remain.
referring to it.
Processing tanks or accumulating

sections cover is opened during
paper processing.
1. Dryer unit or dryer belt unit is
opened.
2. Interlock switch is activated due to
vibration, etc. because the dryer
unit or dryer belt unit is installed
improperly.
open/close detecting interlock
switch (D762) and PWR4 on the
PWR24 circuit board
4. Faulty D762
W-2611
E-2614
E-2615
E-2616
E-2617
The dryer unit (D762A) or the dryer

section cover (D762B) opened.
Close the cover.
Processing tanks or dryer sections

cover is open when starting
processing.
1. Dryer unit or dryer belt unit is
opened.
2. Interlock switch is activated due to
vibration, etc. because the dryer
unit or dryer belt unit is installed
improperly.
open/close detecting interlock
switch (D762) and PWR4 on the
PWR24 circuit board
4. Faulty D762
Actions
1. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt

unit.
unit.

4. Replace D762.

unit.
unit.

4. Replace D762.
P1 processing tank temperature not

rising.
The heaters (H700 to H703) turned
off.
representative.
Solution temperature does not rise

more than 1 C within 30 minutes.
1. Abnormal heater system
2. Abnormal temperature sensor
system
3. Abnormal circulation system
P2 processing tank temperature not

rising.
off.
representative.

system
PS1/2/3 processing tank

temperatures not rising.
off.
representative.

system
PS4 processing tank temperatures

not rising.
off.
representative.

system
3-51

No.
Message
E-2618
Dryer section temperature not rising.

The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off.
representative.
E-2619
E-2620
E-2621
E-2622
E-2623
E-2624
Factor
Actions
Dryer section temperature does not

rise more than 1 C in a minute at
heat up.
1. Cover around the dryer section is
open.
2. Abnormal dryer heater system
3. Abnormal dryer temperature
sensor
4. Abnormal dryer fan system
P1 processing tank temperature is

out of range.
off.
representative.
P1 temperature is abnormal.
system
P2 processing tank temperature is

out of range.
off.
representative.
P2 temperature is abnormal.
system
PS1/2/3 processing tank temperature

is out of range.
off.
representative.
PS1/2 temperature is abnormal.

system
PS4 processing tank temperature is

out of range.
off.
representative.
PS3/4 temperature is abnormal.

system
Dryer section temperature is out of

range.
representative.
Dryer section temperature is

abnormal.
sensor system
P1 safety thermostat (D700)

activated.
off.
representative.
Safety thermostat in the P1

processing tank is activated.
system
4. Abnormal heater safety thermostat
system
3-52

No.
Message
Factor
E-2625
P2 safety thermostat (D701)

activated.
off.
representative.
Safety thermostat in the P2

system
system
PS1/2/3 safety thermostat (D702)

activated.
off.
representative.
Safety thermostat in the PS1/2/3

system
system
((See Subsection 3.3.5)
PS4 safety thermostat (D703)

activated.
off.
representative.
Safety thermostat in the PS4

system
system
Safety thermostat in dryer section

(D760A,D760B) activated.
representative.
Safety thermostat in dryer section is

activated.
sensor system
4. Abnormal dryer heater safety
thermostat system
P1 solution level (FS700) has fallen.

Temperature adjustment stopped.
to it.
Solution level in P1 processing tank is

lowered.
1. Solution leakage
2. Abnormal solution level sensor
system
3. Abnormal replenisher system
P2 solution level (FS701) has fallen.

to it.
Solution level in P2 processing tank is

lowered.
1. Solution leakage
system
PS1 solution level (FS702) has fallen.

to it.
Solution level in PS1 processing tank

is lowered.
1. Solution leakage
system

to it.

is lowered.
1. Solution leakage
system
E-2626
E-2627
E-2628
W-2629
W-2630
W-2631
W-2632
3-53
Actions

No.
Message
Factor
W-2633

to it.

is lowered.
1. Solution leakage
system

to it.

is lowered.
1. Solution leakage
system
P1R replenisher pump (PU721)

malfunctions.

1. Pump malfunction due to bent or
clogged hose
2. Faulty replenisher pump (due to
hardened bellows, faulty rotation
sensor or motor)
P2RA replenisher pump (PU722)

malfunctions.

clogged hose
sensor or motor)
P2RB replenisher pump (PU723)

malfunctions.

clogged hose
sensor or motor)
PSR replenisher pump (PU724)

malfunctions.

clogged hose
sensor or motor)
PSR solution level has fallen.

Pour 8L of replenisher and then put
two FSC tablets into the port.
PSR upper limit sensor detectsno

solution.
1. PSR is empty.
W-2634
W-2641
W-2642
W-2643
W-2647
W-2648

harness between the PSR upper
level sensor (FS743) and JNE6 on
the JNE23 circuit board
3. Faulty FS723
W-2649
PSR replenisher empty.

Printing cancelled.
Pour 8L of replenisher and then put
two FSC tablets into the port.
PSR lower limit sensor detects no

solution.
1. PSR is empty.
harness between the PSR lower
level sensor (FS727) and JNE6 on
the JNE23 circuit board
3. Faulty FS727
3-54
Actions
1. Repair or replace the hose.

2. Replace the pump.



On Menu 0624, check FS748 and

actual solution level.
1. Replenish with 8 liters of FRSS
and put 2 FSC tablets into the port.
3. Replace FS723.
On Menu 0624, check FS748 and
actual solution level.
1. Replenish with 8 liters of FRSS
and put 2 FSC tablets into the port.
3. Replace FS727.

No.
W-2650
W-2651
E-2653
Message
Waste solution tank nearly full.
Collect the solution in the recovery
tank in the W2 manner.
Waste solution tank full.

Printing stopped.
Collect the solution in the recovery
tank in the W2 manner.
Remaining replenisher abnormal.

representative.
Factor
Internal waste solution sensor
detects Solution exists.
1. Waste solution tank is full.
harness between the waste
solution level sensor (FS728) and
JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board
3. Dirty FS728
4. Faulty FS728
Internal waste solution sensor
detects Solution full.
1. Waste solution tank is full.
harness between the waste
solution level sensor (FS728) and
3. Dirty FS728
4. Faulty FS728
Status of P1R, P2RA, or P2RB level
sensor changed during standby.
1. Solution leakage from replenisher
tank
2. Replenisher collected or supplied
during stand-by.
Actions
1. Collect waste solution

3. Clean FS728.
4. Replace FS728.
1. Collect waste solution.

3. Clean FS728.
4. Replace FS728.
1. Repair solution leakage.
2. Take appropriate corrective

measures. (See Subsection
3.3.12)
harness between the solution level
sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/
FS724/FS725/FS726) and JNE6
on the JNE23 circuit board
4. Faulty solution level sensor
4. Replace FS720/FS721/FS722/
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/
FS724/FS725/FS726.
FS725/FS726)
E-2657
P1R replenishment flow volume or its

solution level abnormal.
Accumulated output amount of

solution to P1R upper level sensor
exceeds the specified value (1998.0
ml).
1. Faulty P1R pump (PU721)
2. Faulty P1R stirring valve (S731)
3. Faulty P1R cartridge washing
valve (S728)
4. Faulty P1R upper level sensor
(FS720)
5. Bent or clogged P1R hose

E-2658
P2RA replenishment flow volume or

its solution level abnormal.

solution to P2RA upper level sensor
ml).
1. Faulty P2RA pump (PU722)
2. Faulty P2RA cartridge washing
valve (S729)
3. Faulty P2RA upper level sensor
(FS721)
4. Bent or clogged P2RA hose
3-55
1. (See Subsection 3.3.8)

Take appropriate corrective
3.3.12)

3.3.12)

No.
Message
E-2659
P2RB replenishment flow volume or

Factor
solution to P2RB upper level sensor
ml).
1. Faulty P2RB pump (PU723)
2. Faulty P2RB cartridge washing
valve (S730)
3. Faulty P2RB upper level sensor
(FS722)
4. Bent or clogged P2RB hose

I-2662

Warming-up will be started after the
evaporation correction.
Please wait. ( Max 25 min.)
E-2663
P1R replenishment pump(PU721) or

lower limit sensor(FS724) abnormal.

solution between P1R upper and
lower sensors exceeds the specified
value.
1. Faulty P1R pump (PU721)
2. Faulty P1R lower level sensor
(FS724)
3. Incorrect default setting of pump

output amount
4. Bent or clogged P1R hose
E-2664
P2RA replenishment flow volume or


solution between P2RA upper and
value.
1. Faulty P2RA pump (PU722)
2. Faulty P2RA lower level sensor
(FS725)

output amount
4. Bent or clogged P2RA hose
E-2665
P2RB replenishment flow volume or


solution between P2RB upper and
value.
1. Faulty P2RB pump (PU723)
2. Faulty P2RB lower level sensor
(FS726)

output amount
4. Bent or clogged P2RB hose
3-56
Actions

3.3.12)

3.3.12)
3. Perform Menu 0620 Replenisher
Pump Output Measurement/
Setting.

3.3.12)
Setting.

3.3.12)
Setting.

No.
Message
Factor
W-2668
SU2400AY alignment operation

(M814/D814) abnormal.
representative.
Abnormal print alignment

1. Poorly connected or broken sorter
cable
harness between the print
alignment motor for SU2400AY
(M812) and PDB10 on the PDB23
circuit board
harness between the print
alignment stop sensor (D814) and
4. Faulty M812
5. Faulty D814
6. Faulty PDB23 circuit board
7. Increased load in the drive system
for print alignment
8. Prints are hit by a sorter tray.
Actions


4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace M812.
Replace D814.
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
Repair the drive system.
8. Remove the sorter and then

reinstall it.
W-2670
Replenisher cartridge (D721) not

loaded.
Install new replenisher cartridge.
Replenisher cartridge is not installed.

1. Replenisher cartridge is not
1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
installed.
2. Connect the harness properly, or
cartridge setting sensor (D721)
and the JNE2 on the JNE23 circuit
board
3. Faulty D721
3. Replace D721.
W-2671
Replenisher door (D724) open.

Close it.
Replenisher box door is open.

1. The replenisher box door is open.
box door open/close detecting
3. Faulty D724
W-2672
E-2673
Mix the replenisher.

Add 8L of PSR.
When the PSR upper limit level

sensor detects no solution
1. PSR replenisher solution level is
low.
2. Faulty replenisher solution level
sensor system
Opening of replenisher cartridge

When a lower level sensor does not
failed.
detect solution exists within a
Consult your technical representative. specified time after the cartridge is
opened.
1. Replenisher cartridge is opened
improperly.
2. Clogged replenishment hose.
3. Faulty lower level sensor system
3-57
1. Close the replenisher box door.

2. Connect the connector properly, or
3. Replace D724.
1. Add (about 8 liters of) FRSS until

this message disappears.


No.
Message
Factor
Actions
W-2674
Replenisher cartridge empty.

Insert a new replenisher cartridge.
When the lower level sensor detected

no solution in all tanks within the
specified time after the valve was
opened.
1. An empty replenisher cartridge is 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
installed.
2. Faulty replenisher tank lower level 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
sensor system
3. Faulty replenisher cartridge setting 3. Replace D721.
sensor (D721)
E-2675
P1R replenisher cartridge washing

valve (S728) or P1R replenisher
stirring valve (S731) malfunctions.
P1R replenisher upper level sensor

detects no solution
1. Faulty P1R stirring valve (S731)
2. Faulty P1R cartridge washing
valve (S728)
3. Faulty auto washing pump
(PU720)
4. Faulty P1R upper level sensor
(FS720)
5. Air frapped in the hose used for
washing pumps
E-2676
E-2677
W-2678
W-2679
P2RA replenisher cartridge washing

valve (S729) malfunctions.
P2RB replenisher cartridge washing

valve (S730) malfunctions.
Sorter nearly full.

Collect prints from sorter.
Sorter full.
Stop printing.
Collect prints from sorter.
P2RA replenisher upper level sensor

detects no solution
1. Faulty P2RA cartridge washing
valve (S729)
(PU720)
3. Faulty P2RA upper level sensor
(FS721)
washing pumps
P2RB replenisher upper level sensor
detects no solution
1. Faulty P2RB cartridge washing
valve (S730)
(PU720)
3. Faulty P2RB upper level sensor
(FS722)
washing pumps
Sorter full is detected.
1. Sorter is full.
harness between the sorter full
sensor (D811) and SWA4 on the
SWA20 circuit board
3. Faulty D811
Sorter completely full is detected.
1. Sorter is full.
harness between the sorter full
sensor (D811) and SWA4 on the
SWA20 circuit board
3. Faulty D811
3-58

5. Perform Menu 0621 Auto
Cleaning Output Measurement/
Setting.

Setting.

Setting.
1. Remove print(s) from the sorter.

3. Replace D811.
4. Replace the SWA20 circuit board.
1. Remove print(s) from the sorter.

3. Replace D811.
4. Replace the SWA20 circuit board.

No.
Message
Factor
W-2680
Number of prints exceeds limit.

Stop printing.
(or manual). Mix replenisher while
referring to it.
Accumulated output amount of P1R

replenisher exceeds the specified
range.
1. Error in the replenishment system
has not been solved.
Actions
1. Perform Menu 0123 Error

Information Check to solve the
error, and then take appropriate
corrective measures. (See
Subsection 3.3.12)
I-2681
Mixing replenisher.
Please wait.
A specified amount of processing is

performed while mixing new
replenisher
I-2682
Processor busy. Auto-washing of

racks in process.
Please wait.
Auto-washing of racks is in progress.
I-2684
Processing paper.
Please wait.
Pre-operational or post-operational
check is attempted while printing.
E-2685
Error occurred in replenishment

section.
representative.
System is started up but the

replenishment section is in an error
state.
1. Perform Menu 0123 Error

Information Check to solve the
error, and then take appropriate
corrective measures. (See
Subsection 3.3.12)
I-2689
Last replenishment solution

prepared.
Replace replenisher cartridge.
Last cartridge opening is detected.
I-2690
Processing paper.
Please wait.
Perform control strip processing after
paper processing.
Control strip processing is performed

during paper processing.
I-2691
Solution remains in replenisher tank.

representative.
Replenisher tank lower level sensor

detects Solution exists.
1. At the time of installation, when
solution mixing is performed again
after error recovery, a lower level
sensor detects Solution exists
because solution remains in the
replenisher tank.
2. Faulty lower level sensor (FS724/
FS725/FS726)
1. Drain solution remaining in the

replenisher tank.
2. Replace FS724/FS725/FS726.
I-2692
Intermittent operation.
Please wait.
Auto intermittent driving is in

progress.
I-2693
Processor section now operating.

Please wait.
1. Auto-washing is attempted during

paper processing.
2. Auto-washing is attempted during
control strip processing.
I-2694
Temperature adjustment of
processing tanks is process.
Please wait.
3-59

No.
Message
Factor
W-2696
Switching operation in feed

lane(S770/D776) abnormal.
representative.
Abnormal operation of the feeding

path switching guide is detected.
1. Foreign matter such as jammed
paper in the feeding path switching
guide section
2. Incorrectly positioned solenoid
(Solenoid dog does not reach the
sensor.)
harness between the sorter tray
section solenoid (S770) and
harness between the feeding path
switch position sensor (D776) and
5. Faulty S770
6. Faulty D776
I-2697
W-2698
E-2699
Opening not completed normally.

Check that replenisher cartridge is
properly installed.
Restart processing.
1. Remove foreign matter.
2. Adjust the position of the solenoid.


5. Replace S770.
6. Replace D776.
7. Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
Cartridge opening is not completed at

the previous operation.
Wrong machine or processing type.

Message for service engineer.
1. Machine or processing type is not
met.
Transversal sorter operation(M811/
D813) abnormal.
representative.
Actions
Abnormal operation of the transversal

sorter is detected.
1. Poorly connected or broken cable
between the transversal sorter and
processor.
harness between the transversal
sorter drive motor (M811) and
harness between the transversal
sorter stop sensor (D813) and
4. Faulty M811
5. Faulty D813
7. Increased load in the belt drive
system
1. Use correct machine or processing

type.


4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace M811.
Replace D813.
Repair or replace the drive system.
W-2740
As processor section is in process,

the printer maintenance not started.
W-2750
Control strip processing error

occurred.
Control strip processing has been
canceled.
Clear the error and then perform

control strip processing again.
E-2752
Power failure in PS4 tank leak

solution sensor circuit.
representative.
Abnormal power supply to solution

concentration detecting circuit
harness between the PS4 solution
concentration sensor (FS706) and
2. Faulty FS706
3-60

2. Replace the FS706circuit board.

3. Replace the CTL23 circuit board

No.
Message
Factor
W-2753
Concentration of the PS4 tank

processing solution is out of range.
Throw away waste and 4L FRSS
water put PS4 tank with PS2 (No.4)
rack pulled out.
If this Message persists, consult your
Measurement result of solution

concentration is abnormal
1. PS4 solution concentration is
increased because the Solution is
in the PS1 to PS3 tank mixed with
the PS4 solution.
harness between the PS4 solution
concentration sensor (FS706) and
3. Faulty FS706
5. PS4 solution concentration is

increased because the PS tank
partitioning plate or blade is
broken and the PS1 to PS3 tank
solution flows into the PS4 tank.
W-2754
E-2761
W-2762
W-2763
W-2764
The temperature of the PS4 tank

processing solution is out of range.
Please wait a moment.
Rotating of dryer fan (F760)

abnormal.
representative.
Thermometer abnormal.
representative.
Hygrometer abnormal.
representative.
Water addition data abnormal.

representative.
PS4 temperature exceeds the limit

(temperature setting 2 C).
Temperature control of the PS4 tank
is not completed.
1. Temperature control of the PS4
tank is not completed.
Dryer fan rotation detecting function
is abnormal.
harness between the dryer fan
(F760) and PDB9 on the PDB23
circuit board
2. Faulty F760
Thermohygrometer is faulty.
1. Thermohygrometer (HS760) is
covered with an obstacle.
harness between HS760 and
3. Faulty HS760
3. Faulty HS760
3. Faulty HS760
3-61
Actions
1. Collect waste solution and add 4

liters of FRSS to the PS4 tank. (If
the problem persists for a long
time, perform 2/3/4 below.)
3. Replace FS706.
4. Replace CTL23 circuit board. (If
the problem persists for a long
time, perform 5 below.)
5. Drain off the solution in the PS
tanks and replace the partitioning
plates or blode.
1. Wait until temperature control of

the PS4 tank is completed.

2. Replace F760.
3. Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
1. Remove the obstacle.

3. Replace HS760.

3. Replace HS760.

3. Replace HS760.

No.
I-2765
W-2766
I-2767
W-2768
W-2769
E-4201
Message
Initializing dryer.
Please wait.
Printing stopped.
Replenisher pump activating.

Please wait.
Factor
Initial dryer temperature control is in
progress.
1. When the power is turned OFF
and ON, dryer initialization is
performed. During initialization,
printing cannot be performed.
During paper processing, processor
drive is stopped forcibly.
1. Faulty processor drive/stop button
on the operation panel
Replenisher pump is in operation.
1. Post operational check is
attempted while the replenisher
pump is in operation.
Actions
1. Wait until dryer initialization is

completed(maximum of 5
minutes).
1. Replace the operation panel.
1. Wait until the replenisher pump

stops.
Replenisher tank empty.

Operation cannot be started.

1. Maintenance operation is started
with replenisher tank empty.
1. Pour replenisher in the tank.
Solution level has fallen.

Operation cannot be started.

1. Maintenance operation is started
with low processing tank level.
1. Recover processing tank level.
An error occurred in the image

processing section.
Image processing PC starting failure Restart the system software.If the

due to lack of system resource or I/F error occurs again, reinstall the
inconsistency with upstream program system software. (NOTE1)
Restart the system.

E-4202

processing section.
Restart the system.
E-4204

the image processing section.
(Correction data transfer error)
Check the print is correctly done.
E-4206

(Image data transfer error)
GMB start-up timeout

interface cable
2. Image processing OS not started
up
3. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit
board
4. Faulty GIE23 circuit board
1. Connect the cable correctly or

replace it.
2. Restart the system software.If the
system software. (NOTE1)
3. Insert the circuit board correctly in
the slot.
Script transfer failure (DTM error

response)
interface cable
board

replace it.
the slot.
Output image transfer failure (DTM

error response)
interface cable
board

replace it.
the slot.
3-62

No.
E-4207
Message
The image processing is not
operable.
Consult your technical
representative.
E-4208

Command data transfer error.
Restart the system.
Factor
Actions
Conversion executed without GPA

circuit board (Convertible number
zero)
1. GPA23 circuit board in incorrect
slot
2. Poorly connected GPA23 circuit
board
3. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Insert the GPA23 circuit board in

the correct slot.
the slot.
IPC error (Breaking of IEEE1394)

interface cable
board

replace it.
the slot.
Image processing

I-4210
Processing image.
Start it after the image processing.
E 4211

processing section.
90 turning/mirror image failure

(Parameter)
Click [OK] and proceed processing.

If the error occurs again, restart the
system software or reinstall it.
(NOTE1)
I-4212
Restart the system.
At the time of self diagnosis including

DIMM check
Restart the system software.
E-4213
Downloading of the red eye

correction data failed.
Restart the system. If problems
representative.
The parameter file does not exist in

the hard disk of the main control unit.
1. File is deleted by mistake (such as 1.Reinstall A1 system software.
power OFF during writing).
2. Faulty hard disk in main control
2.Replace the hard disk.
unit
E-4221
The GPA circuit board not detected.
DSP not detected (Faulty or no circuit

board)
1. GPA23 circuit board in incorrect
slot
2. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit
board

representative.
E-4222

processing section.
1. Insert the GPA23 circuit board in

the correct slot.
the slot.
HW script transfer ID obtaining failure

(Retry over/abnormal software)


I-4223
The image processing of any frame

was not cancelled.
Cancel request failure (Command

cross occurred)
Click [OK] and proceed processing.
E-4224

processing section.
Pattern file transfer ID obtaining

failure

Restart the system.

3-63

No.
E-4225
I-4231
Message
processing section.
Factor
Restart the system.
Partition change failure (H/W or

software abnormal)
1. Software abnormal

2. Poorly inserted or faulty DIMM
The fan in the image processing box

malfunctions.
You may continue processing, but the
operation will be unstable.
Actions

2. Reinsert the DIMM. If the error
occurs again, replace the DIMM.
Fan (F321) does not turn.

1. Poorly connected fan connector
2. Faulty fan
1. Connect the connector securely.

2. Replace the fan.
Temperature abnormal
Fan (F321) does not turn
1. Poorly connected fan connector
2. Faulty fan

2. Replace the fan.
PCI device position abnormal (GIA/

GIE/GPA only)
1. GIA23, GIE23 or GPA23 circuit
board in incorrect slot
2. Faulty GMB23 circuit board
1. Insert the circuit board in the

correct slot.
Restart the system.

I-4232
The temperature in the image

processing box is too high.
operation will be unstable.
representative.
E-4233
The circuit board in the image

processing box is incorrectly
installed.
representative.
E-4234

processing section.
PCI transfer (pattern) output area

obtaining failure (Software abnormal) error occurs again, reinstall the

representative.
E-4241
A failure in the GPA circuit board was

detected. (SLOT: ####)
processing speed will be lowered.
DSP-SDRAM bus check error

detected (Downloading)
board
1. Insert the circuit board in the slot

securely.
DSP downloading timeout (Faulty

DSP)
board

securely.

representative.
E-4242

representative.
3-64

No.
Message
E-4243

Factor
board
Actions
securely.

representative.
E-4251

processing section.
representative.
E-4252

processing section.
E-4253
The GPA circuit board is not

operable.
representative.
I-4254
E-4271
The GPA circuit board is invalidated.
The image processing of any frame

was not properly done.
E-4272

processing section.
It is possible to continue processing,
but the processing speed will be
lowered.
E-4273

processing section.
All DSP downloading failure

(Processing impossible)
board
Incorrect ordered value from scanner
(Software abnormal)
Incorrect ordered HW script
(Abnormal 1394 data or software
abnormal)
interface cable

securely.

board

replace it.
the slot.
All DSP delinking/failure

board

securely.
DSP delinking setup valid

(Maintenance setup)
1. Incorrect setting

board
1. Set up DSP Valid/Invalid on Menu

0741 Image Processing Section
Function Setting.
securely.
Script execution failure (DSP

abnormal response/Sharpness
mixed)
board

securely.
Cancel failure (Timeout)

board

securely.
DSP reset failure (Faulty DSP/2250

abnormal)
board

securely.
3-65

No.
E-4274
Message
processing section.
E-4275
The image processing is not

operable.
representative.
W-4311

I-4312
Correcting the scanner. Please wait a

moment.
Factor
JPEG parameter abnormal (Script
parameter)
1. DIC setup (Quality Factor)
abnormal
interface cable
board
Processed plural DSP at DIMM
512MB
1. Large-size or high-magnification
print was printed when DIMM was
degenerated with 512MB.
2. Degenerated condition of DIMM
Actions
1. Change the DIC setup (Quality

Factor).
replace it.
the slot.
1. Do not print large-size or highmagnification prints.

2. Reconnect or replace the DIMM.

1. Initializing or removed carrier
2. Communication error between
main control unit, GMB circuit
board and carrier
1. Execute again.
2. Check and correct connection.
Under scanner correction
Wait until completion
Downloading
Under temperature control
It takes about 2 minutes.

I-4313
Downloading the scanner correction

data.
I-4314
The scanner temperature control is

not completed.
Please wait.
Please wait.
After the completion of temperature
control, the selected menu will be
automatically started.
W-4315
The correction table is not found.

Perform the scanner correction in the
pre-operational check.
No brightness correction table for the Perform the scanner correction in the
installed carrier when carrying out the pre-operational check.
scanner correction.
W-4316
The mask is installed in the carrier.
MFC carrier installed with mask when

carrying out scanner correction (preoperational checks)
1. Not installed or seated calibration 1. Install the calibration mask
mask
properly.
2. Faulty MSB23 circuit board
2. Inspect the mask ID sensor by
input check and replace the circuit
board if it is abnormal.
Couldnt perform the scanner

correction. Remove the mask.
W-4317
The sliding stage is not inserted.

Insert it, and then perform the
scanner correction with calibration
mask.
Slider of MFC carrier is not set when

carrying out scanner correction (preoperational checks).
1. Mask table slider out of optical axis 1. Lock the mask table slider in the
side lock position
optical axis side.
2. Faulty mask table slider position
sensor (D486)
3-66

No.
W-4318
Message
The film remains in the carrier.
correction.
Factor
Film remains in NC100AY carrier
when intending to carry out scanner
correction (pre-operational checks).
Actions
Remove the film and then start the
scanner correction.
Remove the film, and then perform

the scanner correction.
W-4319

correction for this lane.
Select the 135 lane.
NC100AY is not in 135 feed lane

when intending to carry out scanner
correction (pre-operational check).
1. Carrier lane not 135 side
2. Faulty 135 feed lane position
sensor (D129) or poorly connected
harness
W-4320
The motor in the scanner section is

being driven.
Stop the motor and then retry it.
W-4322
Temperature control error is in the

scanner section.
It is possible to continue printing, but
the color of the printing may vary a
little.
Scanner section is operating when

intending to carry out scanner
correction (pre-operational checks).
1. Scanner moving to home position
2. Poorly connected harness (main
control unit to GMB23 circuit
board)
Scanner temperature control error
1. Poorly connected harness (LED23
to CLE circuit board)
2. Faulty LED23 circuit board
3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Change the carrier to the 135 feed

lane.
2. Replace the sensor, repair or
1. Wait until completion.

2. Connect the harness securely.
1. Connect, repair or replace the

harness.
If this error persists, consult your

I-4323
You cannot change mask, film type

and film feeding method in scanning.
Incorrect condition setup (paper type

or one-way mode), or delay of setup
timing
Wait until completion of scanning.
Remove film and set again.

I-4324
W-4325
Scanning conditions are not decided. Incorrect combination of diffusion

box, carrier and mask
Check if the diffusion box, carrier or
mask is correctly installed.
Diffusion box is not installed.
Install it.
Install the correct diffusion box,

carrier and mask.
Carrier and mask are installed

without diffusion box.
1. Carrier has been installed without 1. Install the diffusion box.
diffusion box.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor(D301/ 2. Replace the sensor.
D302)
3. Broken diffusion box sensor(D301/ 3. Repair or replace the harness.
D302)harness
W-4326
An incorrect diffusion box is installed. Incorrect combination of diffusion box Replace the diffusion box with the
and mask
correct one.
Install the correct diffusion box.
W-4327
An incorrect film mask is installed.

Install the correct film mask.
Incorrect combination of diffusion box

and mask
1. Incorrect combination of diffusion 1. Replace the diffusion box or mask.
box and mask
2. Mask is not seated.
2. Reinstall the mask correctly.
3-67

No.
Message
W-4328
Wrong combination of film mask and

diffusion box.
Factor
Actions
Incorrect combination of diffusion box Replace the mask or diffusion box.

and mask
Check combination of film mask and

diffusion box.
W-4330
The leading frame is not detected.

Check the selected film type and the
actual film.
Leading end frame cannot be

detected.
1. Excessively underexposed or
unexposed 135 film image
2. Excessively underexposed or
unexposed image with unexposed
frame detect level = 1 for IX240
W-4331
The parameter to request prescanning is incorrect.
1. Scan an excessively
underexposed frame with fixed
feed mode or MFC10AY. Stop the
leading end frame by pressing the
feed fine adjustment key when
fixed feed mode is selected.
2. Check the IX240 film image.
Select 2 or 3 for IX240 unexposed
frame detect level.
Unexpected parameter (0 etc.) at

prescanning demand
Proceed to Print Size Registration

and check that the paper size is
correct
Image has been scanned with a

carrier without scanner correction
being performed.
Perform the scanner correction in

pre-operational checks.
Focus position adjustment has not

been executed for the installed
carrier.
Perform focus position adjustment

and register it.
Check the carrier, film mask and the

print size.
W-4335
The scanner correction hasnt been

performed with this carrier.
Perform the scanner correction.
W-4336
The focus position adjustment is not

performed with this carrier.
Install the film mask to be used, and
then perform the focus position
adjustment.
W-4337
The mask is not installed or it is not

installed correctly.
Install the correct one.
If it exists, make sure to install it
correctly.
W-4341
The range for cropping is incorrect.
Mask not installed or unset mask bit

is detected
1. Mask not installed
2. Calibration mask installed
3. Improperly seated mask
1. Install the mask.

2. Replace the calibration mask with
the correct one.
3. Install the mask correctly.
Bordered is selected but cropping

frame exceeds original area.
Set the rotating angle to zero or

reduce the cropping frame.
Pre-scanning error (Returned value

error from mounted print)
If another error occurred at the same

time, take action for it.
If there is no other error at the same
time, check the value in Mask
Position Adjustment.




Perform cropping with the image.

W-4343
Pre-scan failed.
Perform it again.
W-4344
Pre-scan failed.
Perform it again.
W-4345
Fine-scan failed.
Perform it again.
3-68

No.
W-4346
Message
Couldnt read the bar code on the
film.
Continue processing.
W-4348
A film is not inserted into the carrier.

Insert a film, and then retry printing.
W-4349
A film type is not selected.

Select a film type, and then retry
printing.
W-4351
An incorrect parameter in the CCD

circuit board.
The operation may be continued, but
if a mechanical failure or abnormal
image occurs, consult your technical
representative.
W-4352
An incorrect parameter in the CTB

circuit board.
representative.
W-4353
An incorrect parameter in the CLE

circuit board.
representative.
Factor
Actions
Barcode cannot be read or

information delayed in one-way
mode.
1. Notched film or fogged film edge
2. Film without barcode information
Proceed processing and check color,

etc. on the printing screen.
Film is not inserted when leading end

frame detecting command is
received. (Software abnormal)

Original type is not selected when

leading end frame detecting
command is received. (Software
abnormal)
Restart the system software.If the

Parameter of the scanner CCD23

circuit board differs from one of the
HDD.
1. CCD unit has been replaced.
2. Main control unit has been
replaced.
3. Parameter writing is not performed
after the system software has
been newly installed.
4. Damaged data of circuit board or
file in HDD of main control unit
HDD.
On Menu 0350 Scanner Parameter

Check/Update, perform the
following.
Parameter of the scanner CTB23

HDD.
1. CTB23 circuit board has been
replaced.
replaced.
HDD.

following.
Parameter of the scanner CLE23

HDD.
1. CLE23 circuit board has been
replaced.
replaced.
HDD.

following.
3-69
1. Click [Reading].
2. Click [Storage].
3. Click [Storage].
4. Perform AD Timing Adjustment,

OFD voltage adjustment and
Gray Pixel Detection.
1. Click [Reading].
2. Click [Storage].
3. Click [Storage].

1. Click [Reading].
2. Click [Storage].
3. Click [Storage].


No.
W-4354
Message
An incorrect parameter in the CPZ
circuit board.
representative.
W-4355
Writing data to hard disk failed.

representative.
Factor
Parameter of the scanner CPZ23
HDD.
1. CPZ23 circuit board has been
replaced.
replaced.
HDD.
Disk writing failure
2. Faulty software
3. Faulty HDD
W-4356
Reading data from hard disk failed.

representative.
Reading from disk failure

1. Faulty software
2. Faulty HDD
W-4357
No files are found in the hard disk.

representative.
W-4358
Please install the calibration mask.

correction.
W-4359
Unknown carrier type.

Install the carrier again.
Search disk file failure

1. Faulty software
Perform the focus position

adjustment with the 135 full-frame
mask.
W-4361

performed.
adjustment with the 135 half-frame
mask.
W-4362

performed with this mask.
1. Click [Reading].
2. Click [Storage].
3. Click [Storage].

1. Delete unnecessary files from the

HDD.
3. Replace the HDD.

2. Replace the HDD.
2. Faulty HDD
Calibration mask not installed.
1. Calibration mask not installed.
1. Install the calibration mask.

Incorrect carrier code is received.

(Cusses of the error message)
1. Program in carrier changed for
some reason.
2. Scanner software version

unsuitable for this carrier.
performed.

following.

2. Replace the HDD.

W-4360
Actions
135F mask focus position adjustment

is not performed when scanner
correction with NC100AY carrier is
requested.
1. If the type differs between the

installed carrier and the displayed
one, replace the carrier circuit
board.
2. Upgrade the system software (A1).
Perform and register Focus Position
Adjustment.
135H mask focus position adjustment Perform and register Focus Position
is not performed when scanner
Adjustment.
correction with NC100AY carrier is
requested.
Scanning operation is requested with

mask not performed focus position
adjustment.
Perform it with this mask.

3-70
Perform and register Focus Position

Adjustment.

No.
I-4363
Message
The scanner temperature control is
not completed.
Factor
Temperature control not completed.
Actions
Please wait.
After the completion of temperature

control, the selected menu will be
automatically started.
I-4364
The diffusion box is incorrect.

correction.
Check carrier and diffusion box.
I-4365
Closing the maintenance process.
Diffusion box type cannot be detected

when scanner correction is
requested.
1. Diffusion box not installed.
1. Install the diffusion box.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor.
3. Broken or shorted diffusion box
3. Repair or replace the harness.
sensor harness
Maintenance completing
Please wait.
W-4366
The scanner correction was

cancelled.
Operation occurred to cancel scanner Perform the scanner correction again.

correction
Try it again.
E-4369
E-4370
Scanning conditions are not decided. Scanning condition (combination of

diffusion box, carrier and mask)
Check if the diffusion box, carrier or
decision error
mask is correctly installed.
1. Incorrectly seated mask
An incorrect scanning condition was
entered.
Check the printing magnification and
the scanning range.
Entered parameter (magnification,

range etc.) is zero or below.
1. Incorrect print size value is set up.
2. Damaged scanning parameter in
HDD

1. Set print size up correctly.

2. Reinstall the system software (A1).
(NOTE 1)

W-4371
It is unaccepted to print using this

magnification.
Decrease the printing magnification.
W-4372
The printing magnification exceeds

the upper limit.
W-4373
The printing magnification exceeds

the lower limit.
Increase the printing magnification.
W-4374
The cropping range is too small.
Parameter is specified to increase

pixel shifting when executing fine
scanning in one-way mode.
1. Damaged scanning condition
parameter file in HDD
Printing magnification exceeds upper
limit.
Printing magnification exceeds lower
limit.
Too small cropping range
Increase the cropping range.
3-71



Increase the cropping range.

No.
W-4375
Message
An margin occurs in printing.
Crop it not to create the margin.
W-4377
Couldnt decide the number of times

for refracting pixels.
W-4379
Processing the former film.

Retry printing after it is completed.
W-4380
The lock of the carrier is released.

Release the lock and remove the
carrier.
W-4381
Carrier initialization failed.

correction.
Factor
White space occurs as a result of
computation using specified no white
blank parameter.
Nimber of times for pixel shifting

cannot be decided because
magnification is too high for one-way
mode.
parameter in HDD
Actions
Try to crop the image. If the error
occurs again, restart the system
software. Reinstall the system
software if the error still occurs.
(NOTE 1)

Next processing cannot be performed Restart the system software.If the

due to processing previous film
Carrier is removed or lock is not
released.
1. Moved only carrier lock arm to lock 1. Pull the lock release lever and
move the arm to the release
position
position.
2. Remove the foreign matter.
2. Foreign matter in carrier lock
sensor (D208)
3. Faulty carrier lock sensor (D208)
4. Broken or shorted carrier lock
sensor harness
NC100AY carrier is inoperable at pre- Remove the carrier and reinstall it. If
operational checks.
another error occurs, take measures
against it.

W-4382
The lock of the carrier is released.

Release the lock and remove the
carrier.
Carrier is installed but not locked.

1. Moved only carrier lock arm to lock 1. Pull the lock release lever and
position
move the arm to the release
position.
2. Foreign matter in carrier lock
sensor (D208)
4. Broken or shorted carrier lock
sensor harness
5. Faulty CYA23 or CYB23 circuit
board
W-4383

correction.
Scanner correction demand is

received during stabilizing
temperature control and temperature
Perform the scanner correction again. control error occurs before it
stabilizes.
Execute scanner correction again.
W-4384
Wait until the scanner initialization

completes and perform the scanner
correction again.

correction.

received when the carrier is not
installed.

W-4385

correction.

Install the diffusion box and then
received when the diffusion box is not perform the scanner correction.
installed.
Install the diffusion box.
3-72

No.
W-4386
Message
The sliding stage is not installed.
correction.
Factor
received when the mask table slider
is not set.
Actions
Set the mask table slider and then
perform the scanner correction.
Install it.
E 4387

GMB circuit boards.
representative.
E-4388
Initializing of communication for

IEEE1394 failed.
representative.
E-4389
Initializing of communication for

IEEE1394 failed.
Start response timeout

interface cable
board
1394 node connection failure
interface cable between the image
processing box and the main
control unit
2. GMB23 circuit board does not
start up.

the slot.
3. Replace the GIE23 circuit board.
4. Replace the GMB23 circuit board.

replace it.
2. Inspect and repair the power

supply system of the GMB23
circuit board. Replace the GMB23
or GIE23 circuit board.
1394 startup failure

Image log cannot be stored due to

lack of disk capacity.
Delete unnecessary files from the D

drive of the main control unit.

representative.
W-4390
Couldnt generate image log file due

to insufficient disk space.
representative.
E-4391
E-4392
Couldn't generate log file.

representative.
Log cannot be stored due to lack of

hard disk capacity.
1. Lack of hard disk capacity.

between the image processing
section and the carrier.
No response obtained by command

to carrier block

same error occurs again, reinstall the

No response obtained by command
to scanner light source block
section and scanner light source unit.

1. Check the capacity of the hard

disk and delete unnecessary files
(such as templates).

representative.
E-4393

representative.
3-73

No.
E-4395
Message
section and image generating
section.
Factor
Actions
No response for the demand is

obtained from the image creation
block.

Faulty system software

Faulty system software


representative.
I-4396
Center memory space is insufficient.

Please wait.
E-4398
Starting-up of the scanner section

failed.
representative.
E-4399
A failure occurred in the memory of

You may print now, but several
functions may be restricted.
E-4401
A time-out error occurred during the

CTB circuit board command was
issued.
representative.
E-4402

CLE circuit board command was
issued.
representative.
E-4403

CPZ circuit board command was
issued.
representative.
E-4404

GIA circuit board command was
issued.
representative.
Center memory standard mounting

size (1GByte) cannot be assured.
1. Only one mounted DIMM
2. Second DIMM not inserted in Slot
2
3. Second DIMM not detected
1. Add the DIMM.

2. Insert the second DIMM correctly
in Slot 2.
3. Insert the second DIMM correctly
in Slot 2.
No response obtained as against

command to CTB23 circuit board
1. Software overload (faulty software)
harness
3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board
4. Faulty GIA23 circuit board

2. Reconnect the connector, or repair
or replace the harness.

command to CLE23 circuit board
harness


command to CPZ23 circuit board
harness
3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board


command to GIA23 circuit board
1. Software overload (faulty software) 1. Restart the system software.
harness
3-74

No.
E-4405
Message
main control section command was
issued.
representative.
E-4406

auto dark correction table was being
created.
representative.
E-4408
The downloading of the data from the

main control section failed.
representative.
E-4410
E-4411
Uploading of the data to the main

control section failed.
Factor
No response obtained when sending
command to main control unit
1. Poorly connected 1394 cable
No response obtained when sending

auto darkness correction table
creation command to GIA 23 circuit
board
1. Poorly connected harness
(CCD23 to GIA23 circuit board)
3. Faulty CCD23 circuit board
Actions
1. Connect the cable correctly.

same error occurs again, reinstall
the system software. (NOTE 1)
1. Connect the harness correctly.

Download completion response is not

obtained from the main control unit or
download response from the main
control unit is NG.
1. Connect the cable correctly.
same error occurs again, reinstall
the system software. (NOTE 1)

representative.
Upload response from the main

control unit is NG.
1. Faulty 1394 cable between GMB
circuit board and main control unit
2. Faulty HDD in main control unit
Creating of the bright correction file

information failed.
Brightness correction response

failure
1. Reconnect or replace the 1394

cable.
2. Replace the HDD.

representative.
W-4412
Auto focus failed.

Check if the film is set correctly.
Peak detecting retry over at AF

execution
1. Film (error occurs by specific
1. Correct the film (replace the
frame or film)
mount).
Low contrast
Heavily curled films
Excessively thin or thick mounts
2. Carrier (situation is changed by
2. Remove the carrier and reinstall it
carriers or masks)
or perform carrier self-diagnostics.
Carrier not seated on carrier
base correctly
Mask not seated correctly
Faulty carrier pressure system
3. Scanner (frequent cavses)
3. Close I/O Check screen to check
Abnormal focus position
the mechanical initializing error
adjustment value
and then inspect the lens and
Abnormal focus calibration value
conjugate length variable drive
Loss of synchronization of lens
section.
or conjugate length motor
3-75

No.
W-4413
Message
Auto focus failed.
Check if the film is set correctly.
E-4414
Auto focus failed.

representative.
E-4415
A time-out error occurred when the

GIA circuit board is started up.
representative.
E-4417
An error occurred when the

piezoelectric actuator is controlled.
the resolution may be deteriorated
when you print with larger sizes than
4R.
representative.
E-4418
The AD timing adjustment failed.

representative.
Factor
No contrast at AF
1. Abnormal focus position
adjustment value
2. Low contrast film
3. Scanned without film in MFC10AY
Motor error at AF (AF error received
from CTB23 circuit board)
1. Faulty harness between GIA23
and CTB23 circuit board
2. Faulty harness between CCD23
and GIA23 circuit board
No action from GIA23 circuit board at
starting up
1. Poorly connected CN3 connector
to GIA23 circuit board.
2. Poorly connected connector to
CCD23 circuit board
3. Poorly connected GIA23 circuit
board in PCI slot
4. Faulty cable between GIA23 and
CCD23 circuit boards
At the time of N-scanning fine
scanning
1. Temporary disturbance at
scanning (impact/high-power radio
waves)
2. Faulty CCD unit (pixel shifting
section)
between CCD unit and CPZ23
circuit board.
5. Abnormal CPZ23 parameter
FL level AD timing decision failure
1. Faulty CCD23 circuit board power
supply on harness
2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board power
supply harness
3. Faulty coaxial harness between
CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards
4. Faulty serial transmission cable
between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit
board
3-76
Actions
1. Perform the focus position

adjustment.
2. 3. Insert a film and execute the
operation again.
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the

harness.
harness.

3. Insert the circuit board securely.
1. Remove disturbance.

5. Check consistency of the CPZ23
circuit board parameter in
Scanner Parameter Check/
Update.

harness.
2. Replace the circuit board, and
reconnect, repair or replace the
harness.
3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
4. Reconnect or replace the cable.


No.
E-4419
Message
representative.
Factor
DL level AD timing decision failure
1. Abnormal CCD23 circuit board
power supply harness
2. Abnormal GIA23 circuit board
power supply or faulty harness
3. Faulty coaxial cable between
boards
E-4420

representative.
Abnormal AD timing
1. Faulty CCD23 circuit board power
supply harness
2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board power
supply or harness
3. Faulty coaxial harness between
board
E-4421
The LED rated current exceeds the

limit during the OFD voltage
adjustment.
representative.
I-4422
Performing the dark correction.
Actions

harness.
Reconnect, repair or replace the
harness.


harness.
2. Replace the circuit board, and
reconnect, repair or replace the
harness.

At CCD auto adjusting

1. Shielding in optical path
2. Faulty CCD or CCD23 circuit
board
3. Faulty LED-B
1. Remove the shielding.

Darkness correction is processing.
Wait until correction is completed.
3. Replace the LED ASSY.
Please wait.
I-4423
The full mask is not installed in the

carrier.
Install it.
At scanner correction, brightness

correction or defect pixel creating
1. No 135F lower mask
2. 135 upper mask is half-frame
mask.
3. Not seated 135F lower mask
1. Install the 135F mask.

2. Install the 135F mask.
3. Install the 135F lower mask or

replace the mask.
4. Foreign matter in scanner opening 4. Remove the foreign matter.
5. Scanner optical axis misalignment 5. Adjust the optical axis.
W-4424
The half mask is not installed in the

carrier.
Install it.

1. No 135H lower mask
2. Upper mask is full-frame mask.
3. Not seated 135H lower mask
1. Install the 135H mask.

2. Install the 135H mask.
3. Install the 135H lower mask or
replace the mask.
4. Foreign matter in scanner opening 4. Remove the foreign matter.
5. Scanner optical axis misalignment 5. Adjust the optical axis.
3-77

No.
W-4426
Message
Detecting of the mask failed.
Install the carrier and the mask
correctly.
E-4429
The conjugate length control is

abnormal.
representative.
E-4430
The lens is stepped out.

representative.
W-4431
The LED temperature is not

stabilized.
E-4432
The version of the CTB circuit board

software is mismatched.
Factor
1. Required 135 upper and lower
mask not installed
2. Diffusion plate of 135 lower mask
removed
3. Foreign matter in scanner opening
4. Scanner optical axis misalignment
Actions
1. Install the required 135 mask.

2. Fit the diffusion plate to the 135
lower mask or replace the mask.
4. Adjust the optical axis.
At post-operational checks
1. Faulty harness
2. Overload (foreign matter, lack of
lubricant)
3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board or
power supply

2. Remove foreign matter or apply
grease.
3. Replace the circuit board or power
supply unit.
At post-operational checks
1. Faulty harness
2. Overload (foreign matter, lack of
lubricant)
3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board or
power supply

2. Remove foreign matter or apply
grease.
3. Replace the circuit board or power
supply unit.
At one-way or two-way scanning

mode
1. Increased LED temperature due to
too high a room temperature (32C
or higher)
2. Blocked opening for light source
section exhaust fan
3. Clogged scanner air filter
4. Too low a room temperature(10C
or lower)
5. Faulty LED heater or LED light
source temperature sensor
6. Faulty LED heater or LED light
source temperature sensor
harness
1. Decrease the room temperature.
2. Clear the opening.

3. Clean the air filter.
4. Increase the room temperature.
5. Replace the LED heater and
sensor assembly.
Abnormal software at startup

initializing
Load the CTB23 circuit board

software using the system software
(A1) CD.

initializing
Load the CLE23 circuit board

(A1) CD.

initializing
Load the CPZ23 circuit board

(A1) CD.

representative.
E-4433
The version of the CLE circuit board

representative.
E-4434
The version of the CPZ circuit board

representative.
E-4435
All channels for IR-LED are

disconnected.
representative.
Startup initializing
1. Faulty harness between CLE23
and LED23 circuit boards
3-78

harness.

No.
E-4436
Message
All channels for B-LED are
disconnected.
representative.
E-4437
All channels for G-LED are

disconnected.
representative.
E-4438
All channels for R-LED are

disconnected.
representative.
W-4439
Any channels for IR-LED are

disconnected.
make sure to do the scanner
correction.
W-4440
Any channels for B-LED are

disconnected.
correction.
W-4441
Any channels for G-LED are

disconnected.
correction.
W-4442
Any channels for R-LED are

disconnected.
correction.
E-4443
The CTB7 connector is removed.

representative.
E-4444
The CTB8 connector is removed.

representative.
E-4445
An abnormal temperature was

detected at the driver IC of the M204
pulse motor.
Factor
Actions

harness.

harness.

harness.

harness.

harness.

harness.

harness.
1. Poorly connected CTB7 connector
to CTB23 circuit board
2. Faulty harness
1. Poorly connected CTB8 connector
2. Faulty harness

representative.
3-79



No.
Message
Factor
E-4446

pulse motor.
At startup:
1. Too high a room temperature(32C
or higher)
2. Faulty motor harness
Except at startup:
3. Faulty motor (M202)

representative.
E-4447

pulse motor.
representative.
E-4448
The 5V power fuse for the CTB circuit

board sensor is blown out.
representative.
E-4449
The 24V power fuse for the CTB

circuit board fan/solenoid is blown
out.
representative.
E-4452
The PLD in the CTB circuit board is

abnormal.
At startup:
1. Too high a room temperature(32C
or higher)
2. Faulty motor harness
Except at startup:
3. Faulty motor (M202)
1. Faulty sensor (D201/D202/D203)
harness
2. Faulty sensor (D201/D202/D203)
1. Faulty sensor (F211/F212/F312)
harness
2. Faulty fan (F211/F212/F312)
Actions

3. Replace the motor.




representative.
E-4454
Electrical failure occurred.

(CTB CB +24V)
representative.
E-4455
The exhausting fan in the scanner

section is abnormal.
representative.
E-4456
The cooling fan in the scanner

representative.
E-4457
The exhausting fan in the scanner

representative.
1. Faulty harness between power
supply and CTB23 circuit board
2. Voltage drop in 24V power supply
1. Faulty harness between CTB23
circuit board and fan
2. Faulty fan (F312)
3-80

2. Replace the power supply unit.

2. Replace the fan.

2. Replace the fan.

2. Replace the fan.

No.
E-4458
Message
(CLE CB A+12V)
representative.
E-4459

(CLE CB A+24V)
representative.
E-4460
The fuse is blown out.

(CLE CB F1)
representative.
E-4461

(CLE CB F2)
representative.
E-4462

(CLE CB F3)
representative.
E-4463
The temperature control I/F

connector (CLE2) is disconnected.
representative.
E-4464
The micro-switch I/F connector

(CLE5) is disconnected.
representative.
E-4465
The CLE temperature sensor is

abnormal.
representative.
Factor
supply unit and CLE23 circuit
board
2. Voltagedrop in 12V power supply
for CTB23 circuit board
supply unit and CLE23 circuit
board
2. Voltagedrop in 24V power supply
for CTB23 circuit board
1. Faulty sensor (D311) harness
2. Faulty sensor (D311)
1. Faulty LED heater (LH311/LH312)
harness
2. Faulty LED heater (LH311/LH312)
1. Faulty LED harness
2. Faulty LED
1. Poorly connected CLE2 connector
to CLE23 circuit board
2. Faulty harness
1. Poorly connected CLE5 connector
to CLE23 circuit board
2. Faulty harness
Actions



2. Replace the sensor

2. Replace the heater.

2. Replace the LED.
1. Reconnect the connector.


1. Too high a room temperature(32C 1. Decrease the room temperature.
or higher)
2. Faulty LED heater/temperature
2. Replace the heater/sensor
sensor
assembly.
3-81

No.
E-4466
Message
The diagnostics of the piezoelectric
actuator failed.
4R.
representative.
E-4467

actuator failed.
4R.
Factor
Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 1 or
poorly connected connector at
startup initialization
waves)
circuit board.
section)
Actions

Update.
Faulty Piezoelectric Actuator 1

monitor circuit at startup initialization

representative.
E-4468

actuator failed.
4R.
Faulty high-pressure drive, monitor or

displacement measuring circuit of
Piezoelectric Actuator 1 at startup
initialization
1. Abnormal CPZ23 circuit board
power supply
supply system.

representative.
E-4469

actuator failed.
4R.
representative.
E-4470

actuator failed.
4R.
Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 2 or

poorly connected connector at
startup initialization
waves)
circuit board.
section)

Update.
Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 2

monitor circuit at startup initialization

representative.
3-82

No.
E-4471
Message
actuator failed.
4R.
Factor
Actions
Faulty high-pressure drive, monitor or

displacement measuring circuit of
Piezoelectric Actuator 2 at startup
initialization
1. Abnormal CPZ23 circuit board
power supply
supply system.

representative.
E-4472

(GIA CB A+5V)
representative.
E-4473
The control of the CTB circuit board

is abnormal.
representative.
At startup initialization
1. Poorly connected CN1 to GIA23
circuit board
2. Poorly connected PS2 to power
supply unit
3. Faulty harness
4. Blown power supply fuse
5. Blown GIA23 circuit board fuse
(F72)
7. Faulty power supply unit
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0
parity error
1. Noise in electric line
- Outside noise (static electricity,
radio transmission or power
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
2. System software overload (faulty
software)
3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4474

is abnormal.
representative.

framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4475

is abnormal.
representative.

parity and framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-83
1. Connect the connector correctly

2. Connect the connector correctly
4. Replace the fuse.
7. Replace the power supply unit
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.




No.
E-4476
Message
is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
overrun error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4477

is abnormal.
representative.

overrun and parity error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4478

is abnormal.
representative.

overrun and framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4479

is abnormal.
representative.

overrun, framing and parity error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4480

is abnormal.
representative.

sending timeout
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-84
Actions






No.
E-4481
Message
is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCTB-transmission 1 message
sending error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4482

is abnormal.
representative.
receiving error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4483

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-transmission 1 retry over

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4484

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-message delivery module

initializing error 1

E-4485

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-message delivery module

initializing error 2

E-4486

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-message delivery message

sending error

E-4487

is abnormal.
representative.

sending error 1

3-85
Actions
3







No.
E-4488
Message
is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
sending error 2
1. System software overload (foulty
software)
E-4489

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-message delivery memory

pool obtaining error 0

E-4490

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-message delivery memory

pool release error 0

E-4491

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-message deliverymemory
software)
E-4492

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-message deliverymemory

E-4493

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-message delivery
semaphore obtaining error
software)
E-4494

is abnormal.
representative.
semaphore return error

E-4495

is abnormal.
representative.
semaphore reference error

E-4496

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-system initialization error

3-86
Actions










No.
E-4497
Message
is abnormal.
representative.
E-4498

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4499

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4500

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCTB-task creation error

SKCTB-mail box creation error

SKCTB-alarm creation error

SKCTB-fixed length memory pool
creation error

E-4501

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-variable length memory pool

creation error

E-4502

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4503

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4504

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCTB-event creation error


SKCTB-task starting error

parity error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-87
Actions









No.
E-4505
Message
is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4506

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4507

is abnormal.
representative.

overrun error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4508

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4509

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-88
Actions






No.
E-4510
Message
is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
sending overrun, framing and parity
error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4511

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4512

is abnormal.
representative.

sending timeout
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
sending error

E-4513

is abnormal.
representative.
receiving error

E-4514

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4515

is abnormal.
representative.

parity error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-89
Actions
3






No.
E-4516
Message
is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4517

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4518

is abnormal.
representative.

overrun error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4519

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4520

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-90
Actions






No.
E-4521
Message
is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4522

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4523

is abnormal.
representative.

sending timeout
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
sending error

E-4524

is abnormal.
representative.
receiving error

E-4525

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4526
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C bus free detecting error

the CTB circuit board external
memory.
representative.
E-4527

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
3-91
Actions
3







No.
E-4528
E-4529
E-4530
E-4531
E-4532
E-4533
E-4534
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C slave address + R/W

data sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
data sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C higher-order address
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C lower-order address
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data sending error
memory.
representative.
E-4535
Factor

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data sending failure

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
3-92
Actions









No.
E-4536
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C sending OFF error

memory.
representative.
E-4537
E-4540
E-4541
E-4542
E-4543

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error

memory.
representative.
E-4539

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C bus free detecting error

memory.
representative.
E-4538
Factor

or EEPROM)

data sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
3-93
Actions









No.
E-4544
E-4545
Message

sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error 2
memory.
representative.
E-4546
E-4547
E-4548

data sending failure 2
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C receiving start error
memory.

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C final data receiving error

memory.
representative.
E-4551

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data receiving error

memory.
representative.
E-4550

or EEPROM)

data sending error 2
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)

representative.
E-4549
Factor

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C receiving OFF error

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
3-94
Actions









No.
E-4552
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-EEPROM R/W error

memory.
representative.
W-4553
The adjustment data for the CTB

circuit board external memory is
corrupted.
representative.
E-4563
Detecting of the conjugate length

home position failed.
representative.
E-4564
Detecting of the conjugate length

home position failed.
representative.
E-4569
The conjugate length control is

abnormal.
representative.
E-4580
Detecting of the lens home position

failed.
representative.
E-4581
Detecting of the lens home position

failed.
representative.
E-4590
Factor
Detecting of the shutter home

position failed.
representative.

or EEPROM)
SKCTB-EEPROM data error (use of
ROM data)

or EEPROM)
SKCTB-conjugate length variable
position detection failure after moving
conjugate length variable position
home position sensor
1. Faulty conjugate length variable
position home position sensor
harness
(D201)
SKCTB-conjugate length home
position operation 2 malfunction
harness
(D201)
Actions


SKCTB-conjugate length VD
interruption abnormal
and CTB23 circuit boards
and GIA23 circuit boards
SKCTB-lens home position operation

abnormal 2
1. Faulty lens home position sensor
(D202) harness
(D202)
SKCTB-lens home position sensor

NG
(D202) harness
(D202)
SKCTB-shutter home position

operation abnormal 1
1. Faulty shutter home position
sensor (D203) harness
2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203)
harness
3-95

No.
E-4592
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-EEPROM writing abnormal

memory.
representative.
E-4595

position failed.
representative.
E-4596

position failed.
representative.
E-4597
The shutter control is abnormal.

representative.
E-4598

representative.
E-4599

representative.
E-4600

representative.
E-4601
Factor
The control for the CLE circuit board

is abnormal.
representative.

or EEPROM)

is abnormal.
representative.


harness

harness
SKCTB-shutter opening abnormal

harness

SKCTB-shatter opening timeout error

2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
SKCTB-shutter closing abnormal
harness
SKCTB-shutter closing timeout error
harness
SKCLE-message delivery module
initialization error 1
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)

E-4602
Actions

3-96





No.
Message
E-4603

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCLE-message delivery message
sending error

E-4604

is abnormal.
representative.

sending error 1

E-4605

is abnormal.
representative.

sending error 2

E-4606

is abnormal.
representative.


E-4607

is abnormal.
representative.


E-4608

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-message delivery memory


E-4609

is abnormal.
representative.


E-4610

is abnormal.
representative.

3-97
Actions









No.
Message
E-4611

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCLE-message delivery

E-4612

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-message delivery

E-4613

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4614

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4615

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4616

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4617

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-system initialization error


SKCLE-task creation error

SKCLE-mail box creation error

SKCLE-alarm creation error

SKCLE-fixed length memory pool
creation error

E-4618

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-variable length memory pool

creation error

E-4619

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-event creation error

3-98
Actions










No.
Message
E-4620

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4621

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCLE-task start error

SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3
parity error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4622

is abnormal.
representative.

framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4623

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4624

is abnormal.
representative.

overrun error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-99
Actions






No.
Message
E-4625

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4626

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4627

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4628

is abnormal.
representative.

sending timeout
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4629

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-transmission 2 message
sending error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-100
Actions






No.
Message
E-4630

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCLE-transmission 2 message
receiving error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4631

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-transmission 2 retry over

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4632
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C bus free detecting error

the CLE circuit board external
memory.
representative.
E-4633
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error

memory.
representative.
E-4634
E-4635
E-4636
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU

or EEPROM)

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C slave address + R/W

data sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C higher-order address
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
3-101
Actions
3







No.
E-4637
E-4638
E-4639
E-4640
Message

sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C lower-order address
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data sending error
memory.
representative.
E-4641

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C bus free detecting error

memory.
representative.
E-4644

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C sending off error

memory.
representative.
E-4643

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data sending failure

memory.
representative.
E-4642
Factor

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
3-102
Actions









No.
E-4645
E-4646
E-4647
E-4648
E-4549
E-4650
E-4651
Message

data sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error 2
memory.
representative.
E-4652
Factor

or EEPROM)

memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
3-103
Actions









No.
E-4653
E-4654
Message

memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C receiving start error
memory.
representative.
E-4655
W-4659
E-4660

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-EEPROM R/W error

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
The adjustment data for the CLE

corrupted.
Use of ROM data at starting up


representative.

or EEPROM)

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4661

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C receiving OFF error

memory.
representative.
E-4658

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C final data receiving error

memory.
representative.
E-4657

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data receiving error

memory.
representative.
E-4656
Factor

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-control task receiving error

1. System software overload
(faulty software)
SKCLE-LED task receiving error
(faulty software)
3-104
Actions










No.
Message
E-4662

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCLE-temperature control task
receiving error
(faulty software)
E-4663

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCLE-maintenance task receiving

error
(faulty software)
E-4664

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4665
E-4667
SKCLE-illegal message receiving

(faulty software)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-EEPROM writing abnormal

memory.
software)
representative.
The control for the CPZ circuit board
is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery module

2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)

E-4668

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ- message delivery module


E-4669

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery message

sending error

E-4670

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery message

sending error 1

E-4671

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ- message delivery message

sending error 2

3-105
Actions










No.
Message
E-4672

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCPZ-message delivery memory

E-4673

is abnormal.
representative.


E-4674

is abnormal.
representative.


E-4675

is abnormal.
representative.


E-4676

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery
semaphore obtaining error
software)
E-4677

is abnormal.
representative.
software)
E-4678

is abnormal.
representative.
software)
E-4679

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4680

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-system initialization error

software)
SKCPZ-task creation error
software)
3-106
Actions










No.
Message
E-4681

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4682

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4683

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
SKCPZ-mail box creation error
software)
SKCPZ-alarm creation error
software)
SKCPZ-fixed length memory pool
creation error
software)
E-4684

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-variable length memory pool

creation error
software)
E-4685

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4686

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4687

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-event creation error

software)
SKCPZ-task start error
software)
SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3
parity error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4688

is abnormal.
representative.

framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-107
Actions






1. Click [OK].

1. Click [OK].


No.
Message
E-4689

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4690

is abnormal.
representative.

overrun error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4691

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4692

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4693

is abnormal.
representative.

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
3-108
Actions
1. Click [OK].

1. Click [OK].

1. Click [OK].

1. Click [OK].

1. Click [OK].


No.
Message
E-4694

is abnormal.
representative.
Factor
sending timeout
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4695

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-transmission 2 message
sending error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4696

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-transmission 2 message
receiving error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4697

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-transmission 2 retry over

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
software)
E-4698
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C bus free detecting error

the CPZ circuit board external
memory.
representative.
E-4699
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
3-109
Actions
1. Click [OK].
3
1. Click [OK].

1. Click [OK].

1. Click [OK].




No.
E-4700
E-4701
E-4702
E-4703
E-4704
E-4705
E-4706
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C slave address + R/W

data sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C higher-order address
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C high-order address
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C lower-order address
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data sending error
memory.
representative.
E-4707
Factor

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data sending failure

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
3-110
Actions









No.
E-4708
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C sending OFF error

memory.
representative.
E-4709
E-4712
E-4713
E-4714
E-4715

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error

memory.
representative.
E-4711

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C bus free detecting error

memory.
representative.
E-4710
Factor

or EEPROM)

data sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
sending error
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
3-111
Actions









No.
E-4716
E-4717
Message

sending failure
memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error 2
memory.
representative.
E-4718
E-4719
E-4720

memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C receiving start error
memory.

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C final data receiving error

memory.
representative.
E-4723

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data receiving error

memory.
representative.
E-4722

or EEPROM)

memory.
representative.
or EEPROM)

representative.
E-4721
Factor

or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C receiving OFF error

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
3-112
Actions









No.
E-4724
W-4725
E-4726
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-EEPROM R/W error

memory.
representative.

or EEPROM)
The adjustment data for the CPZ

corrupted.
Use of ROM data at starting


representative.

or EEPROM)
The control for the piezoelectric

actuator is abnormal.
4R.
representative.
E-4727
The control for the piezoelectric

actuator is abnormal.
4R.
representative.
E-4729

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4730

is abnormal.
representative.
E-4731
Factor

is abnormal.
representative.
SKCPZ-X axis control error

1. Outside noise, such as cell phone
transmissions, etc.
2. Faulty displacement sensor
harnesses or piezoelectric
actuator harness
4. Faulty displacement sensors, or
piezoelectric actuator
SKCPZ-Y axis control error
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
When control requested to CPZ



3-113
Actions


1. Keep the noise source far away.








No.
E-4732
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-EEPROM writing abnormal

memory.
representative.
E-4733
An abnormality occurred during

initializing of the piezoelectric
actuator.
4R.
representative.
E-4734

actuator.
4R.
representative.
E-4735

actuator.
4R.
representative.
E-4736

actuator.
4R.
representative.
E-4737
Factor

actuator.
4R.
representative.

or EEPROM)
SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator
warming-up position 1 error
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
3-114
Actions












No.
E-4738
Message
actuator.
4R.
representative.
E-4739

actuator.
4R.
representative.
E-4740

actuator.
4R.
representative.
E-4741
The LED setting failed.

representative.
E-4742
The setting for the piezoelectric

actuator failed.
representative.
E-4743
The settings for LED and

piezoelectric actuator failed.
representative.
W-4744
Scanning was cancelled.
Factor
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
transmissions, etc.
actuator harness
Data returned from CLE circuit board
differs from GIA circuit board setup
data.
and CLE23 circuit boards
Data returned from CPZ circuit board
data.
and CPZ23 circuit boards
Data returned from CLE circuit board
data. Data returned from CPZ circuit
board differs from GIA circuit board
setup data.
and CPZ23 circuit boards
Canceling executed
1. [Cancel] button is clicked during
scanning
2. Faulty keyboard
3-115
Actions







1. Scan again if scanning is not

completed.
2. Replace the keyboard.

No.
W-4745
Message
Setting of the dark correction table
failed.
representative.
W-4747
The density conversion is set to OFF

during scanning.
representative.
E-4748
The AE retry-over occurred.

representative.
Factor
At the time of scanning correction or
auto darkness correction
Density conversion correction

parameter of one-way mode finescanning demand is OFF.
At the time of AF, scanner correction,

brightness correction, or AE
2. LED light amount too large
3. Faulty CCD
E-4749
The retry-over of the DC offset

adjustment occurred.
representative.
E-4750
The listing-up overflow occurred in

detecting the defected pixels.
representative.
E-4751
The five continuous defected pixels

were found.
representative.
E-4752
The listing-up overflow of defected

pixels occurred and the five
continuous defected pixels were
found.
representative.
E-4753
The voltage adjustment for the OFD1

failed.
representative.
At the time of starting up, scanner

correction, darkness correction or
1. Faulty coaxial cable between
boards
Gray pixels more than the specified
number of pixels were detected (Full
mode: 300 pixels, 1/4 mode: 100
pixels, 1/8 mode: 100 pixels).
1. Faulty CCD unit
Continuous five gray pixels in a

vertical or horizontal direction were
detected.
1. Faulty CCD unit
Gray pixels more than the specified

number of pixels were detected. Or
continuous five gray pixels in a
vertical or horizontal direction are
detected.
1. Faulty CCD unit
Condition met error judgement at the

time of OFD1 adjustment.
1. Faulty CCD unit
3-116
Actions

system software (NOTE1)

2. Perform Menu 0349 LED Light
Amount Adjustment.



error occurs again, replace the
CCD unit.

CCD unit.

CCD unit.

CCD unit.

No.
Message
E-4754
The voltage adjustment for the OFD2

failed.
representative.
E-4755

(CCD CB)
representative.
E-4756
The PLD communication error of the

CCD circuit board occurred.
representative.
E-4757
A communication error occurred in

the CCD circuit board external
memory.
representative.
E-4758
Setting of the dark correction table

failed.
representative.
E-4759

(CCD CB +20V)
representative.
E-4760

(CCD CB -5V)
representative.
Factor
Condition met error judgment at the
time of OFD2 adjustment.
1. Faulty CCD unit
At the time of starting up, DC offset or

AD timing adjustment
1. Poorly connected CN2 to CCD
circuit board
2. Poorly connected JCD1 connector
to CCD unit
3. Poorly connected PS6 connector
to power supply unit
4. Broken harness
5. Blown fuse in power supply
Actions

CCD unit.

3. Reconnect the two connectors.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace the harness.

Replace the fuse.
Replace the CCD unit.
Replace the power supply unit.
At the time of starting up, DC offset or

AD timing adjustment
1. Poorly connected serial cable
connector between GIA23 and
CCD 23 circuit boards
Result of R/W from GIA23 to
EEPROM of CCD23 circuit board
was NG.
1. Poorly connected serial cable
connector between GIA23 and
CCD 23 circuit boards
At the time of scanner correction or

circuit board
to CCD unit
4. Broken harness
circuit board
to CCD unit
4. Broken harness
3-117


4.
5.
6.
7.

Replace the fuse.

4.
5.
6.
7.

Replace the fuse.

No.
E-4761
Message
(CCD CB -12V)
representative.
E-4762

(CCD CB +12V)
representative.
W-4763
The accumulation time in autoexposure adjustment reaches the

maximum value.
Check if there is no preventive object
in the optical path.
E-4764
The external memory of GIA circuit

board is abnormal.
representative.
E-4772
W-4801
An error occurred during accessing of

memory.
representative.
Gaining of the image failed.
Factor
circuit board
to CCD unit
4. Broken harness
circuit board
to CCD unit
4. Broken harness
At the time of scanner correction or
brightness correction creation
1. Foreign matter in optical path
3. Faulty CCD
Result of GIA23 circuit board outside
memory R/W was NG.
1. Poorly inserted GIA23 circuit
board into slot of GMB23 circuit
board
Error occurs starting up, or executing
lens registration/magnification
calibration/focus calibration/LED light
amount adjustment/scanner
parameter check.
1. Faulty software
or EEPROM)
Image obtaining failure

1. IEEE1394 interface of GIE23
circuit board or main control unit is
unstable.
2. Faulty application on GMB23
circuit board
3. Faulty 1394 cable from image
processing box to main control unit
W-4802
I-4803
W-4804
Actions
4.
5.
6.
7.

Replace the fuse.

4.
5.
6.
7.

Replace the fuse.

1. Insert the circuit board into the slot

correctly.
1. Restart the system.

2. Replace the CLE23 circuit board.
(Make sure the system starts up
normally and the parameter can
be rewritten).

GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board.
Auto focus failed.
AF was executed without chart jig or

film in mask.
Set the chart jig or film and execute

again.
Performing the focus calibration.
At the time of focus calibration
Wait until calibration is completed.
The lens is not registered.
Lens was not registered at the time of Register the lens.

optical magnification calibration.
Register it.
3-118

No.
W-4805
Message
The optical magnification calibration
is not performed yet.
Factor
Optical magnification calibration was
not performed at the time of
executing focus calibration.
Actions
Perform the optical magnification
calibration.
Perform it.
W-4806
I-4807
The focus calibration is not performed Focus calibration was not performed Perform the focus calibration.
yet.
at the time of executing focus position
adjustment.
Perform it.
Downloading the bright correction
table.
Brightness cancel button was clicked. Wait until downloading is completed.
Please wait.
W-4808
Downloading of the bright correction

table failed.
Brightness correction table was not

found after brightness cancel button
was clicked.
1. IEEE1394 interface of GIE23
circuit board or main control unit is
unstable.
2. Faulty application on GMB23
circuit board
3. Faulty 1394 cable from image
processing box to main control unit
W-4809
The feeding lane is not set to 135 in

the carrier.
Select the 135 lane.
W-4810
The film mask type is incorrect.

NC100AY carrier was not in 135 feed

lane when executing in 135 feed lane.
1. Feed lane is not 135.
1. Set the carrier in the 135 feed
lane.
sensor(D129)
sensor(D129) harness
135F mask is not installed in
MFC10AY.
Install the 135F mask.
Set the 135Full mask.

W-4811
W-4812
Creating of the table failed.
The floppy disk is not inserted into

the floppy disk drive.
Insert the floppy disk.
I-4813
Correct the scanner.

I-4814
Set the next film in the carrier.
Focus calibration table creation

failure
1. Incorrectly installed chart jig or
mask
2. Foreign matter in optical path
3. Abnormal mask pressure
At the time of spectral calibration FD
insertion
1. FD not inserted
2. Not spectral calibration FD
3. Faulty FD drive
4. Faulty spectral calibration FD
1. Install the chart jig or mask

correctly.
3. Replace the damaged pressure
cover parts or the solenoid.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insert the FD.

Insert the correct FD.
Replace the main control unit.
Replace the FD.
At the time of scanner correction

execution confirmation for spectral
calibration
Specifying mounted film for spectral

calibration
Set the specified film.
At the time of image scanning for

spectral calibration
Wait until reading is completed.
No: ####
I-4815
Reading the image.

Please wait.
3-119

No.
Message
I-4816
Cancel the Measurement?
I-4817
Performing the scanner correction.
Factor
Actions
Spectral calibration was canceled.
Click [OK] to cancel.
At the time of scanner correction

execution
Wait until correction is completed.
Please wait.
Please wait.
W-4818
Image data judge error occurred.

Insert film again.
W-4819
Calculating of adjustment parameter

failed.
Measurement cancelled.
W-4820
W-4821
Correcting of the scanner failed.
Spectral calibration image data

judgement error
1. Patches outside the frames
2. Displayed image is not specified
film
3. Excessive outside light (flare) due
to open scanner cover
Spectral calibration parameter
calculating error
1. Excessive outside light (flare) due
to open scanner cover
Scanner correction for spectral
calibration failure
1. Removed carrier
2. Moved mask table slider
3. Removed calibration mask
sensor (D486)
1. Contain the patches within the

frames.
2. Use the specified film.
3. Install the cover.
1. Install the cover.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Set the mask table slider.
Set the calibration mask.
Reconnect or replace the harness,
or replace the sensor.
Scanning of the image failed.
Spectral calibration image scanning

failure
Scan the image again. If the error

software. If necessary, reinstall the
I-4822
Measurement completed correctly.
Spectral calibration completes

normally.
Click [OK].
I-4823
Clear the LED working information.
LED [Clear] is clicked in Working

Information Display.
Click [OK] to clear the information.
Piezoelectric actuator [Clear] is

clicked in Working Information
Display.
Click [OK] to clear the information.
Click the button.
Close?
Mismatch of parameters detected

when exiting Scanner Parameter
Check/Update.
Measuring the inclination of the

carrier.
At the time of executing Carrier

Inclination Display
Insert a film.
At the time of Focus Position

Adjustment etc.
Insert a film.
I-4828
Performing the focus position

adjustment.
Performing focus position adjustment Wait until adjustment is completed.
I-4829
Adjusting the AD timing.
OK?
I-4824
Clear the working information for the

piezoelectric actuator.
OK?
I-4825
I-4826
The parameters are mismatched.
Please wait.
W-4827
Please wait.
Adjusting AD timing
Wait until adjustment is completed.
Adjusting OFD voltage
Please wait.
I-4830
Adjusting the OFD voltage.

Please wait.
3-120

No.
I-4831
W-4832
Message
Detecting of the gray pixels is
completed.
Detecting gray pixels is completed.
Carrier is not installed correctly.
Carrier differs from the one installed

when executing.
1. Incorrect carrier installed
2. Damaged data in carrier
Check the carrier.
E-4833
W-4834
E-4836
I-4837
Factor
Updating of the circuit board

parameter files failed.
The dark correction failed.
A file accessing error occurred.
The focus position adjustment data

deleted.
CXX circuit board parameter file

update failure
1. Faulty software
Darkness correction failure

File access error
Actions
Click [OK].
1. Install the correct carrier.

2. Replace the CYA23 circuit board

1. Delete unnecessary files, template

and log files.
Downstream data are deleted at the

time of focus calibration data
registration.

adjustment again.
After lens registration

calibration, focus calibration and then
the focus position adjustment.
After optical magnification calibration

registration
Perform the focus calibration and

focus position adjustment again.
Try the focus position adjustment

again.
I-4838
The data for the optical magnification

calibration, focus calibration and the
focus position adjustment are
cleared.
calibration again.
I-4839
The focus calibration data and the

focus position adjustment data are
cleared.
Perform the focus calibration again.
W-4840
W-4841
W-4842
An incorrect diffusion box is installed. 135 diffusion box not installed

Install the 135 diffusion box.
1. 120 diffusion box is installed.
2. Diffusion box not installed
3. Faulty diffusion box sensor
harness
Adjusting of LED light amount failed.

Install the diffusion box.
W-4843
The film mask is installed in the

carrier.
LED light amount adjustment failure

Diffusion box not installed
1. Diffusion box not installed or
improperly seated
harness
Mask is installed.
Remove the film mask.
3-121
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace the sensor.
Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Install the diffusion box correctly.

Remove the mask.

No.
Message
Factor
W-4844
Couldnt find the circuit board

parameter file.
No circuit board parameter file
W-4845
The optical magnification calibration

failed.
Optical magnification calibration

failure
1. Abnormal focal length of
registered lens
W-4846
W-4847
Chart pattern is not detected.
Creating of the bright correction table

failed.
Perform the bright correction again.
W-4848

check pattern detecting failure
1. Improperly installed focusing chart
jig
2. Misaligned optical axis
3. Foreign matter in light path
Table creation failure at the time of
brightness correction
The temperature control is abnormal. Temperature control error

1. Faulty temperature sensor/heater
harness
2. Faulty LED temperature sensor
3. Faulty heater
W-4849
The temperature control in the

scanner section is not completed.
Temperature control is not

completed.
1. LED temperature is below 39C or
41C and above.
2. Ambient temperature is 32C and
above.
3. Faulty light source section cooling
fan
4. Faulty temperature sensor/heater
harness
5. Faulty LED temperature sensor
6. Faulty heater
Actions
1. Register the lens again.
1. Install the jig correctly.

2. Adjust the optical axis.


2. Replace the sensor/heater
assembly.
assembly.
1. Wait until temperature control is

completed.
3. Replace the fan.
assembly.
assembly.
I-4850
The AD timing adjustment is normally AD timing adjustment is completed

completed.
normally.
Click [OK].
I-4851
The OFD voltage adjustment is

normally completed.
OFD voltage adjustment is completed Click [OK].

normally.
W-4852
Couldnt find the correct bright

correction table.
No brightness correction table
Perform creation of the brightness

correction table creation.
Perform the scanner correction.

W-4853
The feeding lane is not set to correct

position.
Feed lane condition difference

1. Feed lane changed too quickly
1. Change the feed lane gently.
Carrier is installed.
Remove the carrier.
Set to correct position.

W-4855
The carrier is installed.

Remove the carrier.
3-122

No.
I-4856
Message
Select the correct mask type for the
bright correction table to be created.
Factor
Actions
NC100AY carrier 135F or 135H mask

selection for brightness correction
table creation
Select either one.
Mask position adjustment edge

detection error
1. Foreign matter in light path
2. No lower mask in NC100AY
3. 135H is selected with 135F mask
installed in NC100AY
4. 135F is selected with 135H mask
installed in NC100AY

2. Install the lower mask.
3. Perform again with the correct
condition.
4. Perform again with the correct
condition.
Set the 135F mask or 135H mask.

W-4857

W-4858
The auto correction failed.

Adjust mask position using the
adjustment button.
W-4859
The correction value exceeds the

range.
Adjust mask position using the
adjustment button.
W-4860
Film mask is not installed.
W-4862
The sliding stage is not installed.
Mask position adjustment frame out

of range
1. Misaligned optical axis
2. Misaligned carrier optical axis
3. Incorrectly set mount frame
4. Faulty horizontal position control
springs of mount mask
Mask is not installed in MFC10AY
carrier.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Adjust the optical axis.

Replace the carrier or mask.
Insert the mount frame correctly.
Replace the mount mask.
Install the mask.
Install a film mask.
Install it.
I-4863
All bright correction tables cleared.
MFC10AY mask table slider is not

set.
1. Mask table not locked in optical
axis side
sensor (D486)
After LED light amount adjustment
1. Move the mask table to the lock

position.
Perform the brightness correction
again.
Perform the bright correction.

W-4864

position.
Set to 135 position or IX240 position.
W-4865
Mount mask is not installed.

Install the mount mask.
W-4866
The film will be ejected because of

switching of the operation mode.
Set the film in the carrier again.
Lane of NC100AY carrier is not

detected.
1. Neutral feed lane
2. Faulty feed lane position sensor
(D129/D130)
3. Faulty harness
1. Change the lane correctly.

Mount mask is required but another

mask is installed.
1. No mount mask or incorrect one
1. Install the correct mount mask.

Film ejected at focus position

adjustment due to 135F/135H
change.
1. Mask type changed after film
inserted
1. Select the mask type before

inserting a film.
I-4867
Performing the Optical magnification

calibration.
Execution of optical magnification

calibration
Wait until calibration is completed.
I-4868
Adjusting LED light amount.
Execution of LED light amount

adjustment
3-123

No.
W-4869
Message
E-4870
W-4871

between the maintenance and GMB
circuit boards.
There are not enough frames in the

film.
Factor
Actions
Abnormal NC100AY carrier operation

1. Carrier error such as film
1. Set the carrier to normal condition.
remaining, carrier installed with
pressure cover open, etc.
Communication timeout between
maintenance and GMB23 circuit
board
1. Faulty 1394 communication

2. Reconnect the cable correctly.
Insufficient number of frames
Use a film having more than five

frames.
Set the film with more frames than

#### in the carrier.
W-4872
Ejecting film.
Film remaining
W-4873
Eject film.
Remaining film ejected when film

insertion is required.
Insert a film.
W-4874
Please install the calibration mask.
Set the film.
1-4875
Update the CPZ CB parameters.

Insert the floppy disk.
Calibration mask not installed

1. Calibration mask not installed or
improperly seated

[FD reading] button of CPZ was

Click [OK].
clicked in Scanner Parameter Check/
Update.
Press [OK] to write the parameters to

the CB memory, and also its backup
data is written in the hard disk.
W-4876
Reading parameters from the CPZ

CB failed.
Check the floppy disk.
FD data is abnormal or not found

after [FD reading] button of CPZ was
clicked in Scanner Parameter Check/
Update.
1. FD not inserted
1. Insert the FD.
2. No piezoelectric actuator
2. Insert the parameter FD.
parameters in FD
3. File size different
3. Insert the parameter FD.
I-4877
Insert a film.
[Run] button was clicked in Focus

Position Calibration for MFC10AY.
Insert a film.
I-4878
Save the parameters for CB memory

in the hard disk.
[Store] button was clicked in Scanner Click [OK].

Parameter Check/Update.
I-4879
Write the backup parameters in the

hard disk to the CB memory.
[Reading] button was clicked in

Scanner Parameter Check/Update.
Click [OK].
W-4880
An incorrect diffusion box is installed. Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination.
and mask
Install the correct diffusion box.
W-4881
An incorrect film mask is installed.
Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination.

and mask
Install the correct film mask.

W-4882
Wrong combination of film mask and

diffusion box.
Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination.

and mask
Check combination of film mask and

diffusion box.
3-124

No.
W-4904
Message
The feeding lane of the carrier was
switched.
Factor
Lane change operation detection
1. NC100AY feed lane changed
2. Faulty feed lane position
sensor(D129/D130)
3. Faulty harness
Actions
1. Change to the feed lane required.

W-4905
Changing of the cartridge was

detected.
Cartridge change operation detection

W-4907
A film remains in the carrier.
Film has been inserted.
Insert a film after clicking [Run]

button.
W-4908
Film is not inserted.
Film is not inserted.
Insert a film as necessary.
W-4909
The carrier type is not NC100AY.
Carrier type is not NC100AY.
Install the NC100AY carrier.
W-4910
The feeding lane is not set to IX240.
Carrier is not set in IX240 feed lane.

1. Feed lane is not for IX240.
2. Faulty IX240 feed lane position
sensor (D130)
3. Faulty harness
Select the IX240 lane.
W-4911

position.
Set to 135 position or IX240 position.
W-4912
The operation was cancelled.
W-4913
The number of times for repeating is

not selected.
W-4914
Carrier feed lane is not in 135 or

IX240.
1. Feed lane not in place
sensor (D130)
3. Faulty harness
Operation was canceled.
1. Clicked [Stop] button
2. Faulty keyboard
1. Set in the IX240 feed lane.

1. Set to the IX240 feed lane.

1.
Enter one or higher.
Set the number of times.
Number of repeat times not set

Zero or below is entered for number
of repeat times.
The operation is aborted.
Abnormal termination

I-4915
Write the setting values to the

monitor frame ratio information file.
Setup value is written in the monitor

frame ratio file.
Click [OK].
I-4917
Write the carrier installation

information to the FlashROM.
Carrier installation information is

written in FlashROM.
Click [OK].
Writing in FlashROM
Wait until writing is completed.
OK?
OK?
I-4918
Writing the information to the

FlashROM.
Please do not remove the carrier.
W-4919
Enter numerals only for the carrier ID. (Causes of the error message)
1. Entered characters except
numerical value in carrier ID
2. Faulty keyboard
3-125
1. Enter the correct ID.


No.
W-4920
W-4922
W-4923
I-4924
Message
Factor
Enter numerals only for the serial No. Entered characters except numerical
of the circuit board.
values in hardware Rev
1. Entered characters except
numerical value as circuit board
serial number
2. Faulty keyboard
Install the NC100AY carrier.
Install the MFC10AY carrier.
Write the setting values to the focus

offset adjustment file.
Actions
1. Enter the serial number correctly.
NC100AY is not installed.

1. NC100AY is not installed.
2. Incorrectly installed carrier
3. Faulty plug-in connector harness
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the NC100AY.

Replace the circuit board.
MFC10AY is not installed.

1. MFC10AY is not installed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the MFC10AY.

Setup data is written in focus offset

adjustment file.
Click [OK].
OK?
W-4925
W-4926
The setting of the offset values is

incorrect.
The carrier IDs are mismatched.
File I/O error

1. Faulty HDD
1. Replace the HDD.
Carrier ID mismatch
Select the ID of installed carrier.
Carrier ID not selected
Select the carrier ID.
HD writing operation
Click [OK].
Check the carrier ID.

W-4927
The carrier ID is not selected yet.

Register the carrier ID.
I-4928
Overwriting the backup file.

OK?
I-4929
Writing the data to the hard disk.
HD Writing
I-4930
Write the data to the FlashROM.
FlashROM writing operation
Click [OK].
FlashROM writing
OK?
I-4931
Writing the data to the FlashROM.

Please do not remove the carrier.
W-4932
The unregistered carrier was

installed.
Installed unregistered carrier

1. Installed unregistered carrier
2. Replaced carrier main circuit

board
3. Changed carrier ID in carrier
installation information setup
W-4933

reading from the monitor frame ratio
information file.
File I/O error

1. Faulty HDD
3-126
1. Perform Focus Position

Adjustment, Dark Correction/
Bright Correction and Mask
Enter the carrier ID and

perform Flash ROM
writing to write machine
data and working
information data from the
HDD to the FlashROM of
the carrier.
1. Replace the HDD.

No.
W-4934
Message
Factor
Actions

writing to the monitor frame ratio
information file.
File I/O error

1. Faulty HDD
1. Replace the HDD.

2. Delete unnecessary files.

reading from the focus offset
adjustment file.
File I/O error

1. Faulty HDD
1. Replace the HDD.

writing to the focus offset adjustment
file.
File I/O error

1. Faulty HDD
1. Replace the HDD.

2. Delete unnecessary files.
W-4937
Remove the carrier.
At the time of carrier ID changing
Remove and reinstall the carrier.
W-4938
Writing of data failed.
Previous reading failure
Perform reading from the FlashROM

again and then writing.
W-4935
W-4936
Perform reading the data once, and

perform it again.
W-4939
The carrier is not ready.

W-4940
W-5101
Enter alphabets or space only for the

revision number.
An error occurred during the auto

correction.
Carrier was removed during

executing command.
1. Carrier was removed.
2. Faulty plug-in connector
4. Faulty carrier main circuit board
Non-alphabetic character is entered
as carrier Rev.
1. Non-alphabetic character instead
of a letter or space is entered as
carrier Rev.
2. Faulty keyboard
Error occurred during setting up
command.
W-5102
I-5103
FID cannot be read.

Press the [Cancel] button to rewind
the film. Check CID and then insert
the film again.
FID reading error

1. Fogged FID area
2. Dust or dirt on IX240 TSB sensor
(D116) glass
Film reversed.
135 film inserted upside down
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace the plug-in connector.
1. Enter an alphabetic letter or space.

Cancel scanning and then pre-scan
again.
If the error occurs again, restart the
system software. If the error still
occurs, reinstall the system software
(NOTE1)
1. Check the FID.

2. Clean the glass surface.
Cancel scanning, turn the film right
side up and pre-scan again.
Press the [Scan Cancel] key to eject

the film, and insert it again.
E-5201
Image transfer from scanner to

printer failed
representative.
Image transfer timeout (10 seconds)

1. Unstable communication between
printer processor and main control
unit
2. Faulty FMA20 or FMC20 circuit
board
3-127
1. Replace the interface cable.


No.
E-5203
Message
(Retry over)
representative.
E-5204

(Retry over)
representative.
W-5301
The image file cannot be read, so the

printing of imported images will be
cancelled.
Check the order in the Imaging
Controller.
W-5302
W-5303
W-5304
Couldnt generate image file due to

insufficient disk space.
Board definition command response

timeout occurs three times
consecatively
2. Poorly connected 1394 ground
cable.
Image receive preparation command

response timeout occurs three times
consecatively.
2. Poorly connected 1394 ground
cable.
Actions

2. Connect the ground cable
correctly.

2. Connect the ground cable
correctly.
File print image obtaining is NG.

Import image file opening failure
Inport image file reading failure
1. Importing order was deleted at the 1. Perform again correctly.
DIC during FDi import.
2. Network was shut down during FDi 2. Check and reconnect the network.
import.
Image file output error due to lack of
disk capacity
1. Full disk space of DIC
2. Unstable network connection to
DIC
Image file output failure due to lack of

disk capacity (retry button exists)
Please wait a moment and then press 1. Lack of hard disk space of DIC
the [Retry] button. If problems persist,
consult your technical representative. 2. Abnormal system software
1. Assure sufficient disk capacity.

2. Check and reconnect the network.
Couldnt generate image file due to

insufficient disk space.
Writing image file failed.

Check the network connections and
press the [Retry] button. If problems
representative.
W-6002
Factor
Incorrect feeding lane.

Switch to the correct feeding lane as
instructed in the screen.
Image file output failure due to

network line shutdown
1. Unstable network connection to
DIC
Diagnosis was executed with different

feed lane from that specified on
screen.
1. Feed lane differs from that
specified on screen.
(D129/D130)
3. Poorly connected or faulty harness
3-128
1. Assure sufficient hard disk

capacity.
1. Check and reconnect the network

line.
1. Change to the correct feed lane.


No.
W-6003
Message
Incorrect feeding lane.
Switch to the IX240 lane.
W-6004
The auto film carrier not installed.

Install the auto film carrier.
W-6005
The film carrier is not operable.

Check if the carrier and mask are
installed correctly.
W-6006
A film is not inserted.
Factor
Magnetic information reading
diagnosis was executed with 135
feed lane.
1. Feed lane differs from that
specified on screen.
(D129/D130)
3. Poorly connected or faulty harness
Actions

All diagnosis was executed without

carrier.
1. Self-diagnosis was executed
without NC100AY carrier.
1. Install the carrier and then execute

again.
Diagnosis was executed on condition

that carrier cannot operate.
1. Faulty carrier
1. Repair the carrier.
Diagnosis was executed without film

insertion.
Insert a film correctly.
Insert it.
W-6008
Reading of data from the hard disk

failed.
Retry it, and if problems persist,
W-6009
HDD file reading failure

1. Faulty HDD
2. File non-existent
Writing of data to the hard disk failed. Result of diagnosis writing to HDD
failure
consult your technical representative. 1. Lack of HDD capacity
2. Faulty HDD
W-6011
The diagnostics cannot be done with

the current feeding lane.
Switch to the 135 or IX240 feed lane.
W-6013
Diagnosis was executed with feed

lane in neutral position.
1. Feed lane is in neutral position.
(D129/D130)
harness
Writing to FD failure
1. Abnormal FD
2. Lack of FD capacity
consult your technical representative. 3. Write-protect FD
Deleting of the file failed.

Renaming of the file failed.
1. Replace the FD.

2. Replace the FD with a new one.
3. Flip the write-protect tab to write
enable.
4. Format the FD.
File EzPcErr.bak deletion failure
Clear the massage and continue

operation.
File EzPcErr.log rename failure
Clear the massage and continue

operation.
If problems persist at the next startup, consult your technical

representative.
W-6016
1. Delete unnecessary files to assure

sufficient HDD capacity.
2. Replace the HDD.
Reading or writing of data from/to the

hard disk failed.
4. Unformatted FD
W-6015
1. Replace the HDD.

If problems persist at the next startup, consult your technical

representative.
3-129

No.
E-6017
Message
A conversion file is not found.
Factor
No file (EzPcErr.tbl)

Cut the film so that the number of
frames is thirty-nine or less.

representative.
E-6019
Films with over 40 frames are not

available.
Too long a film was used.
W-6022
Writing of data to the floppy disk

failed.
[FD store] was clicked but FD is not

inserted or data cannot be written.
1. FD not inserted
2. Unformatted or broken FD
3. Faulty FD drive
Check the floppy disk.
W-6101
A recoverable error is detected in the

main control unit memory.
You may continue to use it, but it is
recommended that you do the
diagnostics.
W-6102

detected in the main control unit.
It is recommended that you do the
diagnostics.
W-6103
An abnormal voltage was detected in

the main control unit.
diagnostics.
W-6104
The fan in the main control unit is

abnormal.
diagnostics.
E-6105
An unrecoverable error occurred in

the main control unit. So the system
was restarted.
The diagnostics are required.
E-6106
E-6108

1. Poorly inserted DIMM in main
control unit.
2. Faulty mother board or power
supply unit in main control unit
3. Abnormal AC power supply input
(influenced by thunder, etc.)
1. Insert the FD.

2. Format or replace the FD.
1. Insert the DIMM correctly.
3.

1. Clogged vent holes in main control 1. Clean the vent holes.
unit
2. Faulty power supply cooling fan in 2. Replace the main control unit.
main control unit
3. Faulty case fan in main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit.
1. Faulty power supply in main
control unit
2. Faulty mother board
1. Dust collected on fan
2. Disconnected fan connector
3. Faulty fan
1. Poorly inserted DIMM in main
control unit.
2. Faulty mother board or power
supply unit in main control unit
3. Abnormal AC power supply input
(influenced by thunder, etc.)
The system was restarted because of (Causes of the error message)

a hardware failure in the main control 1. Poorly inserted expansion card in
unit.
main control unit
2. Faulty expansion card in main
control unit
The hard disk drive in the main
control unit is abnormal.
Actions

1. Clean the fan.

1. Insert the DIMM correctly.

3.
1. Insert the expansion card securely.

Abnormal HDD in main control unit is

detected.
Replace the HDD.

detected.
Replace the HDD.

detected.
Replace the HDD.
The diagnostics are required. When

using hard disk drive backup kit,
switch to the backup hard disk drive.
E-6109

E-6110

3-130

No.
E-6111
Message
Factor
detected.
Actions
Replace the HDD.

W-7001
Carrier was removed.

Remove film and then install the
carrier.
W-7002
Carrier sensor not calibrated

correctly.
Remove the carrier and then clean
the glass surface of the upper and
lower feeding lanes with a dried
cotton swab.
I-7003
The carrier software must be

upgraded.
Upgrade it? It takes about 5 min.
I-7004
Upgrading the carrier software. It

takes about 5minutes.
Carrier was removed with a film

remaining in it during film feeding
1. Carrier was removed during film
feeding
2. Broken plug-in connector/harness
CYA23 sensor calibration error
1. Dust or dirt adhered to glass of
upper or lower feed lane
2. Alcohol stains on inside of glass
due to use of cotton swab soaked
with alcohol
3. Poorly connected or broken sensor
harness
4. Faulty or deteriorated sensor LED
5. Faulty or deteriorated sensor
3
1. Reinstall the carrier.
2. Replace the plug-in connector.
1. Clean the glass.

2. Clean the class.

4. Replace the sensor LED.
Carrier program file stored in HDD

differs from one in carrier.
1. Upgraded scanner software
2. Faulty version information file in
HDD
1. Upgrade the carrier version.

(NOTE 1)
Upgrading carrier software
Wait until upgrading is completed.
Do not touch the carrier.

I-7005
Upgrading of the carrier is completed. Carrier upgrading completion

E-7006
Upgrading of carrier software failed.

representative.
E-7007

representative.
W-7008
Because the version of the carrier

software is incorrect, this carrier
cannot be used.
Carrier upgrading file does not exist.

1. File does not exist.
2. File reading failure

2. Upgrade the system software
again. If the error occurs again,
reinstall the system software.
(NOTE 1)
Incorrect contents in carrier

upgrading file
1. Faulty upgrading file

Upgrading instraction was canceled.
Remove and reinstall the carrier.

Click [Yes] in the I-7003 dialog box
to upgrade the system.
Carrier was removed during

upgrading carrier.
Reinstall the carrier and perform

upgrading again.
Install the carrier again, and then

upgrade the software.
W-7009
The carrier was removed during

upgrading of the software.
Install the carrier again, and then
upgrade the software.
3-131

No.
E-7010
Message
Writing FlashROM data into carrier
failed.
representative.
E-7011

failed.
representative.
W-7012

representative.
E-7013

failed.
representative.
E-7014

failed.
representative.
W-7015
W-7016
W-7017
File not found in hard disk.
Factor
1. Poorly connected plug-in
connector
connector
Carrier program transfer failure
connector
connector
connector
File was searched with adjustment
and maintenance function, but it did
not exist.
1. No target file
2. File transfer failure
A 135 film is inserted in the lane other 135 film was inserted when carrier
than 135 lane.
was not in 135 feed lane.
Remove the carrier and check the
1. Inserted 135 film into another feed
position of the lane.
lane
2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 leading
end sensor or LED glass
(D129/D130) or harness
4. Faulty 135 leading end sensor,
LED (D101L/P) or harness
An IX240 film is inserted in the lane
other than IX240 lane.
IX240 strip film was inserted when

carrier was not in IX240 feed lane.
1. IX240 strip film inserted into
another feed lane
2. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 TSB
sensor or LED (D116L/P) glass
4. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor, LED
(D116L/P), or harness
TSB sensor = Leading end/trailing end/bar code sensor
3-132
Actions
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier.



Restart the system

software. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the
1. Change to the 135 feed lane.

2. Clean the glass.
3. Reconnect or replace the harness,
1. Change to the IX240 feed lane.

2. Clean the glass.

No.
W-7018
Message
An IX240 film is inserted in the lane
other than IX240 lane.
E-7019
Reading FlashROM data from carrier

failed.
representative.
E-7020

failed.
representative.
E-7023
Initializing of carrier failed.

W-7024
Carrier cover is opened.

Remove the carrier, and then close
carrier cover.
E-7025

failed.
representative.
Factor
IX240 cartridge was inserted when
carrier was not in IX240 feed lane.
1. Inserted IX240 cartridge when
carrier was in another feed lane
2. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123)
or harness
Abnormal carrier/carrier FlashROM
data
connector
Abnormal carrier/carrier FlashROM
data
connector
Feed roller rotation sensor (D135) did
not change when initializing.
1. Loose IX240 drive belt
2. Faulty feed roller rotation sensor
(D135)
3. Broken IX240 drive belt
4. Faulty feed motor(M101)
5. Faulty feed motor harness
2. Faulty pressure cover open/close
sensor (D128)
3. Faulty harness
Writing to FlashROM failure
connector
3-133
Actions
1. Change to the IX240 feed lane.



1. Adjust belt tension.

3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace the belt.

Replace the motor.



No.
W-7028
W-7029
Message
Factor
IX240 cartridge existing carrier

installation error
Remove the carrier, and then take out (Causes of the error message)
the cartridge.
1. Installed carrier or turned power
ON with unexposed cartridge
remaining in carrier
2. Inserted unexposed cartridge
immediately after carrier installed
or power ON
3. Cartridge remains when Setup
and Maintenance mode is
selected.
or harness
5. Faulty IPI sensor (D121) or
harness
Cartridge remains in carrier.
Feeding of film failed.

Remove carrier and then film.
MTP center position detected at finescan is differ by 5mm or more from

one at pre-scan.
1. Slipped or blocked film
2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit

4. Faulty IX240 winding unit
5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240
perforation sensor (D117L/P)
glass
6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor
(D117L/P) or harness
7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor
(M101/M102/M103)
8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt
9. Faulty harness
10.Faulty flexible cable
11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board
12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board
W-7030
Actions

ATP = Anticipation perforation
1. Do not insert an unexposed

cartridge.
2. Do not insert an unexposed
cartridge.
3. Remove the cartridge and reinstall
the carrier.
4. Reconnect or replace the harness
or sensor.
5. Reconnect or replace the harness
or sensor.
1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the

cause of blocking.
2. If the error occurs with a certain
cartridge, reload film into a known
good cartridge.
3. Replace the nest section unit.
4. Replace the IX240 winding unit.
5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness.

8. Adjust or replace the belt.
10.Reconnect or replace the cable.
11.Replace the circuit board.
MTP hole length is more than 8mm at

time of feeding, or ATP cannot be
found after feeding 29mm from MTP.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
MTP = Metering perforation
3-134

No.
W-7031
Message
Factor
ATP hole length is more than 8mm at
feeding, or MTP cannot be found
after feeding 9mm from ATP.

glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
W-7032

W-7034


TAP = Turnaround perforation
Final frame has been fine adjusted

more than 11mm from DTP when
DTP position from TAP is 66mm due
to reshaping twice.
1. Faulty key circuit board (D131 to
D134)
2. Faulty key circuit board harness
3. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 TAP
sensor (D116L/P) glass
4. Faulty IX240 TAP sensor (D116L/
P)
5. Faulty harness
6. Faulty flexible cable
Number of perforation edges has
been detected exceeding those
detected by MTP sensor at feeding.
glass
DTP = Detach perforation
3-135
Actions

cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.


3. Clean the glass.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Reconnect or replace the cable.
1. Clean the glass.


No.
W-7035
Message
W-7036

Factor
Actions
MTP center detected at returning

feed differs by 5mm or more from one
at pre-scanning.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
MTP hole length is more than 8mm at
returning or ATP cannot be found
after feeding 9mm from MTP.
1. Slipped film
1. Clean the feed rollers
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
3-136

No.
W-7037
Message
Factor
ATP hole length is more than 8mm at
time of return or MTP cannot be
found after feeding 29mm from ATP.
1. Slipped film

glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
W-7038

MTP cannot be found after feeding

film 9mm from ATP.

glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
3-137
Actions
1. Clean the feed rollers

good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.


cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.


No.
W-7039
Message
Factor
MTP hole length was more than 8mm
at time of feeding.

glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
W-7040

ATP cannot be found after feeding

film 29mm from MTP.

glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
W-7041

Actions

cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.


cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.

ATP hole length was more than 8mm.

cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
3-138

No.
W-7042
Message
Factor
TAP cannot be detected.

glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
W-7043

W-7044


cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.

TAP hole length was more than 8mm.

cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
DTP hole length was more than
8mm.

glass
(M101/M102/M103)
9. Faulty harness
TAP = Turnaround perforation
Actions
DTP = Detach perforation
3-139

cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
5. Clean the glass.


No.
W-7045
Message
Unprocessed cartridge.
Not used.
If it is a processed cartridge, fold IPI.
When IPI is damaged, consult your
W-7046

Rewind it?
E-7047
Detecting of the home position of the

feeding motor failed.
W-7048
The IX240 lane cannot be used.

Remove carrier and then cartridge.
W-7049
Film perforation error.

W-7050
Film rupture.
Factor
Unprocessed cartridge
1. Loaded unbroken IPI (unprocessd)
cartridge
2. Pressed set lever while pressing
steel plate at the nest section
4. Faulty cartridge set sensor
harness
5. Faulty IPI sensor (D121)
6. Faulty IPI sensor harness
Trailing end of the IX240 strip film
was inserted.
1. Inserted IX240 strip film from its
trailing end
perforation sensor (D117L/P) or
TSB sensor (D116L/P) glass
(D117L/P) or TAP sensor harness
Abnormality in supply motor home
position sensor was detected.
1. Faulty supply motor(M102) or
harness
2. Faulty supply motor home position
sensor(D122) or harness
4. Supply motor drive train
malfunction (friction clutch gear
malfunction, damaged gear, etc.)
Actions
1. Remove the cartridge and reinstall

the carrier.
2. Press the release button, remove
and reinstall the carrier.
1. Insert the strip film from the

leading end.
2. Clean the glass.

1. Replace the motor or harness.

4. Replace the damaged parts.
Film cannot be fed in IX240 feed lane.

1. Carrier not set in IX240 feed lane 1. Set the carrier in IX240 feed lane.
DTP perforation is detected within
66mm after final frame determination
perforation has been detected by
TSB sensor (D116).
1. Reshaped trailing end more than
28mm
2. Dust or dirt adhered to TSB sensor
(D116L/P) glass
3. Faulty TAP sensor or harness
Hole was detected in IX240 film by
NC100AY.
1. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor (D116)
or harness
TAP = Turnaround perforation DTP = Detach perforation

3-140
1. Scan using the MFC10AY.

2. Clean the glass.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Replace the sensor or harness.

Reconnect or replace the cable.


No.
W-7051
Message
Film remains in IX240 feeding lane.
W-7052

Remove carrier and then clean
feeding lane.
W-7053
Film rupture.
W-7054

W-7055

W-7056
An error occurred in cartridge door.

Factor
Feed lane was changed during
feeding IX240 film in NC100AY.
1. Changed feed lane during
scanning
sensor (D130) or harness
NC100AY IX240 film insertion error
1. IX240 strip film leading end does
not reach to first roller.
2. Blocked film outside of carrier
4. Faulty JNC23 circuit board or
harness
5. Faulty feed motor (M101), feed
drive system or harness
Hole was detected in IX240 film by
NC100AY.
1. Hole in film
NC100AY IX240 film existing
installation error
1. IX240 film remaining
2. Dust or dirt adhered to TSB sensor
(D116) glass
or harness
NC100AY IX240 film existing
installation error
1. IX240 film remaining
perforation sensor (D117) glass
(D117) or harness
NC100AY IX240 door motor
initialization error
1. Faulty door motor (M104) or drive
system (damaged gear or rack/
improper engagement)
2. Faulty door motor (M104) or
harness
3. Faulty door open/close sensor
(D120) or harness
3-141
Actions
1. Remove the film.

1. Insert the film into the carrier as for

as it will go.
2. Remove the cause of blocking.
5. Replace the motor, feed drive
system or harness.
1. Remove the film.

1. Remove the film.

2. Clean the glass.
1. Remove the film.

2. Clean the glass.
1. Replace the motor or damaged

parts.
2. Replace the motor or harness.

No.
W-7057
Message
An error occurred in cartridge door.
Install the carrier again to use the
cartridge.
W-7058
Film not drawn from cartridge.

After the rewinding of film, remove
the carrier, and then clean the
feeding lane.
W-7059
Film not drawn from cartridge.

After the rewinding of film, remove
the carrier, and then clean the
feeding lane.
Factor
NC100AY IX240 door motor drive
error
1. Damaged cartridge door
2. Faulty door motor (M104) or drive
system (damaged gear or rack/
improper engagement)
3. Faulty door motor (M104) or
harness
4. Faulty door open/close sensor
(D120) or harness
NC100AY IX240 tongue extraction
error
2. Faulty supply motor (M102) or
harness
or harness
7. Faulty supply motor drive system
(friction clutch gear malfunction or
damaged gear)
NC100AY IX240 cartridge loading
error
2. Faulty feed motor drive system
(improperly engaged belt, run off
belt or cut belt)
3. Faulty feed motor (M101), or
harness
4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117L/P)
or harness
W-7060

NC100AY IX240 cartridge winding

error
2. Faulty feed motor drive system
(improperly engaged belt, run off
belt or cut belt)
3. Faulty feed motor (M101), or
harness
4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117L/P)
or harness
3-142
Actions
1. Replace the cartridge.

2. Replace the motor or damaged
parts.
1. Replace the cartridge.

2. Replace the motor, reconnect or
3. Replace the sensor, reconnect or
1. Remove the carrier and then the

cartridge.
2. Replace the damaged parts or
adjust the belt tension.
3. Replace the motor (M101), or the
harness.
4. Replace the sensor (D117L/P), or
the harness.
1. Remove the carrier and then the

cartridge.
2. Replace the damaged parts or
adjust the belt tension.
3. Replace the motor (M101), or the
harness.
4. Replace the sensor (D117L/P), the
harness.

No.
W-7061
Message
Magnetic head is stained.
May not read magnetic data.
Remove carrier and then clean the
magnetic head.
W-7062

Rewind film?
Factor
NC100AY IX240 magnetic
information verify error
1. Dirty magnetic head (reading or
writing)
2. Faulty magnetic reading head,
MRH circuit board or harness
3. Faulty magnetic writing head,
MRW circuit board or harness
NC100AY IX240 TSB sensor error
perforation sensor (D117) or TSB
sensor (D116) glass
2. Damaged film

or harness
4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117) or
harness
W-7065
The cartridge lever is set to the

setting position.
Remove the carrier, and then press
the cartridge release button.
W-7070
Film mask not installed.

Install mask.
E-7072
A power source failure (carrier

section +24V) was detected.
Actions
1. Clean the magnetic head.

1. Clean the glass and reinstall the

carrier.
2. Check the feed lane for remaining
film or foreign matter and then
reinstall the carrier.
NC100AY IX240 cartridge lock error

1. Cartridge has been removed
forcibly after error occurred and
carrier was installed with the set

Press the release button
lever in set position.

to release the cartridge
2. Carrier was installed with cartridge set lever and then
and set lever in set position.

reinstall the carrier.
3. Cartridge set lever was in the
setting position by pressing steel

plate in nest and then carrier was
installed.
4. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) 4. Replace the sensor or harness.
or harness
1. Mask not set
1. Set the mask.

2. Replace the MCB23 circuit board.

1. Install the carrier correctly.


Install the carrier again. If problems
representative.
W-7073
The sliding stage is not inserted.

Insert it.
MFC10AY mask table slider is not

set.
1. Mask table slider of MFC10AY was 1. Set the mask table slider to the
pulled out just before printing or
printing position.
during printing.
sensor (D486)
3-143

No.
E-7074
Message
between the GMB CB and carrier.
Factor
Communication error to carrier
2. No response from carrier CPU
3. No carrier program

representative.
E-7075

between the GMB CB and carrier.
Carrier and GMB timeout error


W-7076
The feeding lane of the carrier is not

switched correctly.
Switch the feeding lane to 135 or
IX240 correctly.
E-7077
Writing FlashROM data from carrier

failed.

Feed lane in neutral position.
1. Feed lane in neutral position
2. Faulty 135/IX240 feed lane
position sensor (D129/D130)
3. Faulty D129 or D130 harness
Actions

Replace the CYA23
circuit board.
1. Reinstall the carrier. If the error

software. If the error still occurs,
replace the CYA23 circuit board.
1. Set the feed lane correctly.

Faulty FlashROM
Remove and reinstall the carrier. If

the error occurs again, restart the
occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit
board.
Damaged machine data in

FlashROM

board.
Damaged stored data in FlashROM

board.

E-7078

failed.
E-7079

failed.
E-7081
Carrier not installed correctly or no

carrier installed.
E-7082
A communication error occurred in

the carrier.
Incorrectly inserted carrier

2. Faulty carrier sensor (plug-in
connector)
3. Faulty harness
Communication failure to magnetic
information CPU

2. Replace the plug-in connector.
board.

E-7083

representative.
Abnormal carrier +24V power supply

2. Poorly connected CYA1 connector
to CYA23 circuit board
3-144


No.
E-7084
Message
representative.
E-7085

section -12V) was detected.
representative.
Factor



W-7087
The memory for diagnostics program

was not allocated.
Software error
W-7091
It may be a black-and-white film or

too many pieces of tape are used.
ON/OFF combination was detected

20 times with check tape sensor.
1. Scanned black/white film after
selecting negative or reversal for
original type
2. Fed insufficiently desilvered film
3. Fed film with 20 or more check
tapes
Check the film.
W-7095
Film remains in 135 feeding lane.
W-7096
W-7097

Actions
Proceeded to Setup and

Maintenance menu when 135 film
remains in NC100AY
Detected 135 film by upstream
perforation sensor of NC100AY when
exiting from Setup and Maintenance.
menu
1. Film remains in carrier.
2. Dusty or dirty 135 upstream
3. Faulty 135 upstream perforation
Detected film by downstream
perforation sensor of NC100AY when
exiting from Setup and Maintenance
menu.
2. Dusty or dirty 135 downstream
3. Faulty 135 downstream perforation
3-145

board.
1. Select black/white for original type.
2. Process the film correctly.

3. Peel check tapes off so their
number is below 20.
Remove the carrier, remove the film
and then reinstall the carrier.
1. Remove the film.

2. Clean the sensor glass.
3. Replace the sensor or harness
4. Reconnect or replace the cable
1. Remove the film.


No.
W-7098
Message
W-7099
Timing of inserting film into carrier is

too early.
Do not insert the film into the carrier
while the green LED is lighted.
Remove the film.
W-7100

W-7102

W-7104
Too long film.
Factor
Detected film by leading end sensor
of NC100AY when exiting from Setup
and Maintenance menu.
2. Dusty or dirty 135 leading end
sensor (D101)glass
3. Faulty 135 leading end sensor
(D101) or harness
Detected film by frame sensor when
exiting one-way mode
2. Dusty or dirty 135 frame sensor
(D109 to D112) glass
3. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to
D112) or harness
Detected 500 or more perforations by
135 upstream perforation sensor
1. Fed spliced film that has 500 or
more perforations
2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135
upstream perforation sensor
(D102) glass
Detected 500 or more perforations by
135 downstream perforation sensor
1. Fed spliced film that has 500 or
more perforations
downstream perforation sensor
(D103) glass
Fed film length of 2m or longer
Actions
1. Remove the film.

1. Remove the film.

1. Do not insert a film that has 500 or

more perforations
2. Clean the glass.

1. Do not insert a film that has 500 or

more perforations
2. Clean the glass.

Do not insert a film longer than 2m.

W-7105
Too short film.

Film length was 74mm or shorter.

1. Inserted film with two or less
frames
2. Inserted fogged reversal film (two
or less normal frames)
D115) or harness
3-146


No.
W-7106
Message
Inserting of film failed.
Remove carrier and then film. If
problems persist, clean the feeding
rollers.
Factor
NC100AY 135 film loading reattempt
error
1. Blocked or hand-pulled film
2. Slipped film due to dirty feed
rollers
3. Detected film by 135 leading end
sensor (D101) but it did not reach
to feed rollers
4. Faulty feed motor (M101), drive
system or harness
D112) or harness
W-7107
Inserting of film failed.

Remove carrier and then film. If
problems persist, clean the feeding
rollers.
Film loading error (one reattempt

after reaching frame sensor)
1. Blocked or hand-pulled film
2. Slipped film due to dirty feed
rollers
3. Faulty feed motor (M101), drive
system or harness
W-7108

W-7109

Film leading end does not reach to

downstream perforation sensor.
1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt
adhered to feed roller
2. Blocked film end or film caught
outside of carrier
(D103) glass
sensor or harness
Film trailing end does not return to
upstream perforation sensor.
outside of carrier
upstream perforation sensor
(D102) glass
sensor or harness
3-147
Actions
1. Correct the film or scan using the

MFC10AY.
2. Clean the rollers.
3. Insert the film fully to reach the
rollers.
1. Correct the film or scan using the

MFC10AY.
2. Clean the rollers.
1. Clean the roller.

2. Clear the film passage.
4. Replace the sensor, or the

harness.


harness.

No.
W-7110
Message
Perforation rupture exists.
Frame position may not detected
correctly.
Remove carrier and then film, and
mend the rupture.
W-7111

correctly.
mend the rupture.
W-7112

correctly.
mend the rupture.
Factor
Film damage (8.2mm or longer
perforation length) was detected
(upstream/right-feed/leading end
near upstream perforation sensor).
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
upstream/downstream perforation
sensor (D102/D103) glass
5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream
perforation sensor or harness
between upstream and downstream
perforation sensors).
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
near downstream perforation sensor).
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
3-148
Actions
1. Correct the film.


harness.


harness.


harness.

No.
W-7113
Message
correctly.
mend the rupture.
W-7114

correctly.
mend the rupture.
W-7115

correctly.
mend the rupture.
Factor
(upstream/right-feed/leading end at
right side of downstream perforation
sensor).
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
(upstream/left-feed/trailing end at left
side of frame sensor).
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
side of frame sensor).
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
3-149
Actions


harness.


harness.


harness.

No.
W-7116
Message
correctly.
mend the rupture.
W-7117

correctly.
mend the rupture.
W-7118

correctly.
mend the rupture.
Factor
(downstream/right-feed/leading end
at right side of downstream
perforation sensor).
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
(downstream/left-feed/trailing end at
left side of frame sensor).
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
(downstream/left-feed/trailing end
between frame and upstream
perforation sensors)
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
3-150
Actions


harness.


harness.


harness.

No.
W-7119
Message
correctly.
mend the rupture.
W-7120

correctly.
mend the rupture.
W-7121

Factor
near upstream perforation sensors)
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
perforation sensors)
1. Breaks in film
outside of carrier
Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer
between perforations) was detected
1. Perforation blocked with splicing
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
3-151
Actions


harness.


harness.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan

using MFC10AY.

harness.

No.
W-7122
Message
W-7123

W-7124

Factor
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
near downstream perforation sensor).
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
(upstream/right-feed/leading end at
right side of downstream perforation
sensor).
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
3-152
Actions

using MFC10AY.

harness.

using MFC10AY.

harness.

using MFC10AY.

harness.

No.
W-7125
Message
W-7126

W-7127

Factor
side of frame sensors).
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
between frame and downstream
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
(downstream/right-feed/leading end
at right side of downstream
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
3-153
Actions

using MFC10AY.

harness.

using MFC10AY.

harness.

using MFC10AY.

harness.

No.
W-7128
Message
W-7129

W-7130

Factor
(downstream/left-feed/trailing end at
left side of frame sensors).
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
between frame and upstream
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
3-154
Actions

using MFC10AY.

harness.

using MFC10AY.

harness.

using MFC10AY.

harness.

No.
W-7131
Message
W-7132

W-7133

Factor
1. Perforation blocked with splicinge
tape, etc.
outside of carrier
Perforation error range exceeds
5mm when correcting feed at
perforation decision (upstream/rightfeed/trailing end near upstream
outside of carrier
perforation decision (upstream/rightfeed/trailing end between upstream
and downstream perforation
sensors).
outside of carrier
3-155
Actions

using MFC10AY.

harness.


harness.


harness.

No.
W-7134
Message
W-7135

W-7136

Factor
perforation decision (upstream/rightfeed/trailing end near downstream
outside of carrier
perforation decision (upstream/rightfeed/trailing end at right side of
downstream perforation sensor).
outside of carrier
perforation decision (upstream/leftfeed/trailing end at left side of frame
sensors).
outside of carrier
3-156
Actions


harness.


harness.


harness.

No.
W-7137
Message
W-7138

W-7139

Factor
perforation decision (upstream/leftfeed/trailing end between frame and
downstream perforation sensors).
outside of carrier
perforation decision (downstream/
right-feed/leading end at right side of
downstream perforation sensor).
outside of carrier
left-feed/trailing end at left side of
frame sensors).
outside of carrier
3-157
Actions


harness.


harness.


harness.

No.
W-7140
Message
W-7141

W-7142

W-7150
The carrier information file stored in

the hard disk is corrupted.
Factor
left-feed/trailing end between frame
and upstream perforation sensors).
outside of carrier
left-feed/trailing end near upstream
outside of carrier
left-feed/trailing end between
upstream and downstream
outside of carrier
Damaged carrier file stored in HDD
(carrier GMB side outputs)
Actions


harness.


harness.


harness.
On Menu 0446 NC100AY Installation
Information Setup, enter correct
value and store data into HDD.
Restore the file using the Film Carrier

Information Setting screen.
W-7171

failed.
representative.
Writing to FlashROM failure

connector
3-158
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. If

the error occurs again, replace the
plug-in connector.

No.
Message
E-7172

failed.
representative.
Factor
Abnormal carrier/FlashROM data
connector
W-7180
The sensor for 135 feeding lane

cannot be calibrated correctly.
Remove the carrier, and then clean
lower feeding lanes with a dry cotton
swab.
It is possible to use the IX240 lane.
W-7182
The sensor for IX240 feeding lane

cannot be calibrated correctly.
Remove the carrier, and then clean
lower feeding lanes with a dry cotton
swab.
You may use the 135 lane.
W-7183

W-7184
The cartridge cannot be used.

Remove cartridge.
CYA23 135 sensor calibration error

1. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 frame
sensor (D101 to D115) glass
2. Faulty 135 frame sensor (LEE/
DTF23/DTG23)
frame sensor harness
CYA23 IX240 sensor calibration error
frame sensor (D116 to D119)
glass
2. Faulty IX240 frame sensor
(LEE22, DTF23 or DTG23)
3. Poorly connected or broken IX240
frame sensor harness
Carrier installation error (IX240 film
remains)(unexposed film)
unexposed frame sensor (D118/
D119) glass
2. Faulty IX240 unexposed frame
sensor
3. Poorly connected or broken IX240
unexposed frame sensor harness
Actions
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. If

the error occurs again, replace the
plug-in connector.
1. Clean the glass.

2. Replace the sensor circuit board.
1. Clean the glass.
2. Replace the sensor circuit board.

1. Clean the glass.

Under retracting operation (cartridge

is used when stopping cartridge
control function due to faulty cartridge
section).
1. Changed to degeneracy operation 1. Replace the damaged parts.
due to faulty supply motor (D102),
door motor (M104), door open/
close sensor (D120) or supply
motor home position sensor
(D122)
2. Changed to degeneracy operation 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
due to faulty supply motor (D104),
door motor (M104), door open/
close sensor (D120) or supply
motor home position sensor
(D122) harness
3. Changed to degeneracy operation 3. Replace the circuit board.
due to faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-159

No.
W-7185
Message
W-7186

W-7187

W-7188

W-7210
Because of the failure in the feeding

lane position sensor, the feeding lane
is not identified.
If problems persist after removing
and installing of the carrier, consult
Factor
Detected remaining film on frame
sensor of NC100AY carrier when
exiting from maintenance menu
1. Film remains on 135 frame sensor
(D109 to D112)
2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 frame
sensor (D109 to D112) glass
D112)
harness
Detected remaining film on bar code
1. Film remains on 135 bar code
sensor (D106/D108)
2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 bar
code sensor (D106/D108) glass
3. Faulty 135 bar code sensor (D106/
D108)
harness
Detected remaining film on panorama
1. Film remains on 135 panorama
sensor (D114/D115)
panorama sensor (D114/D115)
glass
3. Faulty 135 panorama sensor
(D114/ D115)
harness
1. Incorrectly inserted carrier plug-in
connector
2. Foreign matter blocking carrier
lock sensor (D208)
4. Faulty carrier lock mechanism
Abnormal135/IX240 feed lane
position sensor
1. Foreign matter blocking 135/IX240
feed lane position sensor (D129/
D130)
(D129/D130)
harness
3-160
Actions
1. Remove the film.

2. Clean the glass.
1. Remove the film.

2. Clean the glass.
1. Remove the film.

2. Clean the glass.



No.
W-7211
Message
The feeding lane position sensor
(D129) failed.
The 135 feeding lane cannot be
used.
W-7212
The feeding lane position sensor

(D130) failed.
The IX240 feeding lane cannot be
used.
I-7213
Downloading the data to the carrier.
Factor
D130)
(D129/D130)
harness
D130)
(D129/D130)
harness
Actions


Updating data from HDD to

FlashROM
Wait until downloading is completed.
Taking more than 3 seconds to

upload data from carrier
Wait until uploading is completed.
Carrier program file in HDD may not

exist or be damaged.


It takes about 40 seconds.
I-7214
Uploading the data from the carrier.

It takes about 40 seconds.
W-7215
The version information stored in the

hard disk was not known.
The version may be old, but you can
use the current carrier.
W-7216
W-7217
I-7218
The feeding lane of the carrier was

switched to the intermediate position. 1. Feed lane changed during
scanning
2. Faulty feed lane change lock parts
Changing of the IX240 cartridge lever
was detected.

1. Release button pressed during
scanning
Remove the carrier, and then take out 2. Cartridge lever returned by it self
the cartridge.
during scanning
or harness
Too many frames in film.
Printing is possible up to 79th frame.

80 or more frames were detected
during scanning.
3-161
1. Do not change the feed lane

during scanning.
1. Do not press the release button
during scanning.
2. Replace the cartridge lever or
lever lock parts.
Reduce the frames to 79 and below.

No.
Message
W-7219
A film remains at the right-hand side

of the carrier.
Factor
Downstream perforation sensor

detects film before 135 upstream
perforation sensor. Previous rightRemove the carrier, and then take out feed scanned film is left in the carrier
the film.
(film exists on downstream
1. The previously scanned film is not
removed.
(D103) glass
Actions
1. Remove the film.

2. Clean the glass.
3. Replace the sensor, or reconnect

or replace harness.
I-7220
The downloader returned the error, so the SDLT task tries to transfer file to GMB Clear the 1394 error.
version of the carrier was not known.
but carrier version cannot be
downloaded due to 1394 error
The version may be old, but you can communication.
use the current carrier.
I-7221
To prevent film scratches, clean the

feeding lane.
I-7222
Cartridge release button was pressed Cartridge release button was pressed Remove the cartridge after the door
during scanning.
during IX240 scanning.
closes and the green indicator light
blinks.
After the feed-out of film, remove the
carrier, and then take out the
cartridge from it.
Cleaning message to prevent flow

when inserting a reversal film after
360 or more frames are printed
consecutively.
1. Reversal film is inserted after more 1. Clean the feed lane.
than 360 frames are fed.
3-162
3.3 Trouble Shooting

3.3.1
Film Carrier
Abnormal
Install other carrier.

Is there any abnormality?
Check if for dust on pins of plug-in

connector in scanner side, and remove it.
Check for connection error, breakage
or dust collection, and repair connector,
if necessary.
Normal
3
Solved
Not solved
(See 3.3.3 CTB23 Circuit Board)
Check for connection error,
breakage or dust collection in carrier side,
and repair connector, if necessary.
Solved
Not solved
END
Normal
Use I/O Check (0448/0449)

to check sensor.
Malfunction
Malfunction
Check sensor harness.
Normal
Repair or replace harness.
Replace sensor.
Normal
Check operation of motor or solenoid.
Check if there is any mechanical failure and
repair if necessary.
Wear, loosening or coming-off of drive belt
Malfunction
Malfunction
Inspect motor or solenoid harness.
Normal

Normal
Replace motor or solenoid.

Malfunction
Solved
In case of feed system,

replace drive circuit board.
Not solved
END
Replace CYA23, CYB23 or
JNC23 circuit board.
Note:
Note: CYA23 circuit board: For NC100AY

CYB23 circuit board: For MFC10AY
JNC23 circuit board: For NC100AY
3-163
END

3.3.2
CTB23 Circuit Board
Sensor abnormal.
Use I/O Check (0341) to check sensor

and motor. Motor driven?
Come-off or
abnormal sound
Motor not driven.

Fuse F51 or F52 on CTB23
circuit board burnt out?
Not
burnt out
Check mechanical operation,

and repair or replace.
Burnt out
Only same CP
system not operated
Operated not at all
On I/O Check (0341), other output

system normally operated?
Other operated
(+24V)
Turn off power supply, check for short-circuit

of fuse system and repair if necessary.
Check if there is a
connection error or disconnection of harness
between CTB23 circuit board and sensor.
Malfunction
Normal
Restart system.
Solved
Replace motor.
Solved?
Not solved
END
Replace CTB23 circuit board.
Check if there is a connection error or

disconnection of harness between CTB23
circuit board and sensor.
Malfunction
Normal
Replace sensor.
Solved?
Solved
Not solved
END
3-164

3.3.3
CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System

+24V
3
Is 2 pin of CTB1 connector on
CTB23 circuit board set to LOW
(drive power-ON signal)?
LOW
HIGH
Check harness between
CTB1 on CTB23 circuit board and
PS5 on power supply unit.
Malfunction
Normal
Replace DC supply unit.
3-165

3.3.4
Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction
Open
Replenisher box door open?

Closed
The harness between the replenisher box

door open/close detecting interlock switch
(D724) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit
board is poorly connected or broken?
Yes
No
Connect harness correctly,
or repair or replace it.
Replace the replenisher box door open/close

detecting interlock switch (D724).
Figure1
Insert screwdrivers into the two holes and

press the lock arm to release the lock.
Fig-1
Replenishment cartridge open?
Open
Closed
Lock Arm
Are solution levels of P1R, P2RA and P2R

above the upper level sensor?
Screwdriver
LII911
No
Yes
Is the harness between the replenisher cartridge
box lower sensor (D723) and JNE2 on the JNE23
circuit board poorly connected or broken?
Yes
No
Is the harness between the replenisher cartridge Yes
box upper sensor (D722) and JNE2 on the JNE23
circuit board is poorly connected or broken?

No
or repair or replace it.
Replace the replenisher cartridge box

lower sensor (D723).
Solved?
Not solved
Replace the replenisher cartridge box
upper sensor (D722).
Solved?
Not solved
Solved
Replace the JNE23 circuit board.
1. Pour in water so that all replenisher levels are

above the upper level sensor.
2. Close and open replenisher cartridge box door.
3-166
Solved
Is the harness between the cartridge opening

motor (M720) and PDB8 on the PDB23
circuit board is poorly connected or broken?
Yes
No
Replace the cartridge opening

motor (M720).
Solved?
Solved
Not solved
1. Install new replenisher cartridge.

2. Close replenisher cartridge box door.
Cartridge opened and diluting starts.
3-167

3.3.5
Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality
Touch heater surface.
Cool
<Heater>
Warm
To Temperature sensor,
Processing solution circulation,
Safety thermostat, Heater cooling fan
Is the harness between the heater and the

PAC23 circuit board poorly
connected or broken?
P1:
H700 to PAC04
P2:
H701 to PAC05
PS1/2/3: H702 to PAC04
PS4:
H703 to PAC05
Yes
No
Replace heater
Solved?
Solved
END
Not solved
Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
3-168

<Temperature sensor>
Compare display values with measured
values on Processor Temperature
Calibration (0623).
Abnormal
Normal
Is the harness between the solution
thermometer and the CTL23 circuit board is
poorly connected or broken?
P1:
TS700 to CTL7
P2:
TS701 to CTL7
PS1/2/3: TS702 to CTL7
PS4:
TS703 to CTL7
To Processing solution circulation,
Safety thermostat,
Heater cooling fan
3
Yes
No
Replace processing solution

temperature sensor.
Solved?
Not solved
Solved
END
3-169

<Processing solution circulation>
Remove circulation filter from sub-tank.
Is solution surface inside sub-tank swirling?
NO
YES
Is the harness between the circulation

pump and the PDB23 circuit board
P1: PU700 to PDB4
P2: PU701 to PDB4
PS1: PU702 to PDB4
PS2: PU703 to PDB4
PS3: PU704 to PDB4
PS4: PU705 to PDB4
Yes
No
Replace circulation pump.

Solved?
Not solved
Replace circulation filter.

Solved?
Solved
Not solved
END
Yes
Pipes or nozzles clogged?
No
Correct clogging.
To Safety thermostat,
Heater cooling fan
3-170
Solved
END
<Safety thermostat>
Safety thermostat operated on
Processor Input Check (0624)?
Operating temperature:64C
Returned temperature:42C
P1
P2
PS1/2/3
Operating temperature: 64C

Returned temperature: 42C
PS4
Operating temperature: 80C

Returned temperature: 42C
Not operated
Operated
To Heater cooling fan
No
Return at below 42C?
Yes
Is the harness between the safety
thermometer and the PAC23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken?
P1:
D700 to PAC18
P2:
D701 to PAC18
PS1/2/3: D702 to PAC18
PS4:
D703 to PAC18
Yes
No
Determine the cause of high temperature.
Replace safety thermostat.

Solved?
Solved
END
Not solved
<Heater cooling fan>

Heater cooling fan turned ON/OFF on
Processor I/O Check (0624)?
Abnormal
Normal
Is the harness between the heater
cooling fan and the PDB23 circuit board
P1:
F700 to PDB2
P2:
F701 to PDB2
PS1/2/3: F702 to PDB2
PS4:
F703 to PDB2
Yes
No
Clean fan filter.
Replace fan.
Solved?
Solved
END
Not solved
3-171

3.3.6
Dryer Temperature Abnormality
Removed
Cover around dryer section removed?
Not removed
Install correctly.
To Dryer heater, Dryer temperature sensor,

Dryer heater safety thermostat, Dryer fan.
<Dryer heater>
Touch dryer section.
Temperature risen?
Not risen
Risen
The following protection devices are
tripped?
Circuit breaker: LB2, LB3
Circuit protector: CP4, CP6
Tripped
Not tripped
To Dryer temperature sensor,
Dryer safety thermostat,
Dryer fan
Check short-circuit, repair it if necessary.
Are any of the following harnesses

Dryer heater (H760/H762/H764) and PAC06
on the PAC23 circuit board
Dryer heater (H766/H767) and PAC07 on the
PAC23 circuit board
Dryer heater (H761/H763/H765) and PAC08
on the PAC23 circuit board
Yes
No
Is the harness between the circuit breaker

(LB2/LB3) and PAC9/PAC10/PAC17
on the CTL23 circuit board poorly
Yes
No
Replace dryer heater.

Solved?
Not solved
Solved
END
3-172

<Dryer temperature sensor>
Dryer temperature risen on
Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)?
Not risen
Risen
Is the harness between the dryer
thermometer (TS760) and CTL7
on the CTL23 circuit board
poorly connected or broken ?
Yes
No
To Safety heater thermostat,
Dryer fan

Replace the dryer thermometer (TS760).

Solved?
Solved
Not solved
END
<Dryer heater safety thermostat>

Dryer heater safety thermostat
(D760) operated on
Operated
Not operated
Depress the recovery button on the

safety thermostat (see next page).
Solved?
Not solved
Solved
To Dryer fan
END
Is the harness between the dryer heater

safety thermostat (D760) and PAC18 on
the PAC23 circuit board poorly
Yes
No
Replace safety thermostat (D760).

Solved?
Solved
Not solved
END
3-173

<Recovery of Safety Thermostat>
1. SU1400AY sorter: Remove the sorter.
SU2400AY sorter: Move the sorter to its storage
position.
2. Remove the two screws securing the dryer heater
safety thermostat cover.
Screws (2)
LII913
3. Open the dryer belt unit and support it with the

stopper.
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat Cover

Dryer Belt Unit
4. Remove the dryer heater safety thermostat cover.
LII914
5. Depress the recovery button on the dryer heater

safety thermostat.
6. Reinstall the removed parts in the reverse order of
removal.
Recovery Button
LII915
3-174
<Dryer fan>
Dryer fan (F760) turned ON/OFF on
Abnormal
Normal
Is the harness between the dryer fan
(F760)and PDB9 on the PDB23 circuit
board poorly connected or broken?
Yes
No
Clean dryer air filter.
Open the dryer belt unit and make sure
there is no paper in abnormal position.

Replace dryer fan.

Solved?
Solved
END
Not solved
3-175

3.3.7
Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering
Remove circulation filter from sub-tank,

and measure solution level from
upper surface of sub-tank.
less than 65mm: Normal
more than 65mm: Lowering
Lowering
Normal
Leakage
Leakage in processing solution system?
Normal
To Processing solution level sensor diagnostics
Repair leakage.
Prepare processing solution.
To 3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics
<Processing solution level sensor diagnostics>

Remove processing solution level sensor,
soak it into water container.
Sensor turned ON/OFF on
Abnormal
Normal
between the solution level sensors and
the JNE23 circuit board are poorly
P1: FS700 to JNE5
P2: FS701 to JNE5
PS1: FS702 to JNE5
PS2: FS703 to JNE5
PS3: FS704 to JNE5
PS4: FS705 to JNE5
Yes
No
3-176

3.3.8
Replenishment Pump Diagnostics
Menu 0625 Processor Operating Condition

Setup is set properly?
No
Yes
Perform Menu 0620 Replenisher Pump

Output Measurement/Setting.
Normal?
Set correctly.
Abnormal
Normal
Hose clogged or bent in
replenishment system?
Yes
No
To 3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning Systen Diagnostics
Correct hose clogging or bending.

between the replenisher pumps
and the PDB23 circuit board are
P1R: PU721 to PDB5
P2RA: PU722 to PDB5
P2RB: PU723 to PDB5
PSR: PU724 to PDB3
Yes
No
Replace replenisher pump.
Perform Menu 0620 Replenisher Pump

Normal?
Abnormal
Normal
END
3-177

3.3.9
Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics
Perform Menu 0621 Auto Cleaning

Normal?
Normal
Abnormal
Is the harness between the auto washing
pump (PU720) and PDB7 on the PDB23
circuit board poorly connected
or broken?
END
Yes

No
Replace the auto washing pump (PU720)
Normal
and then perform Menu 0621 Auto Cleaning
Normal?
Abnormal
Is the harness between the crossover rack

P1/P2 auto washing valve (S720) and PDB7
on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
Yes

No
Is the harness between the crossover rack

P2/PS1 auto washing valve (S721) and
PDB7 on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
Yes

No
Is the harness between the dryer entrance

rack auto washing valve (S722) and PDB7
on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
Yes

No
Replace the crossover rack P1/P2 auto
washing valve (S720) and then perform
Menu 0621 Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting.Normal?
END
Normal
Abnormal
Replace the crossover rack P2/PS1 auto
washing valve (S721) and then perform Menu
0621 Auto Cleaning Output
END
Normal
Abnormal
Replace the dryer entrance rack auto
washing valve (S722) and then perform Menu
0621 Auto Cleaning Output
END
Normal
Abnormal
END
3-178

3.3.10
P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve

Diagnostics
Operate valve on Menu 0642

I/O Check. Operating sound heard?
P1R cartridge washing valve: S728
P2RA cartridge washing valve: S729
P2RB cartridge washing valve: S730
P1R stirring valve:
S731
3
Heard
Not heard
Stirring, cartridge washing hose
clogged or bent?
Yes
No
To 3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning
System Diagnostics
Is the harness between the valve (S728/S729/
Yes
S730/S731) and PDB8 on the PDB23 circuit board
No
Replace valve (S728/S729/S730/S731).

Solved?
Not solved
Solved
END
3-179
Repair hose clogging and bending.

3.3.11
Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics
Check level sensor and actual level on

Processor I/O Check (0642).
Abnormal
Normal
Is the harness between the level sensor
and the JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board
P1R upper level sensor: FS720
P1R lower level sensor: FS724
P2RA upper level sensor: FS721
P2RA lower level sensor: FS725
P2RB upper level sensor: FS722
P2RB lower level sensor: FS726
PSR upper level sensor: FS723
PSR lower level sensor: FS727
Yes
No

3.3.12
Return Action after Replenishment System Error
All solution levels of the P1R, P2RA

and P2RB tanks aligned around
upper level sensor?
No
Drain all replenishers from the P1R,

P2RA and P2RB tanks.
Yes
Upper level sensors of all tanks

indicate YES on
Not all Yes
Pour a small amount of water to

make indicator(s) of upper level sensor(s)
Show YES.
Install new replenisher cartridge.
Open and close replenisher

cartridge box door.
Perform PROC.INST.MODE INSTALLATION - MIX REPLENISH.
3-180
ALL Yes

3.3.13
Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction
Remove replenisher cartridge.

Solution remained in cartridge due to
opening malfunction?
Yes
No
Opening parts damaged or abnormal?
Yes
No
Replace parts.
To 3.3.12 Return Action after
Replenishment System Error
Any object remained in opening
nozzle hopper section?
Yes
No
Remove object.
Hose between hopper section

and tank clogged?
Yes
No
Correct clogging.
To Replenishment Tank Lower Level Sensor

Diagnostics (See subsection 3.3.11)
To 3.3.12 Return Action after

Replenishment System Error
3-181
3.4 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing

OS and application software files are compressed
and stored in the HDD. They can be restored by
performing this operation.
1. Shut down the system by performing postoperational check.
2. Insert the backup FD for refreshing (HDD Backup
Tool) into the floppy disk drive.
HDD Backup Tool FD

Z2041
3. Press the START switch.
START Switch
Z2040
The black background screen appears.
You Selected Restore Image to HDD

Do You Want to Continue?
C: Continue
A: Abort
4. Enter C using the full keyboard.

The restoration program starts up.
NOTE: Do not touch the operation keyboard and full
keyboard to maintain stability of the operation
during restoration.
Power Quest Image Center - Scripting Process

appears on the green background screen.
Please Turn Off the PC.

A:>
Backup restoration is completed in 5 to 25

minutes.
3-182
[C, A] ?
3.4 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing

5. Remove the FD.
Z2042
6. Press the power switch of the main control unit to

shut down the scanner.
7. Start up the main control unit using the Shift key.
8. If there is no trouble, select Shutdown from the
Start menu to quit Windows.
Power Switch
Z2518
3-183
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing

3.5.1
OS Recovery
If the machine stops during starting up or the system

freezes when changing the screen, although
Refreshing Backup Restoration (see Section 3.4) is
performed, reinstallation of OS Windows 2000 may
clear that problem.
Reinstall the OS by following the steps below using
Recovery CD.
Boot Drive Setup
<When OS does not start up from HDD>
Press the START switch and insert Recovery CD 1
into the CD-ROM drive.
Recovery CD 1
The program of the recovery CD starts up

automatically.
Z2043
<When OS starts up from HDD>

Change the boot drive by taking the following steps.
Boot Change Procedure:
1. Insert the Boot Device Change FD into the
floppy disk drive when the power is OFF.
Boot Device Change FD

Z2041-1
3-184

START Switch
Z2040
The boot change screen appears.
EZ201 PC Boot Device Change FD V1.06

-------------------------------------1 HDD1 Boot (Default)
2 HDD2 Boot (Optional)
3 CD-ROM Boot
4 HDD1 Boot with disabled HDD2 (Optional)
------------------------------------Specify operation (Enter Its number)
A:>
3. Enter 3 from the full keyboard and press the

[Enter] key.
The restart screen appears.
*** COMPLETE ***

DATA WRITE to CMOS
**************************************************
******
Cautions. Very important !
******
******
You have to power-down and reset
******
* You must reset your computer before the new setting will take effect. *
**************************************************
4. Remove the Boot Device Change FD from the

floppy disk drive.

Z2042-1
3-185

5. Insert Recovery CD 1 into the CD-ROM drive.
Recovery CD 1
Z2043
6. Press the reset switch of the main control unit.
Reset Switch
Z2532
OS Recovery Procedure
The Recovery of Pre-installed Software dialog
box appears.
1. Press the [Y] key.

The Caution dialog box appears.
Caution
All data on hard disk will be lost !
2. Press the [Y] key.
!
The OS data is written from Recovery CD to
the HDD.
Are you really sure its okey?

Please press the [Y] key if you want to execute.
Please press the [N] key if you want to quit.
Yes [Y]
The screen message requests Recovery CD 2.
3-186
No [N]

3. Replace Recovery CD 1 with Recovery CD 2.
Recovery CD 2
Z2043-1
The completion message appears.
4. Remove Recovery CD 2 from the CD-ROM

drive.
5. Insert the Boot Device Change FD into the
floppy disk drive.
6. Press any key.
The main control unit restarts.

Z2041-1
Boot Drive Restoration

The boot change screen appears.

--------------------------------------------1 HDD1 Boot (Default)
3 CD-ROM Boot
-------------------------------------------Specify operation (Enter Its number)
A:>
1. Enter 1 using the full keyboard.
3-187

The restarting up screen appears.
*** COMPLETE ***

DATA WRITE to CMOS
**************************************************
******
Cautions. Very important !
******
******
You have to power-down and reset
******
* You must reset your computer before the new setting will take effect. *
**************************************************
2. Remove the Boot Device Change FD from the

floppy disk drive.

Z2042-1
3. Press the reset switch of the main control unit.

The main control unit restarts.
4. Wait until the Windows desktop screen appears.
The restart message appears.
5. Restart the OS.
6. If the Found New hardware Wizard appears,
click the [Cancel] button.
7. Perform the following.
Reset Switch
Z2532
1) Driver Installation (See Subsection 3.5.2)

2) System Software (A1) Reinstallation (See
Section 4.3).
3) Optional Software Reinstallation (See Optional
Software Manual).
4) Backup for Refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3).
3-188

3.5.2
Device Driver Installation
The driver for the image processing section and

printer/processor must be installed before installing
the system software (A1) when the main control unit
or hard disk has been replaced, or OS has been
recovered. Also the driver must be installed when the
GIE23 circuit board of the scanner or printer/
processor has been replaced.
1. Make sure the IEEE1394 interface cables are

connected from the main control unit to the image
processing section and the printer/processor.
2. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/
Processor and then to STANDBY.
3. Press the START switch of the Scanner.
START Switch
Z2040
4. Immediately after the SP-3000 starts up, insert

the driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Recovery CD 1
Z2043
3-189

The "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen
appears.
NOTE: The "Device Driver Disk [D-01]" dialog box may
appear over the "Found New Hardware Wizard"
screen.
5. Click the [Cancel] button of the "Found New

Hardware Wizard" screen.
The second "Found New Hardware Wizard"
screen appears.
6. Click the [Cancel] button of the "Found New
Hardware Wizard" screen.
The "Device Drivers Disk [D-01]" dialog box
appears.
The "Device Drivers Disk [D-02]" dialog box

appears.
8. Replace the driver disk in the CD-ROM drive with

the FRONTIER System (A1) disk.
FRONTIER System (A1) Disk
NOTE: If the system software is not Ver.1.7, the installer

will start after restarting.

The system restarts automatically.
Z2043
3-190

appears.
NOTE: Proceed to Step 15 after the GIE23 circuit board
of the scanner has been replaced.
10. Click the [Next >] button.
3-191

NOTE: Proceed to Step 19 after the GIE23 circuit board
of the printer/processor has been replaced.
14. Click the [Finish] button.

appears.
3-192


The "Information" dialog box appears.

3-193

3.5.3
Backup for Refreshing
OS and application software files are compressed

and stored by performing this operation. They will be
restored if necessary.
NOTE: Perform Section 3.3 Multi Film Carrier MFC10AY
condition Setup and optional software installation
before backup for refreshing.
1. Shut down the system by performing postoperational check.

2. Insert the backup FD for refreshing (HDD Backup
Tool) into the floppy disk drive and press the
START switch.
The backup program starts up automatically.
NOTE: Do not touch the operation keyboard and full
keyboard to maintain stability of the operation
during backing up.
Backup FD
Z2041
START Switch
Z2040

appears on the green background screen and
status is displayed.
NOTE: Time required for backup is 5 to 25 minutes

depending on the device status.
The following message appears on the left

upper side of the black background screen when
backup completes.
Please Turn Off the PC.

A:>
3-194

3. Remove the backup FD and press the power
switch of the main control unit.
The scanner is shut down.
Power Switch
Z2518
3-195
4. SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
4.1
Simple Upgrade ...................................................................................... 4-2
4.2
Update...................................................................................................... 4-6
4.3
Reinstallation ........................................................................................ 4-13
4.4
New Installation .................................................................................... 4-26
4.5
Reversion .............................................................................................. 4-36
4-1
4.1 Simple Upgrade

NOTE: When upgrading from Ver.1.7 or before, the device
driver installation is necessary before installing the
system software (see Subsection 3.5.2).
In the Simple Upgrade, you can upgrade the

FRONTIER 570 System Software (A1) and Variety
Print Software (B1) by following the simple guidance
messages on the screen.
Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
2. Remove the film carrier.
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
3. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into

the CD-ROM drive.
the system.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043
The installer is started up and the (L-001)

Simple Upgrade screen appears.
4-2
4.1 Simple Upgrade

The Procedure Selection 1 (C-001) screen
appears.
7. Select User version up and click the [Next>]
button.
The Starting Update (C-010) dialog box

appears.
8. Click the [Yes] button.

The Paper Lut Selection (C-012) dialog box
appears.
9. Select New Paper Lut from CD and click the
[Next>] button.
The updating process starts.
4-3
4.1 Simple Upgrade

NOTE: The Unsafe Removal of Device dialog box may
appear during the updating process. Clear the
dialog box by clicking the [OK] button.
Upon completion of the upgrade, the Update

Completion (C-080) dialog box appears.

The Setup Completion (C-090) dialog box
appears.
If any optional software is used, the upgrade

screen appears.
NOTE: If upgrading of the optional software is
necessary, refer to the Instruction Manual for the
optional software. If the upgrade is unnecessary,
4-4
4.1 Simple Upgrade

The SETUP dialog box appears.
4
12. Remove the FRONTIER 570 (A1) Disk from the
CD-ROM drive.
The system is shut down.
14. Press the START switch to start up the system.
The system software starts up and the upgrade
has been completed.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
15. Perform printing operation after executing Preoperational Checks and Paper Condition Setup.
4-5
4.2 Update
In the Update, the FRONTIER 570 System Software
(A1) is upgraded.
When the following circuit board is replaced, also
perform the Update.
SP-3000:
GMB23, CTB23, CLE23 or CPZ23 circuit board
LP5700:
GMC23 circuit board (See Subsection 19.3.7)
IMPORTANT:
If the Free space in the hard disk is insufficient
message appears, delete the variety print service
template data.
1. Select NO for Rack Auto Cleaning on Menu
0625 Processor Operating Condition Setup.
Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051

the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043
4. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks.

4-6
4.2 Update
6. Press the scanners START switch.
After starting up Windows, (L-001) Simple
Upgrade screen appears.
Procedure Selection 1 (C-001) dialog box

appears.
8. Select SE maintenance and click the [Next >]
button.

appears.
9. Select Update and click the [Next >] button.

appears.
NOTE: If the error message Insufficient disk space on
drive D. Installation not performed. is displayed,
delete unnecessary files or template data files,
then start installation again.
4-7
4.2 Update
The Printer Selection [C-015] dialog box
appears.
11. Select LP5700 and click the [Next >] button.
The File Copy (C-020) dialog box appears.

12. Check version information and click the [Next >]
button.
The Installation Medium Selection (C-030)

dialog box appears.
13. Select Install from CD (software update) and
click the [Next >] button.
The Confirmation (C-040)] dialog box appears.

The updating process starts.
4-8
4.2 Update
NOTE: The Unsafe Removal of Device dialog box may
appear during the updating process. Clear the
dialog box by clicking the [OK] button.
After approximately sixteen minutes, the

Inherited Data Transport Medium Selection
(C-050) dialog box appears.
15. Select Inherit data from HD and click the [Next >]
button.
NOTE: When data in FD is used, select Inherit data
from FD.
The Update Completion (C-080) dialog box

appears.

appears.
4-9
4.2 Update
screen appears.
The SETUP completion dialog box appears.
18. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk

from the CD-ROM drive.
20. Press the START switch to restart the system.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
After the system restarts, the message I-2305

appears.
21. Click the [OK] button to clear the message.
22. Select YES for Rack Auto Cleaning on Menu

0625 Processor Operating Condition Setup and
4-10
4.2 Update
23. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY.
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
The message I-7003 appears if upgrading of

the carrier is necessary.
24. If the message I-7003 appears, take the
following steps.
NOTE: If the [Cancel] button is clicked, the carrier
software cannot be upgraded.
1) Click the [OK] button.
Carrier upgrading starts.
4-11
4.2 Update
2) Remove the carrier.
Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
3) Reinstall the carrier.
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
Data is uploaded from the carrier.
4-12
4.3 Reinstallation
The device driver installation and system
reinstallation procedures must be performed if the
main control unit or hard disk has been replaced, or
after reinstallation of OS Windows 2000 using the
Recovery CD (See Subsection 3.5.1).
When system reinstallation into the present main
control unit is necessary, perform the folder renaming
and reinstallation procedure. The device driver
installation is unnecessary.
Perform these operations after turning OFF the
scanner.

Perform this operation after replacing the main control
unit or hard disk, or installation of OS Windows 2000
using the Recovery CD.
3. Immediately after the Scanner starts up, insert the

driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Driver Disk
Z2043
The Found New Hardware Wizard screen

appears.
NOTE: The Device Driver Disk [D-01] dialog box may
appear over the Found New Hardware Wizard
screen.
4. Click the [Cancel] button of the Found New

Hardware Wizard screen.
The second Found New Hardware Wizard
screen appears.
4-13
4.3 Reinstallation
The Device Drivers Disk [D-01] dialog box
appears.

appears.

FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043

appears.
4-14
4.3 Reinstallation
4-15
4.3 Reinstallation

appears.
4-16
4.3 Reinstallation

The Information dialog box appears.

Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
4-17
4.3 Reinstallation
Renaming the FUJIFILM Folder
Rename the FUJIFILM folder before system
reinstallation into the present main control unit.
Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
The Windows desktop screen is displayed.

4. Execute [Shift] Starting Up and rename the
FUJIFILM folder in the D drive as FUJIFILM1, etc. except when the main control unit has
been replaced.

the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043
4-18
4.3 Reinstallation
6. Select Run from the Start menu.
7. Click the [Browse] button and select ISO9660

(N) for the CD-ROM drive.
8. Click the [Open] button.
9. Double-click EZ171 folder and select

EZSetup.exe.
10. Click the [Open] button.
4-19
4.3 Reinstallation
11. Make sure N:\EZ171\EZSETUP.exe is displayed
in the Open box.
System Reinstallation
The Procedure Selection (A-001) dialog box
appears.
1. Select Re-installation and click the [Next >]
button.
The Starting Re-installation (A-100) dialog box

appears.
The Information (A-110) dialog box appears.

3. Prepare the scanner and printer backup floppy
disks.
The reinstallation process starts.
4-20
4.3 Reinstallation
After approximately fifteen minutes, the FD
Confirmation (A-117) dialog box appears.
4
The Inserting Scanners Backup FD (A-120)
dialog box appears.
7. Insert the scanners backup FD into the FD drive.
Z2041

The Inserting Printers Backup FD (A-130)
dialog box appears when completing data
backup of the scanner.
4-21
4.3 Reinstallation
9. Remove the scanners backup FD from the FD
drive.
Z2042
11. Insert the printers backup FD into the FD drive.
Z2041
The Re-installation Completion (A-140) dialog

box appears.
13. Remove the printers backup FD from the FD

drive.
Z2042
4-22
4.3 Reinstallation
The Setup Completion (A-150) dialog box
appears.
4
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
17. Select Shut down from the START menu and

18. Wait twelve seconds and press the START switch
to restart up the system.
NOTE: The system does not start up if the START
switch is pressed before twelve seconds have
elapsed.

appears.
NOTE: If the DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/
C5) software is to be used, install the software
by referring to the Instruction Manual of the DI
Print and Data Writing Service.
4-23
4.3 Reinstallation
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052

21. If the message I-7003 appears, follow the steps
below.
4-24
4.3 Reinstallation
Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
4
Auto Film Carrier
NC100AY
Z2051
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
4-25
4.4 New Installation

The new installation procedure should be performed
only when the backup FD is not found when replacing
the main control unit. In this case, data should be
input manually because all data return to the default
values.
3. Immediately after the Scanner starts up, insert the
driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Driver Disk
Z2043

appears.
NOTE: The Device Driver Disk [D-01] dialog box may
appear over the Found New Hardware Wizard
screen.

The second Found New Hardware Wizard
screen appears.
appears.
4-26

appears.
4
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043

appears.
4-27


4-28

appears.
4-29



Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
4-30

The Procedure Selection (A-001) dialog box
appears.
21. Select New Installation and click the [Next >]
button.
The Starting New Installation (A-010) dialog

box appears.
The new installation process starts.

After approximately fifteen minutes, the New
Installation Completion (A020) dialog box
appears.
The Setup Completion (A-030) dialog box

appears.
4-31

FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044

26. Select Shut down from the START menu and
NOTE: Keep the printer/processor ON.
27. Wait twelve seconds and press the START switch

NOTE: The system does not start up if the START
switch is pressed before twelve seconds have
elapsed.
After the system restarts, the message W4351 appears.

The message W-4352 appears.

4-32

4
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052

following steps.
4-33

Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
4-34

34. In Menu 0350 Parameter Check/Update, click
the [Storage] buttons.
NOTE: When the main control unit has been replaced,
the CTB23, CLE23, CPZ23 and CCD23 circuit
board parameters must be stored into the HDD
of the main control unit.
The parameters in the circuit boards are stored

in the main control unit.
35. Refer to Installation Manual and set up the
condition as necessary.
the system.
NOTE: If the DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/C5)
software is to be used, install the software by
referring to the Instruction Manual of the DI Print
and Data Writing Service.
4-35
4.5 Reversion
This procedure reverts the system software to the
previous version.
1. Perform the Data Backup in Menu 0122 to
overwrite the Backup FD with the backup data.
2. Select NO for Rack Auto Cleaning in Menu
3. Keep the Printer/Processor to STANDBY.
Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051

the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043
After Windows starts up, the (L-001) Simple

4-36
4.5 Reversion
The Procedure Selection 1 (C-001) dialog box
appears.
button.
The Procedure Selection 2 (C-002) dialog box

appears.
10. Select Reversion to previous version and click
the [Next >] button.
The Starting Version Back (C-100) dialog box

appears.
12. The Confirmation (C-110) dialog box appears.

The Inserting Printers Backup FD dialog box

appears.
14. Click the [No] button.
4-37
4.5 Reversion
The Version Back Completion (C-120) dialog
box appears.

appears.

screen appears.

FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044

4-38
4.5 Reversion
appears.
NOTE: If the DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/

C5) software is to be used, install the software
by referring to the Instruction Manual of the DI
Print and Data Writing Service.
21. Select YES for Rack Auto Cleaning in Menu

Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052

following steps.
4-39
4.5 Reversion
Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
4-40
5. MAINTENANCE MENU
5.1
Operational Procedure ........................................................................... 5-4
5.2
System Operation Setup and Check (01) ............................................. 5-6

5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.2.6
5.2.7
5.2.8
5.2.9
5.2.10
5.2.11
5.2.12
5.2.13
5.3
Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ................................................ 5-17

5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.3.6
5.3.7
5.3.8
5.3.9
5.3.10
5.3.11
5.3.12
5.3.13
5.4
Connection to Imaging Controller (0100) .............................................................. 5-6

Image Export Settings (0101) ................................................................................. 5-6
Production Information (0120) ............................................................................... 5-6
Timer Setup (0121) .................................................................................................. 5-8
Data Backup (0122) ................................................................................................. 5-9
Error Information Check (0123)............................................................................ 5-10
DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124)........................................................... 5-11
Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125) ......................................................................... 5-12
Installation Information Reference (0126) ........................................................... 5-13
Accumulated Production Information (0127)...................................................... 5-13
Installation Information Setup (0140) .................................................................. 5-15
Clear Error Log (0141)........................................................................................... 5-16
Shipping Information Reference (0142)............................................................... 5-16
Paper Condition Setup (0200) .............................................................................. 5-17

Print Size Setup (0220).......................................................................................... 5-19
Paper Magazine Registration (0221) .................................................................... 5-22
Monitor Adjustment (0222) ................................................................................... 5-24
Special Film Channel Setting (0223).................................................................... 5-25
Monotone Correction Setting (0224).................................................................... 5-27
Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)................................................................... 5-28
Back Printing Format (0226)................................................................................. 5-36
Index Conditions (0227) ........................................................................................ 5-38
Image Correction Setup (0240)............................................................................. 5-39
Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241)................................................ 5-39
Paper Condition Method Setup (0242)................................................................. 5-40
Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) .................................................................. 5-41
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03)............................................... 5-42

5.4.1
5.4.2
5.4.3
5.4.4
5.4.5
5.4.6
5.4.7
5.4.8
5.4.9
5.4.10
5.4.11
5.4.12
5.4.13
5.4.14
5.4.15
5.4.16
Image Scanning Method (0300)............................................................................ 5-42

Input Check (0320)................................................................................................. 5-43
Focus Position Adjustment (0321)....................................................................... 5-43
Working Information Display (0322) .................................................................... 5-44
AF Function Setup (0323) ..................................................................................... 5-45
Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340) ........................................................... 5-47
I/O Check (0341)..................................................................................................... 5-49
Carrier Inclination Display (0342)......................................................................... 5-50
CCD Data Display (0343)....................................................................................... 5-51
Lens Registration (0344)....................................................................................... 5-53
Optical Axis Adjustment (0345)............................................................................ 5-54
Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ............................................................. 5-56
Focus Calibration (0347)....................................................................................... 5-57
Spectral Calibration (0348) ................................................................................... 5-59
LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)................................................................. 5-61
Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350) ........................................................... 5-63
5-1
5.4.17
5.5
Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) ................................................. 5-69

5.5.1
5.5.2
5.5.3
5.5.4
5.5.5
5.5.6
5.5.7
5.5.8
5.5.9
5.5.10
5.5.11
5.5.12
5.5.13
5.5.14
5.5.15
5.5.16
5.5.17
5.5.18
5.5.19
5.5.20
5.5.21
5.5.22
5.5.23
5.5.24
5.6
CCD Adjustment (0351)......................................................................................... 5-65
NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)................................................................. 5-69

Mask Position Adjustment (0420) ........................................................................ 5-69
NC100AY Input Check (0421) ............................................................................... 5-71
MFC10AY Input Check (0422)............................................................................... 5-72
NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) ................................................... 5-73
MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424) .................................................. 5-75
NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425) ...................................................... 5-76
MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) ..................................................... 5-77
NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) .................................................................... 5-78
NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441) ......................................................... 5-79
MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442)......................................................... 5-80
NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443) ............................................... 5-81
NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444) .............................................. 5-83
MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445).............................................. 5-83
NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ................................................. 5-84
MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)................................................. 5-85
NC100AY I/O Check (0448) ................................................................................... 5-86
MFC10AY I/O Check (0449)................................................................................... 5-88
Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)...................................................................... 5-88
NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451).................................................................. 5-90
NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452) ................................................ 5-91
NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453) ......................................................................... 5-92
NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454) ................................................ 5-93
NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........................................................ 5-93
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................................................. 5-95

5.6.1
5.6.2
5.6.3
5.6.4
5.6.5
5.6.6
5.6.7
5.6.8
5.6.9
5.6.10
5.6.11
5.6.12
5.6.13
5.6.14
5.6.15
5.6.16
5.6.17
5.6.18
5.6.19
5.6.20
5.6.21
Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520) .............................................. 5-95

G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522) ............................................ 5-96
Paper Feed (0523).................................................................................................. 5-97
Printer Temperature Display (0524) ..................................................................... 5-97
Printer Input Check (0525) .................................................................................... 5-98
Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527)................................................. 5-98
Printer Function Select (0528)............................................................................ 5-100
Printer I/O Check (0540) ...................................................................................... 5-101
Test Pattern Printing (0541)................................................................................ 5-102
Laser Exposure Check (0542) ............................................................................ 5-104
R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) ................................................................................. 5-104
G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544).............................................................................. 5-104
B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) ................................................................................. 5-105
Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546) .................................................... 5-105
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547)......................................... 5-106
Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548).............................................. 5-107
Laser History Display (0549) .............................................................................. 5-109
Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550).............................................. 5-109
Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ...................................................... 5-110
Filter Replacement History (0552)...................................................................... 5-111
Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)............................................ 5-111
5-2
5.6.22
5.6.23
5.6.24
5.6.25
5.6.26
5.6.27
5.6.28
5.6.29
5.7
Image Position Initial Setting (0554) .................................................................. 5-112

Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555).................................................... 5-113
Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) ............................................... 5-114
Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558) ...................................................................... 5-115
Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ....................................................................... 5-116
Printer Operation Data Display (0560) ............................................................... 5-117
Data Saving (0561)............................................................................................... 5-118
Data Download (0562) ......................................................................................... 5-119
Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) ......................................... 5-120

5.7.1
5.7.2
5.7.3
5.7.4
5.7.5
5.7.6
5.7.7
5.7.8
5.7.9
5.7.10
5.8
Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620) ................................. 5-120

Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621)......................................... 5-122
Low Volume Processing Setup (0622)............................................................... 5-124
Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ....................................................... 5-125
Processor Input Check (0624) ............................................................................ 5-127
Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625)................................................... 5-128
Processing Temperature Setting (0640)............................................................ 5-129
Processor I/O Check (0642) ................................................................................ 5-130
Processor Operation Data Display (0643) ......................................................... 5-131
PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) .................................................. 5-131
Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07) .............. 5-133

5.8.1
5.8.2
5.8.3
5.9
Image Processing Section Information Display (0720).................................... 5-133

Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740)..................................................... 5-133
Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741) ......................................... 5-134
Register/Delete.................................................................................... 5-135
5.9.1
5.9.2
5.9.3
5.9.4
Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020)......................................................................... 5-135

Template Regist/Delete (1021)............................................................................ 5-136
Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022) ....................................................................... 5-136
Custom Button Regist/Save (1023).................................................................... 5-136
5.10
Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/

Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23).......................................................... 5-139
5.11
Special Operations (99)...................................................................... 5-139
5.11.1
5.11.2
5.11.3
Paint (9940) .......................................................................................................... 5-139

Explorer (9941)..................................................................................................... 5-139
Command (9942).................................................................................................. 5-140
5-3
5.1 Operational Procedure

1. Click the [Setup and Maintenance] button on the
main menu or printing menu screen.
The password dialog box appears.

2. Enter 7777 in the Password box using the
operation, full or screen keyboard.
The Setup and Maintenance menu screen

appears.
4. Click the desired group from the left-hand group
list.
5-4
5.1 Operational Procedure

The item list appears in the right-hand half of the
menu screen.
5. Click the desired item.
Each screen appears.
Reference: The screen number can be entered to
display each screen by following the
steps below.
1) Press the [F1] key.
The Screen No. Entry dialog box appears.

2) Enter the screen number using the numeric
keys of the operation, full or screen keyboard.
Each screen appears.
6. Upon completion of the setup and maintenance
operations, click the [Close], [Cancel] or [OK]
button to quit the screen.
The printing menu screen appears.
5-5
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01)

5.2.1
Connection to Imaging Controller (0100)
Select this menu to connect the imaging controller to

the Frontier 355/375.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [01 System Operation
Setup and Check] [0100 Connection to Imaging
Controller]
5.2.2
Image Export Settings (0101)
This procedure sets applicable boundaries of the

center cropping.
[Selection]
and Check] [0101 Image Export Settings]
1. Select Both or Print Only for Center Cropping
for Export/Print.
5.2.3
Production Information (0120)
This procedure displays the production information.

The data can be cleared in this menu.
[Selection]
Setup and Check] [0120 Production Information]
1. Select Negative, Reversal, Digital Image or
All from the Input Type box.
The information of the input type is displayed.
An asterisk () indicates duplicate size
2. Record the production information.
5-6

3. To save the data to a floppy disk, follow the steps
below.
1) Click the [FD Save] button.
2) Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy

disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk
Z2041

The data is saved into the floppy disk.
4) Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk

drive.

The dialog box disappears.
4. To clear the data, follow the steps below.

Floppy Disk
1) Click the [Clear] button.

Z2042
The Clear production information? dialog

box appears.
5-7

The data is cleared and clearing date appears.
5.2.4
Timer Setup (0121)
This procedure sets the present date/time, timer ON

date/time and preheat setup times.
[Selection]
and Check] [0121 Timer Setup]
1. To update Present Date/Time, change the date
and time, and click the [OK] button.
NOTE: To cancel the update, click the [Cancel] button.
If the OS uses the 24-hour system, 04 to 09
and 14 to 19 cannot be entered directly. Use
the spin buttons to enter these hours.
2. To change the timer date and time, enter a

checkmark in the day of the week boxes and
enter the time in the Timer ON Date/Time
Setting box.
3. Set the preheat timer by performing the following
steps, if necessary.
IMPORTANT:
The ON time for a nighttime preheating operation
must not overlap with the ON time of the weekly
timer since nighttime preheating takes priority and
shuts down all power when it is set OFF.
If, for instance, the calendar timer is set to 5:00AM
and nighttime preheating is turned ON at 3:30AM,
all the power will be shut down two hours later at
5:30AM.
NOTE: Nighttime preheating is usually conducted when
the room temperature drops below 10C (50F)
at night and the temprature is not controlled for
8 or more hours.
5-8

1) Select YES for Preheat Setting.
The 1st and 2nd preheat setting boxes appear.
2) Move the cursor to 1st Preheat and enter the
time.
3) Move the cursor to 2nd Preheat and enter
the time.
NOTE: For preheating once only, set the same time

for both the first and second times.
Select NO when the preheat timer is not
used.
The second preheating timer is ignored if the
first preheat time and second preheat time
overlap.
<Example> 1st. pre-heat time: 2:00AM

2nd. pre-heat time: 3:00AM
With the above settings, nighttime
preheating will occur from 2:00AM to
4:00AM (2 hours).
5.2.5
Data Backup (0122)
This procedure makes a backup of the data stored on

the hard disk of the main control unit when data,
indicated on the data sheet located inside the front
upper cover, is changed.
The backup floppy disks are used when reinstalling or
reverting to earlier system software.
[Selection]
and Check] [0122 Data Backup]
1. Prepare a new floppy disk for data backup when
backing up data.
NOTE: A floppy disk is unnecessary for pricing unit data
backing up because data is backed up to the
hard disk of the main control unit.
2. Insert the floppy disk into the floppy drive of the

main control unit.
5-9

3. Move the cursor to the Destination box and
select Film Scanner, Printer Processor or
Pricing Unit.
NOTE: Perform the data backup for the pricing unit
when pricing unit data is changed. Data is
backed up from the pricing unit to the hard disk
of the main control unit. If the data backup is not
performed, pricing unit data changed is
canceled when next starting up the system next
time.

The Making the backup of the data message
appears.
5. Upon completion of the backup, click the [Cancel]
button.
5.2.6
Error Information Check (0123)
The system error log is listed up in order of date and

time.
[Selection]
and Check] [0123 Error Information Check]
1. Click the [Log Info.] button.
The Log File Re-reading Check dialog box

appears.
5-10

The log file is read out and the latest information
is displayed on the screen.
3. Click the [Accum. Info.] button.
5
Accumulated error information is displayed in
order of code.
5.2.7
DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124)
This menu is used when connecting the optional DI

controller.
[Selection]
and Check] [0124 DI Manager Administrative
Setting]
Delete Waiting Time: Sets up the time until the order
processed on the DI controller is deleted.
Order Identifier: Enter a for first machine and b
for the second one when two machines are
connected to one DI controller.
In this case, the Device Name for the second
machine should be changed.
5-11

<Example>
Logical Device Name
1st SP-3000
2nd SP-3000
Scanner
SP3000input-a
SP3000input-b
Printer (sRGB)
SP3000sRGB-a
SP3000sRGB-b
Printer
(F-COLOR/PD)
SP3000PD-a
SP3000PD-b
5.2.8
Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125)
This procedure sets up Sorter Information Display

Time, Waiting Time for Monitoring and Waiting
Time for the Position Adjustment of the 1st Frame.
[Selection]
and Check] [0125 Timer Waiting Time Setup]
Sorter Info. Display Time: Time to display the
number of prints and sort number when
pressing the [Sort] key or during auto sorting.
Waiting time for monitoring: Waiting time for 1- or 6frame display during pre-scanning. This
function activates only when the Auto film
drive mode is used.
Waiting time for the pos. adjust of the 1st frame:
Display time for black/white image displayed
after inserting the film to adjust the position of
the leading end frame.
NOTE: The black/white image will disappear in 20 seconds
to protect the CCD.
1. Move the cursor to the sec. box.

2. Change the time by clicking the [] or [] button.
5-12

5.2.9
Installation Information Reference (0126)
This procedure displays the scanner and printer

installation information.
[Selection]
and Check] [0126 Installation Information
Reference]
1. Check the installation information.

2. Click the [Option] button.
The Optional Device Reference dialog box

appears.
5.2.10
Accumulated Production Information (0127)
This procedure displays the production information.

The data can be cleared on this menu.
[Selection]
Setup and Check] [0127 Accumulated Production
Information]
1. Select Negative, Reversal, Digital Image or
All from the Input Type box.
The information of the input type is displayed.
An asterisk () indicates duplicate size.
2. Record the accumulated production information.

3. To save the data to a floppy disk, follow the steps
given on the next page.
5-13

1) Click the [FD Save] button.
2) Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy

disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk
Z2041

The data is saved into the floppy disk.
4) Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk

drive.
Floppy Disk
Z2042
5-14

5.2.11
Installation Information Setup (0140)
This procedure sets the installation information.

After setting up, restart the system to activate the new
settings.
[Selection]
Setup and Check] [0140 Installation Information
Setup]
1. Set the delivery date, startup date and lab ID.

2. Click the [Option] button.
3. Select Not used or COM1 for PU800BA.
4. Select Not used or COM3 to COM6 for Barcode Reader.
5. Select YES or NO for External File I/O.
The dialog box appears.
the system and then restart the system.
The new settings are activated.
5-15

5.2.12
Clear Error Log (0141)
This procedure clears the system error and printer

error information.
[Selection]
Setup and Check] [0141 Clear Error Log]
1. Select the item to be cleared and click the [Clear]
button.
The selected information is cleared.

5.2.13
Shipping Information Reference (0142)
This procedure displays the shipping information.
[Selection]
Setup and Check] [0142 Shipping Information
Reference]
1. The model, serial no. and shipping date are
displayed.
5-16
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02)

5.3.1
Paper Condition Setup (0200)
When new paper is to be loaded, follow this

procedure to set up the new paper condition.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [02 Print Condition Setup
and Check] [0200 Paper Condition Setup]
1. Install the paper magazine to be set up and select

Magazine (upper) or Magazine (lower).
NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to initialize condition
setup data.
After about three minutes, a condition setup

print is fed out.
Condition Setup Print
3. Adjust the guide of the densitometer according to

the width of the condition setup print.
Densitometer
Guide
NOTE: If an error occurs, press the orange [RESET]

switch.
EZ634
5-17

4. Insert the condition setup print into the
densitometer.
Densitometer
[START] Button
L2527
5. Click the [Dens. Measure] button.
The measurement is started and the density

measurement result is displayed.
The density measurement result dialog box

disappears.
NOTE: If the Density Measurement Result is not
acceptable, the message shown at right
appears. Repeat Steps 2 to 6 until the result
becomes OK.
7. Click the [Close] button.

5-18

5.3.2
Print Size Setup (0220)
This procedure sets the print size to be used.
<Group 1>
[Selection]
and Check] [0220 Print Size Setup]
<Group 2>
5-19

Normally, sizes are registered as shown in the table below.
Group 1
No.
Print Size
Width [0.1mm]
Length [0.1mm]
Display
Border
Simple Setting
1
89C
89.0
127.0
ON
BL
89P
89.0
254.0
ON
BL
89H
89.0
158.0
ON
BL
102C
102.0
152.0
ON
BL
102P
102.0
254.0
ON
BL
102H
102.0
178.0
ON
BL
3R
127.0
89.0
ON
BL
3RBD
127.0
89.0
OFF
BD
5R
127.0
178.0
OFF
BL
10
5RBD
127.0
178.0
OFF
BD
11
4R
152.0
102.0
ON
BL
12
4RBD
152.0
102.0
OFF
BD
13
6R
152.0
203.0
OFF
BL
14
6RW
152.0
216.0
OFF
BL
15
8R
203.0
254.0
ON
BL
16
8RW
203.0
305.0
OFF
BL
17
A5
210.0
148.0
OFF
BL
18
A4
210.0
297.0
OFF
BL
19
8R1
254.0
203.0
OFF
BL
20
10R
254.0
305.0
OFF
BL
21
10RW
254.0
381.0
OFF
BL
22
11 X 14
279.0
356.0
OFF
BL
23
11 X 17
279.0
432.0
OFF
BL
24
12 X 10
305.0
254.0
OFF
BL
25
12 X 15
305.0
381.0
ON
BL
26
12 X 18
305.0
457.0
OFF
BL
27
3DSC
89.0
119.0
OFF
BL
28
3DSCf
89.0
127.0
OFF
BD
29
4DSC
102.0
136.0
OFF
BL
30
4DSCf
102.0
152.0
OFF
BD
31
5DSC
127.0
169.0
OFF
BL
32
5DSCf
127.0
178.0
OFF
BD
33
89lx
89.0
120.0
OFF
BL
34
CDIDX
102.0
120.0
OFF
BL
35
127lx
127.0
120.0
OFF
BL
Width [0.1mm]
Length [0.1mm]
Border
Display
Group 2
No.
Print Size
89C
890
1270
BL
ON
89P
890
2540
BL
ON
89H
890
1580
BL
ON
102C
1020
1520
BL
ON
102P
1020
2540
BL
ON
102H
1020
1780
BL
ON
5-20

1. Allocate Button 1 to Button 6 in the Simple
Setting box for the six most frequently used print
sizes.
2. Select the print size to be modified or registered
from the list.
5
ID [No.], Name, Width, Length, Border, four BD
values and [Display(ON/OFF)] are displayed.
3. Move the cursor to the print size to be used, select
ON or OFF shown in the Display.
If you select ON, the description appears in the
list. If you select OFF, nothing appears in the
list.
5-21

5.3.3
Paper Magazine Registration (0221)
This procedure registers the paper magazine to be

used.
Change the dryer temperature if necessary.
[Selection]
and Check] [0221 Paper Magazine Registration]
ID:
Width:
Paper:
Length:
Remain:
BP:
Line speed:
Enter the magazine ID.

Enter the paper width (mm).
Select the paper surface type.
Enter the roll paper length (m).
Enter remaining paper length (m).
Select YES or NO for back printing.
Selected automatically according to the
Type.
Type:
Select the paper type correctly. The
paper type is indicated on the paper
package.
[Set] button: Click this button to register the entered
items.
[Next page]
[Prev page]
ID:
P1R:
P2R:
PSR:
Correct value:
Enter the magazine ID.

Enter the P1R replenishment rate.
Enter the P2R replenishment rate.
Enter the PSR replenishment rate.
Enter the correction value of the
dryer temperature.
[Set] button: Click this button to register the entered
items.
NOTE: Do not change the P1R, P2R, PSR and Correct
value values.
1. Release the latches and open the paper

magazine.
Latches (2)
Paper Magazine
L2360
5-22

2. Remove the two screws and adjust the width of
the paper guides. Tighten the two screws.
Screws (2)
Paper Guides
5
L2361
NOTE: Use the appropriate guides for paper width.

Guide C is available as an optional accessory.
Guide
Paper Width
Except B and C
95/120/130/210
114/216
L2367
3. Loosen the four screws securing the paper

flanges to the paper shaft.
Paper Flanges
Hole/Width Mark
4. Align the holes in the paper flange bosses with the

paper width marks visible from the hole and
tighten the four screws.
NOTE: Be careful not to overtighten the screws.
Screws (4)
L2368
5-23

5. Find the appropriate paper from the table on the
screen and install its ID chip to the magazine
using the screw.
ID Chip

Screw
L2366
5.3.4
Monitor Adjustment (0222)
This procedure sets the color balance of the monitor

for each input type.
[Selection]
and Check] [0222 Monitor Adjustment]
1. Make a print without color and density correction
with a normal film using the master channel for
Custom Setting.
2. On the printing screen, correct the pre-scanning
image so that it matches the print using the C, M
and Y keys.
3. Multiply each of the correction values by the Key
Step Width Setup value of Menu 0225 Custom
Setting Regist/Delete. Then enter the results in
the respective boxes on the screen.
<Example>
Key Step Width Setup values of the master
channel (0) an Menu 0225 Custom Setting
Register/delete:
C: 8
M: 8
Y: 8
Correction values in Step 2:
C: +2
M: 1
Y: 0
5-24

Correction values to be entered:
C: 8 2 = 16
M: 8 1 = 8
Y: 8 0 = 0
5.3.5
Special Film Channel Setting (0223)
This procedure registers or deletes channel for the

DX code of special monotone films (which use color
processing). Also fine-adjusts the slope (for color)
and balance (for black & white).
[Selection]
and Check] [0223 Special Film Channel Setting]
<Film Name Registration>
1. On the printing screen, insert the film to be

registered to pre-scan it.
2. Click the [i] button of the status icon at the lower
left-hand corner of the screen.
5-25

The System Information and Operations Setup
dialog box appears.
3. Click the button of the Status Display.
The Status Display dialog box appears.
4. Record the DX code.

5. Open the Menu 0223 screen.
6. Enter the DX code recorded into the DX Code
box.
7. Enter the film name in the Film Name box using
the full keyboard.
8. Click the [Register] button.
<Channel Setup>
NOTE: Before channel setting, register the DX code and
film name.
1. Enter the channel number to be registered in the

CH No. box. There are 128 film channels.
2. Enter the film name in the box next to the CH No.
box.
3. Select Register.
The registered channel is added to the [Process
1] on the printing screen that appears when the
DX code cannot be read.
4. Select the tone in the Tone box.
Tone: Color
Sepia 1
Sepia 2
B/W
5. Set Balance/Slope for color and Balance for
black & white.
6. Enter the DX code registered in Film Name
Registration into the DX Code box.
5-26

The DX code is listed in the Registered DX
Code box.
<Deleting>
1. Select the channel number to be deleted in the
CH No. box.
The DX code and name are displayed in the

Registered DX Code box.
2. Click the [Delete] button.
The DX code is deleted.
5.3.6
Monotone Correction Setting (0224)
Follow this procedure to fine-adjust the balance

values for the correction type indicated in the
Monotone Correction dialog box on the printing
menu screen.
[Selection]
and Check] [0224 Monotone Correction Setting]
1. Select the correction type to be adjusted in the
Correction box.
Correction: B/W
Sepia 1
Sepia 2
User B/W
User Sepia 1
2. Change the balance values.
5-27

5.3.7
Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)
Printing is normally performed according to the

condition of the master 0 channel.
The 65 (0 + 64) custom conditions can be set up for
each input type. The custom conditions can be
selected on the printing screen.
The condition editing items differ depending on the
input type (Negative, Reversal or Black & White
Negative), or whether of optional Tone Selection
Software (B9) is installed or not.
[Selection]
and Check] [0225 Custom Setting Regist/Delete]
1. Select the input type to be set up.
Input Type: Negative
Reversal
Black & White Negative
2. Select the number to be set up.
3. Enter the name for the back printing of custom
setting in the Name box using the full keyboard.
4. Click the [Cond. Edit] button.
The Initial Value Selection dialog box appears.
5. Select the custom setting number to be used as
the initial value.
5-28

The Corr. Level/Tone/Hypertone panel
appears.
1) Set up Correct Level, Tone Adjust and
Hypertone.
<Correct Level>
Tone Correction
Color/Density
Hypertone
Correction
Full Correction
Yes
Yes
ON
Tone Fixing
No
Yes
OFF
L-CORR
(Low correction)
Condition Confirm No
No
OFF
<Tone Adjustment>
Standard
All Hard
All Soft
Highlight Hard
Highlight Soft
Shadow Hard
Shadow Soft
<Hypertone>
Hypertone Process: Yes
No
Highlight Level:
Lower
Low
Normal
High
Higher
Shadow Level:
Lower
Low
Normal
High
Higher
Mode: Mode 1 (Normal Hypertone Mode)
Mode 2 (Acceptance rate priority
mode; improving backlight
and high contrast)
2) Click the Key Step Width/BL-SL tab.
5-29

The Key Step Width/BL-SL panel appears.
3) Set up the key step width and balance/slope.
<Key Step Width Setup>
C, M, Y: Normally enter 8.
Dc, Dm, Dy: Normally enter 15.
<BL/SL Setup>
Normally enter 0.
Change setting only when the whole slope
condition is biased.
4) Click the Sharpness/Grain Control tab.
The Sharpness/Grain Control panel
appears.
5) Select Hyper-sharpness for Sharpness
process. Set up Sharpness, Grain Control
Process, Sharpness Large-size Setup and
Minimizing Color Spreading.
<Sharpness>
Sharpness Level: Low 3
Low 2
Low 1
Normal
High 1
High 2
High 3
Under Level:
2
1
0
(Sharpness can be set individually only for
under level.)
<Grain Control Process>
Grain Coarseness
Higher
Invisible
Normal
Lower
Visible
<Sharpness Large-size Setup>
Sharpness can be set up individually for largesize prints exceeding the magnification
entered in the Magnification box.
2
1
0
+1
+2
5-30

<Minimizing Color Spreading>
Yes: Minimizing color spreading in white
areas when printing black and white
fine grids, stripes, etc.
6) Click the Other Correction tab.
The Other Correction panel appears.
7) Set up the Saturation.
<Saturation>
9 to +9 (Color vividness is set up. Normally
enter 0.)
8) Click the Gradation/Bright tab.
The Gradation/Bright panel appears.
NOTE: The Gradation/Bright panel can be used
after installing the optional Professional
Scanning Software (B7), and/or Tone
Selection Software (B9).
Input Type: Reversal

NOTE: The Reversal Special Settings panel cannot be
used.

appears.
1) Set up Correct Level and Tone Adjustment.
<Correct level>
Tone Correction
Color/Density
Correction
Hypertone
Full Correction
Yes
Yes
ON
Tone Fixing
No
Yes
OFF
No
OFF
<Tone Adjustment>
Standard
All Hard
All Soft
Highlight Hard
Highlight Soft
Shadow Hard
Shadow Soft
5-31

NOTE: Click the [Default] button to return to the initial
values.

C, M, Y:
Normally enter 4.
<BL/SL Setup>
Normally enter 0.
appears.
<Sharpness>
Low 2
Low 1
Normal
High 1
High 2
High 3
Grain Coarseness
Higher
Invisible
Normal
Lower
Visible
Sharpness can be setup individually for
large-size prints exceeding the
magnification entered in the
Magnification box.
2
1
0
+1
+2
5-32

6) Click the Other Correction tab.
The Other Correction panel appears.
7) Set up the saturation.
<Saturation>
Color vividness can be adjusted.
Range is 9 to +9 but normally enter 0.
7. Click the Gradation/Bright tab.
NOTE: The Gradation/Bright panel can be used after
installing the optional Professional Scanning
Software (B7), and/or Tone Selection Software
(B9).
Input Type: Black & White Negative

appears.
1) Set up Correct Level and Tone Adjustment.
<Correct level>
Tone Correction Color/Density
Correction
Full Correction
Yes
Yes
Tone Fixing
No
Yes
No
<Tone Adjustment>
Standard
All Hard
All Soft
Highlight Hard
Highlight Soft
Shadow Hard
Shadow Soft
5-33

NOTE: Click [Default] to return to the initial values.

<BL/SL Setup>
Normally enter 0.
appears.
<Sharpness>
Low 2
Low 1
Normal
High 1
High 2
High 3
Under Level:
-2
-1
0
(Sharpness can only be set individually for under
level.)
Grain Coarseness
Higher
Invisible
Normal
Lower
Visible
Sharpness can be setup individually for
large-size prints exceeding the
magnification entered in the
Magnification box.
2
1
0
+1
+2
5-34

6) Click the Gradation/Bright tab.
NOTE: The Gradation/Bright panel can be used
after installing the optional Professional
Scanning Software (B7), and/or Tone
Selection Software (B9).

The condition panel disappears and operation
returns to the Custom Setting Regist/Delete
screen.
The Status changes to Use.
9. To delete the custom condition, select the number
to be deleted and click [Delete].
5-35

5.3.8
Back Printing Format (0226)
Select the back printing format for the 135/Others and

IX240.
[Selection]
and Check] [0226 Back Printing Format]
<135/Others>
1. Select the desired printing item from No. 1 to 6.
2. Move the cursor to the User ID or Private
Characters box and enter the user ID or private
characters using the numeric keys of the
operation or full keyboard.
NOTE: The maximum number of characters is three for
the user ID and thirty five-for private characters.

No.
Printing Item
Back Printing Format
User ID + Correction Data +

Order No. + Digital Image Order No. +
Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No.
ABC IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD NNN 1 SORT

<FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
####
Serial No. + Correction Data+

Order No. + Digital Image Order No. +
Sno IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD 1 SORT

<FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
####
Order No. + Private+

SORT PP........PP
<FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
Order No. + Date + Private+

SORT YYYYMMDD PP.......PP

<FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
Mag. + Correction Data + Order No.+

Angle + Digital Image Order No. +
MM.MM IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD NNN 1 SORT AAA

ORDERN <FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
####
No Back Printing
AAA:
Rotating Angle
ABC:
User ID
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC:
Custom Setting No.
<FFFFFF>:
Frame No.
IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD 1: Correction Data
MM.MM:
Magnification
ORDERN:
PP.........PP:
Sno:
SORT:
YYYYMMDD
####
5-36
ORDERN
ORDERN
Digital Imaging Order No.

Private Characters
Serial No.
Order No.
Date (Example: 20031001)
Retrieve No.

Correction Data:
<IX240> I A RR WSS KK LD R CMY DDD
Density correction
CMY correction
One way or two way and red eye combination
Lens correction/Retouch
Gradation level
Custom setting correction combination
Custom setting No.
Auto correction condition
Input mode
1. Click the IX240 tab.

2. Select Printing Item from 1 to 5.
3. Select 1 or 2 for the separator.
No.
Printing Item
Back Printing Format
Correction Data + Digital Image Order No.
IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD ORDERN
Order No. + Digital Image Order No.
SORT ORDERN
Order No. + Correction Data +

Digital Image Order No.
SORT IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD ORDERN
Mag. + Correction Data +

Order No. + Digital Image Order No.
MM.MM IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD SORT ORDERN
No Back Printing
IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD: Correction Data

MM.MM:
Magnification
ORDERN:
SORT:
5-37
Digital Imaging Order No.

Order No.

5.3.9
Index Conditions (0227)
Select the condition of the index printing.
[Selection]
and Check] [0227 Index Conditions]
<135>
1. Click the [] button in the box to be changed and
select the format.
Logo:
FUJICOLOR*INDEX PRINT
FUJICOLOR INDEX PRINT
INDEX PRINT
Index Custom Logo: Can be registered on Menu
1020.
<IX240>
1. Click the IX240 tab.
2. Click the [] button in the box to be changed and
select the format.
Logo: Negative FUJICOLOR*INDEX PRINT
FUJICOLOR INDEX PRINT
INDEX PRINT
Reversal FUJICHROME*INDEX PRINT
FUJICHROME INDEX PRINT
INDEX PRINT
Index Custom Logo: Can be registered on Menu
1020.
3. Select Crop or Border Line for Frame.
4. Click the [] button in the Border Line box and
select the border line.
Frame: Cropping
Border Line
Green/White
Black/White

5-38

5.3.10
Image Correction Setup (0240)
This menu is used to enable image correction

condition setting and custom setting condition editing
by selecting Yes for each item.
Set the image correction type for each input type.
Reversal
B/W negative
[Selection]
and Check] [0240 Image Correction Setup]
1. Set the seven items in the Hyper ACCS frame.
5.3.11
Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241)
This menu is used to change the basic magnification

for each print size.
The magnification can be changed by Magnification
Rate / 100 in the Rate box.
[Selection]
and Check] [0241 Fine Adjustment of the Print
Mag.Setting]
1. Select the carrier, mask and film types.
2. Select the print size.
3. Select Rate
Range: 50 % to 200 %
5-39

5.3.12
Paper Condition Method Setup (0242)
This procedure sets the paper condition setup

method.
[Selection]
and Check] [0242 Paper Condition Method Setup]
1. Select YES or NO for the ambient variable
correction.
2. Select YES or NO for the master magazine
registration.
[Next page]
3. If YES is selected in Step 2, set the ID, width,

paper and type for the master magazine.
NOTE: Ambient variable correction: When there is a
sudden change in temperature during the day,
it influences the color development process of
color papers. To maintain constant printing
quality in that condition, select YES.
Master magazine registration: Paper condition
setup must be performed for all papers if NO
is selected.
4. Click the [Next Page] button.

5. Enter Density correction value for Patch No.
and Temperature correction value of the AD300
densitometer, if necessary.
6. Click the [Set] button.
5-40
[Prev page]

5.3.13
Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243)
This procedure setups display of the Paper box of

Menu 0221 Paper Magazine ID Setting.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [02 Print Condition
Setup and Check] [0243 Paper Surfaces Display
Setup]
1. Select the paper type to be changed.

2. Select ON or OFF.
5-41
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03)

5.4.1
Image Scanning Method (0300)
This menu sets up the detecting level for unexposed

IX240 frames.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [03 Scanner Adjustment/
Maintenance] [0300 Image Scanning Method]
1. Select Unexposed Frame Detect Level.
Unexposed Frame Detect Level:
1: Unexposed frames are not displayed.
2: All frames including unexposed frames are
displayed.
3: Unexposed frames between exposed frames
are also displayed.
2. Select One-way/Two-way scanning mode or
Two-way scanning mode.
NOTE: If One-way/Two-way scanning mode is chosen,
the film scanning method is automatically
switched to the two-way mode when 4R or
larger size, cropping, etc. is selected.

5-42

5.4.2
Input Check (0320)
This procedure displays the current status of each

sensor.
NOTE: Refer to Section 18.1 for input parts location.
[Selection]

Maintenance] [0320 Input Check]
1. Click the [Next Page] button.
[Next]

5.4.3
Focus Position Adjustment (0321)
This menu is used to set up the center value for the

auto focusing of each film carrier mask.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0321 Focus Position Adjustment]
1. Install the carrier and proceed to the Focus
Position Adjustment screen.
Carrier ID, type and mask type (M69D only) are
displayed.
2. Select 135F or 135H for the NC100AY.
5-43
[Previous]

3. Insert a film into the carrier and click the [Run]
button.
The position adjustment value is displayed when

the adjustment is completed.
4. Click the [Regist.] button.
5.4.4
Working Information Display (0322)
LED Light Time and Piezoelectric Actuator

Operating Time are displayed.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0322 Working Information Display]
1. Confirm the working information.
5-44

5.4.5
AF Function Setup (0323)
Auto focusing timing can be set up for each carrier,

masks and print size.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0323 AF Function Setup]
1. Select NC100AY or MFC10AY for Carrier.

NC100AY:
1) Select Carrier Setting or Each Film for AF
Timing on the One-way Mode tab.
Carrier Setting: Auto focusing is executed
when the NC100AY is
installed or the feed lane is
changed from IX240 to 135.
Each Film:
Auto focusing is executed
when a film is inserted.
2) Click the 2way tab.
3) Select Each Frame or Each Film for AF
Timing of 135 and IX240.
Each Frame: Auto focusing is executed for
each frame.
Each Film: Auto focusing is executed when
the film is inserted.
Magnification can be entered in
the Mag. box when it is
selected. When a large-size
print exceeding the
magnification entered is
selected, auto focusing is
executed for each frame.
Magnification Range: 0.2 to 42
NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to return to initial
setting.
5-45

MFC10AY:
1) Select Each Frame or Per 1 order for each
mask.
each frame.
Per 1 order: Auto focusing is executed for
new sort/order.
print exceeding the
Magnification Range:0.2 to 42
setting.
2) Click the Page 2 tab.

3) Select Each Frame or Per 1 order for AF
Timing of 120/135 Full Panorama.
each frame.
Per 1 order: Auto focusing is executed for
new sort/order.
print exceeding the
Magnification Range: 0.1 to 28
setting.

5-46

5.4.6
Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340)
The darkness correction is performed automatically

when the power is turned ON, the scanner correction
in the pre-operational checks is executed, one order
is completed or a film is inserted after ten minutes
has elapsed from the previous darkness correction.
The brightness correction is executed automatically
when performing the pre-operational checks or
changing mask on the first printing screen of the day.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0340 Dark Correction/Bright
Correction]
Darkness Correction
1. Click the [Dark corr.] button.
Brightness Correction
NC100AY:
1. Clean the diffusion box.
2. For the auto film carrier NC100AY, set it in the 135

lane.
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
5-47

3. Click the [Bright corr.] button.
4. Select the mask to be corrected.
MFC10AY:
1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY with the
calibration mask.
Calibration Mask
2. Click the [Bright corr.] button.

Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY

Z2075
5-48

5.4.7
I/O Check (0341)
This procedure displays the status of motors, fans

and sensors.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0341 I/O Check]
The status of each part is displayed in real time.

NOTE: Refer to Section 18.1 I/O Parts Diagram for
parts location.
[Next]
1. Press any button to specify an operation.

The selected operation is performed.
5-49
[Previous]

5.4.8
Carrier Inclination Display (0342)
This procedure checks the status of the carrier

inclination.
NOTE: If the difference value is more than 100, inspect the
film carrier.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0342 Carrier Inclination Display]
1. Insert a film into the carrier or install the focusing

chart jig.
Focusing Chart Jig

Z2212
2. Click the [135] or [120] button.

The auto focusing is started and the position of
the vertical and horizontal focusing pulses of the
carrier and difference value between the
maximum and minimum positions are displayed.
5-50

5.4.9
CCD Data Display (0343)
Use this menu to confirm the CCD settings when

there is a CCD-related irregularity or when lines or
other abnormality appear on prints due to dust or dirt
on the CCD, or if malfunctioning of the light source
LED is suspected.
[Selection]

Maintenance] [0343 CCD Data Display]
NOTE: Do not try to change Output Mode and Test
Pattern.
<Dust Checking>
1. Set up the following items.
CCD Setup:
CDS
Operate:
Fill-in
Scanner Correction Setup : Checkmark () Dark corr.
and Gray Pixel.
Magnification:
0.74
LED Light/Current Value: Checkmark () G.
2. Click the [AE] button.
The accumulated time is indicated in the
Accumu. Time box of CCD Setup.
5-51

3. Enter the value of accumulated time 1.2 to 1.3 in
the Accumu. Time box.
4. Click the [Update] button.
The real time-image is displayed.
5. Find a black part (caused by dust) by enlarging,
reducing or moving the position.
Enlarging: [Shift] key + Clicking left-hand button of
mouse
Reducing: [Shift] key + Clicking right-hand button
of mouse
Moving: Clicking left-hand button of mouse.
6. Move the pointer (yellow lines) and enlarge the
image by clicking the left-hand button of the
mouse while pressing the [Shift] key.
7. Click the [Line Data Display Switching] button.
Make sure the CCD output is reduced (graph is
deformed) at the dust position.
8. Clean the diffusion box or glass of the CCD unit
when any dust is found.
<LED Inspection>
1. Remove the carrier and diffusion box.
2. Set up the following items.
CCD Setup:
Operate:
Accumulated Time:
Scanner Correction Setup :
CDS
Fill-in
10 msec
Checkmark () Dark corr.
and Gray Pixel corr..
Magnification:
0.26
LED Light/Current Value: Current:Positive
Checkmark () R, G, B or IR
to be checked.
5-52

3. Add 9900 pulses to the pulse value in the Conj.
length box and enter it in the Conj. length box.
NOTE: The added value may be approximately 11000.
If it exceeds 11000, enter 11000 in the Conj.
length box.
4. Click the [Move] button.

5. Turn ON the diffusion box sensor.
6. Click the [Update] button.

The real-time image of the LED is displayed.
7. Click the right-hand button of the mouse while
pressing the [Shift] key to reduce the image.
8. Check the condition of LED pattern.
LED Pattern
R: 8 8
G: 5 8
B: 5 10
IR: 12 12
NOTE: Do not sfare at the LED light source for
prolonged periods of time.
5.4.10
Lens Registration (0344)
This procedure sets the lens ID to be used and focal

length.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0344 Lens Registration]
The current status is displayed.
5-53

1. Enter the lens ID number and the focal length
indicated on the labels affixed to the lens unit.
Lens Unit
Labels
Z2549

5. Perform the following items.
1)
2)
3)
4)
0345 Optical Axis Adjustment

0346 Optical Magnification Calibration
0347 Focus Calibration
0321 Focus Position Adjustment for each
carrier and mask
5) 0420 Mask Position Adjustment
5.4.11
Optical Axis Adjustment (0345)
This procedure adjusts the optical axis of the image

by moving the film carrier base.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0345 Optical Axis Adjustment]
The magnification setting is 0.55 when the screen is
called up.
5-54

1. Install the focusing chart jig to the carrier base.
2. Click the [AF] button.
The calculated values of 0.55 magnification are
displayed in the Axis error. and Image rotate
columns in real time.
5
Focusing Chart Jig
Z2212
OK is displayed if the data is within the specified

range.
3. If the data is out of range, loosen the four

hexagonal socket head bolts securing the carrier
base and adjust the optical axis by moving the
base together with the jig.
Out of optical axis

Image rotation
Range of OK
Front ()/Rear (+): 10
Left ()/Right (+): 10
Left ()/Right (+): 5
NOTE: Adjust image rotation first, then the optical axis.

X-axis: Move the carrier base towards front and
rear.
Y-axis: Move the carrier base towards right and
left.
Focusing Chart Jig
Hexagonal Socket
Head Bolts (4)
z2213
4. Tighten the four hex. socket head bolts after OK

is displayed.
5-55

5.4.12
Optical Magnification Calibration (0346)
This procedure calibrates the optical magnification.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0346 Optical Magnification
Calibration]
The current status is displayed.
1. Set the focusing chart jig to the carrier base.
Focusing Chart Jig

z2212
2. Click the [Measure] button.

The optical magnification calibration is
performed.
The result is displayed.
5-56

The I-4389 message appears.
6. Perform the steps in the following menus.
- 0347 Focus Calibration
- 0321 Focus Position Adjustment for each
carrier and mask
5.4.13
Focus Calibration (0347)
The center value for each printing magnification can

be set up in this menu.
The NC100AY with film in the 135-lane can be used
to execute this menu if the focusing chart jig is not
available.
Set a film in the 135F mask for the MFC10AY.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0347 Focus Calibration]
1. Install the focusing chart jig instead of the carrier.
Focusing Chart Jig

z2212
5-57

2. Click the [Create table] button.
The result is displayed on the screen.

The I-4837 message appears.
6. Perform Menu 0321 Focus Position Adjustment.
5-58

5.4.14
Spectral Calibration (0348)
After replacing the LED circuit board assembly or light

source unit, perform Menu 0349 LED Light Amount
Adjustment and then this Menu 0348 for reversal
and negative films.
[Selection]

Maintenance] [0348 Spectral Calibration]
Perform the spectral calibration using the following
tools.
Tools: Chart/floppy disk set
Multi-film carrier MFC10AY
Calibration mask
135M mask
1. Insert the floppy disk into the FD drive of the main
control unit.
3. Install the Multi-film carrier MFC10AY with the

calibration mask.
Upper Cover
Calibration Mask
Multi-film Carrier
MFC10AY
z2074
5-59

The scanner correction is performed.
5. Replace the calibration mask with the 135M
mask.
6. Insert the No. 1001xxxx film into the 135M mask

and set it in the exposure position.
Film Mount
z2805
NOTE: If the image on the screen is abnormal, click the

[Rereading] button to read the image again.
5-60

8. Adjust the position of the blocks so that they are at
the center of each patch by using the arrow keys.
10. Repeat Steps 6 to 9 for Chart Films No. 1002xxxx,

No. 1003xxxx, No. 1004xxxx, No.1005xxxx, No.
1006xxxx and No. 1007xxxx in this order.
12. Remove the floppy disk from the main control unit.
13. Repeat Steps 1 through 12 for the negative films .
5.4.15
LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)
Adjust LED light amount when:

the LED23 circuit board assembly is replaced.
the light source unit is replaced.
light amount is reduced.
After executing this menu, perform Menu 0348
Spectral Calibration.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0349 LED Light Amount
Adjustment]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in its 135lane.
NOTE: Do not insert a film.
5-61

2. Click the [Measure] button.


6. Perform Menu 0348 Spectral Calibration.
5-62

5.4.16
Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350)
This menu checks parameters saved in the EEPROM

of the CTB23, CLE23, CPZ23, CCD23 circuit boards
and the HD of the main control unit, then displays the
result by OK or NG.
If NG is displayed, the [Storage] and [Reading]
buttons become effective.
[Storage] Button:
Saves the parameters from the

circuit board into the HD when
the system software (A1) is
newly installed.
[Reading] button:
Reads the parameters saved in
the HD and writes them into the
circuit board when the circuit
board has been replaced.
[FD reading] button: Reads the displacement
parameters from the FD and
writes them into the CPZ23
circuit board and the HD when
the CCD unit has been
replaced.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0350 Scanner Parameter Check/
Update]
Storage
Each button becomes effective when the system
software (A1) is newly installed.
1. Click the [Storage] button.

The parameters in the EERROM are saved into
the HD.
5-63

Reading
Each button becomes effective when the circuit board
has been replaced.
1. Click the [Reading] button.
The parameters saved in the HD are written into
the EEPROM.
FD Reading
Use this procedure when the CCD unit has been
replaced.
1. Insert the displacement sensor parameter FD
attached to the CCD unit into the FD drive of the
main control unit.
Displacement Sensor Parameter FD

Z2041
2. Click the [FD reading] button.

The parameters are written from the FD into the
HD of the main control unit and the EEPROM of
the CPZ23 circuit board.
4. Remove the FD.
6. On Menu 0351 CCD Adjustment, perform AD
Timing Adjustment, OFD Voltage Adjustment
and Gray Pixel Detection (See Subsection 5.4.17).
5-64

5.4.17
CCD Adjustment (0351)
On this menu, perform AD timing adjustment,

overflow voltage adjustment, DC offset adjustment
and gray pixel detection when the CCD unit has been
replaced.
[Selection]

Maintenance] [0351 CCD Adjustment]
AD Timing Adjustment
1. Remove the carrier and install the 135 diffusion
box.
135 Diffusion Box
Hole
Pin
Hole
Pin
Z2035
2. Click the [AD Timing Adjustment] button.

NOTE: FL TIMING: Feed through level timing (Black
level sampling)
DL TIMING: Data level timing (Data sampling)
5-65

3. Click the [Run] button.
The result of adjustment is displayed.

Operation returns to the CCD adjustment main
screen.
Overflow Voltage Adjustment

box.
2. Click the [OFD Voltage Adjustment] button.

5-66

Result of adjustment is displayed.
screen.
5
DC Offset Adjustment
This procedure adjusts the CCD output so that it falls
within the input range of the AD converter.
box.
2. Click the [CCD Offset Adjustment] button.
Result of adjustment is displayed.

screen.
5-67

Gray Pixel Detection
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY with the
135F mask and set it in the 135 lane. In the case
of the MFC10AY, install it without mask.
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
2. Click the [Gray Pixel Detection] button.

screen.
5-68
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04)

5.5.1
NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)
On this menu, the feeding amount for the fixed

feeding mode of the 135 films can be adjusted.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [04 Carrier Adjustment/
Maintenance] [0400 NC100AY Fixed Feeding
Setup]
1. Set up fixed feed frame lengths for the 135 full and
half sizes by clicking the [] and [] buttons.
Initial Value Input Range
135F 38.10mm
36.00 to 40.00mm
135H 19.40mm
19.00 to 20.00mm

5.5.2
Mask Position Adjustment (0420)
This menu is used to adjust mask position relative to

the monitor screen and prints.
This menu should be executed for all carriers and
masks to be used.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0420 Mask Position Adjustment]
1. Install the film carrier and mask to be adjusted.
The carrier ID, carrier type and mask type are
displayed.
NOTE: Set a mount frame without film when adjusting
the mount mask.
Do not insert a film.
5-69

2. Click the [Image Disp] button.
The mask and adjustment frames are displayed.
3. Click the [Auto Correct] button.
The mask opening position is corrected
automatically and the horizontal and vertical
correction values are displayed in the Position
Adjust boxes.
4. If necessary, adjust position manually by clicking
the Position Adjust arrow buttons.
NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to return to 0.0mm
position.

5-70

5.5.3
NC100AY Input Check (0421)
The status of the sensors of the auto film carrier

NC100AY can be checked.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0421 NC100AY Input Check]

5-71
[Next]
[Previous]
[Next]
[Previous]

5.5.4
MFC10AY Input Check (0422)
The status of the sensors of the Multi-film carrier

MFC10AY can be checked.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0422 MFC10AY Input Check]
5-72

5.5.5
NC100AY Working Information Display (0423)
Working information of the auto film carrier NC100AY

can be checked.
When replacing the NC100AY, write the data into the
FlashROM (memory in the carrier) and return the
carrier to Fujifilm for analysis.
[Selection]

Maintenance] [0423 NC100AY Working
Information Display]
<Data Writing into FlashROM>

This mode is used for overwriting data in the carrier.
1) Click the [HD Reading] button.
The working information is read out from the HD
and displayed on the screen.
5-73
[Next]
[Previous]
[Next]
[Previous]

2) Click the [FlashROM writing] button.
Working information is written to the FlashROM

of the carrier.
<HD Writing>
1) Click the [FlashROM Reading] button.
The working information is read out from the
FlashROM and displayed on the screen.
2) Click the [HD Writing] button.
The working information is written to the HD of
5-74

5.5.6
MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424)
Working information of the Multi-film carrier

MFC10AY can be checked.
When replacing the MFC10AY, write the data into the
FlashROM and return it to Fujifilm.
[Selection]

Maintenance] [0424 MFC10AY Working
1. Install the Multi-film carrier MFC10AY.
<FlashROM Writing>
The working information is read out from the HD
and displayed on the screen.
2) Click the [FlashROM Writing] button.
5-75
[Next]
[Previous]
[Next]
[Previous]

The working information is written to the Flash
ROM of the carrier.
<HD Writing>
The working information is read out from the
Flash ROM and displayed on the screen.
The working information is written to the HD of
5.5.7
NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)
The image frame size displayed after pre-scanning

can be set up on this menu.
The initial values are set to optimum condition.
Changing of this value may result in a mask frame,
etc. appearing on the monitor screen.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0425 NC100AY Monitor Frame
Ratio Setup]
1. Select the carrier ID to be set up.

2. Change the monitor frame ratio by clicking the []
and [] buttons.
NOTE: The default values are 95% for the NC100AY.
5-76

The data is saved.
5
5.5.8
MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426)
The image frame size displayed after pre-scanning

can be set up in this menu.
The initial values are set to optimum condition.
Changing of this value may result in a mask frame,
etc. appearing on the monitor screen.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0426 MFC10AY Monitor Frame
Ratio Setup]

2. Change the monitor frame ratio by clicking the []
and [] buttons.
NOTE: Enter 95% for 135F and smaller masks, and
98% for 120 and 135FP masks normally.

The data is saved.
5-77

5.5.9
NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440)
This procedure calibrates the optical sensors and

shows the result data.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0440 NC100AY Sensor Calibration]
1. Check that there is no film in the carrier.
The calibration results are displayed.

NOTE: The calibration results are shown but not saved.

5-78
[Next]
[Previous]
[Next]
[Previous]

5.5.10
NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441)
This procedure sets up offset value of focus position

for each carrier and mask.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0441 NC100AY Focus Offset
Adjustment]

2. Change the offset value of the mask to be set up.
NOTE: Enter 0.00mm normally.

5-79

5.5.11
MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442)
This procedure sets up offset value of focus position

for each carrier and mask.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0442 MFC10AY Focus Offset
Adjustment]

2. Change the offset value of the mask to be set up.
NOTE: Enter 0.00mm normally.

5-80

5.5.12
NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443)
This procedure calibrates the optical sensors and

displays the LED current setup and sensor output
data. The data can be read out and written in.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0443 NC100AY Sensor Calibration
Information]
1. Make sure there is no film in the auto film carrier

NC100AY.
[Next]
[Previous]
[Next]
[Previous]
5-81

The sensors are calibrated and the results are
displayed.
<Flash ROM Writing>
The data is read out from the HD and displayed
on the screen.

The data is written to the FlashROM.
<HD Writing>
The data is read out from the FlashROM and
displayed on the screen.
The data is written to the HD of the main control
unit.
5-82

5.5.13
NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444)
This procedure is used to check the auto film carrier

ID and hard revision (modify history) numbers.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0444 NC100AY Installation

2. Proceed to the 0444 NC100AY Installation
Information Display screen.
5.5.14
MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445)
This procedure is used to check the multi-film carrier

[Selection]
Maintenance] [0445 MFC10AY Installation
1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY.
2. Proceed to the 0445 MFC10AY Installation
Information Display screen.
5-83

5.5.15
NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446)
This procedure is used to register the auto film carrier

[Selection]
Maintenance] [0446 NC100AY Installation
Information Setup]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY to be
registered.
2. Proceed to the 0446 NC100AY Installation
Information Setup screen.
The carrier ID and hard revision numbers are
displayed.
5-84

7. Reinstall the carrier and click the [OK] button.
5
5.5.16
MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)
This procedure is used to register the multi-film

carrier ID and hard revision (modify history) numbers.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0447 MFC10AY Installation
Information Setup]
1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY to be
registered.
2. Proceed to the 0447 MFC10AY Installation
The carrier ID and hard revision numbers are
displayed.
5-85

7. Reinstall the carrier and click the [OK] button.

5.5.17
NC100AY I/O Check (0448)
This procedure displays the status of the motors,

solenoid and sensors.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0448 NC100AY I/O Check]
1. Connect the auto film carrier NC100AY to the
plug-in connector using the carrier extension
harness.
Carrier Extension Harness

Z2547
5-86

2. Push the carrier lock arm to the lock position.
Carrier Lock Arm
Z2548
3. Proceed to the 0448 NC100AY I/O Check

screen.
4. Click the operation buttons and check if each part
is operating normally.
[Next]
5-87
[Previous]

5.5.18
MFC10AY I/O Check (0449)
This procedure displays the status of the solenoid

and sensors.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0449 MFC10AY I/O Check]
1. Connect the multi-film carrier MFC10AY to the
plug-in connector using the carrier extension
harness.
2. Push the carrier lock arm to the lock position.
Carrier Lock Arm
3. Proceed to the 0449 MFC10AY I/O Check

screen.
4. Click the operating buttons and check if each part
is operating normally.
z2548
5.5.19
Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)
This procedure saves data from the carrier into the

hard disk when replacing the carrier or installing the
machine. Data can be downloaded from the hard disk
into the carrier after replacing the carrier circuit board.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0450 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete]
5-88

<Backing Up>
1. Click the [HD Backup] button.
Information of the present carrier is backed up to
the hard disk in the main control unit.

<Downloading>
1. Select the carrier ID.
2. Click the [HD Download] button.

<Deleting>
1. Select the carrier ID.
2. Click the [HD Backup Del] button.
The carrier information is deleted.
5-89

5.5.20
NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451)
This procedure sets up the data for the auto film

carrier NC100AY.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0451 NC100AY Machine Data
Setup]
5-90
[Next]
[Previous]
[Next]
[Previous]
[Next]
[Previous]

<Flash ROM Writing>
The data is read out from the HD and displayed
on the screen.
The data is written to the FlashROM.

<HD Writing>
The data is read out from the FlashROM and
displayed on the screen.
The data is written to the HD of the main control
unit.
5.5.21
NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452)
This menu is used to check that the IX240 magnetic

information of the IX240 can be read out.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0452 NC100AY Magnetic
Information Reading]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in IX240
lane.
2. Insert the film cartridge or strip film.
5-91

The magnetic information is read out and
displayed.
NOTE: If any of three judgments is O, reading is
normally operated.
For example, if result is OXX or XOX, there is
no problem for operation.

0: Reading out is OK.

: Reading out is NG.
: No magnetic information.
5.5.22
NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453)
This menu is used to check that the magnetic head is

operating correctly.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0453 NC100AY Magnetic Verify]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in IX240
lane.
2. Insert the film cartridge or strip film.
The magnetic information is read out and the
result is displayed.
5-92

5.5.23
NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454)
This procedure is used when checking operation of

the IX240 nest section.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0454 NC100AY Nest Section
Operation Check]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in the IX240lane.

2. Insert a film cartridge or strip film.
The nest section operates and then stops.
4. Click [Close] button.
5.5.24
NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455)
This procedure is used to check film feed operation

for the NC100AY.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0455 NC100AY Feeding Operation
Check]
5-93

<135-lane Feeding Operation>
1. Install the NC100AY in the 135-lane.
2. Select Neg., Reversal or B/W for Original
type setup.
3. Select Frame or Feed for Film Feed Type.
4. Select Feed-out toward left or Feed-out toward
right for Feeding Mode.
6. Insert a selected film.
The carrier feeds the film.
<IX240-lane Feeding Operation>
1. Install the NC100AY in the 240-lane.
2. Select Neg. or Reversal for Original type
setup.
3. Select Lv1, Lv2 or Lv3 for Unexposed frame
detect level.
NOTE: Lv1, Lv2 and Lv3 in the Unexposed frame
detect level box indicate levels 1, 2 and 3 on
Menu 0300 Unexposed Frame Detect Level
Set (See Subsection 5.4.1).

5. Insert a film cartridge or strip film.
The carrier feeds the film.
5-94
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05)

5.6.1
Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520)
This menu should be executed for all paper

magazines when installing the machine, or when a
new magazine is registered.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [05 Printer Adjustment/
Meintenance] [0520 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine
Adjustment]
<Auto Adjustment>
1. Set a new magazine on the upper magazine deck.
2. Select Upper for Magazine.
After about three minutes, prints 1 and 2 are
output to the sorter.
4. Enter new magazine ID in the Magazine ID box.
5. Measure the feed lengths of prints 1 and 2 at the
center and record them.
Print 1
6. Enter the feed lengths recorded in the Print 1

and Print 2 boxes.
Feed length is adjusted automatically.
8. Install the magazine in the upper deck to the lower
deck.
9. Repeat Steps 3 through 7 for the lower magazine.
Print 2

<Manual Adjustment>
1. Enter the magazine ID to be adjusted in the
Magazine ID box.
2. Select Upper deck or Lower deck.
3. Enter the value (mm) in the New value box.
5-95

The feed length is changed.
5.6.2
G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)
The G laser optimal temperature setting message

appears every three months. Set up the optimal
temperatures on this screen.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0522 G Laser (SHG) Optimal
Temperature Setup]
1. Click the [Enter] button.

5-96

5.6.3
Paper Feed (0523)
This procedure feeds and processes unexposed

sheets of paper.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0523 Paper Feed]
1. Enter the number of sheets in Qty box and the

feed length in Length box.
Number of sheets: 1 to 999
Feed length:
82.5 to 381.0
The sheets of paper are fed and processed.
5.6.4
Printer Temperature Display (0524)
This procedure displays the printer temperature and

printer status.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0524 Printer Temperature Display]
NOTE: The temperatures are updated every five seconds.
Always keep ON for Working of Abnormal
temp. detection.

5-97

5.6.5
Printer Input Check (0525)
This procedure displays the status of the sensors.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0525 Printer Input Check]
[Next page]
5.6.6
Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527)
This procedure adjusts the white border and image

position in a template for each magazine ID.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0527 Image Position and Tilt Fine
Adjustment]
1. Install the paper magazine to be adjusted on the
upper paper deck.
2. Select Upper or Lower for Magazine.
3. Enter the feed length to be adjusted in the Feed
length box.
5-98
[Prev. page]

y
After about three minutes, the adjustment print

is output.
Feeding
Direction
5. Select the magazine ID to be adjusted.

x
6. Measure the X, Y, d and f dimensions of the

adjustment print and record them.
7. Enter the recorded X and Y values (mm) in the
appropriate Main (X) and Sub (Y) boxes.
8. Calculate d - f and enter the value in the Tilt (d f) box.

10. Install the magazine to be adjusted on the lower
magazine deck.
11. Select Lower for Magazine.
12. Repeat Steps 3 through 9.
5-99

5.6.7
Printer Function Select (0528)
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0528 Printer Function Select]
1. Select Both for Magazine normally.
2. Select YES for Registration.
NOTE: Select NO for Registration to use temporarily
when error W-2414 or W-2450 occurred.
3. Select YES for Distribution.

NOTE: Select NO for Distribution to use temporarily
when error W-2419or W-2455 occurred and
adjust the pipe slider position of the distribution
unit as described below. Large size prints
cannot be printed.
1) Open the magazine door.
2) Open the distribution section inner cover.
3) Align the marks on the pipe slider and
the distribution unit.
4) Close the distribution section inner cover.
5) Close the magazine door.
Pipe Slider
4. Select No change for Cut interval.

NOTE: When paper overlap feed has been occurred,
select Change for Cut interval. If the large
level is selected (from level 1 to level 2 or 3), the
cut interval is increased and the processing
ability is decreased.

Marks
L21157
5-100

5.6.8
Printer I/O Check (0540)

solenoids and sensors.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0540 Printer I/O Check]
1. Click the required operation button.

The respective motor or solenoid operates if it is
normal.
[Next page]
[Prev. page]
[Next page]
[Prev. page]
[Next page]
[Prev. page]

5-101

5.6.9
Test Pattern Printing (0541)
This procedure creates test pattern prints.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0541 Test Pattern Printing]
1. Move the cursor to Test pattern selection, and
select Grid, Borderless contact, Bordered
contact, Gradation, Back print 1 (wedge),
Back print 2 (line), Back print 3 (character) or
Frame print.
2. Move the cursor to Length and enter the feed
length (mm).
3. Move the cursor to Qty and enter the number of
prints.
After about three minutes, the print is output to
the sorter.
Color Drift Inspection
1) Make a grid test print.
2) Use a magnifying lens (X25) to check that the
vertical line for the color drift is 1/8 pixel or less in
width, and the horizontal line is 1/4 pixel or less in
width.
Reference: 1 pixel width = 0.08mm
5-102
Grid: For color drift and feed

length inspection
Borderless contact: For exposure and

processing unevenness inspection
Bordered contact: For exposure and processing

unevenness, or white border inspection
Back print 1 (wedge)
Back print 2 (line)
Frame print
5-103
Gradation:
For gradation inspection
Back print 3 (character)

5.6.10
Laser Exposure Check (0542)
This procedure performs an RGB test exposure and

displays the results.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0542 Laser Exposure Check]
5.6.11
R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543)
This procedure displays the R laser(R-LD) data in the

EEPROM.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0543 R Laser(R-LD) Data]
5.6.12
G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544)
This procedure displays the G laser(G-SHG) data in

the EEPROM.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0544 G Laser(G-SHG) Data]
5-104

5.6.13
B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545)
This procedure displays the B laser(B-LD) data in the

EEPROM.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0545 B Laser(B-LD) Data]

5.6.14
Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546)
This procedure displays the parameters for exposure

positions.
Normally parameter changing is unnecessary.
When the result of Menu 0547 Main Scanning
Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Synchronous
Rough Adjustment should be altered purposely,
change the parameters.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0546 Scan/Scan Home Position
Parameter]
1. Enter the scanning position/scanning home
position parameters by clicking the [] and []
buttons.
Unit
Main scanning: Pixel
Sub-scanning: Raster
2. Click the [Set] button to set the parameters.
5-105

5.6.15
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547)
This procedure performs the scanning adjustment

and laser beam synchronization rough adjustment.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0547 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync.
Rough Adjust]
NOTE: Perform this adjustment after processing three or
more sheets of paper because the feed length may
not stabilize immediately after setting paper.
1. Install the paper magazine for the narrowest

paper width being used.
The print is output in about three minutes.

3. Measure the dimensions of A, B and C, then
record them.
B
Sub-Scanning Line
NOTE: Tolerance of measurement: Within 0.5mm
4. Move the cursor to A: Left measured value and

enter the measured A value.
Rough Adjustment
Block
5. Move the cursor to B: Right measured value and

enter the measured B value.
6. Click the [Set] button of Width direction (main

scanning position).
8. Move the cursor to C: Top measured value and
enter the measured C value.
5-106

9. Click the [Set] button of Feeding direction (subscanning position).
11. Find the X coordinate which has the minimum
color drift on the print for the vertical lines using
an inverted magnifier (x20-40), and record the
coordinate value and the drifted color (CMY) order
from the left side.
12. Check and record the drifted color (CMY) order of

the sub-scanning line from the top using an
inverted magnifier (x20-40).
13. Move the cursor to X(Width) and enter the
measured X value.
14. Move the cursor to Y(Feed) and enter the
measured Y value.
15. Click the [Set] button of Coordinate with least
amount of color drift.
5.6.16
Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548)
This procedure performs the fine adjustment of the

laser beam synchronization.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0548 Laser Beam Sync. Fine
Adjustment Print]
1. Move the cursor to Order of drifted colors for
main scanning and enter the drifted color order
from the left recorded in Main Scanning Position
Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment
(Menu 0547).
2. Move the cursor to Order of drifted colors for subscanning and enter the drifted color order from
the top recorded in Main Scanning Position
5-107

Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment
(Menu 0547).
The print is output in about three minutes.

NOTE: The adjustment print has twenty or twenty-five
vertical and horizontal lines.
4. Find numbers that have the minimum color drift on

the output print for the vertical and horizontal lines
using the magnifier (x20-40).
5. Move the cursor to the Best main scanning
position and enter the number of the vertical lines
found.
6. Move the cursor to the Best sub-scanning
position and enter the number of the horizontal
lines found.
5-108

5.6.17
Laser History Display (0549)
Display the exposure time and current value of R-LD,

G-SHG and B-SHG.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintence] [05 Printer Adjustment/
Maintenance] [0549 Laser History Display]
1. Click the [Switch display] button to switch between

the graph and numeric displays.
5.6.18
Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550)
This procedure copies the LUT (Look-up Table) from

one magazine to another.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0550 Paper Condition Setup
Table(LUT) Copy]
1. Specify the ID of the source magazine.
2. Specify the ID of the destination magazine.
Copying is performed.
5-109

5.6.19
Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551)
This procedure adjusts the printer mechanism.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0551 Printer Mechanical Fine
Adjustment]
1. Cutter: Feed motor stop timing:
Sets up the feed motor stop timing when
supplying paper. Click the [Set] button.
2. Eject: Right/left speed control start timing:
Sets up the speed control start timing of the
M665 motor when feeding sheets papers with
single lane. Click the [Set] button.
3. Setup of precut length:
Sets up the leading end cut-off length of paper
for each magazine when the roll paper is set,
or first print after eight hours has elapsed from
the rewinding paper.
4. Adjustment for distributing position:
Adjusts distribution position and nip timing for
each magazine. Click the [Set] button.
5-110

5.6.20
Filter Replacement History (0552)
The laser optical unit air filter replacement history is

displayed.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0552 Filter Replacement History]
[Replace] button: Click this button when the filter has

been replaced.
[Initialize] button: Click this button to initialize the
replacement history.
5.6.21
Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)
This procedure adjusts paper leading end position for

supply process on the basis of the sensors.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0553 Feeding Position Sensor Fine
Adjustment]
NOTE: perform this procedure for both upper and lower
magazine decks.

After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1
and 2 are output.
3. Measure the feed length of Prints 1 and 2 and
record them.
4. Enter the recorded values in the Measured
boxes for Print 1 and Print 2.
5. Click the [Calculate] button.
5-111

New adjustment value appears in the
Calculated box.
6. Select All IDs or Selected ID only.
7. Enter ID in the ID box if Selected ID only is
selected.
8. Enter new adjustment value in the New box.
5.6.22
Image Position Initial Setting (0554)
This procedure sets up the initial image position for all

magazines.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0554 Image Position Initial Setting]
1. Install the narrowest paper magazine on the
upper deck and the widest paper magazine on the
lower deck.
A
After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1

and 2 for the upper magazine and Print 3 for the
lower magazine are output.
3. Print 1: Measure the A to F dimensions and enter

them in the appropriate boxes.
Print 2: Measure the C and E dimensions and
enter them in the appropriate boxes.
Print 3: Measure the B to F dimensions and enter
them in appropriate boxes.
E
Print 2
E
Print 1
5-112

C

E
Print 3
5.6.23
Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555)
This procedure adjusts the feeding speed of the subscanning unit.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0555 Sub-scan Feeding Speed
Adjustment]
After about three minutes, the adjustment print
is output.
3. Measure the A dimension of the adjustment print
and record it.
4. Enter the recorded value in the Measured box.
5. Click the [Calculate] button.
New adjustment value is displayed in the
Calculated (%) box.
6. Enter the magazine ID in the ID box.
7. Enter the calculated value in the New box.
5-113

5.6.24
Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557)
This procedure adjusts the soft nip timing, nip position

and motor current value of the sub-scanning unit.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0557 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine
Adjustment]
1. Enter the feed length in the Feed length box.
After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1 to
9 are output.
4. Select optimum prints for unevenness level at the
leading and trailing ends from nine adjustment
prints
5. Enter the optimum print numbers in the Tip No. 1
to 9 and End No. 1 to 9 boxes.
6. Click the [Convert] button.
Timing, new pulse adjustment and motor current
values are displayed.
7. Select Selected ID only or All IDs.
8. Enter the ID in the Magazine ID box if Selected
ID only is selected.
9. Click the [Set] button for Adjustment value.
10. Click the [Set] button for Motor current value.
5-114

5.6.25
Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558)
This procedure calibrates the paper sensors.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0558 Sensor Calibration (Initial)]
D619
D629
D650
D653
:
:
:
:
Upper magazine splice sensor

Lower magazine splice sensor
Exposure section entrance paper sensor.
Exposure position paper sensor
1. Click the [] button to select the sensor to be

calibrated.
2. Click the [Start] button.
Date and result are displayed.
NOTE: If the result is NG, the sensor should be
replaced.

5-115

5.6.26
Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559)
This procedure sets up daily calibration of the

sensors.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0559 Sensor Calibration (Daily)]
The calibration history is displayed in the lower box
of the screen.
D619
D629
D650
D653
:
:
:
:

Exposure section entrance paper sensor.
1. Select Yes for Daily Calibration normally.

NOTE: Manual calibration can be used if No is
selected.

<Electric Current Calibration for Sensors not to
be Calibrated Daily>
1. Select a sensor in the Sensor No. box.
5-116

5.6.27
Printer Operation Data Display (0560)
This procedure displays the printer operation data.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0560 Printer Operation Data
Display]

5-117
[Next page]
[Prev. page]
[Next page]
[Prev. page]

5.6.28
Data Saving (0561)
The parameters displayed can be written from the

memory on the printers circuit board to the HD in the
main control unit.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0561 Data Saving]
1. Select the item to be saved.

The data is saved.
5-118

5.6.29
Data Download (0562)
The parameters displayed can be written from the HD

in the main control unit to the memory on the printers
circuit board.
[Selection]
Maintenance] [0562 Data Download]
1. Select the item to be downloaded.

2. Click [OK].
The data is downloaded.

4. Shut down and restart the system.
5-119
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06)

5.7.1
Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620)
This procedure measures and corrects the

replenisher pump output.
Normally measure only PSR.
NOTE: The machine automatically measures and adjusts
the pump output for P1R, P2RA and P2RB.
When executing this menu to confirm pump operation

for the P1R, P2RA or P2RB, return the discharged
replenisher into the replenisher tank.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [06 Processor
Adjustment/Maintenance] [0620 Pump Output
Measurement/Setting]
1. Prepare a measuring cylinder.
2. Perform the following steps for PSR.
Screw
1) Open the water supply port door.

2) Loosen the screw and remove the water
supply port inner cover.
Water Supply Port Inner Cover

L21055
3. Perform the following steps for P1R, P2RA or

P2RB.
1) Open the replenisher box door.
2) Remove the circulation filter tray.
Circulation Filter Tray

L2232
5-120

3) Remove the screw and then the splashprevention cover.
Screw
4. Click the [Start] button for the pump to be

measured.
The message below appears on the printer
operation panel.
#PSR MEASURE
#START
[YES]
5. Press the [Enter] key on the printer operation

panel.
L21051
The alarm beeps intermittently for ten seconds.

NOTE: Click the [Cancel] button to stop the operation.
6. Before the pump starts discharging, disconnect

the replenisher nozzle, insert it into the measuring
cylinder and hold it at the same height as its
setting position.
PSR Replenisher Nozzle
The replenisher pump starts discharging.

The alarm beeps when discharging is
completed.
7. Insert the replenisher nozzle into the sub-tank.
Measuring Cylinder
8. Place the measuring cylinder on a level surface,

and then read and record the output.
L21050
5-121

9. PSR :
Dispose of the liquid in the measuring cylinder.
P1R, P2RA or P2RB :
Return the discharged replenisher into the
replenisher tank through the cartridge box
opening.
P2RB Replenisher Nozzle

P1W
Replenisher
Nozzle
P1R
Replenisher
Nozzle
10. Select the Measured value box, and enter the

recorded output value.
Measuring
Cylinder
11. Clean the measuring cylinder.

P2RA
Replenisher
Nozzle
L21052
5.7.2
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621)
This procedure measures and corrects auto-cleaning

pump output.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance] [0621 Auto Cleaning
Output Measurement/Setting]
1. Prepare the two measuring cups for auto-cleaning
output measurement.
(yellow).
3. Remove the No.2 crossover rack.
No.2 Crossover Rack
NOTE: Do not remove the other crossover racks to

prevent splashing of washing water.
No.3 Crossover Rack

L21052
5-122

4. Install the measuring cups instead of the No.2
crossover rack as shown.
Measuring Cups
5. Click the [Start] button for No.2.

The message bellow appears on the printer
operation panel.
#No.2 MEASURE
#START
[YES]
6. Press the [Enter] key on the printer operation

panel.
L21116
The pump discharges washing water after the

ten second countdown.
NOTE: To stop the pump, press the [Enter] key.
The alarm beeps once when the discharging is

completed.
7. Remove the measuring cups.
8. Place the measuring cups on a horizontal surface,
read the liquid amount and record it.
Measuring Cups
9. Dispose of the water from the measuring cup.

10. Enter the recorded value in the Measured value
box for the No.2.
11. Reinstall the No.2 crossover rack and remove the
No.3 crossover rack.
12. Install the measuring cups instead of the No.3
crossover rack.
13. Repeat Steps 5 through 12 for No.3.
L21117
14. Reinstall the No.3 crossover rack.
5-123

15. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for Dryer entrance rack.
Dryer Entrance Rack
16. Remove the dryer entrance rack and check that it

is washed completely with washing water.
17. Reinstall the dryer entrance rack and close the
dryer unit.
L2236
5.7.3
Low Volume Processing Setup (0622)
This procedure sets up low volume processing.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance] [0622 Low Volume
Processing Setup]
1. Select YES for Low volume.
2. Enter minimum processing amount in the box.
Range: 0.0 to 25.0
3. Enter minimum processing amount for last eight
days in the box.
Range: 0.0 to150.0
NOTE: Click the [Clear] button to clear all data.

5-124

5.7.4
Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)
This procedure calibrates the processor section

temperatures.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance] [0623 Processor
Temperature Calibration]
1. Check that the display values have reached the

Setting temperatures.
(yellow).
5. Remove the P1 circulation filter and put it on the
circulation filter tray.
P1 Circulation Filter

L2233
6. Measure the temperature of the P1 processing

solution and record it.
P1 Sub-tank
Thermometer
7. Reinstall the filter by aligning the fastening tab

with the notch, and then turn it 90 clockwise.
8. If the Setting temperatures differ from the values
displayed, move the cursor to the Measured
value and enter the values recorded in Step 4.
Range: 0.0 to 99.9
P2 Sub-tank
10. Repeat Steps 4 through 9 for the P2 solution

temperature.
L21047
5-125

11. Measure the PS1/2/3 solution temperature at the
PS2 processing tank and record it.
Thermometer
12. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 for the PS1/2/3 solution

temperature.
PS2 Sub-tank
L21048
13. Remove the water supply port inner cover and

rubber plug from the PS4 sub-tank.
PS4 Sub-tank
14. Measure the PS4 solution temperature and record

it.
15. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 for the PS4 solution
temperature.
16. Reinstall the rubber plug, water supply port inner
cover and circulation filter tray.
Thermometer
L21049
5-126

5.7.5
Processor Input Check (0624)
This procedure displays the status of the sensors.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance] [0624 Processor Input
Check]

5-127
[Next page]
[Prev. page]
[Next page]
[Prev. page]

5.7.6
Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625)
This procedure sets up the processor operating

condition.
[Selection]
Operating Condition Setup]
1. Normally, the processor operating conditions are
set up as shown in the table below.
Rack auto cleaning
Dryer entrance rack auto clean
No. of prints for dryer entrance rack
auto clean 1 to 9999
Auto intermittent driving
Forcible output to large size tray
Energy saving mode
Ambient temperature correction
PS solution concentration monitor
Evaporation correction
Humidity
PS rack cleaning
Sorter Max. No. of sheets
Line speed for control strip
ON
ON
1000
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
Auto
OFF
50
High

5-128

5.7.7
Processing Temperature Setting (0640)
This procedure sets the processing temperatures.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance] [0620 Processing
Temperature Setting]
1. Enter the numerical values of the P1, P2 and

PS processing temperatures.
Range
Initial Value
P1
40.0 to 45.0
43.0
P2
35.0 to 45.0
43.0
PS
42.0 to 47.0
45.0

5-129

5.7.8
Processor I/O Check (0642)

solenoids and sensors.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance] [0642 Processor I/O
Check]
1. Click the required operation button.
The respective motor or solenoid operates, if it
is normal.
[Next page]
[Prev. page]
[Next page]
[Prev. page]

5-130

5.7.9
Processor Operation Data Display (0643)
This procedure displays the processor operation

data.
[Selection]
Operation Data Display]

[Next page]
5.7.10
PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance] [0644 PS Liquid
Concentration Management]
1. Enter level in the Measurement level box.
Standard Level:6
NOTE: The level may not be 6 according to the factory
adjustment.

3. Click the [Start] button for Manual measurement.
5-131
[Prev. page]

The required setting level is displayed in the OK
level box.
5-132
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07)

5.8.1
Image Processing Section Information Display (0720)
The mounting status (free space, circuit board name

and status) of the DIMM and PCI slots in the image
processing circuit board box is displayed. Also DSP
conditions (Valid or Invalid) are displayed for GPA
circuit board.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [07 Image Processing

Section Adjustment/Maintenance] [0720 Image
Processing Section Information Display]
1. Click the [Close] Button.
5.8.2
Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740)
The image processing section temperature, carrier

status (exist/none) and fan status are displayed.
[Selection]
Processing Section I/O Check]
5-133
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07)

5.8.3
Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741)
The mounting status (free space, circuit board name

and status) of the DIMM and PCI slots in the image
processing circuit board box is displayed. The DSP
conditions (Valid or Invalid) of the GPA circuit board
are changed between Valid and Invalid.
[Selection]
Processing Section Function Setting]
1. If any DSP is abnormal, change it to Invalid until

the GPA23 circuit board is replaced.
Setting is registered and operation returns to the
menu screen.
5-134
5.9 Register/Delete
5.9.1
Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020)
This procedure registers or deletes the shop logo that

appears on the index prints.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] [10 Register/Delete]
[1020 Shop Logo Regist/ Delete]
<Registration>
1. Insert the floppy disk containing the shop logo to
be registered into the floppy disk drive of the main
control unit.
2. Click the [Add] button.
Floppy Disk
z2041
The Media Selection dialog box appears.

3. Select FD and click the [OK] button.
The shop logo is displayed in the dialog box.
The shop logo is registered.
<Deleting>
1. Select the shop logo to be deleted.
2. Click the [Delete] button.
The shop logo is deleted from the list.
5-135
5.9 Register/Delete
5.9.2
Template Regist/Delete (1021)
See the Installation Manual of the optional Variety

Print Service software.
[Selection]
[1021 Template Regist/Delete]
5.9.3
Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022)
See the Operating Instructions of the optional

Variety Print Service software.
[Selection]
[1022 Holiday File Regist/Delete]
5.9.4
Custom Button Regist/Save (1023)
This menu is used to register the custom button

setting into the main control unit, using a floppy disk.
[Selection]
[1023 Custom Button Regist/Save]
5-136
5.9 Register/Delete
[Save] button:
Customized setting registered in

the main control unit is saved into a
floppy disk.
[Regist] button: Customized setting data edited by
the PC is registered into the main
control unit from a floppy disk.
[Initialize] button: Customized setting is returned to
the initial setting.
<Registration>
1. Select Function or Service to be registered.

3. Insert the floppy disk for the custom button setting

edited by the Custom Button Setting Tool into the
floppy disk drive of the main control unit.
Custom Button Setting Floppy Disk

Z2041

The customized setting is registered into the
main control unit.
5-137
5.9 Register/Delete
<Saving>
1. Select Function or Service to be saved.
2. Click the [Save] button.
3. Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy disk

drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk
Z2041

Custom button setting data is saved from the
main control unit to the floppy disk.
<Initializing>
1. Select Function or Service to be initialized.
2. Click the [Initialize] button.
Selected customized setting is returned to the
initial setting.
5-138
5.10 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23)

Refer to the separate Service Manual SelfDiagnostic/Trouble Help.
5.11 Special Operations (99)

5.11.1
Paint (9940)
Follow this procedure to use Paint.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintence] [99 Special Operations]
[9940 Paint]
NOTE: For information on Paint operations, see the
Windows 2000 manual.
1. Click File and Exit on the upper left-hand side

of the screen.
NOTE: Be sure not to click the emergency button.
5.11.2
Explorer (9941)
Follow this procedure to use Explorer.
[Selection]
[9941 Explorer]
NOTE: For information on Explorer operations, see the
Windows 2000 manual.
1. Click File and Exit on the upper left-hand side

of the screen.
NOTE: Be sure not to click the emergency button.
5-139
5.11 Special Operations (99)

5.11.3
Command (9942)
Follow this procedure to perform MS-DOS command

operations.
[Selection]
[9942 Command]
NOTE: For information on Command operations, see the
MS-DOS manual.
1. Click the [X] button on the upper right-hand side of

the screen.
5-140
6. OPERATION SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 6-2
6.1
Monitor..................................................................................................... 6-3
6.1.1
6.2
Monitor Replacement .............................................................................................. 6-3
Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional) ................................................. 6-4

6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.4
6.2.5
6.2.6
6.2.7
Mouse Replacement................................................................................................ 6-4

Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ..................................... 6-4
Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement................................................. 6-5
Operation Keyboard Replacement......................................................................... 6-5
Light Box (Optional) Replacement......................................................................... 6-6
Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement ............................................................ 6-7
Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 6-7
6-1
Parts Location
Mouse
Monitor
Light Box (Optional)
Operation Keyboard
Table Upper Cover
Table Lower Cover
Z2440
6-2
6.1 Monitor
6.1.1
Monitor Replacement
Removal
the system.
2. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and
disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
Monitor Cable
3. Disconnect the monitor cable from the main

control unit.
Z2027
4. Disconnect the power supply cable from the

monitor.
Monitor
5. Remove the monitor from the table.
Installation
removal.
After installation, perform the following adjustments.
1) Monitor setting (See Instruction Manual of the
Monitor).
Power Supply Cable
2) Menu 0222 Monitor Adjustment

Z2086
6-3
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional)

6.2.1
Mouse Replacement
Removal
2. Disconnect the mouse cable from the main control
unit.
3. Open the two harness clamps.
4. Pass the mouse cable through the hole in the
tablemat.
Harness Clamps (2)

Mouse Cable
Z2207
Installation
Groove in Table
1. Pass the mouse cable through the hole in the

table mat and connect it to the main control unit.
Table Mat
2. Align the mouse with the right end of the table and
fit in the cable into the groove in the table as
shown.
Mouse
Z2025
6.2.2
Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
Operation Keyboard Assembly

the system.
3. Remove the screw and then the operation
keyboard assembly.
Z2106
6-4

4. Disconnect the harness connector from the
operation keyboard circuit board.
Operation Keyboard
Circuit Board
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of
removal.
Harness Connector
Z2107
6.2.3
Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Operation Keyboard
Circuit Board
1. Remove the operation keyboard

Connector
2. Remove the four screws and then the operation

keyboard circuit board.
3. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect
the flexible cable from the circuit board.
Screws (4)
Flexible Cable
Installation
Z2113

removal.
6.2.4
Operation Keyboard Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)
Keyboard Bracket
1. Remove the operation keyboard

2. Remove the three screws and then the keyboard
bracket.
Z2114
6-5

3. Remove the four screws and then the keyboard.
Circuit Board
Screws (4)

Connector
Installation
Operation Keyboard
Flexible Cable

removal.
6.2.5
Z2115
Light Box (Optional) Replacement
Removal
Light Box
Screw

the system.
3. Remove the screw, then the light box cover and
light box.
Light Box Cover

Z2116
4. Disconnect the harness connector.
Light Box
Harness
Connector
Installation
removal.
Z2117
6-6

6.2.6
Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement
Removal
Harness Connector
Connector
1. Remove the light box(See Subsection 6.2.5).

2. Disconnect the harness connector.
Lock Tabs
3. Release the lock tabs and remove the switch from

the cover.
6
Installation
Light Box Switch

removal.
6.2.7
Z2118
Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Seals (2)
1. Remove:
Scanner section front cover
Operation keyboard assembly
(See Subsection 6.2.2)).
Light box (optional)(See Subsection 6.2.5).
2. Peel the two seals from the center of the scanner
base covers.
Screws (2)
Base Covers (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the two scanner

base covers.
Z2105
6-7

4. Peel the seal from the left-hand rear of the table.
Seal
Screw
5. If the light box is not used, remove the screw and

then the light box section cover.
6. Remove the five screws and then the table upper
cover.
Reinstallation
Screws (5)
Light Box Section Cover

removal.
Table Upper Cover

Z2108
6-8
7. FILM CARRIER SECTION

Parts Location......................................................................................... 7-3
7.1
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) ....................... 7-9

7.1.1
7.1.2
7.1.3
7.1.4
7.1.5
7.1.6
7.1.7
7.1.8
7.1.9
7.1.10
7.1.11
7.1.12
7.1.13
7.1.14
7.1.15
7.1.16
7.1.17
7.1.18
7.2
Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................... 7-9

MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement ........................... 7-9
MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement .......................... 7-10
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/LEE23
Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................................ 7-10
135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement ..... 7-11
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/LEE22 Circuit Board
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 7-11
135 Feed Roller Replacement............................................................................... 7-12
LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-13
IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................................... 7-14
IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement............................................................ 7-15
Dummy Head Replacement .................................................................................. 7-17
Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement..................................................... 7-17
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement ................................................... 7-18
Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement.................................................................... 7-19
Pressure Mask Replacement................................................................................ 7-22
Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment ..................... 7-23
Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement .................................................. 7-24
Machine Data Writing ............................................................................................ 7-25
NC100AY Lower Feed Section............................................................. 7-26

7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
7.2.4
7.2.5
7.2.6
7.2.7
7.2.8
7.2.9
7.2.10
7.2.11
7.2.12
7.2.13
7.2.14
7.2.15
7.2.16
7.2.17
7.2.18
7.2.19
7.2.20
7.2.21
7.2.22
7.2.23
7.2.24
7.2.25
Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 7-26

Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................. 7-30
Winding Roller Replacement................................................................................ 7-30
Feed Motor (M101) Replacement ......................................................................... 7-32
JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-36
Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement......... 7-37
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement.......... 7-37
Solenoid (S101) Replacement .............................................................................. 7-38
Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ..................................................... 7-38
Magnetic Reading Adjustment ............................................................................. 7-39
Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement ....................................................... 7-40
IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement ................................................ 7-40
Slide Rail Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-41
Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement ................................ 7-41
Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 7-42
135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement............. 7-42
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P)/
DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 7-43
DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-43
DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-44
DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-44
Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement ...................................................... 7-45
Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement................................................................ 7-46
Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement........................................................... 7-47
Feed Roller/Belt Replacement.............................................................................. 7-48
Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement ................................................. 7-50
7-1
7.3
NC100AY Nest Section......................................................................... 7-52

7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.7
7.3.8
7.3.9
7.3.10
7.3.11
7.3.12
7.3.13
7.3.14
7.3.15
7.3.16
7.3.17
7.4
Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 7-52

Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 7-52
Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 7-53
Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment..... 7-56
135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment ........................................................ 7-59
SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-61
135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 7-61
135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement ............................................................ 7-62
Gear Bracket Replacement................................................................................... 7-62
Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 7-63
IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................... 7-63
Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement........................................................... 7-65
Spool Gear Replacement ...................................................................................... 7-66
Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement .............................................. 7-66
Supply Motor (M102) Replacement...................................................................... 7-67
Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement ............................. 7-68
Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement ............................ 7-69
NC100AY Body Section........................................................................ 7-70

7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
7.4.4
7.4.5
7.4.6
7.4.7
7.5
Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 7-70

Load Harness Replacement ................................................................................. 7-70
135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement .................... 7-71
Plug-in Connector Replacement .......................................................................... 7-72
Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 7-73
CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-74
NC100AY Unit Replacement ................................................................................. 7-80
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) ............................................... 7-81

7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
7.5.4
7.5.5
7.5.6
7.5.7
7.5.8
7.5.9
7.5.10
7.5.11
7.6
Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........ 7-81

CYB23Circuit Board Replacement....................................................................... 7-81
Flexible Cable Replacement ................................................................................. 7-82
MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 7-84
Solenoid (S480) Replacement .............................................................................. 7-84
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement .................................. 7-85
Mask Cover Gear Replacement............................................................................ 7-86
Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement ............................................................... 7-89
Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement .................................................................... 7-90
Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement ........................................................ 7-91
Carrier Base Section ............................................................................ 7-92

7.6.1
7.6.2
7.6.3
7.6.4
7.6.5
7.6.6
7.6.7
7.6.8

Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 7-94
Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement........................................................... 7-96
Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 7-96
Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly................................................... 7-98
Roller/Arm Replacement....................................................................................... 7-99
Lock Release Arm Replacement ........................................................................ 7-100
Lock Arm Replacement....................................................................................... 7-100
7-2
Parts Location
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Top-view)
MRH23 Circuit Board
Magnetic Reading
Head (D124)
Pressure Mask
Height Adjustment Screw
IX240 Dust
Removal Roller
Dummy Head
LEE1 Circuit
Board (D116L)
Magnetic Writing
Head (MG101)
IX240 Winding Unit
MWH20
Circuit Board
LEE22 Circuit
Board (D101L)
LBF23 Circuit Board (D102L/D104L/D106L/
D108L/D109L/D110L/D111L/D112L/D114L/
D115L/D117L/D118L/D119L)
LEE1 Circuit
Board (D103L)
Pressure Cover
Open/Close Sensor
Pin Position Adjusting Screw
Z2441
7-3
Parts Location
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Bottom-view )
D114L
D102L
DD115L
135 Upper Mask
D108L
D112L
D103L
D111L
D101L
D104L
D110L
D109L
D106L
D119L
D116L
D118L
Magnetic Writing
Head (MG101)
D117L
IX240 Upper Mask

Magnetic Reading
Head (D124)
Pressure Mask
IX240 Dust
Removal Roller
Z2442
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Name
D101L
135 Leading End Sensor LED
D111L
135 Front Inner Frame Sensor LED
D102L
135 Upstream Perforation Sensor LED
D112L
135 Front Outer Frame Sensor LED
D103L
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED
D114L
135 Rear Panorama Sensor LED
D104L
135 Check Tape Sensor LED
D115L
135 Front Panorama Sensor LED
D106L
135 Rear Bar Code Sensor LED
D116L
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code

Sensor LED
D108L
135 Front Bar Code Sensor LED
D117L
IX240 Perforation Sensor LED
D109L
135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor LED
D118L
IX240 Front Unexposed Frame Sensor

LED
D110L
135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor LED
D119L
IX240 Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor

LED
7-4
Parts Location
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Lower Feed Section Top-view)
JNC23 Circuit Board

Plug-in Connector
IX240 Lower Mask
SSD23 Circuit
Board (D122)
Feed Motor (M101)
Solenoid (S101)
Supply Motor
(M102)
D116P
D118P
D119P
SSA23 Circuit
Board (D121)
D117P
Feed Lane
Switching
Lever
D106P
D109P
D110P
D101P
D104P
D111P
D112P
D108P
D103P
D115P
D102P
D114P
D128
Next Section
Unit
SSB23 Circuit
Board (D120/D123)
Door Motor
(M104)
135 Lower Mask
IX240 Feed Lane 135 Feed Lane

Position Sensor Position Sensor
(D129)
(D130)
Z2443
7-5
Parts Location
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Lower Feed Section Bottom-view)
DBF23 Circuit Board
(D104P/D106P/D108P/
D109P/D110P/D111P/
D112P/D114P/D115P)
DTE22 Circuit Board (D103P)

Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128)
DTG23 Circuit Board

(D101P)
DTF23 Circuit
Board (D102P)
DTE23 Circuit
Board (D116P)
DTB23 Circuit
Board
(D117P/D118P/
D119P)
Dummy Head
Opposite Roller
Writing Head Opposite Roller
Reading Head Opposite Roller
SSE23 Circuit Board (D135)
IX240 lower Dust Removal Roller
Z2445
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Name
D101P
135 Leading End Sensor
D115P
135 Front Panorama Sensor
D102P
135 Upstream Perforation Sensor
D116P

Sensor
D103P
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor
D117P
IX240 Perforation Sensor
D104P
135 Check Tape Sensor
D118P
D106P
135 Rear Bar Code Sensor

135 Rear Outer Bar Code Sensor
D119P
D108P
135 Front Bar Code Sensor

135 Front Outer Bar Code Sensor
D120
Door Open Close Sensor
D109P
135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor
D121
IPI Sensor
D110P
135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor
D122
Supply Motor Home Position Sensor
D111P
135 Front Inner Frame Sensor
D123
Cartridge Set Sensor
D112P
135 Front Outer Frame Sensor
D135
Feed Roller Rotation Sensor
D114P
135 Rear Panorama Sensor
7-6
Parts Location
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY(Optional) Top-view
Solenoid
CYB23 Circuit Board
Plug-in Connector
Mask Table Slider

Position Sensor (D486)
Mask Cover
Buffer Gear
Box
MSB23 Circuit Board (D480 to D484)
Z2211
7-7
Parts Location
Carrier Base Section
Plug-in Connector
Film Carrier Lock Unit
Magnet
Carrier Base
Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Carrier Base Slide Guides
Z2446
7-8
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section)

7.1.1
Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Open the carrier cover.
2. Remove the three screws and then the pressure
upper cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
Pressure Upper Cover
Screws (3)
Z2252
7.1.2
MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Cover
Screw
1. Remove the pressure upper cover

Flexible Cable

the flexible cable.
3. Remove the screw and then the circuit board
cover.
Lock
Z2481
4. Disconnect the harness from the CN1 connector.
Screws (3)
CN1 Connector
CN2 Connector
5. Release the lock of the CN2 connector and

disconnect the flexible cable.
6. Remove the three screws and then the circuit
board.
Installation
removal.
MRH23 Circuit Board
Flexible Cable
Z2253
7-9

7.1.3
MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable
Screw

2. Disconnect the harness from the CN1 connector.
3. Release the lock of the CN2 connector and
4. Remove the screw and then the circuit board.
Installation
CN2 Connector

removal.
CN1 Connector
Z2254
NOTE: Align the hole in the circuit board with the locating
boss.
7.1.4
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/

LEE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw
Sensor LED (D116L)/

LEE23 Circuit Board

2. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board.
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board
against the shoulder.
Perform Machine Data Writing
Connector
Z2255
7-10

7.1.5
135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board

Replacement
Removal
Screw

Installation

removal.
Connector

7.1.6
Sensor LED (D101L)/

LEE22 Circuit Board
Z2256
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/

LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connector
Screw

Installation
removal.
Sensor LED (D103L)/LEE22 Circuit Board

Z2257
7-11

7.1.7
135 Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Screw
Screws (2 for each plate)

2. Remove the screw and then the D101L.
3. Remove the two screws and then the roller
retainer plate.
D101L
Roller Retainer Plate
Z2258
4. Remove the two coil springs, four poly-sliders, two

rollers and shaft.
Screws (2)
Roller Retainer
Rollers (2)
Springs (2)
Installation
removal.
Shaft
Poly-sliders (4)
Z2259
7-12

7.1.8
LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement
LBF23 Circuit Board

D102L: 135 upstream perforation sensor LED
D104L: 135 check tape sensor LED
D106L: 135 rear bar code sensor LED
D108L: 135 front bar code sensor LED
D109L: 135 rear outer frame sensor LED
D110L: 135 rear inner frame sensor LED
D111L: 135 front inner frame sensor LED
D112L: 135 front outer frame sensor LED
D114L: 135 rear perforation sensor LED
D115L: 135 front perforation sensor LED
D117L: IX240 perforation sensor LED
D118L: IX240 front unexposed frame sensor LED
D119L: IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor LED
Removal
Flexible Cable
Screws (2)

2. Disconnect the three harness connectors from the
LBF23 circuit board.
3. Release the lock of the LBF1 connector and
4. Remove the two screws and then the circuit
board.
Harness Connectors
Installation
LBF1 Connector
LBF23 Circuit Board

removal.
Z2260
NOTE: Tighten the screws while pressing the circuit board

Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that
its blue contact area disappears.
7-13

7.1.9
IX240 Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Screw (1 each)

2. Remove the screw and then the roller retainer
plate.
Roller Retainer Plate

Z2261
3. Remove the two springs, four poly-sliders, two

rollers and shaft.
Rollers (2)
Springs (2)
Shaft
Poly-sliders (4)
Z2262
7-14

Installation
Springs (Black)(2)

removal.
NOTE: Install the two black (strong) springs to the entrance
side and the four white (weak) springs to the exit
side.
7
Springs (White)(4)
Z2263
7.1.10
IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the harness
guide.
Harness Guide
Z2485
3. Loosen the two screws and then the dust removal

roller.
Screws (2)
Dust Removal Roller

Z2264
7-15

4. Remove the two coil springs.
Springs (2)
Z2265
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Tighten the two dust removal roller fixing screws
fully and loosen them three turns.
Screws (2) (Loosen 3 turns.)

Z2266
After installation, insert a film and turn the roller

cleaning knob. The dust removal roller should be
locked when the knob is turned to the feed
direction and turned when the knob is turned to
the return direction
Dust Removal Roller

Film
Roller Cleaning Knob

Z2267
7-16

7.1.11
Dummy Head Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable
Cuircuit Board Cover

the flexible cable from the LBF23 circuit board.
Lock
7
LBF23 Circuit Board
Z2482
3. Remove the screw (M38) and then the dummy

head.
Hole
Locating Pin
Installation
removal.
Dummy Head
NOTE: Align the hole in the dummy head with the locating
pin.
7.1.12
Screw (M38)
Z2269
Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement
Removal
Connector

Flexible Cable
Z2270
7-17

3. Remove the screw and then the magnetic reading
head.
Magnetic Reading Head (D124)
Installation
removal.
Screw
NOTE: After installation, perform the magnetic reading

adjustment (See Subsection 7.2.10).
7.1.13
Z2271
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable

Connector
Z2272
3. Remove the screw and then the magnetic writing

head.
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101)
Installation
Screw

removal.
Z2273
7-18

7.1.14
Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement
Removal
Load Harness Connector Cover

2. Remove the screw and then the load harness
connector cover.
Screw
7
Z2229
3. Remove the screw securing the load harness

clamp.
Screw
Clamp
Z2297
4. Remove the screw and then the JNC23 circuit

board cover.
Circuit Board Cover
Screw
Z2293
7-19

5. Disconnect all connectors from the JNC23 circuit
board.
Flexible Cable
JNC23 Circuit Board
Connector
Screws (2)
Z2294
6. Remove the four hex. socket head bolts and then

the pressure cover.
Hex. Socket Head Bolts (4)

Z2298
7. Remove the four screws and then the both hinges.
Screws (4)
Hinge
Hinge
Z2299
7-20

Installation
Screws (2)

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screws while pressing the hinge
against the pressure cover.
Perform the level adjustment described below.
Hinge
Hinge
Screws (2)
Z2300
<Level Adjustment>
1. Reinstall the pressure cover and loosely tighten
the four hex. socket head bolts.
Pressure Cover
2. Lock the pressure cover and tighten the four hex.

socket head bolts while pressing the cover down
and against the rear.
Z2301

Z2302
7-21

7.1.15
Pressure Mask Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the 135F upper mask.

2. Remove the two screws and then the pressure
mask.
Pressure Mask
Z2291
Installation
1. Temporarily install the pressure mask using the
two screws.
135F
Upper Mask
2. Reinstall the 135 F upper mask.

3. Align the 135 F upper mask with the lower mask
and tighten the two screws securely.
4. Perform the pressure mask height adjustment
described below.
135F Lower Mask
Pressure Mask
Z2292
<Pressure Mask Height Adjustment>

Locknut
2. Close the pressure cover and loosen the locknut.
Z2303
7-22

3. Turn the hex. socket head setscrew with the
1.5mm hex wrench so that the clearance between
the 135F upper mask and the lower mask is
specified value.
Locknut
Hex Socket Head Setscrew
Specified Clearance: 0.7 to 0.9 mm

4. Apply thread locking agent to the setscrew and
tighten the locknut.
135F
Upper Mask
Thread Locking Agent: LOCTITE 425 or equivalent
0.7 to 0.9mm
7
135F Lower Mask
Z2304
7.1.16 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment

2. Connect the Auto Film Carrier NC100AY to the
plug-in connector of the scanner using a carrier
extension cable.
3. Open the Menu 0421 NC100AY Input Check
screen.
Lock Screw
4. Loosen the locknut.

Pin
5. Close the pressure cover and turn the pin to find a

point that D128 just turns Open and Close.
Locknut
Z2268
6. Screw in the pin 1.25 turns.

7. Apply thread locking agent to the threads of the
pin and tighten the locknut securely.
Thread Locking Agent: LOCTITE 425 or equivalent
8. Disconnect the carrier extension cable and
reinstall the pressure upper cover.
7-23

7.1.17
Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable
Cuircuit Board Cover

the flexible cable from the LBF23 circuit board.
3. Peel the flexible cable from the adhesive tape on
the circuit board cover.
Lock
LBF23 Circuit Board

Z2482
4. Remove the screw and then the JNC23 circuit

board cover.
Circuit Board Cover
Screw
Z2293
5. Release the lock of the connector and peel the

flexible cable from the adhesive tape on the
JNC23 circuit board.
Flexible Cable
Lock
Adhesive Tape
JNC23 Circuit Board

Z2483
7-24

Installation
removal.
NOTE: Attach two new adhesive tapes to the new flexible
cable by referring the tape positions on the
removed cable.
Attach the flexible cable to the circuit board cover
so that its crease is 3mm in front of the cover edge
as shown.
3mm
Cover
Flexible Cable
Z2484
7.1.18
Machine Data Writing
1. Install the carrier to the scanner.

2. Open the Menu 0443 NC100AY Sensor
Calibration Information screen.
3. Click the [RUN] button.
The sensors are calibrated and their data are

displayed.
4. Click the [FlashROM Writing] button.
Data are written into the FlashROM on the
CYA23 circuit board.
6. Click the [HD Writing] button.
Data are written into the HD of the main control
unit.
7-25
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section

7.2.1
Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the nest section cover

2. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack.
Interlock Rack
Z2227

connector cover.
Screw
Z2229
4. Remove the screw and then the harness clamp.
Screw
Clamp
5. Remove the screw securing the grounding wire.

6. Disconnect the S101 and M101 connectors.
M101 Connector
Screw/Grounding Wire
S101 Connector
Z2230
7-26

8. Remove the two M2 screws securing the feed
section.
M2 Screws (2)
Z2231
9. Move the feed section in the neutral position.
Neutral Position
Feed Section
Z2232
10. Turn over the carrier.
Screws (4)
11. Remove the four screws securing the feed

section.
Z2233
7-27

12. Hold the feed section and turn back the carrier.
Z2234
13. Remove the two screws and then the front cover
by pushing it to the rear.
Screws (2)
Front Cover
Z2235
Screw
14. Remove the screw and then the right-hand front

cover by turning it clockwise.
Right-hand
Front Cover
Tab
Hole
Z2236
7-28

15. Move the feed section unit toward the rear and lift
its front up as shown.
Z2237
16. Release the lock of the connector and lower

flexible cable from the JNC23 circuit board.
Connector
Lower Flexible Cable

Z2238

the upper flexible cable from the JNC23 circuit
board.
Connector
18. Remove the feed section unit.
Reinstallation
removal.
Upper Flexible Cable
NOTE: Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that

Align the phase when installing the interlock rack
Z2239
7-29

7.2.2
Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the screw and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Z2274
2. Remove the two screws and then the winding unit.
Winding Unit
Reinstallation
Screws (2)

removal.
7.2.3
Z2275
Winding Roller Replacement
Removal
E-ring
1. Remove the winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2).

2. Remove the E-ring and then the roller cleaning
knob.
Roller Cleaning Knob

Z2276
7-30

3. Remove the E-ring and poly-slider.
E-ring
Poly-slider
Z2277
4. Remove the two screws and then the feed guide.
Feed Guide
Screws (2)
Z2278
5. Remove the shaft, roller and bearing.
Winding Roller
Shaft
Bearing
Z2279
7-31

6. Remove the two coil springs, three E-rings and
left-hand side roller assembly.
Left-hand Side Roller Assembly
Springs (2)
E-rings (3)
Z2280
7. Remove the two coil springs, three E-rings and

right-hand side roller assembly.
Right-hand Side
Roller Assembly
Springs (2)
Installation
removal.
7.2.4
E-rings (3)
Z2281
Feed Motor (M101) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2).

connector cover.
Screw
Z2229
7-32

3. Disconnect the M101 connector.
M101 Connector
Z2282
4. Loosen the screw securing the belt tensioner.
Belt Tensioner Fixing Screw

Z2284
5. Remove the two screws securing the motor

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Screws (2)
Z2283
7-33

6. Disengage the belt from the pulleys and remove
the motor bracket.
Motor Bracket
Belt
Z2285
7. Remove the screw, spring and then the tensioner.
Tensioner
Screw
Spring
Z2286
8. Remove the E-ring, spacer, two bearings and

tensioner pulley.
Tensioner Pulley
E-ring
Spacer
Bearings (2)
Z2287
7-34

9. Remove the E-ring, spacer and two bearings.
E-ring
Spacer
10. Remove the two screws and then the motor

bracket.
Bearings (2)
Motor (M101)
Motor Harness
Screws (2)
Motor Bracket
Z2288
Installation
Screws (2)
Motor Bracket

removal.
NOTE: Install the bracket to the motor so that the harness
is positioned as shown in the figure above.
Install the motor bracket while engaging the belt
with the pulleys as shown.
Adjust belt tension by following the steps below.
Motor Pulley
Belt
Tensioner Pulley
Z2289
<Belt Tension Adjustment>

1. Temporarily tighten the tensioner fixing screw.
Belt
Tensioner Fixing
Screw
2. Rotate the motor gear ten turns in both direction.

Push the tensioner toward the left side, then
release it and tighten the tensioner fixing screw.
(Push)
Motor Gear
Tensioner
Z2290
7-35

7.2.5
JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Cover

cover.
Screw
Z2293
2. Release the lock of the connector and peel the

flexible cable from the adhesive tape on the circuit
board.
Flexible Cable
JNC23 Circuit Board
3. Disconnect all harness connector from the circuit

board.
board.
Connector
Screws (2)
Z2294
5. Release the locks of the connectors and

disconnect the two flexible cables from the circuit
board.
Connectors (2)
Flexible Cables (2)

Z2295
7-36

Installation
JNC23 Circuit Board

removal.
NOTE: Attach the adhesive tape to the circuit board near
the flexible cable connector. Make sure the
adhesive tape does not interfere with the lock of
the connector.
Release the lock of the connector and attach the
flexible cable to the adhesive tape. Secure the
flexible cable with the lock of the connector.
Adhesive Tape
Connector
Z2496
7.2.6 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement

Removal
Sensor (D135)
Screw
1. Remove the feed section unit

2. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector
boss.
Z2305
7.2.7 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement

Removal
Connector
Screw

Installation
Sensor (D103)
Z2306
7-37

7.2.8
Solenoid (S101) Replacement
Removal
2. Place the feed section unit upside down and
remove the screw securing the solenoid.
3. Return the feed section unit and remove the
solenoid.
Installation
Z2307

removal.
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the leaf spring.
3. Remove the screw, then the roller assembly and

eccentric pin.
7-38

Installation
Screw

removal.
Eccentric Pin
Roller Assembly
NOTE: Install the roller assembly so that the groove of the

eccentric pin is at right angle with the film feed
lane as shown.
Perform Magnetic Reading Adjustment
Eccentric Pin
Z2310
7.2.10
Magnetic Reading Adjustment
Perform this adjustment after replacing the magnetic

head and/or opposite roller.
1. Perform Menu 0452 NC100AY Magnetic
Information Reading (See Subsection 5.5.21).
2. If the result is NG, perform the following
adjustment.
<Adjustment>
1) Remove the bottom cover (See Subsection 7.4.5).
2) Connect the carrier to the plug-in connector of the
scanner by using a extension harness and set the
carrier to the IX240 feed lane.
3) Loosen the screw securing the opposite roller.
4) Turn the eccentric pin 45 degrees clockwise and
perform Menu 0452.
Opposite Roller Screw
5) If the result is still NG, repeat Menu 0452 with

the eccentric pin in 90 degrees clockwise, 45 and
90 degrees counterclockwise positions in this
order to find OK point.
Eccentric Pin
Z2311
6) Secure the opposite roller by tightening the screw.

7) Disconnect the extension cable and reinstall the
bottom cover.
7-39

7.2.11
Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal
Retainer Plate

2. Remove the screw and then the retainer plate.
Screw
Z2312
3. Remove the two springs, roller and two polysliders.
Springs (2)
Poly-sliders (2)
Installation
removal.
Roller
Z2313
7.2.12
IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal
IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller

2. Place the feed section unit upside down.
3. Remove the two screws and then the roller.
Installation
removal.
Screws (2)
Z2314
7-40

7.2.13
Slide Rail Replacement
Removal
Left-hand Slide
Rail
2. Place the feed section unit upside down.

3. Remove the countersunk flat head screws and
then the slide rail.
Right-hand Slide Rail
Countersunk Flat Head Screws (2)

Z2315
Installation
Left-hand Slide Rail

removal.
NOTE: The right- and left-hand slide rails should be
installed in place. The inner rail of the right-hand
slide rail is extruded 12mm when it is pulled out fully
to the front side.
12mm
Right-hand Slide Rail
Inner Rail
Z2316
7.2.14
Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Sensor (D128)
1. Remove the right-hand slide rail

3. Disconnect the connector form the sensor.
Installation
removal.
Screw
Z2317
boss.
7-41

7.2.15
Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
Lower Harness Cove
1. Remove the left-hand slide rail

2. Remove the screw and then the lower harness
cover.
Z2318
3. Remove the two screws and then the upper

harness cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
Upper Harness Cover

Screws (2)
Z2321
7.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement

Removal
Connector
1. Remove the lower harness cover

Screw

Installation
removal.
Sensor (D101P)
Z2319

7-42

7.2.17
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P)/

DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the lower harness cover

Installation
removal.
Sensor (D116P)
Connector
Z2320

7.2.18
DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement
DTB23 Circuit Board

D117P: IX240 perforation sensor
D118P: IX240 front unexposed frame sensor
D119P: IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor
Removal
Connector
DTB23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the upper and lower harness cover

Installation
removal.
Screw
Z2322
7-43

7.2.19
DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement
DTF23 Circuit Board

D102P: 135 upstream perforation sensor
D104P: 135 check tape sensor
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the upper and lower harness cover

Installation
removal.
Screw
DTF23 Circuit Board

Z2323

7.2.20
DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement
DBF23 Circuit Board

D106P: 135 rear bar code sensor
D108P: 135 front bar code sensor
D109P: 135 rear outer frame sensor
D110P: 135 rear inner frame sensor
D111P: 135 front inner frame sensor
D112P: 135 front outer frame sensor
D114P: 135 rear panorama sensor
D115P: 135 front panorama sensor
Removal
DBF23 Circuit Board
1. Remove:
Upper and lower harness covers
DTF23 circuit board (See Subsection 7.2.19).
Connector

board.
Screws (2)
Z2324
7-44

Installation
removal.
7.2.21
Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
Upper and lower harness covers
Retainer Plate
Screw
Z2325
3. Remove the springs, roller and poly-sliders.
Springs (2)
Installation
removal.
Poly-sliders (2)
Roller
Z2326
7-45

7.2.22
Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement
Removal
Lane Change Lever
Screws (2)
1. Remove the two screws and then the lane change

lever.
Z2327
2. Remove the screw, arm and spring.
Spring
Screw
Arm
Z2328
3. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft and collar.
E-ring
Shaft
Collar
Installation
removal.
Z2329
7-46

7.2.23
Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement
Removal
Cord Ties (2)
1. Cut the cord ties, remove the screw and then the
harness guide.
7
Harness Guide
Screw
Z2331
2. Remove the screw and then the 135 side

tensioner assembly.
Screw
135 Side Tensioner Assembly

Z2332
3. Remove the lock lever assembly.

Lock Lever Assembly
Installation
removal.
Z2333
7-47

7.2.24
Feed Roller/Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
Winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2).
DTF23 circuit board (See Subsection 7.2.19).
Feed roller rotation sensor (See Subsection 7.2.6).
Writing head opposite roller
Right-hand slide rail (See Subsection 7.2.13).
Pressure cover lock lever (See Subsection 7.2.23).
Belt Tensioner Fixing Screw

Z2330
2. Loosen the screw securing the belt tensioner.

3. Remove the eight screws securing the roller
bearings, then the four roller shafts and two belts.
Screws (8)
Belts (2)
Roller Shafts (4)
Z2334
Z2335
7-48

4. Remove the four screws, then the eight assist
rollers, four shafts and eight poly-sliders.
Screws (4)
Poly-sliders (8)
Assist Rollers (8)
Shafts (4)
Z2336
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screws while pressing the bearing
against the screw and the shoulder sides as
shown.
Bearing
Screw
Z2337
Route the belt on the pulleys as shown.

Adjust tension of the 135 side (front) belt by
following the steps below.
Z2338
7-49

<Belt Tension Adjustment>
1. Loosen the screw securing the tensioner.
Tensioner Fixing Screw

Z2339
2. Run the belt several turns by rotating the roller

and tighten the screw at the lowest point of the
tensioner.
Belt
Tensioner Fixing Screw
NOTE: If the tensioner does not move up and down, tighten

the screw at any point.
Tensioner
Z2340
7.2.25
Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Cover
1. Remove the CYA23 circuit board

cover.
Screw
Z2293
7-50

3. Remove the two screws securing the JNC23
circuit board.
JNC23 Circuit Board
Screws (2)
Z2294

disconnect the two flexible cables.
Connectors
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Insert the end of the flexible cable into the connector
so taht its blue contact area disappears.
Flexible Cables
Z2347
7-51
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section

7.3.1
Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the carrier cover (See Subsection 7.4.1).

2. Remove the two screws and then the nest section
cover.
Nest Section Cover

Z2220
Reinstallation
Screws (2)

removal.
Hole
NOTE: Align the hole in the cover with the tab on the carrier
body and tighten the screws while pressing the
cover against the left side as shown.
Tab
Nest Section Cover

Z2221
7.3.2
Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the screw and then the left-hand front

cover by moving it to the right and rear as shown.
Left-hand Front Cover

Z2222
7-52

2. Disconnect the two connectors.
Connectors
Z2223
Reinstallation
Hooks

removal.
NOTE: Align the two hooks on the cover with the brackets
and move it to the front and left as shown. Make
sure the left edge of the cover flush with the carrier
body left surface and tighten the screw.
Z2224
7.3.3
Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connector
1. Remove:
Nest section cover (See Subsection 7.3.1).
Left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2).
2. Cut the two cord ties.
Cord Tie
Cord Tie
Connector
Z2225
7-53

Screw
5. Remove the screw and then the SSB23 circuit

board.
SSB1 Circuit Board
M104 Connector
Z2559
Screw
Interlock Rack
Z2227
7. Remove the three screws and then the nest

section unit.
Screws (3)
Z2228
7-54

Reinstallation
Screw

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the SSB23 circuit

board counterclockwise.
Align the phase of the 135/IX240 lane change
Perform to nest section-to-feed section alignment
If the nest section unit has been replaced, perform:
1) 135 entrance guide-to-feed section alignment
2) Data Writing after Nest Section Unit
Replacement as described below.
SSB23 Circuit Board

Z2571
<Data Writing after Nest Section Unit Replacement>

1. Record the Door close position and Door open
position calibration values indicated in the
parameter sheet attached to the new nest section
unit.
Part No.
Door Close Position
Door Open Position
2. Install the carrier to the SP-3000.

3. Open the Menu 0451 NC100AY Machine Data
Setup screen.
4. Enter the calibration values in the Door close

position and Door open position boxes.
5. Click the [Flash ROM Writing] button.
The entered values are written into the flash
ROM on the CYA23 circuit board.
7-55

7. Click the [HD Writing] button.
The entered values are written into the HD of
7.3.4 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment

<Nest Section-to-Feed Section>
This alignment adjustment should be performed when
the nest section unit has been removed.
Screw

2. Change the lane to the IX240 position.
3. Push the cartridge set lever in the setting position
while pressing the arm in the cartridge set
section.
Interlock Rack
Z2227
4. Loosen the three screws securing the nest

section.
Screws (3)
Z2228
7-56

5. Install the nest section locating jig by aligning its
with the spool and IX240 feed lane as shown.
Nest Section Locating Jig
Spool
Z2560
6. Tighten the three screws while pressing the nest

section against the locating jig.
Screws (3)
7. Remove the locating jig.
Spool
<135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section>
Z2561
NOTE: Perform 135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section

Alignment Adjustment when the 135 entrance
guide and/or nest section has been replaced.
Perform the alignment adjustment with the slide
rack and spring removed (See Subsection 7.3.7).
1. Set the carrier in the 135 feed lane.
Screwdriver (2mm)
2. Lock the slide shaft by inserting 2mm

screwdriver, etc. and loosen the 135 entrance
guide fixing screw.
2mm Hole
5.5mm Open-end Wrench

Screw
Z2562
7-57

3. Install the 135 entrance guide locating jig by
aligning it with the slide shaft and 135 feed lane as
shown.
135 Entrance Guide Locating Jig
Slide Shaft
Z2573
4. Tighten the 135 entrance guide fixing screw.
Slide Shaft
5. Remove the jig.
Screw

Z2574
NOTE: Install the slide rack by aligning its index mark

with the o mark on the gear.
Z2477
7-58

Tighten the two screws securely while
pressing the slide rack toward the front.
Z2475
7.3.5
135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment
1. With the 135 feed lane, open the pressure cover.
Screws (2)

3. Remove the two screws and then the slide rack.
Slide Rack
Z2350
Screw
Interlock Rack
Z2227
7-59

5. Align the index mark on the interlock rack with the
mark on the gear and install the rack with the
screw.
Screw
Pin
Interlock Rack
NOTE: Make sure the pin is inserted into the groove in

the gear.
Gear
Mark
Index Mark
Z2476
6. Align the index mark on the slide rack with the dot
mark on the gear and install the rack temporarily
with the two screws.
Pin
Gear
NOTE: Make sure the pin is inserted into the groove in

the gear.
Dot Mark
Screws (2)
Index mark
Slide Rack
Z2477
7. Press the slide rack toward the front and tighten

the two screws securely.
8. Reinstall the nest section cover.
Screws (2)
Slide Rack
Z2475
7-60

7.3.6
SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement
SSB23 Circuit Board

D120: Door open/close sensor
D123: Cartridge set sensor
Removal
SSB23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the left-hand front cover

Connector
2. Disconnect the connector and remove the screw,

then the circuit board.
Installation
removal.
Screw
Z2349
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board in

a counterclockwise direction.
Screw
SSB23 Circuit Board

Z2571
7.3.7
135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the nest section cover.

2. Remove the two screws and the slide rack.
Slide Rack
Z2350
7-61

3. Remove the three screws, spring and then the
135 entrance guide toward the rear.
Spring
Reinstallation
135 Entrance
Guide

removal.
Screws (3)
NOTE: If the 135 entrance guide has been replaced,

perform 135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section
Alignment Adjustment (See Subsection 7.3.4).
If the 135 entrance guide is reinstalled, perform
phase adjustment for the slide rack (See
Subsection 7.3.5)
Z2351
7.3.8
135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the 135 entrance guide

2. Remove the two screws and then the brush.
Installation
removal.
7.3.9
Brush
Z2360
Gear Bracket Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the gear
bracket.
Installation
removal.
Gear bracket
Z2352
7-62

7.3.10 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9).
Connector
(2)

Screw
Sensor (D122)
Z2353
Installation
Screw
Connector

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board in
the arrow direction as shown.
SSD23 Circuit Board (D122)

Z2556
7.3.11
IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Sensor (D121)
Connector

Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor

assembly.
IPI Sensor Assembly
Z2354
7-63

Installation
removal.
NOTE: Insert an unexposed film cartridge, align the
detecting arm with the rear edge of the sensor and
tighten the screws.
Check that unexposed film cartridges are detected
correctly by following the <Detection Inspection>
below.
Sensor
Detecting Arm
Screw
Z2356
<Detection Inspection>
1) Install the carrier to the SP-3000 and insert an
unexposed IX240 film cartridge.
Unexposed Film Cartridge
Z2576
2) Proceed to the Menu 0421 NC100AY Input

Check screen.
3) Make sure IPI sensor (D121) is Unexposed.
If it is Unexposed, proceed to Step 4) below.
If it is Exposed, proceed to <Detection
Adjustment>.
7-64

4) Pull the slide bracket in the arrow direction and
hold it in such a position that the sensor plate is
placed as far rearward as possible.
Make sure IPI sensor (D121) is Unexposed.
If it is Exposed, proceed to <Detection
Adjustment>.
IPI Sensor
Sensor Plate
Slide Bracket
Z2577
<Detection Adjustment>
1) Remove the carrier from the SP-3000 with the
IX240 film cartridge inserted.
IPI Sensor
2) Loosen the IPI sensor fixing screw (yellow

painted).
3) Push the IPI sensor fully toward the rear and
retighten the screw.
4) Install the carrier to the SP-3000.
5) Repeat <Detection Inspection> to make sure IPI
sensor (D121) is Unexposed.
If it is still Exposed, replace the nest unit
(810C1034422) or carrier assembly with a new
one.
7.3.12
Push in Arrow Direction
Screw (Yellow painted)

Z2578
Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the IPI sensor assembly
Screw
2. Remove the screw and then the cartridge holder

assembly.
Cartridge Holder
Assembly
Installation
removal.
Z2355
7-65

7.3.13
Spool Gear Replacement
Removal
SSD1 Connector
Spool Assembly
1. Remove the gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9).

2. Disconnect the SSD1 connector.
Screws (3)
3. Remove the three screws and then the spool

assembly.
Z2357
4. Remove the E-ring, then the poly-slider, bearing,

detecting plate, gear (torque limiter), collar and
spool.
Bearing
Spool
Collar
Installation
Gear (Torque Limiter)

removal.
E-ring
Detecting Plate Poly-slider

Z2358
7.3.14
Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the lever

assembly.
Installation
Cartridge Release Lever Assembly

removal.
Z2374
7-66

7.3.15
Supply Motor (M102) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the nest section unit
2. Remove:
135 entrance guide (See Subsection 7.3.7).
Gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9).
Screws (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor/

bracket.
Motor/Bracket
Z2378
4. Remove the screw, D-washer, collar, spring, gear

assembly and gear.
Screw
Spring
D-washer
Collar
Gear
Gear Assembly
Z2379
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from

the motor.
Bracket
Screws (2)
Z2380
7-67

Installation
removal.
NOTE: Note the position of the motor harness.
Align the tab of the gear assembly with the hole as
shown.
Motor
Harness
Tab of Gear
Assembly
Z2381
7.3.16
Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws securing the MSC22
circuit board.
Z2478
7-68

3. Remove the cover, circuit board and keys.
Cover
MSC22
Circuit Board
Installation
removal.
Keys (4)
Z2497
7.3.17
Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Indicator Lamp (L/P101)

2. Remove the screw and then the indicator lamp.
Installation
removal.
Screw
Z2479
7-69
7.4 NC100AY Body Section

7.4.1
Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Carrier Cover
1. Open the carrier cover.

2. Remove the three screws and then the carrier
cover.
Screws (3)
Z2218
Reinstallation
Arm

removal.
Spring
NOTE: Install the arm and spring as shown.
Z2219
7.4.2
Load Harness Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws securing the grounding
wires.
cover by shifting it to the arrow direction.
Harness Cover
Screws/Grounding Wires (2)

Z2242
7-70

4. Remove the five screws, then the two clamps and
two harness covers.
CYA7 Connector
Load Harness
5. Disconnect the CYA7 connector and remove the

harness.
Screws (5)
Installation
removal.
Harness Covers
Clamps (2)
Z2341
7.4.3 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement

Removal
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
Screw
Z2342
Sensor (D130)
4. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor

from the bracket.
Sensor
Sensor (D129)
Installation
Locking Tabs

removal.
Connector
Z2343
7-71

7.4.4
Plug-in Connector Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Change the feed lane to the IX240 position.
wires.
Harness Cover

Z2242
5. Disconnect the CYA1 connector.
CYA1 Connector
Cord Ties
6. Cut the two cord ties.

7. Remove the two screws securing the plug-in
connector.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector
Z2383
8. Remove the nest section unit

Harness Duct
9. Remove the screw and then the harness duct.
Screw
Z2490
7-72

10. Remove the cover from the harness duct and then
the harness from the duct.
Cover
Z2491
11. Disconnect the CYA2 connector.

CYA2Connector
Installation
removal.
7.4.5
Z2492
Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)
1. Place the carrier upside down.

2. Remove the three screws and then the bottom
cover.
Reinstallation
Bottom Cover

removal.
Z2245
7-73

7.4.6
CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
Carrier cover (See Subsection 7.4.1).
Left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2).
2. Remove the two screws and then the connector
cover.
Connector Cover
Screws (2)
Z2240
3. Disconnect the CYA5 connector from the CYA23

circuit board.
CYA5 Connector
Z2241
4. Cut the two cord ties and move the harness to the
circuit board side.
Harness
Cord Tie
Cord Tie
Z2244
7-74

5. Change the feed lane to the IX240 position.
Screws (2)

wires.
Harness Cover

Z2242
7
8. Disconnect the CYA1, CYA7 and CYA8
connectors.
CYA1 Connector
CYA7 Connector
CYA8 Connector
Z2243
9. Remove the bottom cover (See Subsection 7.4.5).
Screws (2)
10. Remove the two screws and then the left-hand

guide rail.
Left-hand Guide Rail

Z2246
7-75

11. Remove the five screws securing the circuit
board.
Screws (5)
CYA23 Circuit Board

Z2247
12. Lift the circuit board and disconnect the CYA2

connector.
CYA2 Connector
CYA23 Circuit Board

Z2248

disconnect the two flexible cables from the circuit
board.
CYA23 Circuit Board
Connectors
Flexible Cables
Z2249
7-76

14. Disconnect the harness from the CYA6 connector.
CYA6 Connector
Harness
Z2250
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that
Tighten the two screws while pressing the guide
rail toward the left side.
Guide Rail
Z2251
Align the hook of the harness cover with the pin on

the body and install the cover being careful not to
pinch the harnesses.
Perform machine data reading by following the
steps below.
Hook
Pin
Harness Cover
Z2480
7-77

<Machine Data Reading after CYA23 Circuit Board
Replacement>
1. Record the carrier ID printed near the plug-in
connector of the carrier.
2. Install the carrier to the scanner.
Carrier ID
Z2517
3. Open the Menu 0446 NC100AY Installation

4. Enter the carrier ID recorded by step 1 into the
Carrier ID box.
5. Click the [Setup] button.
7-78

8. Reinstall the carrier.
10. Open the Menu 0451 NC100AY Machine Data

Setup screen.
11. Click the [HD Reading] button.
The data is read out from the HD of the main

control unit and displayed in the screen.
12. Click the [Flash ROM Writing] button.
The displayed data is written into the Flash
ROM of the carrier.
7-79

7.4.7
NC100AY Unit Replacement
<Fixing Bracket Installation for Shipping>
Scanner Fixing Bracket
1. Remove the rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2).

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the scanner
fixing bracket.
3. Loosen the screw and remove the carrier fixing
bracket.
Screws (2)
Screw
Carrier Fixing Bracket
Z2522
4. Install the carrier fixing bracket to the carrier to be

send back while pushing the feed section toward
the rear (arrow direction) and tighten the screw
securely.
Carrier to be Send Back

Screw
<New Carrier Installation>

1. Remove the carrier fixing bracket from new a
carrier in the reverse order of Fixing Bracket
Installation for Shipping and install it in place.
2. Install the carrier and perform the following
adjustments.

Z2520
Menu 0321 Focus Position Adjustment

Menu 0420 Mask Position Adjustment
Menu 0450 Film Carrier Information ID Setup/
Delete (HD backup) (See Subsection 5.5.19).
Scanner Correction (Pre-operational Check)
7-80
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional)

7.5.1 Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
Screws (2)
Left-hand Cover
1. Remove the two screws, then the right-hand and

left-hand covers.
2. Remove the two screws and then the CYB circuit
board cover.
Right-hand Cover
CYB Circuit Board Cover

Z2395
3. Remove the two screws and then the MSB circuit

board cover.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation
removal.
MSB Circuit Board Cover

Z2399
7.5.2
CYB23Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable
Screw/Clamp
1. Remove the right-hand, left-hand and CYB circuit

board covers (See Subsection 7.5.1).
2. Remove the screw securing the clamp.
the flexible cable.
Connector
4. Disconnect the three connectors from the circuit board.

Screws (4)
5. Remove the four screws and then the circuit board.
CYB23
Circuit Board
Z2396
7-81

Installation
removal.
NOTE: Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its
blue contact area disappears.
7.5.3
Flexible Cable Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the CYB and MSB circuit board covers

2. Remove the screw securing the plug-in connector
cover.
Plug-in
Connector
Cover

cover.
Screws (2)
Harness Cover
Z2398
4. Remove the two screws securing the cable cover.
M36 Screw
5. Remove the M36 screw and then the duct from

the cable cover.
Duct
Cable Cover
Screws (2)
Z2400
7-82

6. Remove the screw securing the clamp.
Screw/Clamp

the flexible cable.
Connector
8. Peel the flexible cable from the adhesive tape on

the base.
Adhesive Tape
Flexible Cable
Z2397
9. Release the lock of the connector on the MSB23

circuit board and disconnect the flexible cable.
Flexible Cable
MSB23 Circuit Board
Connector
Z2401
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Bend the flexible cable along the creases as
shown.
Attach the adhesive tape to the flexible cable as
shown.
Adhesive Tape
Z2404
7-83

7.5.4
MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connector
Flexible Cable
1. Remove the MSB circuit board cover

the flexible cable.
4. Remove the four screws and then the circuit
board.
Connector
MSB23 Circuit Board
Screws (4)
Z2402
5. Remove the five mask detecting pins.
Mask Detecting Pins (5)
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its
blue contact area disappears.
Z2403
7.5.5
Solenoid (S480) Replacement
Removal
Cord Tie
MSB2 Connector
1. Remove the MSB circuit board cover

2. Disconnect the MSB2 connector.
Screw
3. Cut the cord tie.

4. Remove the screw and then the solenoid.
Installation
removal.
Solenoid (S480)
Z2405
7-84

7.5.6
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement
Removal
CYB4 Connector
1. Remove the CYB circuit board cover

2. Disconnect the CYB4 connector.
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket
assembly.
7
Sensor Bracket Assembly
Screw
Z2406
4. Remove the screw and then the cover.
Cover
Screw
Z2407
5. Remove the screw and then the sensor from the

bracket.
Connector
Installation
Sensor (D486)

removal.
Screw
Z2408
7-85

7.5.7
Mask Cover Gear Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Z2409
2. Remove the two screw caps.
Screw Caps (2)
3. Remove the four screws, right-hand bearing,

mask cover and gear bracket.
Gear Bracket
Screws (4)
Right-hand
Bearing
Mask Cover
Z2410
4. Remove the two screws and then the damper

gear.
Screws (2)
Damper Gear
Z2411
7-86

5. Remove the two E-rings, two poly-sliders, two
bearings and shaft.
E-ring
Poly-slider
Gear
6. Remove the E-ring then the gear and poly-slider

from the shaft.
Shaft
E-rings (2)
7
Bearings (2)
Poly-sliders (2)
Z2412
7. Remove the spring.
Spring
Z2413
8. Remove the two E-rings then the two poly-sliders,

shaft and gear.
Poly-sliders (2)
Gear
Shaft
E-ring
E-ring
Z2414
7-87

Installation
Upper Gear

removal.
D-flat Surface of
Upper Gear
Shaft
NOTE: Engage the gears so that the D-flat surface of the

upper gear shaft faces to the direction shown in the
figure when the pin of the idler gear is moved up
fully along the groove.
Pin on Idler Gear
Idler Gear
Z2415
7.5.8
Removal
Screw/Clamp
1. Remove the CYB circuit board cover

2. Remove the screw securing the harness clamp.
wires.
4. Disconnect the CYB1 and CYB2 connectors.
CYB2
Connector
Screws/Grounding
Wires (2)
CYB1
Connector
Z2416
5. Remove the screw and then the plug-in connector

cover.
Plug-in Connector Cover
6. Remove the two screws and then the plug-in

connector.
Screw
Installation
removal.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector
Z2417
7-88

7.5.9
Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the right-hand, left-hand and MSB circuit

board covers (See Subsection 7.5.1).
the flexible cable from the MSB23 circuit board.
7
Flexible Cable
Z2397
3. Remove the two locknuts while holding the

adjusting screws to keep their original position.
Adjusting
Screws (2)
Locknuts (2)
Z2418
4. Remove the three screws and then the slider/

mask table assembly.
Screws (3)
NOTE: Take care not to apply force to the flexible cable.
Slider/Mask Table Assembly

Z2419
7-89

5. Remove the two screws and then the right-hand
slider bracket.
Screws (2)
Right-hand Slider Bracket
Z2420
6. Remove the two screws and then the left-hand

slider bracket.
Screws (2)
Installation
removal.
Left-hand Slider Bracket
NOTE: Take care not to turn the adjusting screws.
7.5.10
Z2421
Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement
Removal
Screw Caps (2)

Screws (2)
1. Remove the slider/mask table assembly

2. Remove the two screw caps.
3. Remove the two screws and then the right-hand
bearing.
Right-hand Bearing
Z2422
7-90

4. Remove the screw cap, screw and then the lock
release lever.
Screw Cap
Screws (2)
5. Remove the two screws securing the lock unit.
Screw
Lock Release Lever
Z2423
6. Remove the screw and then the lock unit.
Lock Unit
Installation
removal.
Screw
Z2424
7.5.11
Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the mask table lock unit
2. Remove the two springs.
Installation
removal.
Springs (2)
Z2425
7-91
7.6 Carrier Base Section

7.6.1
Removal
1. Remove:
Scanner lower cover (See Subsection 8.2.6).
Rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2).
2. Disconnect the JCRY2 and JCRY3 connectors.
JCRY3 Connector
JCRY2 Connector
Z2175
3. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit

board bracket.
CTB23 Circuit Board Bracket
screw
Z2020
4. Remove the screw securing the grounding wires.
Screw
Grounding Wires
Z2176
7-92

5. Loosen the screw and remove the connector
cover.
Screw
Connector Cover
Z2177
6. Remove the two screws and then the plug-in

connector assembly.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector Assembly

Z2179
Installation
Screw/Clamp

removal.
NOTE: Make sure the plug-in connector can be moved
back, forth, up, down, right and left direction.
If necessary, adjust by loosening the screw securing
the clamp.
Plug-in Connector
Z2523
7-93

7.6.2
Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the light source unit (See Subsection 8.1.1).
cover.
Screw
Connector Cover
Z2177

connector bracket.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector Bracket

Z2179
4. Remove the two screws and then the lock release

lever section cover.
Screws (2)
Lock Release Lever Section Cover

Z2181
7-94

board bracket.
screw
Z2020
6. Disconnect the D208 connector.
D208 Connector
Z2183
7. Remove the four hex. socket head bolts and then

the carrier base assembly.
Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: After reinstallation, perform the following
adjustments.
Menu 0345 Optical Axis Adjustment
Menu 0321 Focus Position Adjustment
Menu 0421 Mask Position Adjustment
Carrier Base Assembly

Z2182
7-95

7.6.3
Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement
Removal
Sensor (D208)
Retainer Plate
1. Remove the carrier lock assembly

2. Cut the three cord ties.
Screw
Installation
Pin
Screw

removal.
Cord Ties (3)

Z2184
NOTE: Tighten the two screws for the retainer plate and
sensor while pressing the sensor against the pin so
that it is ON.
7.6.4
Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the scanner lower cover (See Subsection

8.2.6)).
board bracket.
Z2020
D208
Connector
Z2183
7-96

cover.
Screw
Connector Cover
Z2177

connector.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector
Z2179
6. Remove the two screws and then the lock section

cover.
Screws (2)
Lock Section Cover

Z2180
7-97

7. Remove the screw and then the cam.
Screws (4)
Screw
8. Remove the four screws and then the carrier lock

assembly.
Cam
Reinstallation
Carrier Lock Assembly

removal.
7.6.5
Z2524
Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove the carrier base assembly
3. Remove the six hex. socket head bolts and then
the lock release shaft assembly.

Z2185
4. Remove the screw and then the cam.

Screw
Cam
Z2187
7-98

5. Remove the E-ring and then the small bearing
from the shaft.
E-ring
Small Bearing ( )
Z2188
6. Release the spring and then the shaft from the

bearing.
Bearing
E-ring
7. Remove the E-ring and then the spring.

Spring
8. Remove the screw and then the lock release lever.
Screw
Re-assembly
Lock Release Lever
Re-assembly is essentially in the reverse order of

disassembly.
Spring
Shaft
Z2189
7.6.6
Roller/Arm Replacement
Removal
Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the stopper.
Stopper
Z2389
7-99

3. Remove the E-ring and then the roller.
Roller
E-ring
4. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft, spring and

arm.
E-ring
Spring
Installation
removal.
Arm
Shaft
Z2390
7.6.7
Lock Release Arm Replacement
Removal
Spring

Arm
2. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft, arm and

spring.
Installation
removal.
Shaft
E-ring
Z2391
7.6.8
Lock Arm Replacement
Removal
Stopper
1. Remove:
Roller arm (See Subsection 7.6.6).
Lock release arm (See Subsection 7.6.7).
2. Remove the screw and then the stopper.
Screw
Z2392
7-100

3. Loosen the two screws, release the spring hook
and remove the arm assembly.
Arm Assembly
Spring
Screws (2)
Z2393
4. Disassemble the arm.
Arm
Shaft
Shaft
Spring
Screws (2)
Installation
removal.
Z2394
7-101
8. SCANNER SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 8-2
8.1
Light Source Section.............................................................................. 8-3

8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.1.4
8.1.5
Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 8-3

CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 8-4
135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement ................................... 8-4
Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 8-5
LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source Temperature Sensor (D311)
Replacement .......................................................................................................... 8-6
LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 8-7
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement ..................................... 8-8
8.1.6
8.1.7
8.2
Scanner Section...................................................................................... 8-9

8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.2.7
8.2.8
8.2.9
8.2.10
8.2.11
8.2.12
8.2.13
8.2.14
8.2.15
8.2.16
8.2.17
8.2.18
Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 8-9

Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................... 8-9
Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 8-9
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement ........................................... 8-10
Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement............................................ 8-10
Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.............................................. 8-11
CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 8-12
CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 8-12
CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................ 8-14
Shutter/Gear Replacement ................................................................................... 8-16
Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement ............................................. 8-17
Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement ............................................................... 8-18
Lens Unit Replacement......................................................................................... 8-19
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement .................................... 8-20
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D201)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 8-21
Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement......................................... 8-22
Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board............................................... 8-25
Fixing Bracket Installation.................................................................................... 8-29
8-1
Parts Location
Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212)

Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211)
CPZ23 Circuit Board
CCD23 Circuit Board
Conjugate Length
Variable Motor (M201)
CCD Unit
CTB23
Circuit Board
Lens Unit
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Diffusion Box
Magnet
LED Light Source Unit

Film Carrier Lock Unit
CLE23 Circuit Board
Z2436
8-2
8.1 Light Source Section

8.1.1
Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove:
Scanner section lower cover
Front cover (See Subsection 9.1.1).
2. Install the fixing bracket to conjugate length
variable section (See Subsection 8.2.18).
Light Source
Section Cover
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the light

source section cover.
Z2157
4. Disconnect the three connectors from the CLE23

circuit board.
CLE6
Connector
CLE7
Connector
CLE1
Connector
Z2158
5. Remove the four screws and then the light source

unit.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
removal.
Light Source Unit

Z2159
8-3

8.1.2
CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
CLE4 Connector
CLE23 Circuit Board

2. Disconnect the four connectors from the CLE23
circuit board.
CLE2 Connector
CLE5
Connector
CLE3 Connector
Z2160
3. Remove the six screws and then the CLE23

circuit board.
Screws (6)
Installation
removal.
After installation, perform the following adjustment.
1) Download the program from the HD of the
main control unit to the CLE23 circuit board
2) In Menu 0350 Scanner Parameter Check/
Update, click the [Reading] button for CLE23
CB to download the parameter from the HD of
the main control unit to the EEPROM on the
CLE23 circuit board (See Subsection 5.4.16).
8.1.3
CLE23 Circuit Board

Z2161
135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement
Removal
Harness Clamps

2. Disconnect the CLE5 connector from the CLE23
circuit board.
CLE5 Connector
Z2163
8-4

4. Remove the two screws and then the diffusion box
sensor bracket.
Screws (2)
Diffusion Box
Sensor Bracket
Z2164
5. Open the harness clamp.
Screw
120 Diffusion Box

Sensor (D302)
6. Remove the screw and then the diffusion box

sensor.
135 Diffusion Box

Sensor (D301)
Installation
Harness Clamp

removal.
Screw
Z2165
8.1.4
Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Harness Clamps (3)
1. Remove the diffusion box sensor bracket

2. Disconnect the CLE2, CLE3 and CLE4
connectors from the CLE23 circuit board.
3. Open the three harness clamps.
CLE2 Connector
CLE4
Connector
CLE3 Connector
Z2166
8-5

4. Remove the four screws and then the Light
Source Assembly.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
removal.
8.1.5
Light Source Assembly

Z2167
LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source

Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement
Removal
LED Heater 1
(LH311)
1. Remove the light source assembly

Screw/Harness
Clamp
2. Remove the screw and then the harness clamp.

3. Remove the three screws and then the bushing,
LED heaters and light source temperature sensor
assembly.
Screw (Short)/
Bushing
Installation
LED Light
Source Temperature
Sensor (D311)
Screws (2) (Long)

removal.
LED Heater 2
(LH312)
Z2168
8-6

8.1.6
LED23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the light source assembly

2. Remove the four screws and then the transparent
cover.
Transparent Cover
Z2170
3. Remove the filter and gasket.
8
Filter
Gasket
Z2169
4. Disconnect the four connectors from the LED23

circuit board.
LED1 Connector
LED23 Circuit
Board
LED4 Connector
LED2
Connector
LED3 Connector
Z2171
8-7

Installation
LED23 Circuit Board

removal.
Gasket
NOTE: Do not touch to the surface of the LED.

Place the transparent cover upside down and fit
the filter in the cover aligning its chamfered corner
with the one in the cover. Position the gasket and
LED23 circuit board as shown.
Chamfered
Corner
Filter
Transparent
Cover
Z2173
Turn the light source assembly over being

careful not to shift the filter and then tighten the
four screws.
Light Source
Assembly
After installation, perform the following

adjustments.
1) Menu 0349 LED Light Amount Adjustment
2) Menu 0348 Spectral Calibration
Screws (4)
Z2174
3) Scanner Correction (Pre-operational Check)
8.1.7
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement
Removal
Arrow

2. Disconnect the fan connector.
3. Remove the fan connector from the fan bracket.
4. Remove the two screws, then the fan and guard.
Fan/Guard
Installation
Screws (2)
Fan Connector
Z2190

removal.
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points outside.
8-8
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.1
Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Perform the post-operational check to shut down

the system.
2. Turn OFF the built in circuit breaker and
disconnect the power supply cord from the wall
outlet.
3. Loosen the screw and remove the scanner rear cover.
Reinstallation
Scanner Section
Rear Cover

removal.
8.2.2
Z2016
Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Scanner Section
Upper Cover
1. Remove the scanner Section rear cover

2. Loosen the screw and remove the scanner
section upper cover.
Screw
Reinstallation
removal.
Z2017
8.2.3
Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the scanner section upper cover

2. Remove the four screws and then the scanner
section front cover.
Reinstallation
Scanner Section
Front Cover

removal.
Z2103
8-9
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.4
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement
Removal
Harness
Clamps (4)
Fan Connector
1. Remove the scanner section upper cover

3. Open the four harness clamps.
Arrow
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation
Screws (2)

removal.
Scanner Section
Exhaust Fan (F211)
Z2119
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points outside.
8.2.5
Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement
Removal
Harness Clamps (2)

Scanner Section
Cooling Fan (F212)
1. Remove the scanner section front cover

Arrow
Installation
Screws (2)

removal.
Z2120
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points inside.
8-10
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.6
Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (6)
1. Remove the scanner section front cover

2. Remove the six screws and then the scanner
section lower cover.
Scanner Section Lower Cover

Z2124
3. Open the three harness clamps and disconnect

the CTB12 connector from the CTB23 circuit
board.
Harness Clamps (3)
CTB12 Connector
Z2125
4. Remove the six screws and then the scanner

section upper bracket.
Scanner Section
Upper Bracket
Reinstallation
Screws (6)

removal.
Z2126
8-11
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.7
CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the scanner section rear cover
Screws (6)
2. Disconnect all connectors from the CTB23 circuit

board.
3. Remove the six screws and then the CTB23
circuit board.
Installation
removal.
CTB23 Circuit Board

Z2121

main control unit to the CTB23 circuit board
Update, click the [Reading] button for CTB23
circuit board (See Subsection 8.2.16).
8.2.8
CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Bracket
Screw
1. Remove the scanner section brackets

board bracket.
Z2020
8-12
8.2 Scanner Section

3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board
cover.
Screws (2)
Circuit Board Cover

Z2128
4. Disconnect all connectors from the CPZ23 circuit

board.
Screws (4)
CPZ23 Circuit Board
5. Remove the four screws and then the CPZ23

circuit board.
Installation
removal.
Z2129

main control unit to the CPZ23 circuit board
Update, click the [Reading] button for CPZ23
circuit board (See Subsection 5.4.16).
8-13
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.9
CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
PZ202
JCD1
PZ201

3. Disconnect the PZ201, PZ202, JCD1 and M203
connectors.
4. Disconnect the two grounding wires from the CCD
unit by removing the two screws.
M203
Harness
Clamp
Screw/
Grounding Wire
Screw/Grounding Wire
Z2133
5. Open the harness clamp and disconnect the

JD203 connector.
Screws (2)
JCD2 Connector
CCD1 Cable
Screw/Cable
Clamp
6. Loosen the two screws and disconnect the JCD2

connector.
7. Remove the screw securing the cable clamp and
disconnect the CCD1 cable.
8. Remove the two screws to disconnect the two
grounding wires.
Screw/Grounding
Wire
JD203
Connector
Harness
Clamp
Screw/Grounding
Wire
Z2134
9. Remove the two screws and then the cable cover.
Cable Cover
Screws (2)
Z2135
8-14
8.2 Scanner Section

10. Remove the screw and then the clamp.
JPC2 Connector
11. Disconnect the JPC2 connector.
Screw/Clamp
Z2136
12. Remove the three screws and then the CCD unit.
CCD Unit
Screws (3)
Z2137
Reinstallation
removal.
When the CCD unit has been replaced, perform the
following adjustments after installation.
Update insert a parameter FD attached to the
new CCD unit and click the [FD reading]
button to download the parameter from the FD
into the HD of the main control unit and the
EEPROM on the CPZ23 circuit board
2) In Menu 0351 CCD Adjustment perform AD
timing adjustment, OFD voltage adjustment
and Gray pixel detecting
8-15
8.2 Scanner Section

3) Menu 0345 Optical Axis Adjustment
4) Menu 0346 Optical Magnification Calibration
5) Menu 0347 Focus Calibration
6) Menu 0321 Focus Position Adjustment
7) Menu 0349 LED Light Amount Adjustment
8) Menu 0420 Mask Position Adjustment
9) Scanner Correction (Ore-operational Check)
8.2.10
Shutter/Gear Replacement
Removal
Shaft
1. Remove the CCD unit (See Subsection 8.2.9).
Shaft
Shutter
2. Remove the shaft, shutter and lock washer.

3. Remove the shaft and the drive gear.
Installation
Drive Gear

removal.
Lock Washer
Z2141
8-16
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.11
Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the three screws and then the lens
Screws (3)
Lens Section
Lower Cover
Z2145
D202 Connector
4. Remove the connector from the bracket and cut

the cord tie.
Connector
Cord Tie
Z2148
5. Remove the screw and then the lens home

position sensor.
Lens Home Position

Sensor (D202)
Screw
Installation
removal.
Z2149

8-17
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.12
Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the three screws and then the lens
Screws (3)
Lens Section
Lower Cover
Z2145
M202 Connector
4. Remove the connector from the bracket and cut

the cord tie.
Cord Tie
Connector
Z2146
5. Cut the cord tie.
Cord Tie
Lens Drive Motor (M202)
6. Remove the two screws and then the lens drive

motor.
Installation
removal.
Screws (2)
Z2147

8-18
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.13
Lens Unit Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the CCD unit (See Subsection 8.2.9).
2. Disconnect the D202 and M202 connectors.
M202 Connector
D202 Connector
Z2142
3. Remove the three screws and then the lens cover.
Lens Cover
Screws (3)
Z2143
4. Remove the three lens mounting screws.
Screws (3)
Cut-away
5. Align the lens flange with the cut-away in the

scanner base and remove the lens unit.
Installation
removal.
Lens Unit
Z2144
8-19
8.2 Scanner Section

NOTE: Wipe clean the lens cover glass using a lens
cleaning cloth (TORAY TORAYSEE or equivalent).
Use a lens cleaning fluid if it is available.

1) Menu 0344 Lens Registration
2) Menu 0345 Optical Axis Adjustment
Lens Cover Glass

Z2498

6) Menu 0420 Mask Position Adjustment
8.2.14
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the scanner section rear cover

board bracket.
Z2020
8-20
8.2 Scanner Section

3. Open the clamp and disconnect the motor
connector.
Motor
Connector
Conjugate Length
4. Remove the three screws and then the motor.
Installation
removal.
After installation perform the following adjustments.
Clamp
Screws (3)
Z2123


8.2.15
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor

(D201) Replacement
Removal
Sensor Bracket

Screw
Connector
Z2131
8-21
8.2 Scanner Section

4. Remove the sensor from the bracket by releasing
its locking tabs.
Locking Tabs
Bracket
Installation
removal.
Conjugate Length Variable

Section Home Position
Sensor (D201)

Z2132

8.2.16
Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement
Removal
Screws (2) (Loosen)

CPZ23 Circuit Board Box
1. Remove the CPZ23 circuit board box cover

2. Disconnect all connectors from the CPZ23 circuit
board.
4. Cut the cord tie and open the two harness clamps.
Screws (2) (Remove)
5. Loosen the two screws, remove the other two

screws and then the CPZ23 circuit board box.
Harness Clamps (4)
Cord Tie
Z2150
8-22
8.2 Scanner Section

6. Remove the conjugate length variable motor
(M201) (See Subsection 8.2.14).
Screws (4)
7. Remove the four screws securing the gear

bracket.
8. Raise the conjugate length variable section and
remove the gear bracket.
Conjugate Length
Z2151
Gear Cover
Screws (2)
Z2154
10. Remove the two E-rings and then the two gears
from the bracket.
E-rings (2)
Gears (2)
Bracket
Z2155
8-23
8.2 Scanner Section

11. Remove the three screws and then the harness
guide.
Screws (3)
Harness Guide
Z2152
12. Remove the four screws and then the rack.

Screws (4)
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Tighten the four screws while pressing the rack
against the elevating frame.

Rack

Z2153

8-24
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.17
Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board
If the GMB23, CTB23, CLE23 or CPZ23 circuit board

has been replaced, download its parameter from the
main control unit to the circuit board.
1. Select NO for Rack Auto cleaning in Menu
the CD-ROM drive.
Processor and then to STADBY.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043


appears.
button.
8-25
8.2 Scanner Section

appears.

appears.
The Printer Selection [C-015] screen appears.


button.
8-26
8.2 Scanner Section

dialog box appears.
12. Select Install from HD to circuit board(s) in
scanner and click the [Next >] button.
The Download start (C-041) dialog box

appears.
The Downloading to the GMB23 circuit board

14. If the GMB23 circuit board has been replaced,
click the [Yes] button. If not, click the [No] button.
The Downloading to the CTB23 circuit board

15. If the CTB23 circuit board has been replaced,
The Downloading to the CLE23 circuit board

16. If the CLE23 circuit board has been replaced, click
the [Yes] button. If not, click the [No] button.
The Downloading to the CPZ23 circuit board

17. If the CPZ23 circuit board has been replaced,
8-27
8.2 Scanner Section

The Download Complete (C-085) dialog box
appears.

appears.

screen appears.

23. Select YES for Rack Auto cleaning in Menu
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
8-28
8.2 Scanner Section

8.2.18
Fixing Bracket Installation
Fixing Bracket Installation

1. Remove:
Rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2).
Scanner section front cover
2. Loosen the two screws and remove the fixing
bracket.
3. Loosen the screw and remove the carrier fixing
bracket.
4. Remove the two screws and three hex. socket
head bolts.
Screws (2)
Fixing Bracket
Screw
Screws (2)

Z2522
5. Lift the conjugate length variable section and

install the fixing bracket with the two screws.
Fixing Bracket
Fixing Bracket Removal
Conjugate Length
Variable Section
Removal is essentially in the reverse order of

installation.
Screws (2)
Z2521
8-29
9. SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION

Parts Location......................................................................................... 9-2
9.1
Power Supply Section ............................................................................ 9-3

9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
9.2
Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 9-3

Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation....................................................................... 9-3
Start Switch (D214) Replacement .......................................................................... 9-4
Power Supply Unit Replacement ........................................................................... 9-5
Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ........................................................................ 9-6
Image Processing Circuit Board Section ............................................. 9-7

9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
9.2.5
9.2.6
9.2.7
9.2.8
9.2.9
9.3
Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation............................ 9-7

Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation ............................ 9-9
GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................ 9-9
GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 9-10
GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 9-10
GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 9-11
GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 9-11
Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion....................................................... 9-12
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement ........................... 9-12
Main Control Unit.................................................................................. 9-14

9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
9.3.4
9.3.5
Main Control Unit Replacement ........................................................................... 9-14

Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................. 9-15
Connecting Grounding Wristband....................................................................... 9-15
Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement........................................................ 9-16
Hard Disk Replacement ........................................................................................ 9-18
9-1
Parts Location
Image Processing Circuit Board box

GIA23 circuit Board
GPA23 Circuit Board
Expanded Image Processing

(GPA23) Circuit Board (Optional)
GIE23 Circuit Board
Full Keyboard
GSR23 Circuit Board

Image Processing
Section Cooling Fan
(F321)
Image Processing
Circuit Board Box
Power Supply Unit
Main Control Unit
Z2438
9-2
9.1 Power Supply Section

9.1.1
Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)

the system.
outlet.
When servicing the electrical section parts, make

sure the built-in circuit breaker is turned OFF and the
power supply cord is disconnected. If the power
supply cord is connected, electricity will flow as far as
the power supply unit, and this can cause electric
shocks and/or short-circuiting.
Front Cover
Z2450
3. Loosen the three screws and remove the front

cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
9.1.2
Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
the system.
outlet.
3. Disconnect the power supply cord from the
SP-3000.

4. Loosen the four screws and remove the rear cover.
Z2467
9-3

Reinstallation
removal.
9.1.3
Start Switch (D214) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the front cover (See Subsection 9.1.1).

2. Disconnect the connector from the start switch.
Start Switch
Z2209
3. Release the locking tabs and remove the start

switch.
Locking Tabs
Installation
Start Switch

removal.
Z2210
9-4

9.1.4
Power Supply Unit Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the three screws securing the grounding
wires to the frame.
3. Remove the two screws securing the cable
clamps.
Screws/Cable Clamps (2)

Z2204
4. Open the five harness clamps.
Harness Clamps (5)
5. Disconnect the ten cable connectors from the DC

power supply unit.
Connectors (10)
Z2206
6. Remove the two screws and then the DC power

supply unit.
DC Power Supply Unit
Installation
Screws (2)

removal.
NOTE: After installation, adjust the power supply voltage
Z2495
9-5

9.1.5
Power Supply Voltage Adjustment

2. Connect the power supply cable to the DC power
supply unit and turn ON the built-in circuit breaker.
3. Press the START switch to start the system.
4. Measure the DC voltages at the measuring points
as shown in the table below.
5. Adjust the voltages by turning each VR.
Measuring Points
VR
DC Voltage
Range
Ground
Terminal
+Terminal
D+3.3V
PS1-1
PS1-2
3.30.1V
D+5V1
PS1-3
PS1-4
5.10.1V
D+5V2
PS4-1
PS4-9
5.1V0.1V
A+5V
PS2-4
PS2-8
5.1V0.1V
A5V
PS6-2
PS6-7
5.2V0.1V
A+12V
PS4-3
PS4-11
12.20.5V
A12V
PS4-5
PS4-13
12.2V0.5V
A+20V
PS6-5
PS6-10
20.20.3V
P+12V1
PS2-3
PS2-7
12.2V0.5V
P+12V2
PS5-6
PS5-12
12.2V0.5V
P+24V
PS4-7
PS4-15
24.21.2V
6. Shut down the system.

disconnect the power supply cord.
8. Reinstall the rear cover.
16
10
5
8
1
4
3
4
VR
9-6
1
2
12
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section

9.2.1
Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Remove the six screws securing the cable
clamps.
Screws/Cable Clamps (6)

Z2486
3. Remove the two screws and then the fan duct

from the box.
Fan Duct
Screws (2)
Z2487

cover.
Connector
Cover
Screws (2)
Z2488
9-7

5. Disconnect the seven connectors from the circuit
boards.
GIA2
GIA1
GSR1
GIA3
GMB11
GIE1
GMB3
Z2489
6. Remove the two screws and then the image

processing circuit board box.
Reinstallation
Image Processing
Circuit Board Box

removal.
Screws (2)
Z2494
9-8

9.2.2
Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Box Cover
1. Remove the image processing circuit board box

2. Remove the two screws and then the box cover.
Screws (2)
Z2191

holder.
Circuit Board Holder
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (2)
NOTE: Tighten the two screws while lightly pressing the

circuit board holder against the circuit boards.
9.2.3
Z2194
GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
GSR23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the box cover (See Subsection 9.2.2).

2. Disconnect the connector from the GSR23 circuit
board.
Connector
Z2192
9-9

3. Remove the two special screws, washers and
then the GSR23 circuit board.
GSR23 Circuit Board
Installation
removal.
Special Screws (2)
Washers (2)
Z2193
9.2.4
GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder

GIA23 Circuit Board
2. Remove the screw and then the GIA23 circuit

board from Slot 1 on the GMB23 circuit board.
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Insert the circuit board into the slot on the GMB23
circuit board securely.
9.2.5
Z2195
GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the GIE23 circuit
Installation
removal.
After installation, perform Scanner Driver
Installation (See Section 3.5).
GIE23 Circuit Board

Z2196
9-10

9.2.6
GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the GPA23 circuit
Installation
removal.
9.2.7
GPA23 Circuit Board

Z2197
GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connectors
1. Remove:
GIA23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.4).
GIE23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.5).
GPA23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.6).
2. Disconnect the connectors from the GMB23
circuit board.
GMB23 Circuit Board

Z2200
3. Remove the 11 screws and then the GMB23

circuit board.
Installation
removal.
After installation, download the program from the HD
of the main control unit into the GMB23 circuit board
Screws (11)
GMB23 Circuit Board

Z2201
9-11

9.2.8
Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion

Screw
2. Remove the screw and then the cover.
Cover
Z2198
3. Insert the expansion circuit board into the slot next

to the present GPA23 circuit board and tighten the
screw.
Screw
NOTE: Insert the expansion circuit board into the slot

securely.
4. Reinstall the circuit board holder and box cover.

5. Reinstall the image processing circuit board box
and rear cover.
Expansion (GPA23) circuit board

Z2199
9.2.9
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement
Removal
GMB6 Connector
Fan Bracket
1. Remove the box cover (See Subsection 9.2.2).

2. Disconnect the GMB6 connector.
3. Remove the screw and then the fan bracket.
Screw
Z2202
9-12

4. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the
bracket.
Bracket
Screws (2)
Fan (F321)
Arrow
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Install the fan so that the arrow points the inside of
the box.
Z2203
9-13
9.3 Main Control Unit

9.3.1
Main Control Unit Replacement
Removal
Interface (1394)
Cable

the system.
outlet.

Clamp/Screw
Z2028
3. Remove the screw securing the interface (1394)

cable clamp.
4. Disconnect all cables from the main control unit.

q Power Supply Cord
w Mouse Cable
e Full Keyboard Cable
r Operation Keyboard (USB) Cable
t MCU1 [Power Supply (1394) Cable from Power
Supply Unit]
y MCU2 [Image Processing Signal (1394) Cable]
u Monitor (CRT) Cable
i Interface Cable (1394) Cable
u
t
5. Remove the main control unit

i
y
Z2027
q
w
Installation

removal.
r
t
NOTE: After installation, perform the following operations.

Printer and scanner driver installation
(See Section 3.5).
System software (A1) reinstallation
(See Section 4.3).
Optional software reinstallation.
Backup for refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3).
y i
Z2515
9-14

9.3.2
Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Left-hand Cover
1. Remove the main control unit

2. Remove the two screws.
3. Remove the left-hand cover by pulling it slightly
toward the rear.
Reinstallation
Screws (2)

removal.
9.3.3
!
Z2540
Connecting Grounding Wristband

Wristband
CAUTION
Grounding Wire
To avoid damaging the electronic parts due to

discharge of static electricity, be sure to wear the
grounding wristband before replacing the parts.
Grounding the frame of the main control unit is not
necessary.
1. Remove the left-hand cover (See Subsection 9.3.2).
2. Temporarily install the cover screw to the frame as
shown.
3. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist.
Cover Screw
4. Connect the grounding wire to the screw.
Z2541
9-15

9.3.4
Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement
NOTE: Normally, replace the backup battery within five

years.
As the backup battery, use a CR2032 (commercial
item).
Backup Battery
Removal
1. Connect the wristband (See Subsection 9.3.3).
2. Remove the backup battery from the
motherboard.
Installation
Motherboard
Z2542
NOTE: Install the battery with the plus (+) side facing
upward.
After replacement, perform the following:
1) CMOS Initial Setup
2) Date/Time Setting Using BIOS Setup Utility
<CMOS Initial Setup and Date/Time Setting>

1. Insert the Boot Device Change FD into the FD
drive.

Z2041
The error message may be displayed on the

lower side of the screen.
ERROR
0271: Check data and time settings
WARNING
0251: System CMOS checksum bad - Default configuration used
3. If the error message appears, press the [F1] key.
Press <F1> to resume, <F2> to Setup
The boot device change program starts.

---------------------------- ---------1 HDD1 Boot (Default)
3 CD-ROM Boot
--------------------------------------Specify operation (Enter Its number)
A:>
4. Press the [1] key to select 1 HDD1 and then the

[Enter] key.
9-16

5. Remove the FD from the FD drive.
6. Press the [Alt] and [Del] keys simultaneously while
pressing [Ctrl] key.
The main control unit is started.
7. Press the [F2] key immediately after the white
characters appear on the black background.
Z2042
The BIOS setup screen appears.

The cursor is positioned on System Time:.
NOTE: Do not change the items other than the date and
time.
8. Select hour/minute/second by pressing the [Tab]

key and set the current time by pressing the [+] or
[] key of the numeric keys on the full keyboad.
Press the [+] key to put forward the hour/minute/
second.
Press the [] key to put back the hour/minute/
second.
NOTE: The [+] and [-] keys of the alphabet keys cannot
be used.
9. Press the [] key to move the cursor to year/

month/date:
10. Select year/month/date by pressing the [Tab] key
and set the current date by pressing the [+] or []
key of the numeric keys on the full keyboard.
Press the [+] key to put forward the year/month/
date.
Press the [] key to put back the year/month/date.
11. Press the [F10] key.
The Setup Confirmation dialog box appears.
12. Press the [] or [] key to move the cursor to
[Yes].
13. Press the [Enter] key.
The main control unit is restarted.
9-17

9.3.5
!
Hard Disk Replacement

Flat Cable Connector
CAUTION
To aviod moisture condensation, if the HDD is very

cold and there is a great difference in temperature
(more than 20C) between the HDD and the room,
let the HDD sit for about one hour to bring it to room
temperature before unpacking.
To avoid damaging the HDD, take utmost care to
avoid vibrations or impacts being delivered to the
HDD. Place the HDD on soft material such as the
cushion for packing.
When carrying the HDD, hold the outside frame. If
the print-circuit board or connector is held, the HDD
may be deformed or damaged.
Power Supply P5 Connector
Removal
Z2543
1. Connect the wristband (See Subsection 9.3.3).

2. Disconnect the flat cable connector and power
supply P5 connector form the hard disk.
3. Remove the three screws and then the hard disk
bracket.
Screws (2)
Hard Disk Bracket

Z2544
4. Remove the two inch-size screws and then the

hard disk from the bracket.
Hard Disk
Inch-size Screws (2)
Z2545
9-18

Installation
removal.
NOTE: Remove the shoulder screw from the old hard disk
and install it to the new one.
The hard disk is a precision part. Take extreme
care to avoid any impacts being delivered to the
hard disk.
Make sure each connector is connected properly.
Do not change the factory-settings of the HDD
jumper plug.
After installation, perform the following.
1) OS Recovery (See Subsection 3.5.1).
2) Driver Installation ((See Subsection 3.5.2).
3) System Software (A1) Reinstallation
(See Section 4.3).
4) Optional Software Installation
(See Optional Software Manual).
5) Backup for Refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3).
New Hard Disk
Shoulder Screw
Z2546
9-19
10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION

Parts Location....................................................................................... 10-2
10.1
Paper Magazine..................................................................................... 10-3
10.1.1
10.1.2
10.1.3
10.2
Upper Paper Magazine Table.............................................................. 10-5
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5
10.2.6
10.2.7
10.3
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 10-5

Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation..................................... 10-5
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................... 10-6
Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-6
Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ........................................... 10-7
Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement ....................................................... 10-7
Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement ................................................ 10-8
Lower Magazine Table.......................................................................... 10-9
10.3.1
10.3.2
10.3.3
10.3.4
10.3.5
10.3.6
10.4
Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement .................................................. 10-3

Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ....................................................... 10-3
Drive Pulley Replacement..................................................................................... 10-4
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 10-9

Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 10-9
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................. 10-10
Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................ 10-10
Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement .................................................. 10-11
Soft Down Damper Replacement ....................................................................... 10-12
Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch ............................................... 10-14
10.4.1
10.4.2
10.4.3
10.4.4
10.4.5
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 10-14

Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 10-15
Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement....... 10-15
Drive Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 10-16
Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement............................... 10-17
10-1
10
Parts Location
Upper Magazine Drive Unit
Upper Magazine Paper

Supply Motor (M610)
Upper Paper Magazine
Lower Magazine Drive Unit
Lower Magazine Paper

Supply Motor (M620)
Upper Magazine Table
Lower Paper Magazine
Lower Magazine Table
LII954
10-2
10.1 Paper Magazine

10.1.1
Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement
Removal
1. Release the latches and open the paper
magazine.
Paper Magazine
Latches (2)
LII360
2. Remove the six outside screws, two inside screws

and then the paper supply section assembly.
Paper Supply Section Assembly
3. Remove each four screws and then the two

latches.
10
Installation
Screws (6)
Screws (2)

removal.
10.1.2
LII363
Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement
Removal
Arm
1. Remove the paper supply section assembly

Spring
2. Remove the E-ring, arm, spring and push rod.
Installation
E-ring

removal.
Push Rod
LII364
10-3
10.1 Paper Magazine

10.1.3
Drive Pulley Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the E-ring and then the drive pulley.
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the pulley drive straight
pin.
Installation
E-ring
Pulley

removal.
LII365
10-4
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table

10.2.1
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Magazine Door
LII206
2. Turn the setting lever to the left.
Screws (3)
3. Remove the three screws and then the setting

lever cover.
10
Reinstallation
removal.
10.2.2
Setting Lever Cover

LII372
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the upper magazine setting lever cover
2. Remove the E-ring and then the setting lever.
Reinstallation
removal.
E-ring
NOTE: Reinstall the setting lever so that it is parallel to the
magazine table when it is turned fully to the right.
Setting Lever
LII373
10-5

10.2.3
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the upper magazine setting lever

2. Remove the four screws and then the lock
assembly.
Lock Assembly
LII374
3. Remove the spring, E-ring, two poly-sliders and

arm.
E-ring
Poly-sliders (2)
Arm
Installation
removal.
10.2.4
Spring
LII375
Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (8)

2. Align the holes by sliding the magazine table and
remove the following screws.
Eight screws securing the rail to the cutter side
bracket
Eight screws securing the center rail to the
frame
Eight screws securing the rail to the processor
side bracket
Screws (8)
Screws (8)
LII376
3. Remove the upper magazine table unit.
10-6

Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: If the magazine table slider does not run smoothly
after reinstallation, loosen the four screws securing
the processor side bracket and retighten them after
sliding the table in and out several times.
Processor Side Bracket Screws (4)

LII400
10.2.5
Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the upper magazine table unit

Slide Table
2. Remove the four screws, then the slide table, two

brackets and two magazine guides.
Magazine Guides (2)
Reinstallation
Brackets (2)

removal.
10.2.6
LII377
Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement
Removal
Bearings (2)
Camshaft
1. Remove:
Upper magazine setting lever (See Subsection
10.2.2).
Upper magazine setting lever lock arm
Upper slide table/brackets
Collars (4)
E-rings (3)
2. Remove the three E-rings, then the two bearings,

four collars and camshaft.
LII378
10-7
10

3. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then
the cam roller.
Installation
removal.
10.2.7
E-rings (2) Bearings (2)
Cam Roller
LII379
Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the upper magazine table unit

Lock Assembly
2. Remove the two screws and then the lock

assembly.
Installation
removal.
LII380
10-8
10.3 Lower Magazine Table

10.3.1
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)

2. Remove the three screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
10.3.2
Cover
LII381
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation
10
Removal
1. Remove the magazine setting lever cover
2. Remove the two screws and then the setting lever.
Setting lever
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (2)
NOTE: Reinstall the setting lever so that it is parallel to the

magazine table when it is turned fully to the right.
LII383
10-9

10.3.3
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)
1. Remove the magazine setting lever

2. Remove the three screws and then the lock
assembly.
Lock Assembly
LII384
3. Remove the spring, E-ring, two poly-sliders and

then the arm.
Spring
E-ring
Poly-sliders (2)
Arm
Installation
removal.
10.3.4
LII385
Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (8)
Processor Side Rail
1. Remove the left lower cover

2. Align the holes by sliding the magazine table and
remove the following screws.
Center Rail
Eight screws securing the rail to the cutter side

bracket
Eight screws securing the center rail to the
frame
Eight screws securing the rail to the processor
side bracket
Cutter Side Rail
Screws (8)
Screws (8)
3. Remove the lower magazine table unit.
LII386
10-10

Reinstallation
Shims(4)

removal.
NOTE: If the lower magazine table unit should be
replaced, measure the shim thickness in four
places and attach shims of the same thickness to
a new magazine table.
LII387
If the magazine table slider does not run smoothly

after reinstallation, loosen the four screws
securing the processor side bracket and retighten
them after sliding the table in and out several
times.
10
Processor Side Bracket Screws (4)

LII401
10.3.5
Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement
Removal
Magazine Lift Plate

Screws (8)
1. Remove the lower magazine setting lever cover

2. Remove the eight screws, then four lift guides and
magazine lift plate.
Lift Guides (4)

LII388
10-11

3. Remove the E-ring, shaft, two bearings, and then
the roller.
E-ring
Installation
removal.
Roller
NOTE: After installing the lift guides, check the magazine

table for smooth movement by moving it up and
down several times. If necessary, adjust it by
following the steps below.
Shaft
Bearings (2)
LII389
1) Loosen the screws securing the lift guides.

2) Move the magazine table up and down several
times.
3) Retighten the screws.
10.3.6
Soft Down Damper Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the lower magazine table unit
2. Remove the two screws and then the damper
bracket.
Screws (2) Damper Bracket

LII390
3. Remove the two screws and then the damper.
Damper
Screws (2)
LII391
10-12

Installation
Damper Bracket
1. Temporarily install the damper to the bracket

using the two screws.
2. Install the bracket with the two screws.
3. Tighten the two damper screws securely.
Screws (2)
Screws (2)
LII392
10
10-13
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch

10.4.1
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Harness cover
Screws (2)

cover.
LII393

Harness Clamp

5. Disconnect the JMAG2 connector.
JMAG2 Connector
Screw
Connector Cover
LII394
6. Loosen the six screws, remove the other one

screw and then the drive unit by sliding it to the
right-hand side.
Screws (Loosen)
Drive Unit
Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: Tighten the drive unit screws by following the steps
below.
1) Align the hole in the drive unit with the half-punch
on the printer frame.
2) Tighten the four screws while pushing the unit
upward.
3) Push the bracket against the cutter/feed unit and
the drive unit and tighten the removed screw.
4) Tighten the two loosened bracket screws.
Screw (Remove)
Braket
Screws (Loosen)
LII395
10-14

10.4.2
Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
Connector Cover
LII402
3. Disconnect the connector (JMAG2).

4. Loosen the four screws and remove the drive unit
by sliding into the sifting down it.
10
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (4) (Loosen)
Drive Unit
Connector
NOTE: Tighten the drive unit screws by following the steps

below.
LII403
1) Align the hole in the drive unit with the half-punch

on the printer frame.
2) Tighten the four screws while pushing the unit to
the left-hand side.
10.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement

Removal
Motor Cover
1. Remove the upper or lower magazine drive unit

(See Subsection 10.4.1/10.4.2).
Screws (2)

3. Remove the two screws and then the motor cover.
Clamp
LII396
10-15

4. Disengage the drive belt from the motor pulley.
Motor Pulley
Belt
LII397
5. Open the clamp and disconnect the motor

connector.
Screws (4)
Motor (M610/M620)
6. Remove the four screws and then the motor.
Installation
Motor Connector

removal.
Clamp
LII398
NOTE: After belt installation, turn the belt by hand to check

that it operates correctly.
10.4.4
Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
Idler Pulley
1. Remove the upper or lower magazine drive unit

(See Subsection 10.4.1/10.4.2).
2. Remove the spring and then the drive belt.
Installation
removal.
Spring
Belt
NOTE: After belt installation, turn the belt by hand to check

that it operates correctly.
LII399
10-16

10.4.5
Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)

2. Remove the three screws and then the switch
cover.
Switch Cover
LII369
3. Disconnect the two switch connectors.
Switch Connectors (2)
4. Remove the two screws and then the switch

bracket.
10
Screws (2)
Switch Bracket
LII370
5. Remove the spring, E-ring and then the two

switches.
Spring
E-ring
Installation
removal.
LII371
10-17
11. PAPER FEED SECTION

Parts Location....................................................................................... 11-3
11.1
Cutter/Feed Section.............................................................................. 11-6
11.1.1
11.1.2
11.1.3
11.1.4
11.1.5
11.1.6
11.1.7
11.1.8
11.1.9
11.1.10
11.1.11
11.1.12
11.1.13
11.1.14
11.1.15
11.1.16
11.1.17
11.1.18
11.1.19
11.1.20
11.1.21
11.1.22
11.1.23
11.2
Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................................... 11-6

Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 11-6
Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 11-9
Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 11-9
Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement .......... 11-10
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close Sensor
(D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625),
Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement ................................................ 11-10
Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement .................................................................... 11-11
Drive Gear Replacement ..................................................................................... 11-11
Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement ....................................... 11-12
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement..................................... 11-12
Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 11-13
Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 11-14
Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ............ 11-15
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement............................. 11-15
Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 11-16
Feed Guide Plate Replacement .......................................................................... 11-17
Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement ............... 11-17
Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................ 11-18
Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement............................................................. 11-19
Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate
Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................................................... 11-20
Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement ............................................................... 11-21
Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate
Exit Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................................ 11-22
Back Printing Section......................................................................... 11-23
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.2.3
11.2.4
11.2.5
11.2.6
11.2.7
11.2.8
11.2.9
11.2.10
11.2.11
11.2.12
11.2.13
11.2.14
11.2.15
11.2.16
11.2.17
Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 11-23

Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement............................................. 11-24
Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement.................................................... 11-25
Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement..... 11-27
Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ........................................... 11-28
Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement ............................................... 11-29
Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement.................................................... 11-30
Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................. 11-30
Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement .......................................... 11-31
Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement.............................................. 11-32
Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.......................... 11-33
Platen Replacement ............................................................................................ 11-34
Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement .................................... 11-34
Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement............................................................. 11-35
11-1
11
11.2.18
11.2.19
11.2.20
11.2.21
11.3
Back Printing Head Replacement ...................................................................... 11-36

Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 11-37
Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement..................................................... 11-37
Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment....................................................... 11-38
Registration Section........................................................................... 11-40
11.3.1
11.3.2
11.3.3
11.3.4
11.3.5
11.3.6
11.3.7
11.3.8
11.3.9
11.3.10
11.3.11
11.3.12
11.3.13
11.3.14
11.3.15
11.3.16
11.3.17
11.3.18
Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................... 11-40

Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement ............................ 11-40
Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement .............................................. 11-41
Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement.............................. 11-42
Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement...................... 11-42
Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement..... 11-43
Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement................................................ 11-46
Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement ............................................... 11-47
Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement ............................................ 11-48
Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement..................................... 11-49
Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation......................................................................... 11-52
Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement............................................. 11-53
Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 11-53
Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement ............................................... 11-54
Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ............................................................. 11-55
11-2
Parts Location
Cutter/Feed Unit
Upper Magazine Open/Close

Sensor 1 (D617)
Upper Magazine
Open/Close Sensor 2 (D618)
Upper Magazine
Paper End Sensor (D616)
Upper Magazine
ID Sensors 1 to 6
6(D615)
5(D614)
4(D613)
Upper Magazine
Paper Sensor (D631)
3(D612)
2(D611)
1(D610)
Feed Motor 1 (M630)
Upper Magazine
Splice Sensor (D619)
Upper Cutter Close
Upper Cutter
Open (Home)
Sensor (D601)
Upper Cutter
Drive Motor
(M600)
11
Lower Magazine
Paper End Sensor (D626)
Lower Magazine
Open/Close Sensors
1/2 (D627/D628)
Lower Magazine
Splice Sensor (D629)
Lower Magazine
Paper Sensor (D632)
Lower Magazine
ID Sensor 1 to 6
(D620 to D625)
Lower Cutter Drive

Motor (M601)
Lower Cutter Close
Lower Cutter Open

(Home) Sensor (D603)
LII955
11-3
Parts Location
Back Printing/Feed Unit
Feed Motor 3 (M632)
Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633)
Gear Release Lever
Feed Motor 2 (M631)

Nip Release Solenoid 2
(S632)
(S631)
Platen
Back Printer Head (S630)
LII956
11-4
Parts Location
Registration Unit
Nip Release Motor (M642)

Tilt Home Position
Sensor (D641)
Registration Section
Paper Sensor (D640)
Nip Release Home Position
Sensor (D642)
Registration
Tilt Motor (M641)
Nip Release
Solenoid 3 (S640)
Nip Release
Solenoid 4 (S641)
Feed Motor 4 (M640)
11
LII957
11-5
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section

11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and the main
power supply.
Magazine Door
LII206
3. Pull the lock release lever and remove the left

cover.
Lock Release Lever
Reinstallation
Left Side Cover

removal.
LII209
11.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation

Removal
2. Push the gear release lever at the back printing
section and inset the spacer (approximately 2 cm)
between the lever and the frame flange as shown.
Spacer
Gear Release Lever
LII404
11-6

cover.
Harness Cover
Screws (2)
LII393

Connectors (3)
5. Disconnect the three connectors (Jha1 to Jha3).
11
Clamp
LII405
6. Remove the three screws securing the unit in the

upper magazine section.
Screws (3)
LII406
11-7

7. Remove the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4)
LII407
8. Remove the cutter/feed unit while pushing the

shutter buttons.
Shutter Button
NOTE: Take care not to damage the wire harnesses.
Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: If the unit has been replaced, perform the following
adjustments.
1) Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"
2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine
Adjustment" (See Subsection 5.6.21).
3) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"
4) Menu 0520 "Paper Magazine Feeding Fine
Cutter/Feed Unit
LII408
11-8

11.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Upper Sensor Bracket
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2).
Screws (2)
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector.

3. Remove the two screws and then the bracket.
Reinstallation
Clamp
Connector

removal.
LII027
NOTE: Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the
cutter unit and tighten the seven screws.
11.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
11
Removal
Connector

3. Disconnect the connector and remove the bracket.
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (2)
Lower Sensor Bracket
LII1196
11-9

11.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove:
Locking Tabs
Upper sensor bracket (D616) (See Subsection 11.1.3).

Lower sensor bracket (D626) (See Subsection 11.1.4).
3. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Installation
Sensor (D616/D626)
LII029

removal.
11.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close

Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620
to D625), Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement
Removal
Locking Tabs
1. Remove:
Connector
Upper sensor bracket (D616) (See Subsection 11.1.3).

Lower sensor bracket (D626) (See Subsection 11.1.4).
D6
1
D6 8/D6
17
/D 28
D6
6
15
/D 27
D6
62
14
/D6 5
D6
2
13
/D6 4
D6
23
12/
D6
D6
2
11
/D6 2
21

Installation
Sensor
D610/D620
LII028
11-10

11.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement
Removal
Clamp

Motor Bracket
3. Remove the four screws and then the motor bracket.
Screws (4)
Connector
LII031

the motor.
Bracket
Installation
11

NOTE: Install the motor so that its connector faces as
shown in the figure.
Screws (2)
Motor (M630)
LII032
11.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement

Removal
Upper Cutter Roller Drive Gear
Exit Roller Drive Gear
1. Remove feed motor 1 (M630) (See Subsection 11.1.7).
E-ring
E-rings (2)
2. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear.

3. Remove the two E-rings, upper cutter roller drive
gear, lower cutter roller drive gear and two spacers.
4. Remove the E-ring and then the exit roller drive
gear.
E-ring
Installation
Idler Gear
Lower Cutter Roller Drive Gear
Spacers (2)
LII033
NOTE: Install the gears so that they can be turned only

arrow direction as shown when their shafts are held.
11-11

11.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement
Removal
Sensor Bracket
Screw
LII034
3. Disconnect the connector (D631).
Connector (D631)
Sensor (D631)
Installation
Locking Tabs

LII035
11.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement

Removal
Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII036
11-12

4. Disconnect the connector (D632P) from the
sensor.
Installation
Connector (D632P)
Screw
Sensor (D632)
LII037
11.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation

Removal
Connector Cover
Screws (2)

cover.
11
Reinstallation
removal.
LII038
11-13

11.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps(6)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 11.1.11).

2. Open the six clamps and disconnect the three
connectors (M600, Jha3 and Jha5).
Connectors(3)
LII039
3. Remove the seven screws and then the cutter unit.

Cutter Unit
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (7)
LII040
The connector codes jha3 or jha6, jha4 or
jha7 or jha5 or jha8 is found on each surface
of the code tag because the upper and lower cutter
units are the same parts.
adjustments.
11-14

11.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
Connector (D632L)
Upper cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.12).

Lower cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.15).
2. Disconnect the connector (D632L) and open the
four harness clamps.
Clamps (4)
LII047
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate.
E-ring
11
Reinstallation
removal.
Guide Plate
LII048
11.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement

Removal
1. Remove the upper and lower common use guide
plate (See Subsection 11.1.13).
Sensor Bracket
Screw
LII049
11-15

3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor LED.
Cover
Screw
4. Remove the screw, sensor LED and cover.
Sensor LED (D632L)
Installation
Connector
LII052
11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation

Removal
Clamps(6)

2. Open the six harness clamps.
3. Disconnect the three connectors
(M601, Jha6 and Jha8).
Connector(3)
LII050
4. Remove the four screws and then the cutter unit.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
removal.
The connector codes jha3 or jha6, jha4 or
jha7 or jha5 or jha8 is found on each surface
of the code tag because the upper and lower cutter
units are the same parts.
adjustments.
Cutter Unit
LII051

11-16

11.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the
connector (D632P).
Clamps (5)
Connector (D632P)
LII053
E-ring
11
Installation
Guide Plate
LII054
11.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement

Removal
Roller Shaft
Springs (2)

2. Remove the two springs and then the roller shaft.
LII055
11-17

the roller.
Roller
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
Installation
LII056
11.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement

Removal
1. Remove:
Motor bracket (See Subsection 11.1.7).
2. Remove the four screws and then the connector
bracket.
Screws (4)
Connector Bracket
LII057
3. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing.
E-ring
Bearing
LII058
11-18

4. Remove the E-ring and idler gear.
E-ring
Spacer
Bearing
5. Remove the E-ring and then the roller drive gear,

spacer and bearing.
E-ring
Idler Gear
Roller Drive Gear
LII059
6. Open the guide plate and remove the roller.
Installation
11
NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end
toward the rear.
Roller
LII060
11.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement

Removal
1. Remove:
bracket.
Screws (4)
Connector Bracket
LII057
11-19

E-ring
Bearing
LII061
4. Remove the E-ring and idler gear.
Spacer
E-ring
Roller
5. Remove the E-ring, roller drive gear and spacer.

6. Remove the roller.
Installation
E-ring
toward the rear.
Idler Gear Roller Drive Gear

LII062
11.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate

Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
Springs (2)
LII063
11-20

Reinstallation
E-ring
Guide Plate
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII064
11.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement

Removal
1. Remove the emulsion surface side upper cutter
exit guide plate (See Subsection 11.1.20).
Roller
E-ring
11
3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller.

Springs (2)
Installation
Bearings
11.1.22
LII065
Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the emulsion surface side upper cutter

exit guide plate (See Subsection 11.1.20).
Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor (D631)

bracket.
3. Remove the four screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation
Screws (4)
Guide Plate
LII066
11-21

11.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
Connector Bracket

2. Disconnect the six connectors and open the
thirteen clamps.
bracket.
Clamps(13)
Connectors (6)
LII104
E-ring
Bearing
LII102
5. Remove the E-ring, gear and bearing.
Roller
Installation
NOTE: Install the gear so that its black boss faces the
roller side.
Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end
toward the rear.
Bearing
Gear
E-ring
LII103
11-22
11.2 Back Printing Section

11.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Push the gear release lever and insert the spacer
(approximately 2 cm) between the lever and the
frame flange as shown.
Spacer
Gear Release Lever
LII404

cover.
Harness Cover
Screws (2)
11
LII393
Screws (4)
LII409
11-23

5. Pull the unit out about 5 cm.
Clamps (2)
6. Open the two clamps and disconnect the three

connectors.
7. Remove the unit.
Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: When the unit has been replaced, perform the
following adjustments.
Connectors (3)
1) Back Printing Head Adjustment

3) Menu 0520 "Paper Magazine Feeding Fine
Unit
LII410
11.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement

Removal
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection
11.2.1).
Installation
Connector
Sensor (D633)

removal.
Locking Tabs
LII067
11-24

11.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement
Removal
Connector Cover
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit

2. Open the back printing exit guide plate.
Screws
LII068
4. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector.
Screws (2)
Connector
5. Remove the E-ring.

6. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid.
E-ring
11
Installation
Clamps (2)
Solenoid (S631)
LII069

Removal
Connector Cover

Screw
LII070
11-25

3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector.
Clamps (2)

5. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid.
Screws (2)
Solenoid (S632)
E-ring
Installation
Connector
LII071

Removal
Motor/Bracket
Clamps (2)

2. Open the two clamps and disconnect the two
connectors.
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor bracket.
Connectors (2)
Screws (2)
LII072
4. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Motor 3 (M632)
Screws (2)
Installation
LII073
11-26

11.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
E-ring

2. Remove the spring, E-ring and then the gear
bracket.
Spring
Gear Bracket
LII074
3. Remove the back printing entrance feed roller

drive gear and two bearings.
Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Drive Gear

Bearings (2)
4. Remove the screw, then the shaft, and then cutter

exit feed drive gear.
11
Axis
Screw
Cutter Exit Feed Drive Gear
LII075
Installation
roller (front) side.
Align the pin on the bracket with the slide lever of
the gear bracket.
Pin
Gear Bracket Slide Lever
LII076
11-27

Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the back printing entrance/cutter exit

feed drive gear bracket (See Subsection 11.2.6).
Connector
Installation
Motor (M631)
LII077
11.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement

Removal
Back Printing Unit

Roller
1. Remove the back printing entrance/cutter exit

feed drive gear bracket (See Subsection 11.2.6).
2. Remove the rear bearing.
3. Loosen the screw and open the back printing unit.
4. Remove the front E-ring, bearing and then the roller.
Installation
Screw

E-ring
toward the rear.
Bearing
Bearing
LII078
11-28

11.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor bracket (See Subsection 11.2.5).
2. Remove the E-ring, bearing, gear and the two
spacers.
Gear
Spacer(2)
E-ring
LII079
Roller
11
Installation
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller
side (front).
toward the rear.
Bearing
E-ring
LII080
11-29

11.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Bearing

2. Remove the E-ring, two spacers, gear and bearing.
Gear
Spacers (2)
E-ring
LII081
Roller
side (front).
toward the rear.
Bearing
E-ring
Installation
LII082
11.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

Removal
2. Remove the E-ring, two spacers and then the
gear.
Gear
Spacer(2)
E-ring
LII079
11-30

Connector Cover
Screw
4. Disconnect the connector (S632) and open the

clamp.
Connector
Clamp
LII083
5. Loosen the front and rear fulcrum screws then

remove the guide plate.
Reinstallation
removal.
11
side (front).
Screws (2)
LII084
11.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement

Removal
Springs (2)
1. Remove :
Nip release solenoid 1 (S631)
Nip release solenoid 2 (S632)
3. Remove the E-ring, and then the roller/bracket by
pulling out the shaft.
Roller/Bracket
E-ring
Shaft
LII085
11-31

the roller.
Roller
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII086
11.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement

Removal
2. Remove the two screws.
the roller.
Roller
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII087
11-32

11.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connector Cover

Screws
LII068

two clamps.
11
Clamps (2)
Connector
LII088
4. Remove the eight screws and then the entrance

guide plate.
Screws (8)
Reinstallation
Entrance Guide Plate

removal.
LII089
11-33

11.2.15 Platen Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the left cover
2. Remove the two screws and then the platen/bracket.
Screws(2)
Platen/Bracket
LII090
3. Remove the two screws and then the platen.

Screws(2)
Installation
Platen
NOTE: After installation, adjust back printing head

clearance (See Subsection 11.2.21).
LII091
11.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement

Removal
1. Remove:
Motor bracket (See Subsection 11.2.5).
Back printing exit guide plate
Back printing entrance guide plate
2. Remove the E-ring then the two spacer and gear.
Gear
Spacers (2)
E-ring
LII081
11-34

3. Release the locking tabs, remove the sensor and
open the two clamps.
Rocking Tabs
Sensor
Clamps (2)
LII092
4. Remove the four screws and then the back

printing surface side guide plate.
Back Printing Surface

Side Guide Plate
11
Installation
Screws (4)
LII093
11.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement

Removal
2. Remove the gear bearing.
Gear Bearing
LII094
11-35

3. Remove the four E-rings then the two gears and pin.
Gears (2)
Installation
E-rings (4)
Pin
LII095
11.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement

Removal
Screw

2. Loosen the screw and open the back printing unit,
then secure it with the screw.
3. Release the lock and remove the ink ribbon
cassette.
Connector Cover
LII096
5. Disconnect the flat harness connector.
Back Printing Head
6. Remove the two screws and then the back

printing head.
Installation
NOTE: After installation, adjust back printing head
clearance (See Subsection 11.2.21).
Screws (2)
Flat Harness Connector

LII097
11-36

11.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Bearing
Fulcrum Screw
Washer

2. Remove the coil spring 1.
3. Open the two clamps.
Spring 2
4. Remove the screw.

5. Remove the fulcrum screw, washer, spring 2,
bearing and then the back printing unit.
Screw
Spring 1
Clamps (2)
Reinstallation
LII098

removal.
11.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement
11
Removal
Bearing

Screws(2)
2. Remove the E-ring, bearing, two screws and then

the gear bracket.
E-ring
Gear Bracket
LII099
11-37

3. Remove the E-ring and then the gear from the
bracket.
E-ring
Gear
LII100
4. Remove the E-ring and then the ink ribbon drive

gear.
E-ring
Installation
outside.
Ink Ribbon Drive Gear

LII101
11.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment

Back Printing Exit Guide Plate
2. Loosen the two screws securing the platen bracket.

3. Open the back printing exit guide plate.
Screws (2)
LII1067
11-38

4. Insert the feeler gauge of the jig between the head
and platen.
Feeler Gauge
Back Printing Clearance Adjustment Jig: (#332D889498)

5. Raise the feeler gauge up approximately 20 mm
and push the platen pin against the gauge.
Platen Pin
LII1068
6. While pressing the platen pin, tighten the two

screws.
Platen Pin
7. Remove the feeler gauge.

8. Reinstall the left cover.
11
Screws (2)
LII1069
11-39
11.3 Registration Section

11.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
3. Pull out the unit until its stoppers touch to the

frame as shown.
Screws (4)
LII411
4. Disconnect the two connectors (Jre1 and Jre3).

5. Remove the unit.
Connectors (2)
Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: When the unit has been replaced, perform the
following adjustment.
Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"
Unit
LII412
11.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement

Removal
Sensor (D642)
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1).

Connector

Installation
Locking Tabs
LII105
11-40

11.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement
Removal
2. Open the six harness clamps.
3. Disconnect the connector (D641).
Connector
Clamps (6)
LII106
4. Remove the three screws and then the tilt drive

gear cover.
11
Tilt Drive Gear Cover
Screws (3)
LII107
Installation
Sensor (D641)
Locking Tabs
LII108
11-41

11.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement
Removal
Sensor Bracket
Screws (4)

2. Remove the four screws and then the sensor
bracket.
LII109
Sensor (D640P)
Screw
Connector
Installation
LII110
11.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement

Removal
Connector
Screw
2. Place the registration unit with its upper side

down.
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor LED bracket.
Sensor Bracket
LII111
11-42

5. Remove the screw then the sensor LED and cover.
Cover
Sensor LED (D640L)
Installation
Screw
LII112

Removal
Screws(2)

2. Disconnect the motor connector.
11
Connector
Installation
Motor (M640)
LII113
11.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the tilt drive gear cover
down.
3. Remove the E-ring and then the tilt drive gear.
E-ring
Tilt Drive Gear
LII114
11-43

4. Disconnect the connector and remove the two
screws then the registration tilt motor.
Screws(2)
Connector
Registration Tilt Motor (M641)

LII115
5. Disconnect the connector and remove the two

screws then Nip Release Motor 1.
Screws(2)
Connector
Nip Release Motor 1 (M642)

LII116
Installation
Cam

NOTE: Install the tilt drive gear by aligning its cam with the
roller as shown.
Roller
Tilt Drive Gear

LII117
11-44

Removal
Connector Cover
Screw
LII118
3. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps.
Clamps (2)
Plunger
Solenoid (S641)
4. Remove the two screws then the solenoid and

plunger.
11
Installation
Connector
Screws (2)
LII119

Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove nip release solenoid 4 (S641)

Connector Bracket
2. Place the unit with its upper side down.

bracket.
Clamp
LII120
11-45

5. Open the two clamps and disconnect the solenoid
connector.
Clamps (2)
Connector
6. Remove the connector from the bracket.
LII121
7. Place the unit with its upper side up.
Screws (2)
Plunger
8. Remove the two screws then the solenoid and

plunger.
Installation
Solenoid (S640)
LII122
11.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement

Removal
E-ring

down.
3. Remove the E-ring and then the drive side idler
gear.
Drive Side Idler Gear

LII123
11-46

4. Release the lock and remove the roller drive gear.
Bearing
E-ring
Roller Drive Gear
LII124
6. Remove the E-ring and then the roller.
E-ring
11
Installation
Roller
LII126
11.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement

Removal
E-ring

3. Remove the E-ring then the roller/bracket by
pulling the shaft out.
Springs (2)
Roller/Bracket
Axle
LII127
11-47

the roller.
Roller
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII086
11.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement

Removal
E-ring
Roller

Bearing
Springs (2)
LII128
4. Remove the E-ring and bearing.
E-ring
Bearing
Installation
LII129
11-48

11.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement
Removal
Sensor Bracket
Screws (4)

2. Remove the four screws and then the sensor
bracket.
LII109
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the

connector (D642).
Connector
Clamps (2)
11
LII130
Connector Cover
Screw
LII118
11-49

two clamps.
Clamps (2)
Sensor Bracket
6. Disconnect the connector (Jre2) and remove the

sensor bracket.
Connector
Connector
LII131
Springs (2)
LII132
E-ring
Idler Gear
LII133
11-50

9. Loosen the two fulcrum screws and remove the
upper guide plate.
Upper Guide Plate
Screws (2)
LII134

down.
11. Open the two clamps and disconnect the
connector (D640L).
11
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII135
12. Place the unit with its upper side up.
Screws (4)
13. Remove the four screws and then the lower guide
plate.
Reinstallation
Lower Guide Plate

removal.
LII136
11-51

11.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Spring
1. Remove:
Exit side upper and lower guide plate
Nip release solenoid (S640) (See Subsection 11.3.9).
2. Remove the coil spring.
LII137
3. Remove the front and rear screws and then the

two tilt guides.
Screws (2)
Tilt Guides (2)
LII138

down.
5. Remove the E-ring for tilt fulcrum and then the tilt
section and bearing.
Reinstallation
E-ring
LII139

removal.
11-52

11.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the tilt unit (See Subsection 11.3.14).
E-rings (2)

the roller.
Installation
Roller
Bearings (2)
LII140
11.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

Removal
Entrance Lower Guide Plate
1. Remove registration section Feed Roller 1

Screws (4)
2. Remove the four screws and then the entrance

lower guide plate.
11
LII141
3. Remove the two screws and then the entrance

upper guide plate.
Entrance Upper Guide Plate
Reinstallation
Screws (2)

removal.
LII142
11-53

11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement
Removal
Roller/Bracket
Springs (2)
1. Remove the two entrance guide plates (upper and

lower) (See Subsection 11.3.16).
3. Remove the E-ring and then the roller/bracket by
pulling the shaft out.
E-ring
Shaft
LII143

the roller.
Roller
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII086
11-54

11.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
Idler Gear

E-ring

3. Release the lock and remove the idler gear.
LII144
4. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the gear

shaft.
E-ring
5. Remove the E-ring then the gear and drive pin.

Gear
11
Drive Pin
Gear Shaft
Installation
Bearing
E-ring
LII145
11-55
12. EXPOSURE SECTION

Parts Location....................................................................................... 12-2
12.1
LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section.............................................. 12-3
12.1.1
12.1.2
12.1.3
12.1.4
12.1.5
12.1.6
12.1.7
12.1.8
12.1.9
12.1.10
12.2
Laser Optical Unit ............................................................................... 12-10
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
12.2.5
12.2.6
12.3
Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 12-3

Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement.......................................................... 12-4
Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 12-4
Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement .............................................. 12-5
Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement .............................................. 12-5
Louver Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................................ 12-5
LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement................................................. 12-6
AOM Driver Replacement ..................................................................................... 12-6
LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 12-7
Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ..................... 12-8
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement......................................................... 12-10

Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement ......................................... 12-10
Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 12-11
Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement............................................................... 12-14
Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement ............................................ 12-15
Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement....................................... 12-15
Sub-scanning Unit .............................................................................. 12-17
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.3.3
12.3.4
12.3.5
12.3.6
12.3.7
12.3.8
12.3.9
Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 12-17

Frame Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................... 12-18
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement .............................................................. 12-19
Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement............................................... 12-21
Timing Belt Replacement.................................................................................... 12-21
Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement .................................................................. 12-22
Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ........................................................................... 12-22
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement ...................................... 12-24
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Exposure Position
Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement ............................................................... 12-25
12.3.10 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/Exposure
Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement ........................................ 12-26
12.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ............................................................. 12-27
12-1
12
Parts Location
Sub-scanning Steel Belt
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653)
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651)
Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650)
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650)
Soft Nip Motor (M651)

LII959
12-2
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section

12.1.1
Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Turn the power switch to STANDBY then the builtin circuit breaker and the main power supply OFF.
Densitometer
2. Loosen the two screws and disconnect the cable

connector from the densitometer.
3. Remove the densitometer.
Cable Connector
LII414
4. Remove the four screws securing the printer top

cover.
Screws (4)
5. Lift the front of the printer top cover slightly,

disconnect the operation panel harness connector
(JKEY1) and remove the cover.
12
Reinstallation
Connector
Top Cover

removal.
LII292
NOTE: Pass the densitometer cable through the groove in

the printer top cover.
12-3

12.1.2
Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Section 12.1).

Sensor Bracket
LII454
3. Disconnect the connector, release the two locks

and remove the sensor.
Connector
Installation
Locks (2)
Thermohygrometer (HS760)
LII455
12.1.3
Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connectors (3)

2. Disconnect the two fan connectors and
thermohygrometer connector.
3. Remove the four screws and then the fan bracket.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
removal.
Fan Bracket
LII456
12-4

12.1.4
Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement
Removal
Fan (F609)
Connector
1. Remove the fan bracket (See Subsection 12.1.3).

bracket.
Installation
Screws (2)
LII459
12.1.5
Removal
Screws (2)
Fan (F608)
1. Remove the fan bracket (See Subsection 12.1.3).

12
bracket.
Installation
Connector
LII460
12.1.6
Louver Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the three louvers.
Reinstallation
Louvers (3)

removal.
NOTE: Reinstall the louvers so that they faces as shown in
the figure above.
LII461
12-5

12.1.7
LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1).
2. Remove the three screws and then the fan bracket.
Screws (3)
Fan Bracket
LII467
3. Disconnect the connector and open the harness

clamp.
Fan (F614A/B)
Connector
Screws (2)
Installation
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow mark points to the
outside.
Clamp
LII468
12.1.8
AOM Driver Replacement
Removal
AOM Driver

2. Disconnect the four coaxial cables from the AOM
driver.
3. Disconnect the connector from the AOM driver.
Screws (4)
4. Remove the four screws and then the AOM driver.
Installation
Coaxial Cables (4)

Connector
LII469

removal.
12-6

12.1.9
LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
2. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist
and connect its other end to the exposure section
grounding wire as shown.
Grounding Wristband
LII318
3. Disconnect fifteen connectors (LDD1 to LDD15)

from the LDD23 circuit board.
12
Connectors (15)
LII470
4. Remove the short connector from the clamp on

the laser optical unit and connect it to the LDD12
connector.
Screw
Screws (15)
5. Remove the screw securing the grounding wire.

6. Remove the ten screws and then the circuit board.
Short Connector
LDD23 Circuit Board
LII471
12-7

Installation
Harness with
Mesh Cover
NOTE: Route the mesh cover harness for LDD1 connector

so that it is not in touch with the LDD23 circuit board
as shown.
Clamp
LDD1 Connector
LII471
12.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement

Removal
Screws (5)
Cover

2. Remove the five screws and then the cover.
LII472
3. Disconnect the connector (KEY7) and remove the

five screws then the circuit board.
Connector
Screws (5)
KEY23 Circuit Board

LII473
12-8

4. Remove the five screws and then the operation
panel.
Panel
Screws (5)
LII474
Installation
NOTE: Pass the wire harness through the groove in the
cover as shown.
12
Cover
Harness
LII475
12-9
12.2 Laser Optical Unit

12.2.1
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement
Removal
2. Loosen the screw and remove the air filter.
Screw
Installation
Filter
LII416
NOTE: After installation, perform the following adjustment.

Menu 0552 Filter Replacement History
12.2.2
Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

3. Remove the fan connector from the bracket.
Installation
Fan
Connector
LII417
12-10

12.2.3
Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Disconnect the R, G and B coaxial cables from
the AOM driver and the relay connector.
Coaxial Cables (3)

LII418
3. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist

and connect its other end to the exposure section
grounding wire as shown.
12
Grounding Wristband
LII318
4. Disconnect seven connectors (LDD8 to LDD14)

and open the two harness clamps.
Clamps (2)
Connectors (7)
LII419
12-11

5. Remove the short connector from the clamp on
the unit and connect it to the LDD14 connector.
Short Connector
Clamp
Connector
LII420
6. Disconnect the connector (JRO5) from the unit.
Clamp
7. Open the clamp for the coaxial cables and LDD23

circuit board harness.
Connector
LII421
8. Loosen the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4)
LII422
12-12

9. Remove the laser optical unit.
Unit
LII423
Reinstallation
Clamp

removal.
Colored Cord Ties
NOTE: Secure the harness between the colored cord ties

with the clamp as shown.
12
Short Connector
LII320
Hook the short connector to the clamp on the laser

optical unit as shown.
Clamp
Short Connector
LII321
12-13

Do not bend the coaxial cables between the color
tube and the connector.
AOM Driver
Color Tube
G Coaxial Cable
When the laser optical unit has been replaced,

perform the following adjustments.
1) Menu 0522 G Laser (SHG) Optimal
Temperature Setup(See Subsection 5.6.2)
2) Menu 0547 "Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync.
Rough Adjustment"(See Subsection 5.6.15)
3) Menu 0548 "Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment
Print"(See Subsection 5.6.16)
B Coaxial Cable
R Coaxial Cable
Relay Connector
LII322
12.2.4
Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement
Removal
Screws (5)
Shutter Section Lower Bracket
1. Remove the laser optical unit (See Subsection 12.2.3).

2. Remove the five screws and then the shutter
section lower bracket.
LII462
3. Disconnect the solenoid connector and remove

the four screws then the guide and the solenoid.
Guide
Screws (4)
Installation
Solenoid (S673)
LII463
12-14

12.2.5
Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement
Removal
Screws (5)
Shutter Section Lower Bracket

2. Remove the five screws and then the shutter
section lower bracket.
LII462
Connector
Sensor (D674)
12
Installation
Locking Tabs
12.2.6
LII464
Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement
Removal
Cover

2. Remove the two screws and then the cover.
Screws (2)
LII465
12-15

3. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw
and the sensor.
Connector
Installation
Screw
Sensor (TS650)
LII466
12-16
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit

12.3.1
Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connectors (2)
Grounding Wire

2. Pull out the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1).
4. Loosen the front grounding wire screw and
disconnect the wire from the unit.
Screw
LII425
5. Loosen the rear two grounding wire screws and

disconnect the wires from the unit.
Screws (2)
Grounding wires
12
LII1087
6. Remove the eight screws securing the unit.
Screws (8)
LII426
12-17

7. Remove the sub-scanning unit.
Unit
LII427
Reinstallation
Screws (8)

removal.
Jig
NOTE: Insert the two locating jigs into the holes in the
frame. Position the frame so that the locating jigs
fall into the locating holes smoothly and tighten the
eight sub-scanning unit mounting screws. Make
sure the jigs can be removed easily.
When the sub-scanning unit has been replaced,
perform the following adjustments.
1)Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"
LII453
2)Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"

12.3.2
Frame Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.1).
Frame

3. Remove the four screws and then the frame.
Clamps (5)
Reinstallation
removal.
LII428
12-18

12.3.3
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement
Removal
NOTE: Wear clean gloves when handling the steel belt and
pulley. Fingerprints on the belt and pulley may cause
slippage or corrosion of the belt.
Screws (3)
1. Remove the frame (See Subsection 12.3.2).

2. Loosen the three screws securing the motor bracket.
LII429
3. Move the motor bracket to loosen the belt tension

and tighten the one screw lightly.
Bracket
12
Screw
LII430
4. Wear clean gloves and remove the belt.

5. Wipe the pulley surface clean with a cloth
Belt
LII431
12-19

Installation
NOTE: Take care not to bend or damage the belt as this
may shorten its service life.
Perform the belt alignment adjustment by following
the steps below.
<Belt Alignment Adjustment>

1. Wear clean gloves and install the belt on the
center of the pulleys.
Screws (3)
2. Loosen the screw to apply tension to the belt and

tighten the three screws in the order (1) to (3) as
LII432
3. Rotate the pulley twenty turns.
Pulley
LII433
4. Loosen the three screws and retighten them in the

order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
Screws (3)
LII434
12-20

12.3.4
Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement
Removal
Motor (M650)
Screws (2)
1. Remove the steel belt (See Subsection 12.3.3).

Installation
Connector
LII435
12.3.5
Timing Belt Replacement
Removal
12
2. Remove the three screws and then the timing belt

cover.
Screws (3)
Timing Belt Cover
LII436
3. Loosen the three screws to loosen the tensioner.

4. Remove the timing belt.
Tensioner
Installation
Belt
Screws (3)
LII437
12-21

12.3.6
Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement
Removal
Clamp
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5).

Connector

Installation
Screw
Motor (M651)
12.3.7
LII438
Rubber Flat Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5)
2. Remove the five screws and then the tensioner
bracket.
Screws (5)
Tensioner Bracket
LII439
3. Loosen the three screws, move the tensioner to

loosen it and retighten the one screw lightly.
Belt
4. Remove the rubber flat belt.
Screws (3)
Tensioner
LII440
12-22

Installation
NOTE: Perform the belt alignment adjustment by following
the steps below.
<Belt Alignment Adjustment>

1. Install the belt on the center of the pulleys.
2. Loosen the screw securing the tensioner and
tighten the three screws in the order (1) to (3) as
LII441
3. Rotate the knob twenty times.
12
Knob
LII442
4. Loosen the three screws and retighten them in the

order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
Screws (3)
LII443
12-23

12.3.8
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement
Removal
Knob
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5).

2. Remove the two screws and then the knob.
Screws (2)
LII444
3. Remove the E-ring, cam pulley and two bearings.
Cam Pulley
Bearings (2)
E-ring
LII445
Sensor (D651)
Connector

and the sensor.
Sensor Bracket
Screw
Screw
LII446
12-24

Installation
Rib

NOTE: Install the knob by aligning the groove in the knob
with the rib on the pulley.
Groove
LII447
12.3.9
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Exposure

Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement
Removal
Screw

12.3.1)
12
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor case.
Sensor Case
Connector
LII448
4. Release the locking tabs to separate the case and

remove the sensor.
Sensor
Locking Tabs
Installation
LII449

Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"
12-25

12.3.10
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/

Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Screws (6)
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit

Clamp

3. Disconnect the three connectors.
4. Remove the six screws and then the lower bracket.
Lower Bracket
Connectors (3)
LII450

and the sensor LED case.
Screw
Connector
Sensor LED Case

LII451
6. Release the locking tabs to separate the sensor

LED case and remove the sensor LED.
Sensor LED
Installation
Locking Tabs
LII452

Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"
12-26

12.3.11
Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)

2. Remove the four screws then the upper bracket
and four coil springs.
Springs (4)
Upper Bracket
LII457
3. Remove the belt using a hook tool.
Belt
12
Installation
LII458
12-27
13. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION

Parts Location....................................................................................... 13-3
13.1
Distribution Entrance Unit ................................................................... 13-6
13.1.1
13.1.2
13.1.3
13.1.4
13.1.5
13.1.6
13.1.7
13.1.8
13.1.9
13.1.10
13.1.11
13.1.12
13.1.13
13.1.14
13.1.15
13.1.16
13.2
Distribution Unit.................................................................................. 13-23
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.2.5
13.2.6
13.2.7
13.2.8
13.2.9
13.2.10
13.2.11
13.2.12
13.2.13
13.2.14
13.2.15
13.2.16
13.2.17
13.2.18
13.2.19
13.2.20
13.3
Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing .............................................................. 13-6

Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 13-7
Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 13-7
Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................... 13-8
Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ......................................... 13-10
Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........................................................ 13-12
Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement ................................................................. 13-13
Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ......................................... 13-15
Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........................................................ 13-16
Nip Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-16
Drive Gear Replacement ..................................................................................... 13-17
Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 13-18
Feed Roller Replacement.................................................................................... 13-19
Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................ 13-20
Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 13-23

Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 13-24
Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement.................................................. 13-25
Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement............................................ 13-26
Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement................................................... 13-27
Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement ............................................. 13-27
Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement................................ 13-29
Distribution Timing Belt Replacement .............................................................. 13-30
Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement .................................................. 13-32
Distribution Roller Replacement........................................................................ 13-33
Drive Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-36
Distribution Section Paper Sensor
(Front: D664P/Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement............................... 13-36
Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED
Pipe Slider Replacement..................................................................................... 13-38
Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement................... 13-40
Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement................................................... 13-40
Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 13-41
Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................... 13-42
Printer Exit Section............................................................................. 13-44
13.3.1
13.3.2
13.3.3
Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................................... 13-44

Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................... 13-44
Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement ............................................ 13-45
13-1
13
13.3.4
13.3.5
13.3.6
13.3.7
13.3.8
13.3.9
13.3.10
13.3.11
13.3.12
13.3.13
13.3.14
13.3.15
13.3.16
13.3.17
Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) Replacement ............................................ 13-45

Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement......................................................... 13-46
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor
(Front: D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement............................... 13-47
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED
Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement................................... 13-48
Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement .................................... 13-49
Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ......................................................... 13-50
Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement .......................................................... 13-51
Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement................................................... 13-52
Exit Nip Roller Replacement............................................................................... 13-53
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................................... 13-53
Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .......................... 13-54
Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................................... 13-54
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement ....................................................... 13-55
13-2
Parts Location
Distribution Entrance Unit
Nip Release
Motor 3 (M656)

Sensor 3 (D656)
Nip Release
Motor 2 (M655)

Sensor 2 (D655)
LII960
13
13-3
Parts Location
Distribution Unit
Nip Release Motor 4
(Rear) (M663)
Distribution Slide
Motor (M661)
Distribution Section
Paper Sensor (Rear) (D665P)
Distribution Roller
Paper Sensor (Center) (D660P)
Distribution Home
Paper Sensor
(Front) (D664P)
Feed Motor 5
(M660)
Pipe Slider
Paper Sensor LED (Rear)
(D665L)
Paper Sensor LED (Center)
(D660L)
Nip Release Home

Position Sensor
(Rear) (D663)
Nip Release Home
Position Sensor
(Front) (D662)
Paper Sensor LED (Front)
(D664L)
Drive Standby Sensor (D669)
Nip Release Motor 4

(Front) (M662)
LII961
13-4
Parts Location
Printer Exit Unit
Speed Control Section

Paper Sensor (Rear)(D668P)

Paper Sensor (Center)(D667P)

Paper Sensor (Front)(D666P)
Speed Control
Motor (Rear)(M665)

Paper Sensor LED (Rear)(D668L)

Paper Sensor LED (Center)(D668L)

Paper Sensor LED (Front)(D668L)
13
Speed Control
Motor (Front)(M664)
LII962
13-5
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit

13.1.1
Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing
Hinge Opening
Magazine Door
LII206
2. Loosen the four screws and remove the printer

front-right cover.
Screws (4)
Printer Front Right Cover

LII339
3. Remove the three screws securing the magazine

door hinge bracket and open the magazine door/
hinge.
Hinge Closing
Closing is essentially in the reverse order of opening.
Screws (3)
Hinge Bracket
NOTE: Align the holes in the upper end of the hinge bracket
with the locating half-punches on the frame and
tighten the three screws.
Magazine Door
LII340
13-6

13.1.2
Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Distribution Section Guide Plate
Connector Cover

3. Remove the upper screw securing the connector
cover.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate and
remove the lower screw then the connector cover.
Screw
Screw
LII476
Reinstallation
Printer Exit Unit

Connector Cover

removal.
NOTE: Install the connector cover so that it is behind the
printer exit unit as shown.
13
LII1156
13.1.3
Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Light Shield Cover

Screws (3)
1. Open the magazine door hinge section

3. Remove the three screws and then the light shield
cover.
LII485
13-7

4. Remove the screw and then the knob.
Printer Right Inner Cover
5. Remove the four screws and then the printer right

inner cover.
Knob
Reinstallation
13.1.4
Screws (4)
Screw

removal.
LII486
Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connectors (2)
1. Remove:
Distribution section connector cover
Printer right inner cover (See Subsection 13.1.3).
LII487
3. Loosen the screw securing the drive gear bracket,

swing the bracket up and retighten it.
Screw
Drive Gear Bracket

LII488
13-8

4. Remove the two screws mounting the unit.
Unit
5. Remove the distribution entrance unit.
Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: After unit installation, perform the gear engagement
adjustment described below.
Screws (2)
LII489
<Gear Engagement Adjustment>

1. Align the unit with the rail, slide it in place and
secure with the screw.
Unit
Rail
13
LII515
2. Loosen the screw and remove the jig.
Screw
3. Loosen the screw securing the gear bracket.
Gear Bracket
Screw
4. Install the jig between the gear shafts and tighten

the screw.
5. Remove the jig and return it to its original position.
Tool
LII516
13-9

13.1.5
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (D655) Replacement
Removal
Sensor Bracket
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit

Screw
LII490
3. Disconnect the connector, release the locking

tabs and remove the sensor.
Connector
Sensor (D655)
Installation
Locking Tab
LII491
13.1.6
Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Loosen the two screws securing the nip release
motor (M655).
3. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is
installed.
Spring
LII492
13-10

4. Remove the four screws securing the nip roller
bracket.
Screws (4)
LII493
5. Open the nip roller bracket and remove the belt.
Nip Roller Bracket
Belt
LII494
13
Installation
NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten
the two motor screws.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII496
13-11

If there is no spring at the M655 side, it is installed
in the M656 side. Remove it and use to adjust belt
tension.
Spring
LII495
13.1.7
Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

3. Remove the spring, two screws and then the motor.
Motor (M655)
Spring
Connector
LII497
Installation
Screws (2)
Spring
LII496
13-12

tension.
Spring
LII495
13.1.8
Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement
Removal
Cable

2. Remove the screw securing the cable and hook
the cable end as shown.
13
Screw
LII498
3. Remove the nip release timing belt

E-rings (6)
Nip Roller
Assembly
Springs (4)
4. Remove the four springs.

5. Remove the six E-rings and then the nip roller
assembly.
LII499
13-13

6. Remove two E-rings each then the two black
bearings and roller.
Roller
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
LII500
Installation
Screws (2)
Spring
LII496

tension.
Spring
LII495
13-14

13.1.9
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (D656) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Sensor (D656)

Installation
Locking Tabs
LII501
13.1.10
Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement
Removal
Belt

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the timing belt.
13
Screws (2)
LII502
Installation
Spring

tension.
Screws (2)
LII503
13-15

13.1.11
Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement
Removal
Connector

2. Remove the spring if it is installed.
3. Disconnect the connector from the motor.
Screws (2)
Motor (M656)
Spring
LII504
Installation
Spring

tension.
Screws (2)
LII503
13.1.12
Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
Clamps (3)
1. Remove:
Nip release timing belt (See Subsection 13.1.10).
Nip release motor 3 (M656) (See Subsection 13.1.11).
2. Disconnect the connector (JFKE2) and open the
three clamps.
Connector
3. Remove the four screws and then the nip roller

bracket.
Nip Roller Bracket
Screws (4)
LII505
13-16

4. Remove the four springs.
Screws (4)

assembly.
Nip Roller Assembly

Springs (4)
LII506
6. Remove two E-rings each then the two bearings

and roller.
Installation
Roller
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
13
LII507
13.1.13
Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the E-ring, screw and then the bracket
assembly.
Screw
E-ring
Bracket Assembly
LII508
13-17

3. Remove each E-ring and then the gear.
E-ring
Installation
Gear

NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the bracket
upward.
13.1.14
LII509
Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Cable

2. Remove the screw securing the cable end and
hook the cable as shown.
Screw
LII498
3. Remove the six screws and then the guide plate.
Guide Plate
Screws (6)
Reinstallation
removal.
LII510
13-18

13.1.15
Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Cable

Screw
LII498
3. Remove the two guide plate fulcrum screws using

a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench.
13
Guide Plate Fulcrum Screws (2)
LII1158
4. Unhook the cable, remove the four screws and

open the lower guide plate.
Lower Guide Plate
Screws (4)
Cable
LII511
13-19

5. Remove the gear and bearing.
Bearing
E-ring
6. Remove the E-ring then the bearing and the roller.
Installation
Gear
NOTE: Install the gears on both ends of the exit side roller
sahft.
13.1.16
Bearing
Roller
LII512
Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
Cable

Screw
LII498
13-20

3. Remove the two guide plate fulcrum screws using
a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench.
Guide Plate Fulcrum Screws (2)

LII1158
4. Unhook the cable, remove the four screws and

remove the lower guide plate.
Lower Guide Plate
Screws (4)
Cable
LII511
5. Remove the lock arm return spring.
Lock Arm Collar
6. Remove the two E-rings then the collar and lock

arm.
Spring
E-rings (2)
LII513
13-21
13

7. Release the locking tabs to remove the roller gears.
E-ring
Locking Tab
8. Remove each E-ring and remove the gear.
Installation
Gear
Gear
LII514
13-22
13.2 Distribution Unit

13.2.1
Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove:
2. Loosen the screw securing the distribution
entrance unit drive gear bracket, swing the
bracket up and retighten it.
Drive Gear Bracket

LII488
3. Loosen the two upper screws, remove the two

lower screws and then the distribution section
inner cover by shifting the spring hook.
Distribution Section Inner Cover
Screws (2)
(Remove)
Screws (2)
(Loosen)
Hook
Spring
LII517
4. Disconnect the four connectors and open the clamp.
Connectors (4)
Clamp
LII518
13-23
13

5. Remove the two screws and then the unit.
Unit
Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: Perform the gear engagement adjustment described
below.
Screws (2)
LII519
<Gear Engagement Adjustment>

1. Reinstall the unit.
Screw
2. Loosen the screw and remove the jig.
Gear Bracket
Screw
3. Loosen the screw securing the gear bracket.

4. Install the jig between the gear shafts and tighten
the screw.
5. Remove the jig and return it to its original position.
Tool
LII516
13.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1).
Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor bracket.
LII520
13-24

Sensor (D663)
Installation
Locking Tabs
Sensor (D662)
Connector
13.2.3
LII521
Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement
Removal
Belt

2. Remove the spring if it is installed.
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt.
13
Screws (2)
Spring
LII522
Installation
NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the
two screws. If there is no spring there, it is installed
to the rear.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII523
13-25

13.2.4
Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
Spring

installed.
Connector
Motor
LII524

the motor.
Bracket
Screws (2)
Installation
NOTE: Note the motor connector position when installing
the bracket.
Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the
two screws. If there is no spring install there, remove
the one from the rear and use it to adjust the tension.
Motor (M662)
LII525
13-26

13.2.5
Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement
Removal
Belt

installed.
Screws (2)
LII526
Installation
NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the
two screws. If there is no spring installed there,
remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the
tension.
13
Spring
Screws (2)
LII527
13.2.6
Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

installed.
4. Remove the two screws securing the motor.
Spring
Connector
LII528
13-27

5. Remove the four screws securing the nip roller
bracket.
Nip Roller Bracket
6. Lift the nip roller bracket and remove the motor.

Screws (4)
Motor
LII529
7. Remove the two screws then remove the bracket

from the motor.
Screws (2)
Bracket
Installation
the bracket.
tension.
13.2.7
Motor (M662)
LII530
Removal
Nip Roller Bracket

bracket assembly.
Screws (4)
LII531
13-28

3. Remove the two pre-turning belts.
Pre-turning Belts (2)
LII532
4. Remove two E-rings each then the roller and two

bearings each.
E-rings (2)
Installation
Bearings (2)
13.2.8
Roller
LII533
Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement
Removal
Connector

Locking
Tabs
Installation
Sensor (D661)
LII534
13-29
13

13.2.9
Distribution Timing Belt Replacement
Removal
Belt

2. Remove the spring, two screws and then the
timing belt.
Spring
Screws (2)
LII535
3. Move the belt holder toward the motor and

remove the screw then the belt holder.
Belt Holder
Screw
LII536
Belt
Screws (2)
LII537
13-30

Installation
NOTE: Adjust the belt tension by following the steps below.
1) Install the tension adjustment spring at the front
motor and tighten the two screws.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII538
2) Reinstall the belt holder.

Drive Belt
Belt Holder
3) Reinstall the drive belt.

4) Remove the tension adjustment spring from the
front motor side, install it at the rear motor side
and tighten the two motor screws.
13
Screws (2)
Spring
LII539
13-31

13.2.10
Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
Spring

2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the
clamp.
Connector
3. Remove the motor connector from the bracket.

4. Remove the tension adjustment spring.
Motor
Clamp
LII540

the motor.
Screws (2)
Motor (M661)
Installation
Bracket

the bracket.
Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten
the two screws.
LII541
13-32

13.2.11
Distribution Roller Replacement
Removal
Distribution Nip Release Bracket

2. Remove the three rear screws, two front screws
and then the distribution nip release bracket.
Screws(5)
LII542
3. Remove the guide shaft.
Guide Shaft
13
LII543
4. Loosen the one screw, remove the one screw,

then the guide bearing bracket and two springs.
Guide Bearing Bracket

Screws
(Remove)
Screws
(Loosen)
Springs (2)
LII544
13-33

5. Remove the rear four screws, front three screws and
then the two distribution entrance guide plates.
Distribution Entrance Guide Plates

Screws (4)
Screws (3)
LII545

the drive roller.
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
Drive Roller
LII546
7. Remove the E-ring, gear, drive pin and bearing

from the roller shaft.
Bearing
Pin
Gear
E-ring
LII547
13-34

8. Remove two E-rings each, two bearings and then
the nip roller.
E-rings (2)
Roller
Installation
Bearings (2)
LII548
13.2.12
Feed Motor 5 (M660) Replacement
Removal
Motor (M660)

3. Loosen the three tension adjustment screws.
4. Remove the four screws and then the motor.
13
Screws (4)
Connector
Screws (3) (Loosen)

LII549
Installation
Screws (3)

NOTE: Adjust the drive belt tension by following the steps
below.
1) Loosen the three tension adjustment screws.
2) Tighten the three tension adjustment screws.
LII551
13-35

13.2.13
Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
Idler Gear
1. Remove the feed motor 5 (M660)

2. Remove the E-ring then the idler gear and the belt.
Installation
Belt
E-ring
LII550
13.2.14
Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front: D664P/Center:

D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two Screws and then the sensor cover
by moving the slider unit cover.
Screws (2)
Sensor Cover
LII552
13-36

Screw
Sensor (D664P)
Sensor (D660P)
Installation
Sensor (D665P)
Connector
LII553
13.2.15
Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D664L/

Center: D660L/Rear: D665L) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor LED
bracket.
Screws (2)
13
Sensor LED Bracket
LII554
3. Remove the screw and connector cover.
Sensor (D660L)
Sensor (D665L)
Screw
Connector Cover
Sensor (D664L)
LII555
13-37

4. Remove the screw then the cover and sensor LED.
Screw

Cover
Sensor
Installation
Connector
LII556
13.2.16
Pipe Slider Replacement
Removal
Distribution Nip Release Bracket

2. Loosen the three screws at the rear, remove the
three screws at the front and then the distribution
nip release bracket.
Screws(5)
LII542
3. Pill the guide shaft out.
Guide Shaft
LII543
13-38

4. Remove the E-ring and bearing at the rear.
Bearing
E-ring
5. Remove the two screws securing the belt guide

and then the pipe slider unit.
Screws (2)
LII559
6. Remove the two screws and then the pipe slider

cover.
Screws (2)
NOTE: Take care not to get an injury from the edge of

the parts.
Pipe Slide Cover

LII558
7. Remove the pipe slider assembly.
13
Installation
Pipe Slide Assembly
LII560
13-39

13.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor cover.
Sensor Cover
Screws (2)
LII561
3. Disconnect the sensor connector.
Connector
Installation
Screw
13.2.18
Sensor (D669)
LII562
Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement
Removal
Pipe Slider Bracket
1. Remove the distribution slide motor

Screws (2)

3. Remove the two screws and then the pipe slider
bracket.
E-ring
Bearing
LII563
13-40

E-ring
Bearing
Bearing
E-ring
5. Remove the gear from the front end of the gear

shaft.
7. Remove the rear E-ring, bearing and gear shaft.
Front Drive Gear

E-ring
Idler Gear
LII564
8. Remove the E-ring and then the drive gear with

torque limiter from the gear shaft.
E-ring
Drive Gear With Torque Limiter
Installation
LII565
13
13.2.19
Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
Drive gear shaft (See Subsection 13.2.18).
Distribution section drive standby sensor (D669)
2. From the timing belt side, open the four harness
clamps for the sensor (D669).
Clamps (4)
LII566
13-41

3. Remove the two screws and then the distribution
entrance guide plate.
Screws (2)
Distribution Entrance Guide Plate
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Guide Plate

removal.
13.2.20
LII567
Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Guide Assembly

2. Remove the two E-rings and then the guide
assembly.
E-ring
LII568
3. Remove the spring.
Screws (4)

Guide Plate
Spring
LII569
13-42

5. Release the locking tab and remove the gear.
E-ring
6. Remove the bearing.

Bearing
7. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing from the

roller shaft.
Bearing
Roller
Gear
LII570
Installation
Screws (4)

Guide Plate
NOTE: Insert sheets of glossy paper (0.2 to 0.3 mm
thickness) between the guide plate and the
distribution side feed roller and tighten the four
screws. Make sure that sheets of paper have slight
resistance against removal.
Distribution Side Feed Roller
Glossy Paper (0.2 to 0.3 mm)

LII571
13-43
13
13.3 Printer Exit Section

13.3.1
Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connectors (2)
1. Remove:
2. Disconnect the two connectors and open the two
clamps.
Clamps (2)
LII477
3. Remove the screw and remove the unit by pulling

it to the front and moving to the left side.
Screw
Unit
Reinstallation
removal.
13.3.2
LII478
Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)
Cover
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1).

2. Remove the three screws and then the fan cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
LII479
13-44

13.3.3
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the feed section cooling fan cover

2. Disconnect the fan connector and remove it from
the bracket.
Connector
Installation
Fan (F607)
LII480
13.3.4
Removal
Screws (2)
Fan Duct
1. Remove the feed section cooling fan cover

Collar

3. Disconnect the fan connector and remove it from
the bracket.
13
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan duct,

fan, three louvers and two collars.
Fan (F606)
Louvers (3)
Clamp
Connector
LII481
13-45

Installation
Arrow

NOTE: Point the arrow on the fan upward.
Install the louvers as shown in the figure.
Louvers (3)
LII482
13.3.5
Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
E-ring

2. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.
Gear
LII483
3. Open the printer rear upper cover

E-ring
Installation
Gear
LII484
13-46

13.3.6
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front: D666P/Center:

D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement
Removal
Screw

Sensor (D667P)
Sensor (D666P)
LII001
Connector
Installation
13
13.3.7
LII002
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D666L/

Center: D667L/Rear: D668L) Replacement
Removal
Sensor LED Cover

2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor LED
cover.
Screws (2)
LII003
13-47

3. Remove the screw then the sensor and cover.
Screw
Sensor/Cover
LII004
Installation
Connector
13.3.8
LII005
Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement
Removal
Motor Bracket
Screws (2)

2. Disconnect the connector (M664).
installed.
bracket and belt.
Connector
Spring
LII006
13-48

the motor.
Motor (M664)
Screws (2)
Installation
the bracket.
remove the one from the rear and use it to adjust the
tension.
13.3.9
Bracket
LII007
Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Disconnect the connector (M665).
installed.
13

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Spring
Connector
LII008

the motor.
Motor (M664)
Screws (2)
Installation
the bracket.
tension.
Bracket
LII007
13-49

13.3.10
Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the speed control motor (M664)
Bearing
E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring then the pulley and pin.

Pin
Pulley
E-ring
LII009

Sensor Cover
Screws (2)
LII010
5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket.
Roller Bracket
Screw
LII011
13-50

6. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the bracket
from the roller.
Roller
Bearing
Bracket
Installation
E-ring
13.3.11
LII012
Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Bearing
1. Remove the speed control motor (M665)

E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring then the pulley and pin.

Pulley
Pin
E-ring
LII013
Screws (2)
Sensor Cover
LII014
13-51
13

5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket.
Roller Bracket
Screw
LII015
6. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the bracket

from the roller.
Bracket
Roller
E-ring
Installation
Bearing
13.3.12
LII016
Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the nip roller
bracket.
Screws (2)
Nip Roller Bracket

LII017
13-52

3. Remove the two springs, two bearings then the
bracket and roller.
Bearings (2)
Roller
Springs (2)
Installation
Bracket
13.3.13
LII018
Exit Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
Nip Roller

2. Remove the two springs, two E-rings, two
bearings and then the nip roller.
Springs (2)
Installation
13
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
13.3.14
LII020
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Guide Plate
1. Remove:
Screws (2)
Entrance nip roller (See Subsection 13.3.12).

Exit nip roller (See Subsection 13.3.13).
3. Loosen the two lower screws, remove the two
upper screws and then the guide plate.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation
Springs (2)
LII019
13-53

13.3.15
Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove:
Guide Plate
Front entrance feed roller (See Subsection 13.3.10).

Rear entrance feed roller (See Subsection 13.3.11).
Emulsion surface guide plate
Reinstallation
LII021

removal.
13.3.16
Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the emulsion surface guide plate
2. Remove the two screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation
Guide Plate

removal.
Screws (2)
LII022
13-54

13.3.17
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement
Removal
Clamps(4)
1. Remove:
Entrance back surface guide plate
Exit back surface guide plate
Screws (4)

3. Remove the four screws and then the lower frame.
LII1159

Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
E-ring
5. Remove the two E-rings and then the two

bearings.
13
Gear
LII1160
6. Remove the two springs from the guide plate.
E-rings (2)
Springs (2)
7. Remove the two E-rings and then the guide plate.

8. Remove the two bearings and then the roller.
Installation
removal.
Roller
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss toward the roller.
LII1161
13-55
14. PROCESSOR SECTION

Parts Location....................................................................................... 14-2
14.1
Crossover Racks .................................................................................. 14-4
14.1.1
14.1.2
14.1.3
14.2
Processing Racks................................................................................. 14-6
14.2.1
14.2.2
14.2.3
14.2.4
14.2.5
14.2.6
14.2.7
14.2.8
14.3
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 14-6

PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 14-6
Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly .............................................................. 14-7
P1/P2 Roller Replacement .................................................................................... 14-9
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 14-12
PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ................................................... 14-12
PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 14-13
PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 14-15
PS Tank Partition Board..................................................................... 14-20
14.3.1
14.4
No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ............................................... 14-4

No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly....................................... 14-4
Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ................................................ 14-5
PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement........................................... 14-20
Processor Drive System .................................................................... 14-25
14.4.1
14.4.2
14.4.3
14.4.4
14.4.5
14.4.6
14.4.7
14.4.8
14.4.9
14.4.10
Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................. 14-25

Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 14-25
Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 14-26
Motor Driver Replacement.................................................................................. 14-27
Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 14-27
Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement .................................................... 14-28
Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 14-29
Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement..................................................................... 14-30
Processor Drive Chain Replacement................................................................. 14-31
Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ........................................................ 14-32
14-1
14
Parts Location
No.2 Crossover Rack

No.1Crossover Rack
No.3 Crossover Rack
Dryer Entrance Rack
P1
Processing
Rack
Printer Exit
Unit Drive Gear
P2
Processing
Rack
PS1
Processing
Rack
PS2
Processing
Rack
Processor
Drive Chain
PS3
Processing
Rack
PS4
Processing
Rack
Chain
Tensioner
P1
P2
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
Processor
Drive Motor (M700)
PS Tank Partition Plate
LII964
14-2
Parts Location
Roller Arrangement
20 Black Soft Roller

20 White Soft Roller
20 Brown Soft Roller
20 Black Hard Roller
Chrome/Black Mark
20 Black Hard Roller
Gold/Red Mark
20 Ivory Soft Roller
Chrome/Red Mark
20 Brown Hard Roller
Chrome/No Mark
Chrome/No Mark
LII1153
14-3
14
14.1 Crossover Racks

14.1.1
No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
C-rings (2)
Gears (2)
1. Remove the No.1 crossover rack.
Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two C-rings from the rear of the

crossover rack then the two gears, bearings and
coil spring.
Coil Spring
3. Remove the two C-rings from the front of the

crossover rack then the two bearings and coil
spring.
4. Remove the two rollers.
Rollers (2)
Reassembly
Bearings (2)
Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of

disassembly.
C-rings (2)
Coil Spring
LII573
14.1.2
No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
C-rings (4)
Gears (4)
Coil Springs (2)
1. Remove the No.2 and No.3 crossover racks.
Bearings (4)
2. Remove the four C-rings from the rear of the

crossover rack then the four gears, bearings and
two coil springs.
Rollers (4)
3. Remove the four C-rings from the front of the

crossover rack then the four bearings and two coil
springs.
4. Remove the four rollers.
Reassembly
Bearings (4)
Coil Springs (2)

disassembly.
C-rings (4)
LII574
NOTE: The roller shafts for the No.3 crossover rack are
made of titanium and have 3mm diameter hole in
their end. Take care not to exchange the other roller
shafts.
14-4
14.1 Crossover Racks

14.1.3
Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove the dryer entrance rack.
2. Remove the seven E-rings and cap from the rear of the dryer entrance rack then the seven gears, eight bearings
and four coil springs.
3. Remove the eight E-rings from the front of the rack then the eight bearings and four coil springs.
4. Remove the four E-rings from the rear of the rack and then the four idler gears.
5. Remove the eight rollers.
E-rings (8)
Bearings (8)
Cap
Coil Springs (4)
Bearings (8)
Gears (7)
E-rings (4)
Idler Gears (4)
14
Rollers (8)
E-rings (7)
Coil Springs (4)
LII575
Reassembly
Black Mark

disassembly.
NOTE: Install the black marked coil springs to the lower
roller bearings as shown.
LII576
14-5
14.2 Processing Racks

14.2.1
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Gear
1. Remove the screw then the gear, poly-slider and

bearing.
Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
2. Remove the six screws and then the upper guide

assembly.
Upper Guide Assembly
Reinstallation
Screws (6)

removal.
14.2.2
LII579
PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the four screws and then the upper cover.

Upper Cover
LII577
14-6

2. Remove the screw then the gear, poly-slider and
bearing.
Gear
Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII585
3. Remove the four screws and then the upper guide

assembly.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
removal.
14.2.3
Upper Guide Assembly

LII586
Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
Pin
14
Sprocket
Shaft
1. Remove the screw, washer, two poly-sliders, two

bearings, gear, drive pin, sprocket and shaft.
Poly-sliders (2)
Bearings (2)
Washer
Screw
Gear
LII580
14-7

2. Remove the two screws and then the crossover
rack drive gear assembly.
Crossover Rack Drive Gear Assembly
Screws (2)
LII581
Gear
E-ring
LII582
4. Remove the two screws and then the idler gear

assembly.
Screws(2)
LII583
14-8

5. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear from
the shaft.
Reassembly
removal.
NOTE: When installing the idler gear assembly, align the
flat surface in the upper guide hole with the flat of
the gear shaft and tighten the screw.
When installing the sprocket, align the D-flat in the
washer with the one on the shaft and tighten the
screw.
14.2.4
Idler Gear
E-ring
LII584
P1/P2 Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the screw, washer, two poly-sliders and
gear.
Gear
Screw
Poly-sliders (2)
D-Washer
LII590
2. Release the locking tabs then remove the drive

side roller gear.
Drive Side Roller Gear
Spring
LII591
14-9
14

4. Release the locking tabs of the gears then remove
the front gears and spring.
Gears
Spring
5. Remove the bearing for the center roller.
Bearing
LII592
6. Remove the two springs, three C-rings and four

bearings from the drive side.
Rollers (3)
Bearings (4)
C-rings (3)
Springs (2)
LII593
7. Release the locking tabs of the gears then remove

the four gears, two springs and four bearings.
Knurled Roller
8. Remove the entrance side knurled soft roller.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
Gears (4)
LII594
14-10

9. Remove the four screws and then the turn guide.
Black Soft Rollers (2)
10. Remove the PPE roller and two black soft rollers.
Screws (4)
Turn Guide
PPE Roller
LII595
11. Remove the inlet, outlet upper and lower guide

plates by releasing their locking tabs.
Entrance Guide Plate (2)
12. Remove the remaining 12 rollers.
Installation
NOTE: Check the locking tabs of guide plates are locked
securely by moving each guide plate back forth.
Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper
position as shown (see page 14-3).
Locking Tab
LII589
14-11
14

14.2.5
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Gear
1. Remove the screw, gear, poly-slider and bearing.
Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
2. Remove the lower E-ring, poly-slider and bearing.
Middle Bearing
Drive Shaft
3. Shift the middle bearing and remove the drive shaft.
Bearing
Poly-slider
E-ring
Reinstallation
removal.
14.2.6
LII596
PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Gear
Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
14-12

2. Remove the E-ring, poly-slider and bearing.
Shaft
Bearing
Poly-slider
3. Shift the drive shaft to remove it.
E-ring
Reinstallation
removal.
14.2.7
LII597
PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the four screws and then the turn guide.
Turn Guide
LII598
2. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove

the four drive side gears.
14
3. Remove the C-ring and then the drive side large

idler gear.
C-ring
Drive Side
Gears (4)
Drive Side
Idler Gear (Large)
LII599
14-13

4. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings
from the drive side.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII600
5. Remove the two coil springs, four C-rings and four

bearings from the front side.
Rollers (4)
Bearings (4)
6. Remove the four lower rollers.
Installation
Springs (2)
NOTE: Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper
position as shown.
C-rings (4)
LII601
14-14

14.2.8
PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement
Removal
1. PS1: Remove the entrance side guide plate.
PS4: Remove the exit side guide plate.
PS1: Entrance Side Guide Plate

PS4: Exit Side Guide Plate
LII602
Poly-slider
Screw
Bearing
14
Gear
LII603
3. Shift the drive shaft to remove it.
Drive Shaft
LII604
14-15

4. Remove the screw, D-washer, two poly-sliders
and idler gear.
Roller Drive Gear
5. Release the locking tab of the gear and remove

the roller drive gear.
Idler Gear
Poly-sliders (2)
D-Washer
Screw
LII605
6. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings.
Springs (2)
Bearings (4)
LII606
7. Remove the C-ring and then the idler gear.

the four roller drive gears.
Roller Drive Gears (4)

Idler Gear
C-ring
LII607
14-16

Rollers (4)
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII608
<PS1 Turn Rollers>

11. Remove the C-ring and idler gear.
Idler Gear

the four drive gears from the turn rollers.
C-ring
Turn Roller Drive Gears (4)
LII609
Springs (2)
Bearings (4)
LII610
14-17
14

14. Remove the two springs from the drive (rear) side.
Rollers (4)
15. Remove the three C-rings and bearings.

Bearings (3)
Springs (2)
C-rings (3)
LII611
<PS4 Turn Rollers>

Lower Turn Guide
17. Remove the two screws and then the lower turn
guide.
Screws (2)
LII612
18. Remove the C-ring and idler gear from the drive
side.
the three roller drive gears.
C-ring
Idler Gear

LII613
14-18

20. Remove the two springs and bearings.
Springs (2)
Bearings (2)
LII614

the two front roller drive gears.
Rollers (4)

23. Remove the C-ring and two bearings.
Bearings (2)
Installation
Springs (2)
C-ring

Front Side Roller Drive Gear (2)
NOTE: Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper

position as shown (see page 14-3).
LII615
14-19
14
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board

14.3.1
PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement
PS Solution Draining
1. Remove the PS1 to PS4 racks.
Drain Cock Cover
2. Remove the PS drain cock cover.
LII640
3. Connect a hose (ordinary water hose with 13 mm

I.D.) to the PS1 drain cock.
4. Open the PS1 drain cock to drain the solution in
the PS1 processing tank into the waste solution
tank.
Cock
LII641
5. If the solution being drained off stops flowing,

replace the waste solution tank with a lower
container (such as tray) that can bring the hose to
a level lower than the cock.
Cock
6. Continue draining off the solution.

7. Repeat Steps 3 through 6 to drain the PS2 to PS4
solutions.
8. Reinstall the PS drain cock cover after making
sure the cocks are closed.
LII642
14-20

Partition Board Removal
Seal Plate
1. Remove the two screws and then the seal plate

between the PS3 and PS4 tanks.
Screws (2)
LII635
2. Remove two screws each and then the partition

boards.
PS3 PS4 Partition Board

Screws (2)

LII636
14
Blade Assembly/Gasket Removal

1. Remove the six screws and then the blade
assembly and gasket.
Blade Assembly
Screws (6)
LII637
14-21

2. Remove the two screws then the two gasket fixing
plates and gasket.
Gasket Fixing Plates (2)
Gasket
Screws (2)
LII638
Blade Assembly/Gasket Installation

1. Wipe any dirt and water off the sealing surface on
the partition board.
2. Make sure the gasket is installed correctly in the
groove of the blade assembly.
Gasket
LII1099
3. Install the blade assembly by aligning its holes

with the locating pins on the partition board.
Locating pins
LII1100
14-22

4. Install the six screws and hand-tighten them.
5. Tighten the six screws in a crisscross pattern in
two to three steps as shown.
Screws (6)
LII1101
6. Install a new gasket along the groove in the

partition board.
NOTE: Face the flat surface of the gasket toward the
inside.
Be careful not to twist the gasket.
Make sure the sealing surface of the gasket
seated evenly in the groove.
Gasket
RD556
7. Install the gasket fixing plates and tighten the two

screws.
Gasket Fixing Plates (2)
Gasket
14
Screws (2)
LII638
14-23

Partition Board Reinstallation
1. Reinstall the partition boards with two screws each.
NOTE: Before installing the partition boards, wipe any
water and dirt off the sealing surface in the
processing tanks.
Install the partition board to the proper position as
indicated on the label attached to the top of each
board.
Tighten two screws each alternately in three or
four steps.
2. Reinstall the seal plate between the PS3 and the

PS4 tanks using the two screws.
PS Solution Filling
FSC100 (1 tablet)
1. Put 1 tablet of FSC100 into a plastic film case of

water or warm water and shake the case
approximately 10 seconds to dissolve the tablet.
Plastic Film Case
LII1064
2. Pour the following amount of deionized water and

FSC100 solution into each PS processing tank.
Processing Tank
FSC100
Deionized
Water
PS1
Solution of 1 tablet
6 litters
PS2
6 litters
PS3
6 liters
PS4
7 liters
LII1066
3. Reinstall the PS4 to PS1 processing racks, No.3

crossover rack and dryer entrance rack.
14-24
14.4 Processor Drive System

14.4.1
Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks and turn OFF the built-in
circuit breaker and main power supply.
Right Cover
Sorter Cable
2. Disconnect the sorter cable.

3. Remove the six screws and then the right cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
14.4.2
Screws (6)
LII616
Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Loosen the two lower screws and remove the four
upper screws then the cover.
Cover
Screws (4)
14
Reinstallation
Screws (2) (Loosen)

LII617

removal.
14-25

14.4.3
Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps (3)
1. Remove the processor rear cover

2. Open the three harness clamps.
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor driver
bracket.
Motor Driver Bracket
Screws (2)
LII618
4. Remove the plastic cover.
Plastic Cover
5. Remove the three screws securing the bracket.
Screws (3)
LII619
6. Open the six harness clamps and remove the

motor driver bracket.
Clamps (6)
Motor Drive Bracket
Reinstallation
removal.
LII620
14-26

14.4.4
Motor Driver Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor driver bracket
2. Disconnect the four connectors from the motor
driver.
Connectors (4)
LII621
3. Remove the five screws and then the motor driver.
Screws (5)
Motor Driver
Installation
LII622
14.4.5
Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Auto Tensioner

2. Remove the three screws and then the auto
tensioner.
Screws (3)
LII626
14-27
14

Reinstallation
Tensioner Arm (Locked)
1. Lock the auto tensioner as shown in the figure.
LII633
2. Align the sprocket of the tensioner with the drive

chain then install the auto tensioner with the three
screws.
Screws (3)
3. Using a screwdriver, release the lock of the auto

tensioner by pushing up the lock arm.
4. Reinstall the right cover.
Screwdriver
LII634
14.4.6
Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor driver bracket
2. Remove the screw and then the motor bracket
assembly by pulling it.
Motor Bracket Assembly
Screw
LII627
14-28

3. Remove the three screws and two spacers then
the bracket form the motor.
Spacers (2)
Screws (3)
Bracket
LII628
4. Remove the two screws and plate.
Flat Key
5. Loosen the hexagonal socket head set screw and

remove the gear and flat key.
Gear
Screws (2)
Motor (M700)
Installation
Plate
Hex. Socket Head Set Screws
LII629
14
14.4.7
Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps (2)
1. Remove:
Auto tensioner (See Subsection 14.4.5).
Processor drive motor (M700)
2. Open the two hose clamps and disconnect the
two hoses.
Hoses (2)
LII624
14-29

3. Loosen the chain tensioner and disengage the
chain from the sprocket.
Chain
Tensioner
LII625
4. Remove the four screws and then the drive bracket.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Drive Bracket

removal.
14.4.8
LII623
Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement

I
Removal
1. Remove the drive sprocket (See Subsection 14.4.7).
E-ring
LII630
14-30

3. Remove the drive sprocket, gear and bearing.
Installation
Gear
NOTE: Align the grooves in the sprocket with the ribs on the
gear as shown.
Sprocket
Bearing
LII631
14.4.9
Processor Drive Chain Replacement
1. Remove the drive bracket (See Subsection 14.4.7).
Old Chain
Master Link
2. Remove the chain clip and master link from the

drive chain.
Clip
3. Connect a new chain to the end of the old chain

by using the master link and clip.
New Chain
4. Pull the old chain through as a guide to route the

new chain.
5. Remove the clip, master link and old chain.
LII632
6. Connect the ends of the new chain with the

master link and clip.
removal.
14-31
14

14.4.10
Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove:
Auto chain tensioner (See Subsection 14.4.5).
Processing solution tank exhaust fan
2. Remove the screw and then the printer drive gear
bracket cover.
Printer Drive Gear

Bracket Cover
LII672
3. Remove the three screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screw (3)
LII673
4. Remove the E-ring and then the printer drive gear.
Drive Gear
E-ring
LII1095
14-32

5. Scribe the position of the gear bracket using a
pencil and remove the two bracket screws.
Screw (2)
LII1094
6. Disengage the drive chain from the sprocket.
Screw (Loosen)
7. Loosen the screw, remove the other two screws

then the sprocket and gear brackets.
Gear Bracket
Screws (2)
LII1093
8. Remove the screw, E-ring, idler gear and shaft

from the gear bracket.
Idler gear
E-ring
14
Screw
Shaft
LII1092
9. Remove the E-ring and then the sprocket.
Sprocket
E-ring
LII1090
14-33

10. Remove the bearing and shaft from the sprocket
bracket.
Bearings (2)
Shaft
E-ring
LII1091
Installation
NOTE: Reinstall the gear bracket with two screws by
aligning it with the scribed line marked in Step 5.
Screws (2)
LII704
14-34
15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM

Parts Location....................................................................................... 15-2
15.1
Sub-tank Section .................................................................................. 15-3
15.1.1
15.1.2
15.1.3
15.1.4
15.1.5
15.1.6
15.2
Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section .................... 15-7
15.2.1
15.2.2
15.2.3
15.2.4
15.2.5
15.2.6
15.2.7
15.2.8
15.2.9
15.3
Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 15-3

Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 15-3
Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 15-4
P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement ................... 15-4
Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement ..................................... 15-5
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement .............................. 15-6
Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 15-7

Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement ............................................... 15-7
Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement.................................... 15-8
Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement..................................................... 15-9
P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement .................................... 15-10
PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement....................... 15-11
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement ...................... 15-13
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement ...................... 15-13
Hose Connection ................................................................................................. 15-14
Waste Solution System ...................................................................... 15-15
15.3.1
15.3.2
15.3.3
Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement........................................ 15-15

Waste Solution Tank Replacement.................................................................... 15-16
Waste Solution Hose Replacement ................................................................... 15-17
15
15-1
Parts Location
Solution Level Sensors
(FS700 to FS705)
PS4 Solution Concentration
Sensor (FS706)
Solution Thermometer
(TS700 to TS703)
Circulation (Pleated)
Filters (PS1 to PS4)
Heaters (H700 to H703)/

SafetyThermostats
(D700 to D703)
Waste Solution Tank

Waste Solution
Level Sensor
(FS728)
P1
P2
P1
P2
PS1~
PS3
PS1~
PS3
PS4
PS4
P1
Heater Cooling Fans

(F700 to F703)
P2
Waste Solution
Hose
PS1
P1
Drain Cock
P2
PS2
PS3
PS1
PS2
PS4
Circulation Pumps
(PU700 to PU705)
PS3
PS4
Drain Cock
LII965
15-2
15.1 Sub-tank Section

15.1.1
Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Water Supply Port Doo
Water Supply Port Inner Cover
circuit breaker and the main power supply.
3. Open the water supply port door.
5. Loosen the screw and remove the water supply
port inner cover.
Replenisher Box Door

LII324
6. Remove the processing solution cooling air filter

holder.
Screws (5)
Screws
7. Remove the screw and then the splash-prevention

cover.
8. Remove the five screws and then the processor
front cover.
Reinstallation
Processing Solution Cooling

Air Filter Holder

removal.
15.1.2
Processor Front Cover

LII325
15
Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Loosen the two screws and remove the upper
connector cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
Upper Connector Cover
Screws (2)
LII643
15-3

15.1.3
Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Processor Inner Cover
2. Remove the dryer entrance rack.
3. Remove the four screws and then the processor
inner cover.
Reinstallation
Screws (4)
LII644

removal.
15.1.4
P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703)

Replacement
Removal
Clamps (5)
1. Remove:
Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2).
PS1/PS2/PS3: Processor inner cover
2. Open the five harness clamps and disconnect the
solution thermometer connector.
Sensor Connector (TS703)

LII645
15-4

3. Remove the screw and then the solution
thermometer.
Screw
Installation
Solution Thermometer (TS700)

LII646
15.1.5
Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (5)
1. Remove:
2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the sensor
connector.
Sensor Connector
(FS705)
Sensor Connector (FS704)
15
LII647
Installation
Sensor (FS700)
Screw
LII648
15-5

15.1.6
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement
Removal
Water Supply Port Assembly
1. Remove:
Screw
(Remove)
2. Loosen the two screws, remove the other screw

and move the water supply port assembly to one
side.
Screws (2) (Loosen)

LII649
3. Open the three clamps and disconnect the FS706

connector.
Clamps (3)

LII650
Sensor (FS706)
Screw
Installation
LII651
15-6
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section

15.2.1
Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the lower
connector cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
Lower Connector Cover

LII652
15.2.2
Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the lower connector cover
2. Remove the four screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screws (4)
LII653
15-7
15

3. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan
connector.
Fan (F701)
Fan (F700)
Fan (F703)
Fan (F702)
Clamp
Installation
Arrow
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow mark points towards
the heater.
15.2.3
Screws (2)
Connector
LII654
Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement
Removal
Fan Bracket
1. Remove:
Heater cooling fan (See Subsection 15.2.2).
2. For D701: Open the four clamps then loosen the
two screws and move the fan bracket to one side.
Screws (2)
Clamps (4)
LII655
15-8

3. Disconnect the safety thermostat connector.
Connector
Safety Thermostat Cover
4. Remove the safety thermostat cover.

Screws (2)
5. Remove the two screws and then the safety

thermostat.
Installation
NOTE: Install the safety thermostat cover so that the
harness comes from underneath.
15.2.4
Safety Thermostat (D700)

LII656
Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4)
Upper Connector Bracket
NOTE: For PS1/PS2/PS3 or PS4, drain the processing

solution.
1. Remove:
2. Remove the two screws securing the upper
connector bracket.
Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
Lower Connector Bracket
Screw (Loosen)
4. Loosen the two screws and move the lower

connector bracket to one side.
LII657
5. Disconnect all connectors on the upper connector

bracket.
All Connectors
LII658
15-9
15

6. Open the clamp and disconnect the heater
connector.
Connector
Clamp
LII659
7. Remove the two screws and then the safety

thermostat.
Pinchcocks (2)
Screws (2)
8. For P1/P2: Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with

the two pinchcocks.
Outlet Hose
Safety Thermostat
9. Remove the two screws and then the heater.

10. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the
hoses from the heater.
Installation
Screws (2)
Inlet Hose
Clamps (2)
Heater
LII660
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
15.2.5
P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4)
1. Remove:
connector bracket.
Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
Screw (Loosen)
LII657
15-10

5. Loosen the two screws and remove the drain cock
from the bracket.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2) (Loosen)
6. Loosen the two screws and remove the pump

bracket.
Drain Cock
Screws (2)
LII661
7. Pull out the pump bracket, pinch the inlet and

outlet hoses with the two pinchcocks and drain the
solution in the hose from the drain cock.
Outlet Hose
Clamp
Pinchcocks (2)
Drain Cock
Pump
(PU700)
8. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the inlet

and outlet hoses from the pump.
9. Remove the two screws and then the pump.
Installation
Pump (PU701)

Inlet Hose
Screws (2)
LII662
15.2.6
PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4)
1. Drain the PS1 to PS4 processing solutions.

2. Remove:
connector bracket.
Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
Screw (Loosen)

LII657
15-11
15

6. Loosen the four screws and remove the drain
cocks from the brackets.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2)

bracket.
Drain Cocks (4)

Screws (4)
LII681
8. Disconnect the four pump connectors and open

the seven harness clamps.
Connectors (4)
Clamps (7)
LII682
9. Remove the two screws securing the pump.
Pump (PU702)
10. Loosen the two clamps and disconnect the inlet

and outlet hoses from the pump.
Hose
Installation
Pump (PU704)
Pump (PU703)

Clamps (2)
Screws (2)
Pump (PU705)
LII683
15-12

15.2.7
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement
Removal
Connector

Fan Cover
3. Remove the two screws then the fan cover and fan.
Installation
Screws (2)
Arrow
Fan (F704)
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points the outside.
15.2.8
LII663
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
Installation
Fan (F705)
Connector
LII664
15-13
15

15.2.9
Hose Connection
1. Connect the hoses securely so that they extend

as far as the base of the connection opening.
Docking Portion
2. Inspect the hose clamps, and replace them if the

docking portion is damaged.
Hose Clamp
0681
3. Check that the hose clamps are not twisted when

they are installed. Hold each end of the clamp
with a pair of pliers and squeeze the ends
together securely.
4. After operating the machine for 30 minutes, check
that there is no solution leakage from the hose
connections.
Hose Clamp
0680
15-14
15.3 Waste Solution System

15.3.1
Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement
Removal
Screw
2. Remove the screw and then the waste solution
level sensor cover.
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cover

LII665
3. Disconnect the sensor connector.
Flashlight
NOTE: If the space is narrow between the machine and the

wall, put the flashlight from above and look through
the slits (peep holes) in the right cover.
Connector
4. Remove the waste solution tank cap.
Slits (Peep Holes)

Tank Cap
LII1191
5. Remove the two screws and then the sensor from

the tank cap.
Screws (2)
Installation
Sensor (FS728)
LII667
15-15
15

15.3.2
Waste Solution Tank Replacement
Removal
2. Loosen the screw and remove the waste solution
tank bracket.
Screw (Loosen)
Waste Solution Tank Bracket

LII669
3. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the P1,

P2 and PS1 waste solution hoses from the tank.
Connector
Hoses (3)
Cap
Clamps (3)
4. Disconnect the level sensor connector and

remove the tank cap.
LII670

overflow and waste solution hoses from the tank.
Hoses (2)
Clamps (2)
6. Remove the waste solution tank.
Installation
Waste Solution Tank

LII671
15-16

15.3.3
Waste Solution Hose Replacement
Removal
Water Supply Port Assembly
1. Remove:
Processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1).
Processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2).
Screw
(Remove)
2. Loosen the two screws, remove the other one and

move the water supply port assembly to one side.
Screws (2) (Loosen)

LII649
H
3. Loosen the hose clamp and disconnect the hose

from the waste solution tank.
Hose
15
Hose Clamp
LII910
4. Cut the cord tie and disconnect the drain cock

from the waste solution hose.
Drain Cock
Installation
Cord Tie
LII909
15-17
16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM

Parts Location....................................................................................... 16-2
16.1
Replenisher Cartridge Section ............................................................ 16-3
16.1.1
16.1.2
16.1.3
16.1.4
16.1.5
16.1.6
16.1.7
16.1.8
16.2
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724)

Replacement .......................................................................................................... 16-3
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement ............................. 16-3
Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723)
Replacement .......................................................................................................... 16-4
Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 16-5
Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement ....................................... 16-6
Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 16-7
Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement .................................................. 16-8
Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing .................................................. 16-9
Processing Solution Replenishment System .................................. 16-10
16.2.1
16.2.2
16.2.3
16.2.4
16.2.5
16.2.6
16.2.7
16.2.8
16.2.9
Replenisher Filter Replacement......................................................................... 16-10

P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement.......................... 16-10
PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 16-12
PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ...................................................................... 16-13
PSR Pump Valve Replacement .......................................................................... 16-14
PSR Pump Bellows Replacement ...................................................................... 16-15
PSR Filter Replacement ...................................................................................... 16-16
PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement........................ 16-16
P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement ................................ 16-17
16.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement ...................................................................................... 16-18
16.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement.................................................................. 16-20
16.3
Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System........................................... 16-23
16.3.1
16.3.2
16.3.3
Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement...................................................... 16-23

Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve
(S720 to S722) Replacement............................................................................... 16-24
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve
(S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ................................................................ 16-25
16
16-1
Parts Location
Replenisher
Nozzles (P1W/P1R/
P2RA/P2RB/PSR)
Auto Washing
Nozzles (No.2 Crossover Rack)
Auto Washing
Nozzles (No.3 Crossover Rack)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB
Cartridge Washing Valves
(S728/S829/S730)/
P1 Stirring Valve (S731)
Auto Washing Nozzles

(Dryer Entrance Rack)
Auto Washing Valves

(No.2/No.3 Crossover Racks/
and Dryer Entrance Rack)
(S720/S721/S722)
P1WR Water Replenishment
Valve (S723)
To Water Supply Port
PSR
Replenisher
Tank
Water
Supply
Port
Replenisher
Cartridge
Box
P1R
PSRPump
(PU724)
P2RA
PSR Replenisher
Filter
P2RB
PSR Lower
Level Sensor
(FS727)
PSR Drain Cock

Auto Washing
Pump (PU720)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump
(PU721/PU722/PU723)
PSR Upper Level

Sensor (FS723)
P1R
P1R Upper/P2RA Upper/P2RB

Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA Lower/
P2RB Lower Level Sensors
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724
FS725/FS726)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB
Replenisher Tanks
P2RB
P2RA
Replenisher Filters
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Drain Cocks
LII967
16-2
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section

16.1.1
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch

(D724) Replacement
Removal
Screw (Loosen)
Screw

2. Loosen the screw, remove the other one and then
the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
Screw Connector Cover
LII676
4. Disconnect the connector from the switch.
Connector
E-ring
5. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch.

Switch
Installation
Spring
16.1.2
LII677
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement
Removal
Sensor Bracket
Screw
LII678
16-3
16

Locking Tabs
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor

from the bracket.
Installation
Sensor (D721)
Connector
LII679
16.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement

Removal
Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the sensor cover.
Sensor Cover
LII685
Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII686
16-4

Sensor (D723)
Connector
Sensor (D722)
Installation
Locking Tab
16.1.4
LII687
Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamp
Connector
1. Remove:
Move the water supply port assembly to one
side(See Subsection 15.1.6).
Replenisher box door open/close detecting
interlock switch bracket (See Subsection 16.1.1).
Replenisher cartridge setting sensor bracket
Replenisher cartridge box upper/lower sensor
bracket (See Subsection 16.1.3).
Clamps (4)
2. Open the four clamps at the right-hand side and

six clamps at the left-hand side.
Clamps (6)
LII684

clamp.
16-5
16

4. Remove the six screws and loosen the other two
ones securing the unit.
5. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit.
Screws (6)
(Remove)
Reinstallation
Screws (Loosen)
Screws (Loosen)
LII688

removal.
16.1.5
Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit
2. Remove the six screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Screws (6)
LII689
3. Remove the E-ring and then the cam gear.
E-ring
Screw
4. Remove the screw then the cam roller and nut.
Cam Gear
Nut
Cam Roller
LII690
16-6

5. Remove the two E-rings and then the two idler
gears.
Idler Gears (2)
E-rings (2)
LII691
Installation
Cam Roller
Groove

NOTE: Install the gear cover by aligning the cam roller with
the groove in the cartridge setting section.
LII692
16.1.6
Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit
16
2. Remove the six screws and then the gear cover

3. Remove the four screws and then the cartridge
set box.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Box

removal.
LII693
NOTE: Assemble the cartridge set box to the cartridge

bracket so that they are in parallel.
16-7

16.1.7
Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)
Motor Bracket
1. Remove the cartridge set box (See Subsection 16.1.6).

2. Remove the three screws and then the motor
bracket.
LII694
Screws (2)
Motor
LII695
4. Loosen the hexagonal socket head setscrew then

remove the gear and collar.
Flat Surface
Installation
2.5mm

NOTE: Align the holes in the gear and collar and the flat
surface on the shaft. Tighten the hexagonal socket
head setscrew so that the shaft end is 2.5 mm from
the gear end surface as shown.
Collar
Gear
Hexagonal Socket Head Setscrews

LII696
16-8

16.1.8
Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing
1. Open the dryer unit.
Replenisher Box Door
2. Release the lock by inserting the screwdriver into

the two holes to push down the lock arms as
shown.
NOTE: Insert the tip of the screwdriver straight
approximately 30mm and release the lock arms
one by one while pulling the replenisher box
door toward the front.
Screwdriver
Lock Arm
LII911
16
16-9
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System

16.2.1
Replenisher Filter Replacement
Removal
Clamps (3)
Pinchcocks (2)

2. Open the three clamps and pull out the filter.
3. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the pinchcocks.
4. Loosen the two clamps and disconnect the hoses
from the filter.
Installation
Hoses (2)
Clamps (2)
Filter
LII697
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely

Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting"
16.2.2
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement
Removal
Connectors (3)
Screws (2)
1. Move the water supply port assembly

3. Disconnect the three pump connectors.
LII698
16-10

bracket.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2)
LII699
5. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses using the pinchcocks.
Hoses (2)
Pump
6. Cut the cord tie securing the outlet hose and

disconnect the hose from the pump.
Pinchcocks (2)
Clamp
7. Loosen the clamp and disconnect the inlet hose

from the pump.
8. Remove the screw and then pull out the pump.
Cord Tie
Screw
LII700
9. Open the four clamps securing the pump harness.
16
Installation
Clamps (4)
LII1198
16-11

16.2.3
PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps (2)

2. Open the two clamps.
LII705
3. Remove the two screws and pull the pump

bracket out.
Reinstallation
removal.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2)
LII706
16-12

16.2.4
PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement
Removal
Pinchcocks (2)
Hoses (2)
1. Remove the PSR pump bracket

inlet and outlet hoses from the pump.
Clamps (2)
LII709
4. Loosen the two screws and remove the connector

cover.
Connector Cover
Screws (2)
LII708
5. Disconnect the pump connector.
Connector
16
Clamps (2)
LII710
16-13

7. Remove the screw and then the pump.
Pump
Installation
Screw

16.2.5
LII711
PSR Pump Valve Replacement
Removal
Hoses (2)
1. Remove:
PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3).
Connector cover (See Subsection 16.2.4).
3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Pinchcocks (2)
Joint Nuts (2)

LII707
4. Remove the two valves.
Installation
Valves (2)

RD232
16-14

16.2.6
PSR Pump Bellows Replacement
Removal
Hoses (2)
1. Remove:
3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Pinchcocks (2)
Joint Nuts (2)

LII707
4. Remove the screw and then the pump.
Pump
Screw
LII711
5. Turn the bellows 90 degrees counterclockwise to

remove it.
Bellows
16
Installation
LII712
16-15

16.2.7
PSR Filter Replacement
Removal
Hoses (2)
Pinchcocks (2)
1. Remove the PSR pump bracket

3. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the
hoses from the filter.
Installation
Clamp

Filter
LII713
1) Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/

Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.1).
2) Menu 0621 "Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.2).
16.2.8
PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement
Removal
Connector (FS727)
Connector (FS723)
1. Remove the connector cover

2. Disconnect the sensor connectors.
3. Open the three clamps and cut the cord tie.
Clamps (3)
Cord Tie
LII719
16-16

4. Pinch the upper and lower hoses with the two
pinchcocks.
Clamp
Hoses (2)
Pinchcocks (2)
5. Remove the screw and then the sensor from the

bracket.
hoses from the sensor.
Installation
Sensor
Screw
16.2.9
LII720
P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level

Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726)
Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws securing the tank bracket
and pull the tank bracket out.
Tank Bracket
LII1197
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the sensor

connectors.
16
Connector
4. Remove the two screws and then the level sensors.
Clamp
Screws (2)
Sensor
LII726
16-17

Installation
" "Marks
Sensor

NOTE: Align the lower end of the sensor with the bottom
bearing as shown.
Align the " " mark on the sensor flange with the
" " mark on the tank as shown.
Bearing
LII727
16.2.10
PSR Tank Replacement
When servicing the power input section parts, make

sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply on the power distribution board are both set to
the OFF position. If the main power is left ON,
electricity will flow as far as the power input section,
and this can cause electric shocks and/or shortcircuiting.
Removal
1. Remove:
Processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2).
2. Remove the two screws and then the power input
section cover.
Power Input Section Cover

Screws (2)
LII314
16-18

3. Remove the four screws securing the power input
section bracket.
Ground Harness
Screws (4)
LII728
4. Open the two clamps and move the power input

bracket to one side.
Clamps (2)
Power Input Section Bracket
LII729
5. Remove the two screws and then the tank bracket.
Tank Bracket
16
Screws (2)
LII730
16-19

6. Loosen the five hose clamps and disconnect the
five hoses from the tank.
Hoses (5)
Clamps (5)
7. Remove the tank.
Installation
Use a new toothed washer for tightening the
grounding wire to the frame.
After installation, perform Installation Menu "91
PSR AIR EXT" from the operation panel on the
LP5700.
Tank
LII731
16.2.11
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the right cover(See Subsection 14.4.1).
2. Drain remaining solutions from the tanks.
3. Remove the four screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screws (4)
LII653
4. Remove the two screws and then the upper

connector bracket.
Clamps (4)
5. Loosen the four hose clamps and disconnect the

three inlet hoses and stirring hose.
Stirring Hose
Inlet Hose
LII1170
16-20

6. Pull out the replenisher filters.
7. Loosen the three hose clamps and disconnect the
three outlet hoses from the filters.
Outlet Hose
Clamps (3)
LII1171
8. Disconnect the P1R, P2RA and P2RB level

sensor connectors.
Sensor Connectors (6)

LII1172
9. Open the clamp, remove the two screws and then

the tanks.
Tank
Screws (2)
Clamp
16
LII725
16-21

Installation
removal.
Take care not to bend or twist the hoses when
connecting the hoses.
Connect the inlet hoses to the tanks, then install
the tanks being careful not to pinch them between
the bracket and the tanks.
After installation, perform Installation Menu "92
MIX REPL" and "93 PUMP AIR EXT" from the
operation panel on the LP5700.
LII1173
16-22
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System

16.3.1
Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove:
2. Disconnect the connector and open the three
clamps.
Clamps (3)
LII714
3. Pinch the three inlet and outlet hoses with the

three pinchcocks.
Pump
Hoses (3)

hoses from the pump.
5. Remove the two screws and then the pump.
Screws (2)
Installation
Pinchcocks (3)
Clamps (2)
LII715
Menu 0621 "Auto Cleaning Output

Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.2).
16
16-23

16.3.2
Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve

(S720 to S722) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove:
Clamps (2)
LII716
3. Remove the two screws and then the valves.
Valves
Screws (2)
LII717
4. Pinch the five hoses with the pinchcocks.

hoses from the valves.
Installation
Clamp
Hose
Pinchcocks (5)
LII718
16-24

16.3.3
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve (S728/

S729/S730/S731) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII721
3. Open the four clamps.
Screws (2) (Loosen)
Clamps (4)
4. Remove the two screws and then the valve bracket.
Valve Bracket
LII722
16-25
16

5. Remove the two screws and then the valves.
Valves
Screws (2)
LII723
6. Pinch the five hoses with the pinchcocks.

hoses from the valves.
Installation
Pinchcocks (5)
Hose
Clamp
LII724
16-26
17. DRYER SECTION

Parts Location....................................................................................... 17-2
17.1
Dryer Belt Unit....................................................................................... 17-3
17.1.1
17.1.2
17.1.3
17.2
Dryer Rack Section............................................................................... 17-6
17.2.1
17.2.2
17.2.3
17.2.4
17.2.5
17.2.6
17.2.7
17.2.8
17.3
Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 17-3

Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement................................................................... 17-3
Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 17-5
Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 17-6

Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 17-8
Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ......................................................... 17-9
Dryer Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................................... 17-9
Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement .......................................................... 17-10
Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement ................................................................... 17-12
Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement .......................................................... 17-13
Exit Feed Belt Replacement ............................................................................... 17-13
Dryer Fan/Heater Section................................................................... 17-14
17.3.1
17.3.2
17.3.3
17.3.4
17.3.5
Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 17-14

Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement........................................................................... 17-15
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement ....................... 17-16
Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement........................................................ 17-16
Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement...................................... 17-17
17
17-1
Parts Location
Dryer Heaters A to H
(H760 to H767)
Dryer Heaters Safety
Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/D760B)
Dryer Section Open/Close

Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)
Dryer Fan (F760)
Dryer Unit
Dryer Belt Unit Open/
Close Detecting Interlock
Switch (D762B)
Dryer Thermometer
(TS760)
LII969
17-2
17.1 Dryer Belt Unit

17.1.1
Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the dryer exit unit right cover
2. Remove the dryer belt unit.
Reinstallation
removal.
Belt Unit
LII736
17.1.2
Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.1.1).
2. Remove the two tension springs.
Springs (2)
LII737
3. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings then

the entrance side roller.
Bearings (2)
Shaft
E-rings (2)

the shaft.
Bearings (2)
17
Screws (2)
Roller
E-rings (2)
Bracket
LII738
17-3

E-ring
Bearing
E-ring
Gear
LII742
E-ring
Bearing
Roller
LII743
9. Remove the eight screws and then the two stays

and the mesh belt.
Screws (8)
Mesh Belt
Installation
Stays (2)
LII744
17-4

17.1.3
Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch

(D762B) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the dryer fan cover (See Subsection 17.3.1).

2. Remove the screw and then the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
LII767
E-ring
Connector
4. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch.
Installation
Spring
Switch (D762B)
LII766
17
17-5
17.2 Dryer Rack Section

17.2.1
Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the dryer exit unit (See Subsection 18.1.3).
2. Remove the eight screws and then the two brackets.
Screws (8)
NOTE: The one screw tightened together with the

grounding wire.
Brackets (2)
Grounding Wire
LII761
3. Remove the four screws securing the dryer rack.
Screws (4)
LII762
17-6

4. Remove the dryer rack.
Dryer Rack
LII763
Reinstallation
Channel
Fan Duct

removal.
NOTE: Align the rear channel with the printer end of the
fan duct then the front two holes with the locating
pins.
Connect the grounding wire correctly.
Dryer Rack
Locating Pins
Holes
LII766
17
17-7

17.2.2
Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)

Replacement
Removal
Screw

2. Remove the screw securing the switch bracket.
LII764
3. Remove the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
LII765
E-ring
Connector
5. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch

from the bracket.
Installation
Spring
Switch (D762A)
LII766
17-8

17.2.3
Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the dryer rack (See Subsection 17.2.1).

2. Remove the two screws securing the tensioner
and then the tension spring.
3. Remove the drive belt.
Installation
Belt
Spring
17.2.4
LII768
Dryer Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (6)
1. Remove the dryer feed roller drive belt

2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer guide
plate.
Dryer Guide Plate

LII769
3. Remove the three screws and then the belt cover.
17
Belt Cover
Screws (3)
LII770
17-9

4. Remove the eight screws and then the four guides.
Screws (8)
Guides (4)
LII771
5. Remove the E-ring and then the pulley.
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
6. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings from

each roller.
Installation
Pulley
E-ring
17.2.5
LII772
Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (6)

2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer guide
plate.
Dryer Guide Plate

LII769
17-10

3. Remove the front five E-rings and then the five
gears.
E-rings (5)
Gears (5)
LII1174
4. Remove the front two coil springs.
Springs (2)
5. Remove the front five E-rings and bearings.
Bearings (5)
E-rings (5)
LII1175
Rollers (5)
Springs (2)
7. Remove the rear two coil springs.

8. Remove the rear five E-rings and bearings.
9. Remove the five rollers.
17
Bearings (5)
E-rings (5)
Installation
Gear
E-ring
LII1176
17-11

17.2.6
Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the four E-rings, two plain washers and
then the four gears.
Gears (4)
Washers (2)
E-rings (4)
LII1178
3. Remove the two screws and fixing pins then the

guide plate.
Screws (2)
Fixing Pins (2)
LII1179
Nip Rollers (2)
5. Remove the four E-rings and bearings then the

two nip rollers.
Installation
Springs (2)
E-rings (4)
Bearings (4)
LII1180
17-12

17.2.7
Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement
Removal
Dryer Unit Front Left Cover
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover

2. Remove the three screws and then the dryer unit
front left cover.
Screws (3)
LII815
3. Remove the four screws and then the lock assembly.
Screws (4)
Installation
Lock Assembly
LII816
17.2.8
Exit Feed Belt Replacement
Removal
Gear
Belt
E-ring
17

2. Loosen the two screws securing the belt
tensioner.
4. Remove the belt.
Installation
removal.
Screws (2)
LII1177
17-13
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section

17.3.1
Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)

2. Remove the four screws and then the dryer section
right cover.
Dryer Section Right Cover

LII746
3. Remove the two screws and then the two harness

duct covers.
Screws (2)
Harness Duct Covers (2)
LII747
4. Disconnect the three connectors (Jso6, Jso12

and Jshu3).
Connectors (3)

bracket.
Screws (2)
6. Put the harness to the hinge side.
Connector Bracket
LII748
17-14

7. Open the dryer belt unit and support it with the
stopper.
Dryer Belt Unit
8. Remove the two screws and then the dryer fan

cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (2)
Dryer Fan Cover

LII749
17.3.2
Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
Dryer Fan (F760)

2. Disconnect the dryer fan connector.
3. Remove the four screws and the fan.
Installation
Connector
LII750
17
17-15

17.3.3
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Clamps (2)
Clamps (2)
1. Remove the dryer fan (See Subsection 17.3.2).
Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the safety thermostat connector and

open the two clamps.
3. Remove the two screws and two clamps.
4. Remove the four screws and then the safety
thermostats.
Screws (4)
Safety Thermostat (D760B)
Installation
Safety Thermostat (D760A)
17.3.4
LII751
Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Clamps (5)
1. Remove the dryer fan cover

Dryer Thermometer (TS760)
2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the

thermometer connector.
3. Remove the screw and then the thermometer.
Installation
NOTE: Be sure to remove the protection tube from the tip of
the thermometer.
Screw
LII752
17-16

17.3.5
Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the safety thermostats
2. Disconnect the three heater connectors
(H760, H761 and H766).
Connectors (3)
LII753
3. Remove the two screws and then the heater

assembly.
Screws (2)
Installation
Heater Assembly
LII754
17
17-17
18. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER

Parts Location....................................................................................... 18-3
18.1
Dryer Exit Unit....................................................................................... 18-9
18.1.1
18.1.2
18.1.3
18.1.4
18.1.5
18.1.6
18.1.7
18.1.8
18.1.9
18.1.10
18.1.11
18.1.12
18.1.13
18.2
Print Sending Unit ............................................................................. 18-25
18.2.1
18.2.2
18.2.3
18.3
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 18-29

Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 18-29
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement........................... 18-30
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement................................... 18-31
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement ...................................... 18-31
Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement .......................................................... 18-32
SU1400AY Sorter ................................................................................ 18-34
18.4.1
18.4.2
18.4.3
18.4.4
18.4.5
18.4.6
18.4.7
18.5
Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 18-25

Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement....................................... 18-25
Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement................................................. 18-27
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................... 18-29
18.3.1
18.3.2
18.3.3
18.3.4
18.3.5
18.3.6
18.4
Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 18-9

Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 18-9
Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 18-10
Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement ................................................................ 18-12
Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement................................................................ 18-13
Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/D775P)
Replacement ...................................................................................................... 18-13
Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement................................... 18-14
Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement ....... 18-15
Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .............................................. 18-16
Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement.................................................................. 18-17
Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................. 18-18
Roller Replacement ............................................................................................. 18-22
SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 18-34

Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 18-34
SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 18-35
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement................................... 18-35
Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement ........................................................... 18-36
Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................ 18-38
Chain Tension Adjustment ................................................................................. 18-38
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................... 18-39
18.5.1
18.5.2
18.5.3
18.5.4
18.5.5
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 18-39

Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................ 18-40
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L) Replacement............... 18-40
Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 18-41
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement ...................................... 18-41
18-1
18
18.5.6
18.5.7
18.5.8
18.6
Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ..................................................... 18-42

Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement .......................................... 18-43
Roller/Feed Belt Replacement............................................................................ 18-44
SU2400AY Sorter................................................................................ 18-46
18.6.1
18.6.2
18.6.3
18.6.4
18.6.5
18.6.6
18.6.7
18.6.8
18.6.9
Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 18-46

Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement................................... 18-46
Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement ........................................................... 18-47
SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 18-48
Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 18-48
Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................. 18-49
Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................ 18-50
Chain Tension Adjustment ................................................................................. 18-50
Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment............................................................... 18-51
18-2
Parts Location
Dryer Exit Unit
Feeding Path Switch

Sorter Tray Section
Solenoid (S770)
Lower Exit Paper

Sensors (D773 to D775)
Feeding Path Switching

Paper Sensor (D770 to D772)
Dryer Section
Drive Motor (M770)
LII971
18
18-3
Parts Location
Print Sending Unit
Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)
Print Sending Belt
LII972
18-4
Parts Location
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Belt
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813)
Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811)
LII973A
18
18-5
Parts Location
SU1400AY Sorter
Sorter Full Sensor (D811)
Sorter Drive Motor (M810)
SU1400AY Sorter
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810)
SW20 Circuit Board/

Sorter Full Buzzer (BZ810)/
Sorter Drive Switch (D812)
LII973B
18-6
Parts Location
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter
Stop Sensor (D813)
Transversal Sorter
Print Alignment
Stop Sensor (D814)
Print Alignment
Motor (M812)
Transversal Sorter
Drive Motor (M811)
LII974A
18
18-7
Parts Location
SU2400AY Sorter
SU2400AY Sorter
Sorter Tray Stop

Position Sensor
(D810)
Sorter Drive
Motor (M810)
SW20 Circuit Board/

Sorter Full Buzzer
(BZ810)/Sorter Drive
Switch (D812)
Sorter Full
Sensor (D811)
LII974B
18-8
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit

18.1.1
Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (6)
Cover
1. Remove the print sending unit

2. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable.
3. Remove the six screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Cable

removal.
18.1.2
LII735
Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (6)

2. Remove the six screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Cover

removal.
LII745
18
18-9

18.1.3
Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the print
sending unit bracket.
NOTE: Use a long shank screwdriver to avoid the
screws from damage.
Print Sending Unit Bracket

LII755
3. Disconnect the three connectors (Jso6/Jso12/

Jshu3).
Connectors (3)
LII756
4. Loosen the two screws and turn the gear bracket

counterclockwise. Tighten the two screws.
Screws (2) (Loosen)
Gear Bracket
Marks
LII757
18-10

5. Remove the four screws and then the unit by
shifting it toward the printer side.
Unit
Screws (4)
LII758
Reinstallation
Screws (2) (Loosen)

removal.
NOTE: After reinstallation, loosen the two screws and align
the " " marks on the gear bracket and the unit.
Tighten the two screws.
Marks
Gear Bracket
LII1183
18
18-11

18.1.4
Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/

Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED
(Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement
Removal
Sensor LED (D775L)
Sensor LED (D773L)
Sensor LED (D774L)

2. Remove the screw then the sensor LED and
cover.
Sensor LED
(D772L)
Sensor LED (D770L)

Sensor LED (D771L)
LII784
Cover
Connector
Installation
removal.
Screw
Sensor LED
LII780
18-12

18.1.5
Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/

Front)(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the two screws and then the feeding path
switching section lower cover.

Section Lower Cover
Screws (2)
LII782

Screw
Connector
Installation
Sensor (D772P)

removal.
Sensor (D770P)
Sensor (D771P)
LII783
18.1.6
Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/

D775P) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
Guide Plate
1. Open the dryer exit unit left cover.

18
LII785
18-13

Sensor (D775P)
Sensor (D773P)
Sensor (D774P)
Installation
Screw

removal.
18.1.7
Connector
LII786
Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement
Removal
Solenoid Bracket
Screws (2)

3. Disconnect the solenoid connector and open the
two harness clamps.
4. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid
bracket.
Spring
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII787
5. Remove the two screws and then the cover from

the solenoid.
Screws (2)
Cover

the solenoid.
Screws (2)
Bracket
LII788
18-14

Installation
Arm

removal.
NOTE: Adjust the solenoid position so that its roller just
contacts to the arm and tighten the two mount
screws while pushing the lower end of the arm
without coil spring as shown.
Screws (2)
LII791
18.1.8
Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776)

Replacement
Removal
Sensor (D776)
Locking Tabs

3. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Installation
removal.
Connector
LII789
18
18-15

18.1.9
Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

Gear Cover
Clamps (2)
LII790
Motor (M770)
5. Remove the four screws and then the spacer and

motor.
Screws (4)
Connector
LII793
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear from the

motor.
Gear
Installation
removal.
Spacer
E-ring
LII796
18-16

18.1.10
Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

Gear Cover
Clamps (2)
LII790
Screws (5)
5. Remove the five screws and then the motor

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Connector
LII792
6. Loosen the two screws securing the belt tensioner

and remove the drive belt.
Belt
Screws (2)
18
LII794
18-17

Installation
Tesioner

removal.
NOTE: Apply a pressure of 8 1N to the tensioner using
the tension gauge and tighten the tensioner screws
as shown.
Screws (2)
LII795
18.1.11
Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Guide Plates (3)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit (See Subsection 18.1.3).

2. Remove:
Feeding path switching solenoid (S770)
Feed roller drive belt (See Subsection 18.1.11).
3. Remove the three screws and then the three
guide plates.
Screws (3)
Screws (3)
LII799
4. Remove the two screws and then the dryer exit

unit left lower cover.
Screws (2)
Dryer Exit Unit Left

Lower Cover
LII800
18-18

5. Remove the four screws and then the dryer exit
unit left cover.
Screws (4)
Dryer Exit Unit Left-hand Cover

LII801

7. Remove the three screws and then the three
sensors (D770P, D771P and D772P).
Sensor (D772P)
Sensor (D771P)
Sensor (D770P)
Screws (3)
Clamps (5)
LII8.2
8. Remove the six screws and locking pins then the

three guide plates.
Screws (3)
Locking Pins (6)
Guide Plates (3)
Screws (3)
LII8.3
18-19
18

9. Open the ten harness clamps.
Sensor LED
(D771L)
Sensor LED (D770L)
Screws (6)
Clamps (5)
Sensor LED
(D772L)
10. Remove the six screws and then the sensor LEDs
(D770L, D771L, D772L, D773L, D774L and
D775L).
Clamps (5)
Sensor LED (D775L)
Sensor LED (D773L)

Sensor LED (D774L)
LII804
11. Remove the two screws and then the entrance

guide plate.
Screws (2)
Entrance Guide Plate

LII805
Screws (3) Clamps (5)
13. Remove the three screws and then the sensors

(D773P, D774P and D775P).
Sensor (D773P)
Sensor (D774P)
Sensor (D775P)
LII8.6
18-20

14. Remove the two screws and locking pins then the
guide plate.
<Rear>
Screws (2)
Locking Pins (2)

Bearing
Pulley
15. Remove the E-ring from the front side and then
the bearing.
Guide Plate
16. Remove the two E-rings, pulley and bearing from

the rear side.
E-rings (2)
E-ring
Roller
Bearing
<Front>
LII807
18. Remove the two screws and then the small size
exit guide plate.
Small Size Exit Guide Plate
Screws (2)
LII808
19. Remove the screw and then the arm.
Screw
Arm
Switching Guide Plate
20. Remove the two E-rings, bearings and then the

switching guide plate.
18
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII809
18-21

Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (2)
Guide Plate
LII810
18.1.12
Roller Replacement
Removal
E-ring
1. Remove the guide plates (See Subsection 18.1.11).

2. Remove the E-ring and then the reinforcement
plate.
Reinforcement Plate
LII1181
3. Remove the six E-rings from the rear side then

the two idler gears, pulley and four roller drive
gears.
Pulley
E-rings (6)
Idler Gears (2)

LII811
18-22

4. Remove the spring from the rear side.
Bearings (5)
E-rings (7)
Pulleys (2)
Spring
5. Remove the seven E-rings from the rear side and

then the two pulleys, four ball-bearings and
bearing.
E-rings (7)
Spring
6. Remove the spring from the front side.

7. Remove the seven E-rings from the front side then
the gear, bearing and five ball-bearings.
Bearing
Bearing
Bearings (4)
<Rear>
Gear
<Front>
LII812
8. Remove the rollers.
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Install the rollers in their correct position.
18 White Hard Roller

18 White Hard Roller
18

24 Black Soft Roller (With Grooves)
24 Black Soft (One Way)
30 Black Soft
LII1062
18-23

18.1.13
Removal
Roller
1. Open the dryer exit unit left cover.
Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two E-rings.
E-rings (2)
3. Remove the two springs, bearings and then the

roller.
Installation
Springs (2)

removal.
Dryer Exit Unit

Left Cover
LII814
18-24
18.2 Print Sending Unit

18.2.1
Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
Upper Cover
1. Remove the SU1400 sorter

2. Remove the large size tray.
3. Remove the two screws and then the upper cover.
LII733
4. Disconnect the connector, remove the two screws

and then the unit.
Connector
Screws (2)
Reinstallation
removal.
Unit
LII734
18.2.2
Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the print sending unit
2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the two
harness clamps.
18
Clamps (2)
Connector
LII146
18-25

3. Remove the two screws and then the motor and
drive belt.
Motor (M771)
Belt
Screws (2)
LII147
4. Remove the E-ring and then the pulley from the

motor.
E-ring
Pulley
Installation
2.0N1N/3mm

removal.
NOTE: Adjust the belt tension and tighten the motor mount
screws.
Specified Belt Tension:2.0 1N/3mm
LII148
18-26

18.2.3
Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the print sending drive motor (M771)
Screws (2)
Bracket
LII150
Spring
LII151
4. Place the unit up side down.
Screws (4)
5. Remove the four screws securing the belt guide

plate.
LII152
18
18-27

6. Turn over the unit to its original condition.
7. Remove the four screws and then the roller
bracket.
Screws (4)
Roller Bracket
LII153
8. Remove the belt guide plate.
Belt Guide Plate

LII154
9. Remove the feed belt and two rollers.
Belt
Rollers (2)
LII155
Installation
removal.
NOTE: After installing the tension spring, tighten the four
bracket fixing screws.
Screws (4)
Spring
LII156
18-28
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter

18.3.1
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the SU1400AY sorter
Cable

3. Remove the four screws securing the transversal
sorter.
Screws (4)
LII817
4.Remove the transversal sorter.
Reinstallation
removal.
Transversal Sorter
LII818
18.3.2
Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)
Upper Cover
1. Remove the transversal sorter

2. Remove the three screws and then the upper
cover.
18
18-29

3. Remove the three screws and then the lower
cover.
Lower Cover
Screws (3)
LII158
4. Remove the four screws and then the lower

bracket.
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (4)
Lower Bracket
LII159
18.3.3
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 18.3.2).

and the sensor LED.
Installation
removal.
Sensor LED (D813L)
Connector
LII160
18-30

18.3.4
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement
Removal
bracket.
Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII161

and the sensor from the bracket.
Connector
Installation
removal.
Sensor (D813P)
NOTE: Secure the sensor bracket so that it is in the neutral

position of the screw holes.
Screw
LII162
18.3.5
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement
Removal
Motor (M811)
Screws (3)
Idler Gear

E-ring
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the motor

connector.
Clamps (2)
Installation
Connector
LII163

removal.
18-31
18

18.3.6
Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the three E-rings then the two idler and
drive gears.
E-rings (3)
Drive Gear
Idler Gears (2)
LII164
3. Remove the two screws and then the rear bracket.
Screws (2)
Bracket
LII165
4. Remove the two screws and then the front

bracket.
Bracket
Screws (2)
LII166
18-32

5. Remove the tension spring and screw then the
rear tension bracket.
Screw
Spring
6. Remove the tension spring and screw then the

front tension bracket.
Screw
Front Tension Bracket
Rear Tension Bracket
Spring
LII167
7. Remove the two rollers and then the feed belt.
Belt
Rollers (2)
LII168
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screws after installing the tension
brackets and springs.
Screw
Spring
18
Tension Bracket
LII169
18-33
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter

18.4.1
SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Cable Set Hole
1. Disconnect the sorter cable and insert its end into

the cable set hole as shown,
Cable
LII246
2. Release the lock lever.

3. Remove the sorter by holding the grips as shown.
Lock
Reinstallation
removal.
LII247
18.4.2
Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the sorter (See Subsection 18.4.1).
2. Remove the two screws and then the sorter left
cover.
Left Side Cover
Screws (2)
LII179
18-34

3. Remove the five screws and then the sorter right
cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (5)
Right Side Cover

LII170
18.4.3
SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connectors (4)
1. Remove the sorter right cover

2. Disconnect the four connectors from the circuit
board.
board.
Screws (2)
Installation
SWA20 Circuit Board

LII171

removal.
18.4.4
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
Removal
Connector
2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor and

open the harness clamp.
Screw
Sensor Bracket
Clamp
LII172
18-35
18

4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor
from the bracket.
Locking Tabs
Installation
Sensor (D810)

removal.
LII173
18.4.5
Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement
Removal
Clamp
Connector

2. Disconnect the connector (SWA2) from the circuit
board and open the harness clamp.
LII174
3. Disconnect the connector (D810) and open the

harness clamp.
Screws (4)
4. Remove the four screws and then the motor

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Clamp
Connector
LII175
18-36

5. Remove the two screws and then the motor from
the bracket.
Screws (2)
Motor (M810)
LII176
Installation
K Mark

removal.
NOTE: Install the motor bracket so that the two "K" marks
on the idler gear and the two screws for the sensor
plate are in line as shown.
Screws (2)
LII177
After starting up the printer/processor, make sure

the sorter tray upper surface is slightly above the
guide plate. If necessary, adjust by loosening the
two sensor plate screws and turning the sensor
plate.
Sorter Tray
Guide Plate
To lower the tray: Turn the sensor plate

clockwise.
To raise the tray: Turn the sensor plate
counterclockwise.
Do not over tighten the plastic parts such as
bracket, circuit board, etc.
18
Sensor Plate
Screws (2)
LII178
18-37

18.4.6
Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sorter left cover
bracket.
Screws (2)
Sensor Bracket
LII180
Connector
4. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor

from the bracket.
Locking Tabs
Installation
removal.
Sensor (D811)
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the sorter full sensor arm.
LII181
18.4.7
Chain Tension Adjustment
1. Remove the sorter right and left covers

Adjusting Bolts (2)
Locknuts (2)
2. Loosen the locknuts and adjust the distance from

the shaft center to the back of the tie plate to
81mm by turning the adjusting bolts as shown.
3.Tighten the locknuts securely.
81mm
Axle
Tie Plate
LII1184
18-38

18.5.1
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the four screws and then the transversal
sorter rear cover.
2. Move the sorter to its storage position.
Screws (4)
Rear Cover
LII1115
Transversal Sorter
Screws (6)
Cable
4. Remove the six screws securing the transversal

sorter.
5. Remove the transversal sorter.
LII1114
Reinstallation
removal.
NOTE: Move the transversal sorter to the right until it lightly
touches to the SU2400AY sorter and tighten the
mounting screws.
18
LII905
18-39

18.5.2
Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Upper Cover
1. Remove the SU2400AY transversal sorter

2. Remove the six screws and then the upper cover.
Screws (6)
LII819
Reinstallation
Insertion Tabs (3)

removal.
Slits (3)
NOTE: Insert the three tabs of the upper cover into the slits
as shown.
LII1199
18.5.3
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L)

Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the transversal sorter upper cover

bracket.
Sensor Bracket
LII820
18-40

3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor/LED.
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor/LED.
Screw
Installation
Sensor (D813P)

removal.
Sensor LED (D813L)

LII821
18.5.4
Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the SU2400AY transversal sorter
2. Remove the three screws and then the lower
cover.
Lower Cover
Screws (3)
Reinstallation
LII822

removal.
18.5.5
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (2)
1. Remove:
18
Transversal sorter upper cover

Transversal sorter lower cover
2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the two
clamps.
Connector
LII823
18-41

Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Screws (2)
Installation
Motor (M811)

removal.
LII824
18.5.6
Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement
Removal
Clamp
Connector
1. Remove:
harness clamp.
LII825
Motor (M812)
Screws (2)
LII826
18-42

4. Loosen the hexagonal socket head setscrew and
remove the cam from the motor.
Hex. Socket Head Setscrew
Screws (2)

bracket from the motor.
Installation
removal.
Motor Bracket
Cam
NOTE: Align the hexagonal socket head setscrew with the

D-flat in the motor shaft.
18.5.7
LII827
Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement
Removal
Sensor (D814)
Locking Tabs
1. Remove:
3. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor.
Connector
LII828
Installation
removal.
18
18-43

18.5.8
Roller/Feed Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws from the front side.
LII829
3. Disconnect the two connectors and open the

clamp.
Belt ASSY
Screws (5)
4. Remove the five rear screws and then the belt

assembly.
Clamp
Connectors (2)
LII830
5. Remove the two screws and two tension springs.
Screws (2)
Springs (2)
LII831
18-44

6. Remove the two rollers.
Rollers (2)
LII832
7. Remove the feed belt.
Installation
removal.
Belt
LII833
18
18-45

18.6.1
Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
Cover
1. Disconnect the sorter cable.

Reinstallation
removal.
18.6.2
LII834
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
Removal
Locking Tabs
Sensor (D810)
1. Remove the sorter right upper cover

3. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Installation
removal.
Connector
LII835
NOTE: After installation, perform "Sorter Tray Stop Position

18-46

18.6.3
Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement
Removal
Motor (M810)
Screws (3)

2. Disconnect the connector (SWA2) From the
SWA20 circuit board.
Clamps (2)
Connector
LII836
5. Remove the E-ring, bearing, gear and drive pin.
Gear
E-ring
Drive Pin
Bearing
Installation
removal.
LII837
18
18-47

18.6.4
SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connectors (4)

2. Disconnect the four connectors (SWA1 to SWA4)
from the circuit board.
3. Release the locking tabs of the four spacers and
remove the circuit board.
Installation
SWA20 Circuit Board
Locking Tabs
LII838

removal.
18.6.5
Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)

Reinstallation
removal.
Cover
LII839
18-48

18.6.6
Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Left Upper Cover

Screws (3)
1. Remove the three screws and then the sorter left

upper cover.
LII840
2. Remove the two screws and then the sorter left

lower cover.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation
removal.
Left Lower Cover

LII841
18
18-49

18.6.7
Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Locking Tabs
1. Remove the sorter left lower cover

3. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor.
Installation
removal.
Sensor (D811)
LII842
18.6.8
Chain Tension Adjustment
1. Remove:
Sorter right lower cover (See Subsection 18.6.5).
Sorter left lower cover (See Subsection 18.6.6).
2. Loosen the right and left locknuts.
3. Adjust the right and left spring lengths to the
specified value by turning the right and left
adjustment nuts.
Springs
(2)
Specified Spring Length: 22mm to 23mm

4. Tighten the right and left lock-nuts securely.
Adjustment Nuts (2)
Lock-nuts (2)
22mm to 23mm

removal.
LII843
18-50

18.6.9
Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment
1. Remove the two screws and then the sorter right

upper cover.
Screws (2)
Cover
LII834
2. Press the sorter drive switch to feed the sorter

tray one pitch.
Detection Plate
Hole
Upper Surface
Screw
3. Check that the upper surface of the tray aligns

with the hole in the transversal sorter as shown.
If it does not align, loosen the screw and adjust by
turning the detecting plate of the sorter tray stop
position sensor.
If the upper surface is above the hole, turn the
detecting plate clockwise.
If the upper surface is below the hole, turn the
detecting plate counterclockwise.
Tighten the detecting plate screw securely.
Sorter Drive Switch
4. Reinstall the sorter right-upper cover.
LII908
18
18-51
19. ELECTRICAL SECTION

Parts Location....................................................................................... 19-2
19.1
Power Input Section ............................................................................. 19-3
19.1.1
19.2
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section ..................................... 19-4
19.2.1
19.2.2
19.2.3
19.2.4
19.2.5
19.2.6
19.2.7
19.2.8
19.2.9
19.3
Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 19-10

Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement................................ 19-11
GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement............................................ 19-12
GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-13
ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 19-14
GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-14
Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board .................................................... 19-15
DC Power Supply Section.................................................................. 19-19
19.4.1
19.4.2
19.4.3
19.4.4
19.5
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover

AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 19-4
PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 19-6
PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 19-7
Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement........................... 19-7
Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement ...................................................... 19-8
Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement............................ 19-8
Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement.............................................................................. 19-9
Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement ...................................................... 19-9
Image Control Box.............................................................................. 19-10
19.3.1
19.3.2
19.3.3
19.3.4
19.3.5
19.3.6
19.3.7
19.4
Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement .................................................................. 19-3
Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 19-19

DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 19-19
PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-20
DC Power Supply Unit Replacement ................................................................. 19-21
Control Section ................................................................................... 19-23
19.5.1
19.5.2
19.5.3
19.5.4
19.5.5
19.5.6
19.5.7
Printer Rear Cover Open/Close.......................................................................... 19-23

CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 19-23
Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 19-24
PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................................................... 19-29
PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................................................... 19-29
Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement .................. 19-30
Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2
(F631A/F631B) Replacement ............................................................................ 19-31
19.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation....................... 19-32
19.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ........................ 19-32
19.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement.................................................................... 19-33
19.5.11 Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Replacement ............................................ 19-34
19-1
19
Parts Location
AOM Driver
Operation Panel
(AOM23 Circuit Board)
Laser Optical Unit
Densitometer
LDD23 Circuit Board
AD300
Power Switch
PDA23 Circuit
Board
Relays
(K1 to K5)
JND23
Circuit Board
Image Control Box
JNF23 Circuit
Board
GDM23
Circuit
Board
GIE23
Circuit Board
GPR23
Circuit Board
GEP23
Circuit Board
CTL23 Circuit
Board
ATX Power
Supply
PDB23 Circuit
Board
Leakage Breakers
(LB1 to LB3)
Capacitors
(C1 to C3)
Noise Filters
(NF1 to NF3)
GMC23 Circuit
Board
JNE23 Circuit Board
PAC23 Circuit Board
Circuit Protectors
(CP1 to CP6)
DC Power
Supply Section
PWR23
Circuit Board
Power Supply
Built-in Circuit
Electrical
Equipment Section Terminal Section Breaker
Auxiliary Power
(SPS23 Circuit Board)
LII1975
19-2
19.1 Power Input Section

19.1.1
Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement
When servicing the power input section parts, make

sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply on the power distribution board are both set to
the OFF position. If the main power is left ON,
electricity will flow as far as the power supply section,
and this can cause electric shocks and/or shortcircuiting.
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the power input
section cover.
Power Input Section Cover
Screws (2)
LII314
3. Remove the four screws and then the built-in

circuit breaker.
Screws (8)
Wires
4. Remove the eight screws to disconnect the wires

from the breaker.
Breaker
Installation
removal.
Screws (4)
LII893
19-3
19
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section

19.2.1
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover

Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
the system, turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker
and main power supply.
2. Open the magazine door hinge section
3. Remove the nine screws and then the inner cover.
Screws (9)
Inner Cover
LII336
Reinstallation
Cover

removal.
NOTE: Rest the left-hand end of the cover on the bracket on
the left lower cover as shown.
Bracket
LII1054
19.2.2
AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the power supply/electrical equipment
section inner cover (See Subsection 19.2.1).
2. Remove the two screws and pull out the bracket
slightly.
3. Disconnect the power supply connector.
Screws (2)
Bracket
Power Supply Connector

LII854
19-4

4. Open the three harness clamps, disconnect the
six connectors (PAC1, PAC3, PAC14, PAC15,
PAC16 and PAC18) from the PAC23 circuit board
and pull out the bracket slightly.
Connectors (6)
Clamps (3)
LII855
5. Open the three harness clamps, disconnect the

three connectors (PAC4, PAC5 and PAC6) and
pull out the bracket slightly.
Connectors (3)
Clamps (3)
LII856
6. Open the two harness clamps and disconnect the

two connectors (PAC7 and PAC8).
Connectors (2)
Clamps (2)
LII857
19
19-5

7. Secure the upper harnesses with the two clamps
on the image control section as shown.
Clamp
Clamps (2)
8. Secure the white/black harnesses with the clamp

on the right wall as shown.
9. Pull out the bracket.
Reinstallation
removal.
19.2.3
LII1185
PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the AC power supply bracket
2. Disconnect the six connectors (PAC2, PAC9 to
PAC12 and PAC17).
3. Remove the seven screws and then the circuit
board.
Connectors (6)
Installation
PAC23 Circuit Board

Screws (7)
LII858

removal.
19-6

19.2.4
PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the AC power supply bracket

Connector
2. Disconnect the connector (PAC2) and open the

harness clamp.
3. Remove the four screws and then the bracket.
Bracket
Clamp
Reinstallation
LII859

removal.
19.2.5
Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal
Connectors (2)
1. Remove the PAC23 circuit board bracket

2. Disconnect the two connectors (SPS1 and CN1).
3. Remove the four screws and then the circuit
board.
Screws (4)
Installation
SPS Circuit Board

removal.
LII860
19
19-7

19.2.6
Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement
Removal
Leakage Breaker
Terminal Covers (2)

2. Remove the two terminal covers from the leakage
breaker.
3. Remove the four screws to disconnect the wires
from the breaker.
4. Remove the two screws and then the leakage
breaker.
Screws (2)
Screws (4)
Wires
LII861
Installation
removal.
19.2.7
Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement
Removal
Noise Filter
Screws (2)

(See Subsection 19.2.4)).
2. Remove the four terminal nuts and disconnect the
eight wires from the noise filter.
3. Remove the two screws and then the noise filter.
4. Remove the screw and then the capacitor.
Installation
Nuts (4)

removal.
Wires (8)
Screw
Capacitor
LII862
19-8

19.2.8
Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement
Removal
Relay

Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the six connectors from the relay.

3. Remove the two screws and then the relay.
Installation
removal.
19.2.9
Connectors (6)
LII863
Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the SPS circuit
board bracket.
Screws (2)
LII864
3. Disconnect the two wires from the circuit

protector.
Circuit Protector
4. Release the locking tabs to remove the circuit

protector.
19
Wires (2)
Installation
removal.
Locking Tabs
LII865
19-9
19.3 Image Control Box

19.3.1
Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
GEP9
Clamps (12)
1. Remove the power supply/electrical equipment

section inner cover (See Subsection 19.2.1).
R/G/B Cables
GPR2
LP
2. Open the twelve clamps.

3. Remove the two screws and then the two metal
clamps.
4. Disconnect the six connectors, R, G and B cables
from the box.
ATX1
Screws/Metal
Clamps (2)
LII1135
5. Remove the two screws and then the box.
Image Control Box
Screws (2)
LII1136
6. Remove the six screws and then the cover from

the box.
Cover
Screws (6)
LII868
19-10

Reinstallation
Image Control Box

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the two mount screws while pressing the
box down.
Screws (2)
LII1138
Clamp the harnesses between their cord ties.

Clamp the mesh covered harnesses so that the
metal clamp make contact with the mesh cover.
Clamp
Cord Ties
Metal Clamp
Mesh Cover
LII1139
19.3.2
Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the image control box cover
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan connector
from the GMC23 circuit board.
19
Clamp
Fan Connector
LII869
19-11

Fan (F620)
Installation
removal.
Screws (2)
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points the outside.
LII870
19.3.3
GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw

2. Remove the screw and pull out the circuit board.
GPR23 Circuit
Board (Slot 3)
GEP23 Circuit
Board (Slot 1)
GIE23 Circuit Board (Slot 4)

LII872
Installation
Circuit Board
Bracket

removal.
NOTE: Contact the bracket on the circuit board with the
gasket surface and insert the circuit board straight
into the slot being careful not to peel the gasket.
Slot
Gasket
LII1149
19-12

If the GPR23 circuit board has been replaced, turn
ON the backup battery switch.
If the GIE23 circuit board has been replaced,
install the device driver (See Subsection 3.5.2).
Backup Battery
Switch
Image Control Box
GPR23 Circuit Board

LII338
19.3.4
GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
GMC23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the GEP23, GIE23 and GPR23 circuit

board (See Subsection 19.3.3).
2. Disconnect the two connectors from the circuit
board.
3. Remove the nine screws and then the circuit
board.
Screws (9)
Installation
Connectors (2)
LII873

removal.
NOTE: After installation, perform "Program Download to
GMC23 Circuit Board" (See Subsection 19.3.7).
19
19-13

19.3.5
ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the six screws securing the circuit board.
3. Disconnect the connector and remove the circuit
board.
Installation
Connector
ATX23 Circuit Board

Screws (6)
LII874

removal.
19.3.6
GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
2. Release the locking levers and remove the circuit
board.
Installation
removal.
Lock Lever
GDM23 Circuit Board

LII1186
19-14

19.3.7
Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board
When the GMC23 circuit board has been replaced,

download the parameter from the main control unit to
the circuit board.
1. Select NO for Rack Auto cleaning in Menu
the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043

4. Turn the power switch of the Printer/Processor ON
and STANDBY to keep it to STANDBY.
19
19-15

appears.
button.

appears.

appears.
The Printer Selection [C-015] screen appears.

10. Click the [Next>] button.
19-16

button.

dialog box appears.
12. Select Install from HD to printer and click the
[Next >] button.
The Confirmation (C-040) dialog box appears.


appears.
If an optional software is used, the upgrade

screen appears.
NOTE: If the upgrade of the optional software is
19
19-17


18. Select YES for Rack Auto cleaning in Menu
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
19-18
19.4 DC Power Supply Section

19.4.1
Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Cover

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the other two
screws then the cover.
Reinstallation
removal.
Screws (2)
Screw (Loosen)
LII382
19.4.2
DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connector
1. Remove:
Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1).
Power supply/electrical equipment section inner
cover (See Subsection 19.2.1).
2. Disconnect the power supply connector and
secure its harness with the clamp as shown.
Clamp
LIIT1
3. Disconnect the three connectors (PWR1 to

PWR3) at the left side and open the five clamps.
19
Connectors (3)
Clamps (5)
LIIT2
19-19

4. Disconnect the front connectors (PWR4 to
PWR11).
Connector
5. Pull out the power supply bracket slowly until it

catch on a stopper.
Power Supply Bracket

LIIT3
6. Secure the harnesses with the clamp at the image

control section as shown.
Connector
Harness
7. Remove the power supply bracket.
Reinstallation
removal.
Power Supply Bracket
LIIT4
19.4.3
PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connectors (18)
1. Remove the DC power supply bracket

2. Disconnect all connectors from the circuit board.
3. Remove the seventeen screws, release the
locking tabs of the two spacers and remove the
circuit board.
Installation
Screws (17)
Spacers (2)

removal.
PWR23 Circuit Board

LII849
19-20

19.4.4
DC Power Supply Unit Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the DC power supply bracket
2. Disconnect the DC power supply connectors from
the PWR23 circuit board.
Connectors (18)
LII850
3. Disconnect three connectors (L, N and G) each

from the units.
Screws (10)
4. Remove the ten screws and then the DC power

supply unit bracket.
Bracket
Connectors (3)
LII851
5. Remove the four screws and then the DC power

supply unit.
M48 Screws (Toothed Washers) (2)

Screws (4)
19
Unit
LII852
19-21

6. Disconnect the harness connectors from the unit.
Installation
removal.
NOTE: Use the toothed washers to the two M4 8
screws.
After installation, inspect the DC voltage
Harness
KII853
19-22
19.5 Control Section

19.5.1
Printer Rear Cover Open/Close
Opening
1. Remove the left lower cover
2. Remove the two screws and open the printer rear
cover.
Closing
Closing is essentially in the reverse order of opening.
Rear Cover
Screws (2)
LII309
19.5.2
CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Bracket
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 19.5.1).

2. Disconnect all connectors from the CTL23 circuit
board.
Screws (2)

bracket.
Connectors (12)
LII882
19
19-23

4. Remove the six screws and then the circuit board.
CTL23 Circuit Board

Screws (6)
LII883
Installation
CTL1
CTL2

removal.
CTL3
CTL14
NOTE: Connect the connectors to the CTL23 circuit board

as shown.
CTL4
CTL6
CTL5
CTL7
CTL13
CTL8
CTL10
CTL12
CTL9
CTL11
LII1102
19.5.3
Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
CTL1
Clamps
CTL2
CTL3
CTL4
CTL6
Mirror
2. Open all harness clamps on the connector cover.

3. Disconnect all connectors (CTL1 to CTL4, CTL6
to CTL11, CTL15) from the CTL23 circuit board.
CTL9
CTL15
CTL7
CTL8
CTL11
CTL10
LII881
19-24

4. Loosen the four screws and remove the connector
cover.
Connector Cover
Screws (4)
LII880
5. Disconnect all relay connectors.
Relay Connector
LII879
6. Remove the circuit board bracket.
Reinstallation
19

removal.
NOTE: Connect the connectors by following the steps
below to avoid damage of the harnesses.
Bracket
LII878
19-25

<Relay Connector Connection>
1. Connect the lower five relay connectors and put
their harness inside the frame by twisting it as
shown.
Harness
Frame
Connectors (5)
LII1140
2. Connect the lower four power harness connectors

one by one from the bottom.
Connectors (4)
3. Align the cord tie on the harness with one on the

harness put in Step 1 and store the harness
inside the frame by twisting it.
Cord Ties
Power Supply Harness

LII1141
4. Connect the three upper-front harness (having

gray wires) connectors one by one from the top.
Connectors (3)
Front Harness
5. Twist the harness and put it inside the frame.
LII1142
19-26

6. Connect the remaining nine connectors one by
one from the top.
Connectors (9)
Remaining Harness
7. Twist the harness and put it inside the frame.

8. Install the connector cover with the four screws.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the wires.
LII1143
<CTL23 Circuit Board Connector Connection>

1. Connect the CTL11 connector and clamp its
harness at the cord tie.
CTL11 Connector
Clamps
Cord Ties
LII1144
2. Connect the CTL2 and CTL9 connectors and

clamp their flat harnesses with the four clamps.
CTL2 Connector
19
CTL9 Connector
Flat Harnesses
LII1145
19-27

3. Connect the CTL15 connector.
CTL3 Connector
4. Connect the CTL6 and CTL3 connectors.
CTL6
Connector
CTL15 Connector
LII1146
5. Connect the remaining connectors (CTL10, CTL8,

CTL7, CTL4 and CTL1) in this order.
CTL1
6. Secure the harness with the six clamps.

NOTE: Arrange the harness so that the harness for the
CTL1 connector is outside.
CTL4
CTL7
Cable for
CTL1
CTL8
CTL10
Clamps (6)
LII1147
19-28

19.5.4
PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (5)
Bracket
1. Remove the control section control circuit board

bracket (See Subsection 19.5.2).
2. Disconnect the three flat cable connectors from
the CTL23 circuit board.
3. Remove the five screws and then the CTL23
circuit board bracket.
Connectors (3)
LII875
4. Disconnect all connectors from the PDA23 circuit

board.
PDA23 Circuit Board
5. Remove the fourteen screws and stud and then

the circuit board.
Installation
removal.
Screws (14)
Stub
Connectors (18)
LII876
19.5.5
PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (5)
Bracket
1. Remove the control circuit board bracket

2. Disconnect the three flat cable connectors from
the CTL23 circuit board.
19
3. Remove the five screws and then the CTL23

circuit board bracket.
Connectors (3)
LII875
19-29

4. Disconnect all connectors from the PDA23 circuit
board.
PDB23 Circuit Board
5. Remove the eight screws and then the circuit

board.
Installation
removal.
Screws (8)
Connectors (15)
LII877
19.5.6
Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604)

Replacement
Removal
Fan Guard

2. Remove the three screws and then the fan guard.
Screws (3)
LII884
3. Open the harness clamp, disconnect the fan

connector and remove the fan.
Fan (F600)
Installation
Connector

removal.
Clamp
LII885
19-30

19.5.7
Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment

Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the fan guard.
Fan Guard
LII886
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan

connector.
Connector
Screws (2)
Installation
removal.
Clamp
Fan
LII887
19
19-31

19.5.8
Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Bracket
Screws (5)

2. Disconnect the five fan connectors.
3. Remove the five screws and then the bracket.
Reinstallation
removal.
Connectors (5)
LII888
19.5.9
Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the control section exhaust fan bracket

2. Remove the two screws and then the switch
bracket.
LII889
19-32

3. Disconnect the two connectors and remove the
spring.
Spring
4. Remove the E-ring and then the two interlock

switches.
Installation
Connectors (2)

removal.
E-ring
Interlock Switches (2)
LII890
19.5.10
Power Switch (D684) Replacement
Removal
Wires
1A
4B
Locking tab

2. Release the locking tabs to remove the switch.
3. Disconnect the wires from the switch.
Installation
removal.
2A
Switch
LII891
19
19-33

19.5.11
Removal
Fan (F605)

Installation
removal.
Connector
Screws (2)
LII892
19-34
20. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

20.1
I/O Parts Diagrams................................................................................ 20-2
20.1.1
20.1.2
20.1.3
20.1.4
20.1.5
20.2
Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ...................... 20-15
20.2.1
20.2.2
20.3
Scanner Wiring Diagram..................................................................................... 20-29

Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram .................................................... 20-32
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram .................................................... 20-33
Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ....... 20-34
20.6.1
20.6.2
20.6.3
20.6.4
20.6.5
20.7
DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment.............................................................. 20-22

DC Voltage Check List ........................................................................................ 20-23
DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs............................................................ 20-24
Circuit Board Layout Diagrams.......................................................................... 20-26
Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams................................................. 20-29
20.5.1
20.5.2
20.5.3
20.6
Scanner Block Diagram ...................................................................................... 20-18

Image Processing Block Diagram...................................................................... 20-19
Printer/Processor Block Diagram ...................................................................... 20-20
Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram.................................. 20-21
Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ....................... 20-22
20.4.1
20.4.2
20.4.3
20.4.4
20.5
Scanner Section (SP-3000) ................................................................................. 20-15

Printer Section (LP5700) ..................................................................................... 20-16
Block Diagrams................................................................................... 20-18
20.3.1
20.3.2
20.3.3
20.3.4
20.4
Scanner Section (SP-3000) ................................................................................... 20-2

Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................. 20-4
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................................................................. 20-6
Printer Section (LP5700) ....................................................................................... 20-7
Processor Section (LP5700) ............................................................................... 20-11
Input Extension Cable Connection .................................................................... 20-34

DC Voltage Check List ........................................................................................ 20-35
POWER LEDs on the Operation Panel........................................................... 20-37
DC Power Supply System LED Indication......................................................... 20-39
Circuit Board Layout Diagrams.......................................................................... 20-44
Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams .................................................. 20-53
20.7.1
20.7.2
20.7.3
20.7.4
20.7.5
20.7.6
20.7.7
20.7.8
20.7.9
20.7.10
AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ..................................................................... 20-53

PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-54
PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram............................................................... 20-55
CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-56
JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-59
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-61
LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-63
Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ........................................... 20-64
PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-65
PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-67
20-1
20
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams

20.1.1
Scanner Section (SP-3000)
Micro Switch
Motor
Temperature Sensor
Photo-interrupter
Fan
Displacement Sensor
Switch
Heater
Z2217
20-2
Symbol
Name
Remarks
D201
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D202
Lens Home Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D203
Shutter Home Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D204
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan Sensor
D205
Scanner Section Cooling Fan Sensor
D206
Displacement Sensor 1
D207
Displacement Sensor 2
D208
Carrier Lock Sensor
Micro Switch
D301
135 Diffusion box Sensor
Micro Switch
D302
120 Diffusion Box Sensor
Micro Switch
D311
LED Light Source Temperature Sensor
D214
Start Switch
D303
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan Sensor
F211
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan
DC24V/0.07A
F212
Scanner Section Cooling Fan
DC24V/0.07A
F311
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan
DC24V/0.04A
F321
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan
DC12V/0.14A
L301
R-LED Light Source
L302
G-LED Light Source
L303
B-LED Light Source
L304
IR-LED Light Source
LH311
LED Heater 1
LH312
LED Heater 2
M201
Conjugate Length Variable Motor
Pulse Motor
M202
Lens Drive Motor
Pulse Motor
M203
Shutter Drive Motor
Pulse Motor
PZ201
Piezoelectric Actuator 1
(Pixel Shifting)
PZ202
Piezoelectric Actuator 2
(Pixel Shifting)
20
20-3

20.1.2
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Micro Switch
Photo-interrupter
Motor
Solenoid
LED
LED/Photosensitive device
Z2216
20-4
Symbol
Name
Remarks
D101
135 Leading End Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D102
135 Upstream Perforation Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D103
LED/Phototransistor
D104
135 Check Tape Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D106-A
135 Rear Inner Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D106-B
135 Rear Outer Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D108-A
135 Front Inner Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D108-B
135 Front Outer Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D109
135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor
LED/PSD
D110
135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor
LED/PSD
D111
135 Front Inner Frame Sensor
LED/PSD
D112
135 Front Outer Frame Sensor
LED/PSD
D114-A
135 Rear Inner Panorama Sensor
LED/PSD
D114-B
135 Rear Outer Panorama Sensor
LED/PSD
D115-A
135 Front Inner Panorama Sensor
LED/PSD
D115-B
135 Front Outer Panorama Sensor
LED/PSD
D116-A
IX240 Inner Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D116-B
IX240 Outer Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D117
IX240 Perforation Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D118
LED/Phototransistor
D119
LED/Phototransistor
D120
Door Open/Close Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSB22)
D121
IPI Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSA23)
D122
Supply Motor Home Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSD23)
D123
Cartridge Set Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSB22)
D124
Magnetic Reading Head
D128
Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor
Micro Switch
D129
135 Feed Lane Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D130
IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D131
Left Frame Adjustment Key (<)
D132
Frame Return Key ([<])
D133
Frame Feed Key ([>])
D134
Right Frame Adjustment Key (>)
D135
Feed Roller Rotation Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSE23)
L/P101
Indicator Lamp
LED (Green/Red)
M101
Feed Motor
Pulse Motor
M102
Supply Motor
Pulse Motor
M104
Door Motor
Pulse Motor
MG101
Magnetic Writing Head
S101
Solenoid
20
20-5

20.1.3
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY
Photo-interrupter
Solenoid
Z2215
Symbol
Name
Remarks
D480
Film Mask Sensor 0
Photo Interrupter (Rear)
D481
Film Mask Sensor 1
Photo Interrupter
D482
Film Mask Sensor 2
Photo Interrupter
D483
Film Mask Sensor 3
Photo Interrupter
D484
Film Mask Sensor 4
Photo Interrupter (Front)
D486
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
S481
Solenoid
20-6

20.1.4
Printer Section (LP5700)
Switch
Motor
Photo-interrupter
Photo-transistor
Micro Switch
Solenoid
Temperature Sensor
Fan
20
L21189
20-7

Paper Supply Section
Symbol
Name
Remark
D680A
Magazine door interlock switch 1
Micro Switch
D680B
Magazine door interlock switch 2
Micro Switch
M610
Upper magazine paper supply motor
Pulse Motor
M620
Lower magazine paper supply motor
Pulse Motor
Paper Feeding Section

Symbol
Name
Remark
D601
Upper cutter open (home position) sensor
Photo Interrupter
D602
Upper cutter close sensor
Photo Interrupter
D603
Lower cutter open (home position) sensor
Photo Interrupter
D604
Lower shutter close sensor
Photo Interrupter
D610~D615 Upper magazine ID sensor
Micro Switch
D616
Upper magazine paper end sensor
Photo Interrupter
D617
Upper magazine open/close sensor 1
Micro Switch
D618
Upper magazine open/close sensor 2
Micro Switch
D619
LED, Photo-transistor
D620~D625 Lower magazine ID sensor
Micro Switch
D626
Lower magazine paper end sensor
Photo Interrupter
D627
Lower magazine open/close sensor 1
Micro Switch
D628
Lower magazine open/close sensor 2
Micro Switch
D629
D631
Upper magazine paper sensor
Photo Interrupter
D632
Lower magazine paper sensor
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D633
Feed section paper sensor
Photo Interrupter
D640
Registration section paper sensor
D641
Tilt home position sensor (for M641)
Photo Interrupter
D642
Nip release home position sensor 1 (for M642)
Photo Interrupter
D681A
Left side door interlock switch 1
Micro Switch
D681B
Left side door interlock switch 2
Micro Switch
M600
Upper cutter drive motor
DC Motor
M601
Lower cutter drive motor
DC Motor
M630/M631/ Feed motor 1 to 4

M632/M640
Pulse Motor
M641
Registration tilt motor
Pulse Motor
M642
Nip release motor 1
Pulse Motor
S630
Back printer head
S631/S632/
S640/S641
Nip release solenoid 1 to 4
20-8

Exposure Section
Symbol
Name
Remark
D650
Exposure section entrance paper sensor
D651
Soft nip home position sensor (for M651)
Photo Interrupter
D653
D674
Shutter open/close sensor
Photo Interrupter
D684
Power switch
Switch
F608
Feed section cooling fan 4
F609
F610~F612
Anti-dust fan
F690A
AOM cooling fan
F690B
LDD cooling fan
HS760
Thermohygrometer
IC
M650
Sub-scanning feed motor
Pulse Motor
M651
Soft nip motor
Pulse Motor
S673
Shutter solenoid
TS650
Exposure point temperature sensor
IC
Distribution/Print Exit Section

Symbol
Name
Remark
D655
Photo Interrupter
D656
Photo Interrupter
D660
Distribution paper sensor (center)
D661
Distribution home position sensor (for M661)
Photo Interrupter
D662
Nip release home position sensor 4 (front) (for M652)
Photo Interrupter
D663
Nip release home position sensor 4 (rear) (for M653)
Photo Interrupter
D664
Distribution paper sensor (front)
D665
Distribution paper sensor (rear)
D666
Speed control section paper sensor (front)
D667
Speed control section paper sensor (center)
D668
Speed control section paper sensor (rear)
D669
Distribution drive standby sensor
Micro Switch
F606
F607
M655
Nip release motor 2
Pulse Motor
M656
Nip release motor 3
Pulse Motor
M660
Feed motor 5
Pulse Motor
M661
Distribution motor
Pulse Motor
M662
Nip release motor 4 (front)
Pulse Motor
M663
Nip release motor 4 (rear)
Pulse Motor
M664
Speed control motor (front)
Pulse Motor
M665
Speed control motor (rear)
Pulse Motor
20-9
20

Power/Electrical/Control Section
Symbol
Name
D765
Dryer heater selection switch
F600~F604
Control section exhaust fan
F605
F620
Image control section cooling fan
F630
Power supply cooling fan
F631A/B
Electrical equipment cooling fan
Remark
Switch
20-10

20.1.5
Processor Section (LP5700)
Heater
Motor
Photo-interrupter
Photo-transistor
Micro-Switch
Solenoid
Temperature Sensor
Fan
Pump
Safety Thermostat
Solution Level Sensor
Buzzer
Switch
L21190
20-11
20

Processor Section
Symbol
M700
Name
Remark
Processor drive motor
DC Motor
Processor Solution Circulation System

Symbol
Name
Remark
F700
P1 heater cooling fan
F701
P2 heater cooling fan
F702
PS1/2/3 heater cooling fan
F703
PS4 heater cooling fan
F704/F705
Processing solution tank exhaust fan 1/2
H700
P1 heater
H701
P2 heater
H702
PS1/2/3 heater
H703
PS4 heater
PU700
P1 circulation pump
PU701
P2 circulation pump
PU702
PS1 circulation pump
PU703
PU704
PU705
PU720
Auto washing pump
PU721
P1R pump
PU722
P2RA pump
PU723
P2RB pump
PU724
PSR pump
S720
Crossover rack front auto washing valve
S721
Crossover rack rear auto washing valve
S722
Dryer entrance rack auto washing valve
S723
P1WR water replenishment valve
S728
P1R cartridge washing
S729
P2RA cartridge washing
S730
P2RB cartridge washing
S731
P1R stirring valve
D700
P1 heater safety thermostat
D701
P2 heater safety thermostat
D702
PS1/2/3 heater safety thermostat
D703
PS4 heater safety thermostat
TS700
P1 solution thermometer
TS701
P2 solution thermometer
TS702
PS1/2/3 solution thermometer
TS703
PS4 solution thermometer
20-12

Processing Solution Replenisher
Symbol
Name
Remark
M720
Cartridge opening motor
Pulse Motor
D721
Replenisher cartridge setting sensor
Photo Interrupter
D722
Replenisher cartridge box upper sensor
Photo Interrupter
D723
Replenisher cartridge box lower sensor
Photo Interrupter
D724
Replenisher cartridge door interlock
Micro Switch
FS700
P1 solution level sensor
FS701
P2 solution level sensor
FS702
PS1 solution level sensor
FS703
FS704
FS705
FS706
PS4 solution concentration sensor
FS720
P1R upper level sensor
FS721
P2RA upper level sensor
FS722
P2RB upper level sensor
FS723
PSR upper level sensor
FS724
P1R lower level sensor
FS725
P2RA lower level sensor
FS726
P2RB lower level sensor
FS727
PSR lower level sensor
FS728
Waste solution level sensor
Dryer Section
Symbol
F760
Name
Remark
Dryer fan
H760~H767 Dryer heater

M770
Dryer section drive motor
DC Motor
D760A
Dryer heater safety thermostat 1
To monitor any abnormality in

heater temperature
D760B
Dryer heater safety thermostat 2

heater temperature
D762A
Dryer section open/close detecting interlock switch
Micro Switch
D762B
Dryer belt unit open/close detecting interlock switch
Micro Switch
TS760
Dryer thermometer

heater temperature
20
20-13

Print Exit Sorter Section
Symbol
Name
Remark
BZ810
Sorter full buzzer
M771
Print exit drive motor
DC Motor
M810
Sorter drive motor
DC Motor
M811
Transversal sorter drive motor
DC Motor
M812
Print alignment motor for SU2400AY
DC Motor
S770
Feeding path switching solenoid
D770
Feeding path switching rear paper sensor
D771
Feeding path switching center paper sensor
D772
Feeding path switching front paper sensor
D773
Lower exit paper sensor (rear)
D774
Lower exit paper sensor (center)
D775
Lower exit paper sensor (front)
D776
Feeding path switch position sensor (large size)
Photo Interrupter
D810
Sorter tray stop position sensor
Photo Interrupter
D811
Sorter full sensor
Photo Interrupter
D812
Sorter drive switch
Switch
D813
Transversal sorter stop sensor
Flood LED, Photo-transistor
D814
Print alignment stop sensor
Photo Interrupter
20-14
20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams

20.2.1
Scanner Section (SP-3000)

CPZ23 Circuit Board
CCD23 Circuit Board

Monitor
CTB23 Circuit Board

CYA23/CYB23 Circuit Board
LED23 Circuit Board
Full Keyboard
CLE23 Circuit Board
GPA23 Circuit Board

GSR23 Circuit Board
GIA23 Circuit Board

GIE23 Circuit Board
GMB23 Circuit Board
Expanded Image
Processing (GOA23)
Cirucuit Baord (Optional)
Power Supply Unit
Main Control Unit

Z2438
Circuit Board Main Functions

Circuit Boards
CCD23
CLE23
CPZ23
CTB23
CYA23
CYB23
GIA23
GIE23
GMB23
GPA23
GSR23
Functions
CCD and CCD output amplifier
LED light source control
Pixel shifting control
Scanner section mechanical control
Auto film carrier NC100AY control
Multi film carrier MFC10AY control
AD converter, CCD correction and scanner light source interface
IEEE1394 interface
Image processing section CPU circuit board
Image processing
Mechanical control interface
20-15
20

20.2.2
Printer Section (LP5700)
AOM Driver
Operation Panel
(AOM23 Circuit Board)
Laser Optical Unit
Densitometer
LDD23 Circuit Board
AD300
Power Switch
PDA23 Circuit
Board
Relays
(K1 to K5)
JND23
Circuit Board
Image Control Box
JNF23 Circuit
Board
GDM23
Circuit
Board
GIE23
Circuit Board
GPR23
Circuit Board
GEP23
Circuit Board
CTL23 Circuit
Board
ATX Power GMC23 Circuit

Board
Supply
PDB23 Circuit
Board
Leakage Breakers
(LB1 to LB3)
Capacitors
(C1 to C3)
Noise Filters
(NF1 to NF3)
JNE23 Circuit Board

PAC23 Circuit Board
Circuit Protectors
(CP1 to CP6)
DC Power
Supply Section
PWR23
Circuit Board
Power Supply
Built-in Circuit
Electrical
Equipment Section Terminal Section Breaker
Auxiliary Power
(SPS23 Circuit Board)
L2975
20-16

Circuit Board/Electrical Equipment Function
Circuit Board
Function
AOM23
AOM driver for B and G (R is connected to the laser optical unit directly.)
CTL23
Mechanical control for the printer and processor
GDM23
DIMM (accumulates image data) 512MB
GEP23
Exposure control (outputs image data to the laser optical unit.)
GIE23
Interface to SP-3000 (receives input image data.)
GMC23
Image control motherboard (processes gradation of input image data and outputs to the correct receiver.)
and main control for the LP5700
GPR23
Expanded functions (backup, power supply control and operation panel communication) of the GMC23
JND23
Printer sensor relay
JNE23
Processor sensor relay
JNF23
Back printer relay
LDD23
Control of the parts in the laser optical unit
PAC23
AC load (heaters) driver for the processor
PDA23
DC load (motors, solenoids and fans) driver for the printer
PDB23
DC load (motors, solenoids and fans) driver for the processor
PWR23
DC power interlock and distribution
Electrical Equipment
Function
Power Supply Section
AC power supply parts assembly [breakers, noise filters, circuit protectors, relays, transformer,
SSR and auxiliary power (SPS23 circuit board)]
DC 5V, 8V, 12V and 24V power supply
ATX Power Supply (ATX23

Circuit Board)
DC-DC power supply for image control
20
20-17
20-18
Motor
Drive
Motor
Drive
Power Supply
Motor
Drive
Light Box
Power Supply
Sensors
Multi Film Carrier MFC10AY
CLE23 Circuit Board
GSR23
Circuit Board
Bridge
Keyboard
Carrier Peripheral
Device I/F
USB
Main Control Unit
GMB23 Circuit Board
Bridge
Sensors
LED23 Circuit Board
LED Driver
Temperature Control
Temperature Control
Light Source Control
CTB23 Circuit Board
Scanner Section
Control
CPZ Circuit Board
Displacement Feedback
Driver
Pixel Shifting Control
LED Light Source
Light Source Section
Scanner Section
Lens (Motor and
Temperature)
Conlugate Length
Shuther
Carrer Lock Release
Displacement
Sensor
Piezoelectlic Actuator
GIA23 Circuit Board
Bridge
IEEE1394
(200Mbps)
IEEE1394
(200Mbps)
GPA23 Circuit Board
GPA23 Circuit Board (Optional)
GIE23 Circuit Board

IEEE1394 Card
LP1500SC/
LP200SC
20.3.1
Pixel Shifting Unit
CCD23 Circuit Board
20.3 Block Diagrams

Scanner Block Diagram
Z2090
20.3 Block Diagrams

20.3.2
Image Processing Block Diagram
Scanner/Light
Source Section
Image Processing Section
CCD23 Circuit
Board (CCD drive)
LED23 Circuit
Board
(LED light source)
CLE23 Circuit
Board
(Light source control)
GMB23 Circuit Board (Image processing motherboard)
GIA23
Circuit Board
(AD converter/
CCD correction/
scanner light
source
interface)
GPA23
Circuit Board
(Image
processing)
GSR23
Circuit Board
(Mechanical
control interface)
GIE23
Circuit Board
(IEEE1394
interface)
GPA23
Circuit Board
(Optional)
CPZ23 Circuit
Board
(Pixel shifting control)
CTB23 Circuit Board

(Scanner mechanical
control)
To LP1500SC/
LP2000SC
Main Control Unit
Power Supply Unit
CYA23
Circuit Board
(Auto film carrier
NC100AY control)
CYB23
Circuit Board
(Optional Multi film
carrier MFC10AY
control)
Film Carrier
Monitor
Mouse/
Keyboard
Main Control Section
20
20-19
20-20
GIE 23
Circuit Board
GPP 23
Circuit Board
Scanner
IEEE1394
PCI
PCI
PCI
GEP 23
Circuit Board
RS232C
Image Control Box
RS232C
Cooling
Fan
Exposure Point
Temperature Sensor
(TS650)
Image Data :
PAC 23
Circuit Board
Driver
PDB 23 Circuit Board
Driver
PDA 23 Circuit Board
CTL 23
Circuit Board
AOM
Driver
(Bch)
AOM
Driver
(Gch)
LDD 23
Circuit Board
RS232C
Thermometer
JNE 23
Circuit Board
JNF 23
Circuit Board
JND 23
Circuit Board
AOM
AOM
B-LD
G-SHG
SOS
Polygon
JMG/B
to LDD
Power Switch
Motor
Motor
Cooling Fan
Solenoid
Sensor
Processor
Back Printer Head
Motor
Cooling Fan
Solenoid
Sensor
Printer
RFR
LDR
R-LD
Laser Optical Unit
Operating Panel
JMR
RS232C
to LDD
to PAC 23
Circuit Board
Shutter
GDM 23
Circuit Board
(Main Memoly)
GMC 23
Circuit Board
ATX
DC-DC Power Supply
Control Data :
20.3.3
Power Supply
Power Supply
Communication in the LP5700SC :
20.3 Block Diagrams

Printer/Processor Block Diagram
Interupter
20-21
12V
5V
3.3V
*2
+5V
5V3.3V
CTL23 Circuit Board
*1
+5V
*1 +5V supplied to JND/JNE is only relayed and not consumed by the circuit board.
*2 +24V supplied to JNF is only relayed and not consumed by the circuit board.
+5V
+24V AOM
12V Driver
+24V AOM
12V Driver
IL+24V, IL+12V, +24V,

12V, 8V
IL+12VIL+8V
12V5V
LDD23 Circuit Board
+24V
Densitometer
Operation
Panel
200/220/230/240V AC Input
from Electrical Section
Main DC Power Supply (PS)
+24V
24V
ATX Power Supply
+12V,+5V,+3.3V
GMC23 Circuit Board
*1
+5V
+5V
+24V
+24V, 12V,
JNF23
JNE23
JND23
+8V, 5V,
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
Board
Board
IL+12V, IL+8V, Board
IL+24V
Sensors
+5V
Laser Optical Unit
Sensors
+5V
GEP23
Circuit
Board
5V
Back
Printer
Head
+5V, +3.3V
GPR23
Circuit
Board
5V
+24V
PAC23
Circuit
Board
+5V
from CTL23
Circuit Board
AC200/220/230/240V
Heater
DC Pump
Dryer Fan
: Power System
: Analog System
: Digital System
200/220/230/240V AC Input
from Electrical Section
+24V
IL+24V,
+24V
5V3.3V
+24V
IL+24V,
+24V, 12V
Motors
PDB23
Circuit Board
IL+24V,
+24V +5V
5V3.3V
24V12V
PDA23
Circuit Board
IL+24V,
+24V, 12V
Motors
AB : B is generated from A
IL :
Interlock
20.3.4
GIE23
Circuit
Board
12V from PS
20.3 Block Diagrams

Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram
20
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards

20.4.1
DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment

2. Connect the power supply cord and turn ON the
built-in circuit breaker.
3. Press the START switch to start up the system.
4. Measure the DC voltage at the points shown in
the table below.
Measuring Points
GND
Terminal
+ Terminal
5. Adjust the voltage by turning the VR on the DC
power supply unit.
6. Shut down the system.
disconnect the power supply cord.
8. Reinstall the rear cover.
16
10
5
8
DC Voltage Range
PS6-1
PS6-6
5.2 0.2V
PS6-2
PS6-7
-5.2 0.2V
PS6-3
PS6-8
12.2V 0.5V
PS6-4
PS6-9
-12.2V 0.5V
PS6-5
PS6-10
20.2V 0.3V
PS5-3
PS5-9
5.2 0.2V
PS5-6
PS5-12
12.2V 0.5V
PS7-1
PS7-4
5.2 0.2V
PS7-2
PS7-5
12.2V 0.5V
PS7-3
PS7-6
24.2V 1.2V
PS5-1
PS5-7
5.2 0.2V
PS5-2
PS5-8
24.2V 1.2V
PS4-1
PS4-9
5.2 0.2V
PS4-3
PS4-11
12.2V 0.5V
PS4-5
PS4-13
-12.2V 0.5V
PS4-7
PS4-15
24.2V 1.2V
1
4
3
4
1
2
12
4
Z2205
20-22

20.4.2
DC Voltage Check List

Circuit Board
Circuit
Board
Power
Name
Check Points on Circuit Board
Local Power in LED + Terminal GND

Circuit Board
Terminal
Check Points on DC
Power Supply Unit
Voltage
Range
Terminal GND
Voltage
Terminal Range
CCD23 A+5V
JCD1-1
JCD1-2
5.0 0.2V
PS6-1
PS6-6
5.2 0.2V
A-5V
JCD1-3
JCD1-4
-5.0 0.2V
PS6-2
PS6-7
-5.2 0.2V
A+12V
JCD1-5
JCD1-6
12.0V 0.5V
PS6-3
PS6-8
12.2V 0.5V
A-12V
JCD1-7
JCD1-8
-12.0V 0.5V PS6-4
PS6-9
-12.2V 0.5V
JCD1-9
A+20V
JCD1-10
20.0V 0.3V
PS6-5
PS6-10
20.2V 0.3V
D27 TP14
TP19
5.0 0.2V
PS5-3
PS5-9
5.2 0.2V
TP30
TP19
3.3V 0.15V
D29 TP16
TP19
12.0V 0.5V
PS5-6
PS5-12
12.2V 0.5V
D33 TP16
TP13
5.0 0.2V
PS7-1
PS7-4
5.2 0.2V
TP17
TP13
3.3V 0.15V
A+12V
D34 TP20
TP24
12.0V 0.5V
PS7-2
PS7-5
12.2V 0.5V
P+24V
D36 TP26
TP31
24.0V 1.2V
PS7-3
PS7-6
24.2V 1.2V
D41 TP52
TP53
5.0 0.2V
PS5-1
PS5-7
5.2 0.2V
TP63
TP55
3.3V 0.15V
D43 TP58
TP53
24.0V 1.2V
PS5-2
PS5-8
24.2V 1.2V
JCRY1-1
JCRY1-2
5.0 0.2V
PS4-1
PS4-9
5.2 0.2V
A+12V
JCRY1-3
JCRY1-4
12.0V 0.5V
PS4-3
PS4-11
12.2V 0.5V
A-12V
JCRY1-5
JCRY1-6
-12.0V 0.5V PS4-5
PS4-13
-12.2V 0.5V
P+24V
JCRY1-15 JCRY1-16 24.0V 1.2V
PS4-15
24.2V 1.2V
CPZ23 D+5V
D+3.3V
I+12V
CLE23 D+5V
D+3.3V
CTB23 D+5V
D+3.3V
P+24V
CYA23 D+5V
PS4-7

To GMB23 Circuit Board (1 to 3/5 to 7)/
CIA23 Circuit Board (4 and 8)
To Carrier
To CCD23
Circuit Board
16
To START Switch
To CLE23 Circuit Board
6
10
Spare (For Optional)
To Light Box
3
4
1 4
2 6
1
3
To Main
Control Unit
12
To Main Control
Unit (1 to 3)/
CRT (4 to 6)
20
GMB23 Circuit Board (GND)
VR
To CTB23 Circuit Board (1,2,7 and 8)/

CPZ23 Circuit Board (3,6,9 and 12)
Z2205
20-23

20.4.3
DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs
Fuse and LED List

Voltage Name
D+5V
Fuses
LED No.
Connectors
For
F3(3.2A)
D3
PS4
Carrier
F7(2.0A)
D7
PS5
CTB23
F9(1.0A)
D9
PS5
CPZ23
F15(1.0A)
D15
PS7
CLE23
F21(4.0A)
D21
PS11
Option
F22(4.0A)
D22
PS11
Option
F2(1.0A)
D2
PS2
GIA23
F19(2.0A)
D19
PS6
CCD23
A|5V
F11(1.0A)
D11
PS6
CCD23
A+12V
F4(2.0A)
D4
PS4
Carrier
F12(1.0A)
D12
PS6
CCD23
F16(1.0A)
D16
PS7
CLE23
F5(1.0A)
D5
PS4
Carrier
F13(1.0A)
D13
PS6
CCD23
F1(3.2A)
D1
PS2
Image Processing
F20(2.0A)
D20
PS11
Optional
+12V(Insulation)
F10(2.0A)
D10
PS5
CPZ23
A+20V
F14(1.0A)
D14
PS6
CCD23
P+24V
F6(3.2A)
D6
PS4
Carrier
F8(3.2A)
D8
PS5
CTB23
F17(3.2A)
D17
PS7
CLE23
F18(1.0A)
D18
PS8
Light Box
A+5V
A|12V
P+12V
Rated Current:
1.0A:
2.0A:
3.2A:
4.0A:
Quantity
10
5
5
2
20-24

Fuse and Load Connection Diagram
Image Processing Section
D+5V
F1
GIA1
GIA23
Fuses on GIA23 Circuit Board:
Circuit Board
F72 (2A) : GIA Analog Circuit
FAN
F73 (4A) : GIA Digital Circuit
A+12V
F2
GMB3
PS2 Connector
D+5V
F3
Film Carrier
A+12V
F4
A-12V
F5
P+24V
F6
PS4 Connector
CTB23
Circuit Board
F51
D+5V
F7
CTB7
D201, D208
CTB8
P+24V
F8
F52
CTB1
D+5V
F9
+12V (Insulated)
F10
CTB12
CTB11
D202, D203
F211, F212
F312
CPZ23
Circuit Board
CPZ1
PS5 Connector
CLE23
Circuit Board
D+5V
F15
A+12V
F16
F61
P+24V
F17
CLE2
F62
PS4 Connector
F63
D311
LH311, LH31
CLE3, 4
L301R, L302G
L303B, L304IR
A+5V
F19
CCD23
Circuit Board
A-5V
F11
A+12V
F12
A-12V
F13
A+20V
F20
CCD2
PS6 Connector
P+24V
F20
Light Box
PS8 Connector
F12
P+12V
F13
D+5V
F20
D+5V
For Optional
PS11 connector
20-25
20

20.4.4
Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
CLE23 Circuit Board
Z2162
Fuse No.
Rated Current
LED No. (Color)
Load
F61
0.3A
D35 (Yellow)
Light Source Temperature Sensor Circuit
F62
2A
D37 (Orange)
Light Source LED Heater Circuit
F63
1.6A
D38 (Orange)
Light Source LED23 Circuit Board
20-26

CTB23 Circuit Board
Z2122
Fuse No.
Rated Current
LED No. (Color)
Load
F51
1A
D42 (Red)
Scanner Section Sensors
F52
2A
D44 (Orange)
Scanner Section Fans
20
20-27

CPZ23 Circuit Board
Z2130
20-28
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams

Scanner Wiring Diagram (1/3)
5
8
Conjugate Length
Variable Section Home
Position Sensor
M201
F311
1 3 4 6 2 5
1 2 3
1 7 2 8 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6
CTB14
CTB14
CTB11
CTB11
D208
D201
D208
1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 9
TXD3+
TXD3RXD3+
RXD3D_GND
D_GND
CTB23 Circuit Board
CTB10
CTB10
CTB7
CTB7
CTB8
CTB8
CTB4
CTB4
COM
To CPZ_3/3_CPZ4
D302
NO
D301
CTB9
CTB9
5 6 7 1 11 8 9 10
2 3 4
2 3 4 5 6
COM
12
11
Carrier Lock
Sensor
D201
1 2 3
P+24V
P_GND
F311
P+24V
P_GND
Spare S
M201A_
M201A
M201B
M201B_
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
RXD4+
RXD4TXD4+
TXD4D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
CTB5
CTB5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10
D+5V
D211
D_GND
D+5V
D_GND
Spare
D_GND
F311
Base
Collector
Emitter
M201
Light Source Section

Exhaust Fan
Conjugate Length
Variable Motor
D+5V
D203
D_GND
ch-in
ch-out
D+5V
Spare 1
D_GND
D+5V
D202
D_GND
D+5V
D201
D_GND
D+5V
Spare I
D_GND
D_GND
ch-in
ch-out
D+5V
Spare: Temperature
Sensor
D_GND
NO
20.5.1
1 2 3
JD203
JD203
1 2 3 4 5
LH311
LH312
D211
D_GND
CLE5_open
D_GND
IR7
G5
R5
B7
IR9
G7
R7
B9
IR11
P+24V
P+24V
NC
NC
NC
D210
D_GND
P+24V
P+24V
IR1
B1
R1
G1
IR3
B3
R3
G3
IR5
B5
B6
IR8
G6
R6
B8
IR10
G8
R8
B10
IR12
P+24V
P+24V
NC
P+24V
P+24V
IR2
B2
R2
G2
IR4
B4
R4
G4
IR6
LED Temperature
Control Unit
D203
D203
Lens Home
Position
Sensor
Shutter Home
Position
Sensor
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 22 25 26
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 11
13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 3
LED4
LED4
LED3
LED3
LED1
LED1
LED2
LED2
IR7
G5
R5
B7
IR9
G7
R7
B9
IR11
P+24V
P+24V
NC
D311
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
P+24V
P+24V
IR1
B1
R1
G1
IR3
B3
R3
G3
IR5
B5
NC
(B)
(C)
(E)
8 9 10 11 12 1
B6
IR8
G6
R6
B8
IR10
G8
R8
B10
IR12
P+24V
P+24V
NC
5 6 7
1 2 3
D202
CLE4
CLE4
P+24V
P+24V
IR2
B2
R2
G2
IR4
B4
R4
G4
IR6
NC
2 3 4
1 2 3
D202
CLE3
CLE3
(B)
(C)
(E)
1 4 2 5 3 6
LH203_B
P+24V
LH203_E
NC
A_GND
CLE2_open
CLE2
CLE2
CLE1
(A+VS)
(AGND)
(VOUT)
LH202_B
P+24V
LH202_E
A+12V
A_GND
D212
D+5V
D_GND
A+12V
A_GND
P+24V
P_GND
CLE23 Circuit Board
CLE1
CLE5
CLE5
RXD+
RXDTXD+
TXDD_GND
4 5 1 6
2 3
CLE7
CLE7
P_GND
P+12V
LED23 Circuit Board
D214_1A
D214_1B
D214_2A
D214_2B
L
N
FG
1 2 3
L201
L201
D215
D215
Light Box
1 2 3
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
PS9
PS9
PS8
PS8
1 5
2 6 3 7 4 8
PS11
PS11
D+5V2_GND
D+5V2
P+12V1_GND
P+12V1
D+5V2_GND
D+5V2
PS (Power Supply Unit)
F331
1 2
2 1
P+12V1_GND
P+12V1
PS10
PS10
D215
P+24V
P_GND
NC
NC
L
N
FG
4 5 6
1 2 3
PS7
PS7
D+5V2
D_GND
A+12V
A_GND
P+24V
P_GND
CRT
Power
Supply
D214_1A
D214_2A
D214_1B
D214_2B
1 4 2 5 3 6
Main
Control
Unit
L
N
FG
L
N
FG
START Switch
Z2091
20-29

1
10
11
12
GIE23
GIE1
GIE1
RX2+
RX2TX2+
TX2D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
TO
P+12V
P_GND
ALM
GMB7
GMB7
TX1+
TX1TX1+
TX1DSR
D_GND
DSR
D_GND
RX1+
RX1RX1+
RX1D_GND
D_GND
D+3.3V
D+3.3V
P+12V
P_GND
ALM
GMB6
GMB6
GMB11
GMB11
GSR1
GSR1
2 3 15 16 6 7 19 20 4 5 17 18 8 21 1 14
1 2 3
D+3.3V
D_GND
D_GND
D+5V
GSR23 Circuit Board
GMB23 Circuit Board
23 24 11 12 9 10 22 25 13
1 2 3 4
F321
1394-1
Operation
Keyboard
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14
Main
Control
Unit
Mouse
Full
Keyboard
JCRY2
JCRY2
7 15 8 16
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14
7 15 8 16
32 31 16 15 30 14 22 21 6 5 20 19 4 3 18 17 2 1
7 8 23 24 10 9 26 25 12 13 28 29 11 27
JCRY1
JCRY1
P_GND
P+24V
P_GND
P+24V
FG
FG
A_GND
A-12V
A_GND
A-12V
A_GND
A+12V
A_GND
A+12V
D_GND
D+5V
D_GND
D+5V
Printer
Processor
To CTB_3/3_CTB2
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8
JCRY3
JCRY3
1394-2
RX1+
RX1RX1+
RX1DSR
D_GND
DSR
D_GND
TX1+
TX1TX1+
TX1NC
NC
Image Processing
Section Cooling Fan
Film Carrier
1 2 3 4
7 15 8 16
PS4
PS4
P+24V
P_GND
P+24V
P_GND
PS1
PS1
D+3.3V
D_GND
D_GND
D+5V
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14
D+5V
D_GND
D+5V
D_GND
A+12V
A_GND
A+12V
A_GND
A-12V
A_GND
A-12V
A_GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PS3
PS3
A+12V
A_GND
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Z2092
20-30

1
10
12
11
GMB23 Circuit Board
6 3 5 2 4 1
/VDOUT+_CLE
/VDOUT-_CLE
SCK+_CLE
SCK-_CLE
SDTW+_CLE
SDTW-_CLE
SDTR+_CLE
SDTR-_CLE
D_GND
D_GND
/VDOUT+_CTB
/VDOUT-_CTB
D_GND
D_GND
GIA3
GIA3
23 24 21 22 48 49 19 20 44 45 42 43 46 47 17 18
1 2
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
GIA2
GIA2
/VDOUT+_CPZ
/VDOUT-_CPZ
SCK+_CPZ
SCK-_CPZ
SDTW+_CPZ
SDTW-_CPZ
SDTR+_CPZ
SDTR-_CPZ
D_GND
D_GND
GIA1
GIA1
ADCLK+
ADCLKIDCK+
IDCKHD+
HDSDTR+
SDTRSCK+
SCKSDTW+
SDTWVD+
VDD_GND
D_GND
CCDOS1
GMB3
GMB3
A+5V
A_GND
+S(+3.3V)
-S(+3.3V)
+S(+5V1)
-S(+5V1)
P12V
P_GND
GIA23 Circuit Board
4 5 6 28 29 30 31 8
13 14 15 16 25 38 39 40 41 50
CPS23
Circuit Board
(D206)
CPS23
Circuit Board
(D207)
CPS1
1 2 3 4 5
CPS1
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
JCPS1
JCPS1
4 5 2 3 14 15 1 6 9 10 7 8 12 13 11
JCD2
JCD2
1 2 3 4 5
36 37 11 12 9 10 34 35 32 33
Piezoelectric Actuator
To CTB_1/3_CTB5
2 26 27
PZ201
PZ201
1 4 2 3 5
PZ202
PZ202
1 4 2 3
1 3 2 4 6
5 7
6 7 8 9 10
4 5 2 3 14 15 1 6 9 10 7 8 12 13 11
1 2 3 4 5
CCD2
CCD2
CPZ1
CPZ1
8 3 9 4 10 5 7 2 6 1
1 4 3 6 2 5
CLE6
CLE6
/VD+
/VDSCK+
SCKSDTR+
SDTRSDTW+
SDTWD_GND
D_GND
PZ202 Driver
PZ202_GND
CLE23 Circuit Board
CPZ23 Circuit Board

To GSR_2/3_GSR1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TXD0+
TXD0RXD0+
RXD0D_GND
NC
NC
NC
JCD1
JCD1
CTB13
CTB13
CTB1
CTB1
4 3 5 11 10 12
1 8 2 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 3 4 6 2 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
M202
M203
F211
F212
M202
M203
F211
F212
Lens Drive
Motor
8
1 7 2 8
3 9 6 12 4 5 10 11
Scanner
Section
Exhaust Fan
Scanner
Section
Cooling Fan
PS5
PS5
D+5V2
D_GND
P+12V2
P_GND
NC
NC
PS6
PS6
A+5V
A_GND
+S(D+3.3V)
-S(D+3.3V)
+S(D+5V)
-S(D+5V)
P+12V1
P+12V1_GND
1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10
Shutter Drive
Motor
1 2 3 4
D+5V2
D_GND
P+24V
P_GND
NC
NC
PS2
PS2
A+5V
A_GND
A-5V
A_GND
A+12V
A_GND
A-12V
A_GND
A+20V
A_GND
1 5 2 6 3 7
CTB12
CTB12
6 7 13 14
NC
NC
1 3 2 4
CTB23 Circuit Board

M203A
M203ACOM
M203A
M203B
M203BCOM
M203B
M202AM202A
M202BM202B
D+5V
D_GND
P+24V
P_GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P+24V
P_GND
F211
P+24V
P_GND
Spare
P_GND
P_GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5
CTB3
CTB3
CTB2
CTB2
RXD+
RXDD_GND
D_GND
D_GND
A+5V
A_GND
A-5V
A_GND
A+12V
A_GND
A-12V
A_GND
A+20V
A_GND
D+5V
D_GND
P+12V
A_GND
NC
NC
CCD23 Circuit Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CPZ2
CPZ2
CPZ4
CPZ4
PZ201 Driver
PZ201_GND
NC
NC
NC
/VD+
/VDSCK+
SCKSDTR+
SDTRSDTW+
SDTWD_GND
D_GND
7 8 9 10 11 12
CPZ7
CPZ7
TXD+
TXDRXD+
RXDD_GND
CPZ3
CPZ3
ADCLK+
ADCLKIDCK+
IDCKHD+
HDSDTW+
SDTWSCK+
SCKSDTR+
SDTRVD+
VDNC
NC
CCDOS1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CCD3
CCD3
DS202 OUT
D+3.3V
DS202 CLK
DS202 EN
D_GND
FG
15 13 11 9 14 16 7 5 6 8 2 4 10 12 1 3
CCD1
CCD1
DS201 OUT
D+3.3V
DS201 CLK
DS201 EN
D_GND
FG
To PS_1/2
Z2093
20-31

20.5.2
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram
Plug-in Connector
Feed Motor
Solenoid
CY1
M101
S101
1 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 5 21 15 31 16 32
6 22 12 28 13 29 9
10 26 25
Supply
Motor
M102
7 23 8 24 11 27 14 30
Door
Motor
M104
FG
MSC22
LEH23
SSA1
SSD1
D130
D129
MSC1
LEH1
SSB1
SSA1
SSD1
D130
D129
MSC1
LEH1
2 1 3
1 3 2
2 1 3
1 3 2 4
1 2 3 4 5
2 3 4 1
135 Leading
End Sensor
LED(D101L)
12
11
IX240 Leading End/

Trailing End/
135 Downstream
Bar Code Sensor Perforation Sensor
LED(D116L)
LED(D103L)
Magnetic
Writing Head
(MG101)
Magnetic
Reading Head
(D124)
LEE22
LEE23
LEE22
MWH20
LEE1
LEE1
LEE1
MWH1
MRH1
LEE1
LEE1
LEE1
MWH1
ZHR-6
MRH23
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
S101
S101
BL K
BL K
Indicator Lamp
(L/P101)
Keyboard
10
FG
Tx1+
Tx1+
Tx1Tx1N.C
N.C
DSR
DSR
GND
AGND
AGND
Rx 1 +
Rx 1 +
Rx 1 Rx 1 GND
SSB1
5 1 4 2 3
D+5V
D+5V
DGND
DGND
A +12V
A +12V
AGND
AGND
A -12V
A -12V
P+24V
P+24V
PGND
PGND
Door Open/Close
Supply Motor
and Cartridge
Home Position IX240
135
Set Sensors IPI Sensor Sensor Feed Lane Feed Lane
(D122)
(D120/D123) (D121)
Position
Position
Sensor
Sensor
SSB23
SSA23
SSD23
D130
D129
Nest Section
2
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5
M101
M101
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4
M102
M102
M104
M104
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
CYA2
CYA7
CYA8
CYA5
CYA6
CYA1
CYA2
CYA7
CYA8
CYA5
CYA6
CYA6
D103L_E
D103L_R
D+5V
240MAGwrite1
240MAG_Ene1
240MAGwrite2
240MAG_Ene2
DGND
GRY
WHT
RED
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
BLK
M-12V
BLU
MGND
BLK
M+12V
RED
DGND
BLK
BRN 240MAGread2
GRY 240MAGread1
D116L_E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
LBF3
LBF2
LBF3
CYA3
50 49 4847 46 45 4443 42 4140 3938 37 36 35 34 33 3231 30 2928 27 26 25 24 23 22212019 18 171615 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D101 L_E
D101 L_R
D102 L_E
D102 L_R
D103 L_E
D103 L_R
D104 L_E
D104 L_R
D106 L_E
D106 L_R
D108 L_E
D108 L_R
D109 L_E
D109 L_R
D110 L_E
D110 L_R
D111 L_E
D111 L_R
D112 L_E
D112 L_R
D114 L_E
D114 L_R
D115 L_E
D115 L_R
D116 L_E
D116 L_R
D117 L_E
D117 L_R
D118 L_E
D118 L_R
D119 L_E
D119 L _R
D+5V
D+5V
DG N D
DG N D
A +12V
A +12V
AGND
AGND
A - 12V
A - 12V
M+12 V
M+12 V
MGN D
MGN D
M-12 V
M-12 V
N.C
N.C
D101L_E
D101L_R
D102L_E
D102L_R
D103L_E
D103L_R
D104L_E
D104L_R
D106L_E
D106L_R
D108L_E
D108L_R
D109L_E
D109L_R
D110L_E
D110L_R
D111L_E
D111L_R
D112L_E
D112L_R
D114L_E
D114L_R
D115L_E
D115L_R
D116L_E
D116L_R
D117L_E
D117L_R
D118L_E
D118L_R
D119L_E
D119L_R
D+5V
D+5V
DGND
DGND
240MAGwrite1
240MAG_Ene1
240MAGwrite2
240MAG_Ene2
MGND
MGND
M+12V
M+12V
240MAGread1
240MAGread2
M-12V
M-12V
MGND
MGND
D+5V
D+5V
DGND
DGND
D101P
D103P
D102P
D104P
D12 5
D13 5
A +12V
A +12V
AGND
AGND
A - 12V
A - 12V
D106PA
D106PB
D108PA
D108PB
D109P
D110P
D111P
D112P
D114PA
D114PB
D115PA
D115PB
D116PA
D116PB
D117P
N.C
D118P
D119P
N.C
D128
N.C
N.C
240M A G read1
240M A G read2
240M A G write1
240M A G _Ene1
240M A G write2
240M A G _Ene2
M+12V
M+12V
MGND
MGND
M-12V
M-12V
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LBF4
LBF1
CYA4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4849 50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
LBF4
LBF23 Circuit Board
CYA23 Circuit Board

E
LBF2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CYA1
D116L_R
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
BLK
GRY
BLK
GRY
D131 (< )
D132 (<<)
D133 (>>)
D134 (>)
DGND
L101-G
DGND
L101-R
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 1718
GRY
RED
BLK
GRY
BRN
RED
BLK
GRY
GRY
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
GRY
GRY
RED
BLK
D+5V
DG N D
D120
D123
D+5V
DG N D
D121
D122
D+5V
DG N D
D+5V
DG N D
D130
D129
D+5V
DG N D
N.C
N.C
1 2 3 4
WHT
BRN
ORG
RED
YEL
M104-A
M104-/A
M104-B
M104-/B
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
D101L_E
BRN
ORG
RED
YEL
M102-A
M102-/A
M102-B
M102-/B
1 2 3 4
D101L_R
BRN
RED
S101+
S1019 10
5 6 7 8
BRN
BRN
ORG
RED
YEL
M101-A
M101-/A
M101-B
M101-/B
1 2 3 4
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
BLK
Tx1 +
Tx1 +
Tx1 Tx1 DGND
DGND
DSR
DSR
DG ND
DGND
Rx 1 +
Rx 1 +
Rx 1 Rx 1 N.C
N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
GRY
BRN
BLK
RED
ORG
BLK
BRN
RED
ORG
BL K
BRN
BLU
WHIT
ORG
ORG
BLK
BRN
D+5V
D+5V
DGND
DGND
A +12V
A +12V
AGND
AGND
A - 12V
A - 12V
P+24V
P+24V
PGND
PGND
YEL
M3 Screw
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
50 49 4847 46 45 4443 42 4140 3938 37 36 35 34 33 3231 30 2928 27 26 25 24 23 22212019 18 171615 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
JNC1
JNC18
JNC2
JNC23 Circuit Board
JNC10
JNC17
JNC10
D106PB
D106PA
D108PA
D108PB
D109P
D110P
D111P
D112P
D114PB
D114PA
D115PA
D115PB
A+12V
AGND
A -12V
AGND
N.C
N.C
BRN
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
R GY
BRN
GRY
RED
BLK
BLU
BLK
BLK
2
4 5
JNC11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718
D+5V
D117 P
D118 P
D119 P
A +12V
AGND
A - 12V
AGND
N.C
N.C
D128
DGND
GRY
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
JNC11
RED
W HIT
BRN
GRY
RED
BLK
BLU
A - 12V
A +12V
AGND
BLU
D116PA
1 2
4 5
BLK
D116PB
RED
1 2
GRY
BRN
D135
DGND
3 2 4
D104P
BRN
D+5V
RED
ORG
3 2 4
D102P
D+5V
BRN
3 4
GRY
D+5V
D103P
RED
1 2
D+5V
JNC17
JNC7
BLK
JNC7
JNC14
D+5V
JNC14
RED
JNC8
BRN
JNC13
D101P
M3 Screw/
Base F1
JNC8
JNC12
RED
JNC13
BRN
JNC9
JNC12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
M3 Screw/
Lower Feed
Section F2
1 3
2 4
DTG1
DTE1
DTF1
SSE1
DTE1
DTG1
DTE1
DTF1
SSE1
DTE1
DTG23
DTE22
DTF23
SSE23
DTE23
135 Upstream
135 Leading End 135 Downstream
Perforation Sensor Perforation and
Sensor
Check Tape Sensors
(D103P)
(D101P)
(D102P/D104P)
CN1
CN1
DTB1
DBF1
DTB1
DBF1
DTB23
DBF23
MSA01
Feed Roller
IX240 Leading End/
Rotation Sensor Trailing End/Bar
(D135)
Code Sensor
(D116P)
Pressure Cover
Open/Close
IX240 Perforation/Front/
Sensor (D128)
Rear Unexposed
Frame Sensor
(D117P/D118P/D119P)
135 Bar Code/Frame/Panorama Sensor

(D106P/D108P/D109P/D110P/D111P/
D112P/D114P/D115P)
Z2469
20-32

20.5.3
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram
Solenoid
S480
S101
S101+
2
MSB2
MSB2
MSB23 Circuit Board
MSB1
FPS
D480
D481
D482
D483
D484
DGND
FG
FG
S4800
S4801
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
D480
D481
D482
D483
D484
DGND
FG
FG
S4800
S4801
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CYB3
CYB23 Circuit Board
D48X
D486
RED
1 2 3
CYB5
5 4 3 2 1
BLK
BLK
DGND
D+5V
1 2 3
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
BLK
T1+
T1+
T1
T1
DGND
DGND
DSR
DSR
DGND
DGND
R1+
R1+
R1
R1
N.C
N.C
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
BLK
ORG
RED
BLK
BRU
D+5V
D+5V
DGND
DGND
A+12V
A+12V
AGND
AGND
A12V
A12V
P+24V
P+24V
PGND
PGND
RED
ORG
BLK
BRU
CYB4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 1516
CYB6
DGND
CYB2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
BLK
CYB1
CYB4
D+5V
CYB2
BRN
CYB1
N.C
N.C
RXD0
TXD0
DGND
1 2 3
T1+
T1+
T1
T1
N.C
N.C
FG
FG
1 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 5 211531 16 32 6 22 12 28 1329 9
DSR
DSR
GND
AGND
AGND
R1+
R1+
R1
R1
GND
D+5V
D+5V
DGND
DGND
A+12V
A+12V
AGND
AGND
A12V
A12V
P+24V
P+24V
PGND
PGND
D486
1026 25
7 23 8 241127 14 30
20
Mask Table
Slider Position Sensor
CY1
Plug-in Connector
Z2514
20-33
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards

20.6.1
Input Extension Cable Connection
1. Remove the DC power supply section bracket

2. Connect the input extension cable (P/N:
136C1059989) between the power supply
connectors as shown.
Input Extension Cable
Input Extension Cable

L2871(1)
3. Connect the grounding wire connectors of the

input extension cable to the ground terminals on
the frame and the bracket.
All Connectors
Grounding Wire/
Grounding Terminals
4. Reconnect all connectors to the PWR23 circuit

board.
5. Turn ON the four interlock switches.
6. Turn ON the main power supply, built-in circuit
breaker and power switch to start up the system.
PWR23
Circuit Board
L2871(2)
20-34

20.6.2
DC Voltage Check List
Slot-5
Slot-4
Slot-3
2A
Voltage Measuring Circuit Board
Modul-type
Slot-2
Slot-1
PS2(AlphaII650)
PS1(AlphaII650)
Dc Power Supply
PS (AlphaII)
Power
Channel
LED on PS
PWR23 Power
Channel
JFL
D+5V_MC
PD5 (G)
D+5V0_MC
Interlock
2A
JFL
D+5V_MC
PD5 (G)
D+5V1_MC
LED on
PWR23
Circuit Board
Power Name
Local Power
(within Circuit
Board)
Fuse (Rated
Current)
F60 <2A>
PD60 (G)
(PWR23)
F112 <2A>
F113 <2A>
D7
D13
D12
D9
+24V02
+24V03
+24V11
+24V12
+24V21
+24V22
+24V31
+24V32
S+24V
+24V02
+24V50
A+24V
IL24V
D+5Va
D+5Vb
D+3.3V
D+1.5V
A+5Va
A+5V2
A-5V2
D+3.3V
P+12V
D+3.3V
TP11
TP26
TP25
TP21
TP22
TP27
TP39
TP30
TP33
TP23
TP1
TP10
TP8
TP20
TP21
TP22
TP23
TP24
TP25
TP26
TP29
TP27
TP28
TP30
TP1
TP11
TP8
TP21
TP22
TP23
TP24
TP25
TP26
TP27
TP28
TP6
TP4
TP2
TP33
TP35
TP12 (DGND)
TP12 (DGND)
TP12 (DGND)
TP12 (DGND)
TP12 (DGND)
TP28 (AG)
TP28 (AG)
TP31 (AG2)
TP31 (AG2)
TP24 (DGND2)
TP2
T11
TP2
TP19
TP19
TP19
TP19
TP11
TP11
TP11
TP11
TP11
TP11
TP11
TP2
TP12
TP5
TP16
TP16
TP16
TP16
TP16
TP16
TP16
TP16
TP8
TP5
TP3
TP32
TP38
+5 0.25
+5 0.25
+5 0.25
+3.3 0.165
+1.5 0.075
+5 0.25
+5 0.25
+5 0.25
-4.75 0.25
+5 0.25
+5 0.25V
+5 0.25V
+3.3 0.12V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+12 0.5V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+5 0.25V
+5 0.25V
+3.3 0.12V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.2V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
A+8V
A+12V
IL12V
F133 4A
F134 0.5A
TP34
TP36
TP56
TP32
TP32
TP38
A-12V
A+5V
A-5V
R+5V
R-5V
D+5V
3.3V
L+5V
L+8V
IL8V
PREF+5V
REF{5V
REF+3V
F136 0.5A
F137 3.2A
F135 0.5A
TP39
TP35
TP41
TP37
TP42
TP46
TP45
TP58
TP55
TP30
TP51
TP52
TP60
GMC9-1pin
GMC9-2pin
GMC9-3pin
GEP9-2pin
GEP9-3pin
F61 <5A>
PD61(G)
CTL23
A+5V
D+5V2_MC
F62 <5A>
PD62 (G)
F62 <5A>
PD62 (G)
PD63 (G)
PD72 (R)
PD73 (R)
PD74 (R)
PD76 (Y)
PD77 (R)
2A
JFL
D+5V_MC
PD5 (G)
D+5V2_MC
2B
JFL
+24V0
PD6 (G)
+24V01
+24V41
+24V42
+24V43
+24V51
+24V52
F63 <4A>
F72 <4A>
F73 <4A>
F74 <4A>
F76 <4A>
F77 <4A>
+24V53
F78 <4A>
PD78 (R)
K
K
F79 <4A>
F80 <4A>
F81 <4A>
PD79 (Y)
PD80 (R)
PD81 (R)
F62 <5A>
PD62 (G)
DFL
+24V4
DFL
+24V5
PD19 (Y)
PD20 (Y)
DFL
+24V6
PD21 (Y)
+24V61
+24V62
+24V63
D+5V2
2A
JFL
D+5V_MC
PD5 (G)
2B
JFL
+24V0
PD6 (G)
1A
HFL
+24V1
PD12 (Y)
1B
HFL
+24V2
PD14 (Y)
DFL
+24V3
PD18 (Y)
JFL
DFL
+24V0
+24V5
PD6 (G)
PD20 (Y)
2
1
2
5
2B
2
4B
PFL
A+24V_RS
PD8 (Y)
4A
PFL
A+8V_RS
PD9 (Y)
EFL
A+12V_RS
PD10 (G)
3A
+24V02
+24V03
+24V11
+24V12
+24V21
+24V22
+24V31
+24V32
K
K
K
K
K
+24V02
+24V50
A+24V1_RS
A+24V2_RS
A+8V_RS
A+12V1_RS
A+12V2_RS
F64 <4A>
F66 <4A>
F67 <4A>
F68 <4A>
F69 <4A>
F70 <4A>
F71 <4A>
F64 <4A>
F75 <2A>
F51 <4A>
F52 <4A>
F53 <5A>
F54 <4A>
F55 <4A>
PD64 (G)
PD65 (R)
PD66 (Y)
PD67 (Y)
PD68 (Y)
PD69 (Y)
PD70 (R)
PD71 (R)
PD64 (G)
PD75 (Y)
PD51 (Y)
<PD82> (Y)
PD52 (R)
PD53 (Y)
PD54 (G)
<PD85> (Y)
PD55 (R)
D+5V2
D+5V2
P+5V
PDA23
+24V01
+24V41
+24V42
+24V43
+24V51
+24V52
+24V53
+24V61
+24V62
+24V63
D+5V2
P+5V
PDB23
PAC23
LDD23
3B
1
1
1
EFL
5
3A
3B
A-12V_RS
PD11 (G)
CFL
D+12V_IM
PD4 (G)
EFL
EFL
A+12V_RS
A-12V_RS
PD10 (G)
PD11 (G)
A-12V_RS
D+12V0_IM
D+12V1_IM
D+12V2_IM
A+12V1_RS
A-12V_RS
Check Points on PWR23 Circuit Board
PWR23 Fuse
(Rated
Current)
D+5V
1
Voltage Check Points
F56 <4A>
F57 <2A>
F58 <5A>
F59 <5A>
F54 <4A>
F56 <4A>
PD56 (G)
PD57 (G)
PD58 (G)
PD59 (G)
PD54 (G)
PD56 (G)
Image control
box(GMC23)
(GEP23)
+12V
+3.3V
+5V
A+12V
A-12V
F111 <2A>
LED
D14
D34
D15
D16
D11
D1
D4
D3
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D15
D12
D14
D16
D1
D4
D3
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D16
D2
D3
F132 2A
F139 3.2A
F138 0.5A
F131 0.5A
FA1 <1A>
FA2 <1A>
+ Terminal
GND Terminal
Voltage Range
+ Terminal
GND Terminal
Voltage Range
PWR8-1
PWR8-4
+5.10 0.25
PWR8-13
PWR8-3
PWR8-16
PWR8-6
+5.10 0.25
+5.10 0.25
PWR8-7
PWR10-5
PWR10-15
PWR10-7
PWR11-1
PWR11-12
PWR11-3
PWR8-10
PWR10-8
PWR10-17
PWR10-9
PWR11-4
PWR11-14
PWR11-5
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
PWR11-6
PWR11-17
PWR11-8
PWR8-14
PWR11-9
PWR11-20
PWR11-10
PWR8-17
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+5.10 0.25
PWR8-19
PWR8-20
PWR9-1
PWR9-10
PWR9-5
PWR9-14
PWR10-1
PWR10-11
PWR8-21
PWR8-22
PWR9-3
PWR9-12
PWR9-7
PWR9-16
PWR10-3
PWR10-13
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
PWR8-8
PWR5-5
PWR6-1
PWR6-2
PWR8-11
PWR5-2
PWR6-3
PWR6-4
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+24 1.0V
+8 0.4V
+12 0.6V
+12 0.6V
PWR6-5
PWR6-19
PWR6-8
PWR6-6
PWR6-21
PWR6-10
+8.1 0.4V
+12.1 0.6V
+12.1 0.6V
TP38
-12 0.6V
PWR6-24
PWR6-23
-12.05 0.6V
TP32
TP32
TP40
TP40
TP47
TP47
TP59
TP59
TP32
TP40
TP40
TP8
GMC9-4pin
GMC9-4pin
GMC9-4pin
GEP9-1pin
GEP9-4pin
4.75 to 5.25V
-4.75 to -5.25V
4.75 to 5.25V
-4.75 to -5.25V
4.75 to 5.25V
3.18 to 3.41V
4.75 to 5.25V
7.6 to 8.4V
7.6 to 8.4V
4.90 to 5.10V
4.90 to 5.10V
2.94 to 3.06V
+12 0.6V
+3.3 0.165V
+5 0.25V
PWR7-1
PWR7-2
PWR7-3
PWR6-19
PWR6-24
PWR7-4
PWR7-5
PWR7-6
PWR6-21
PWR6-23
+12.05 0.6V
+12.05 0.6V
+12.05 0.6V
LED : (R) = Red, (G) = Green, (Y) = Yellow
20-35

20.6.3
POWER LEDs on the Operation Panel
8
5
MENU
DOOR
UPPER
ON LINE
1
LOWER
ENTER
REPL
DOOR
PROC.
DRIVE
PAPER
INFO.
ON/OFF
POWER K 1 K 2
L21045
POWER 1 Green: Output voltage from the DC power supply unit is normal.
OFF:
Output voltage from the DC power supply unit is abnormal (DC power supply unit or AC input
is abnormal).
2 Green: Input power supply of theATX23 circuit board is normal.
Red:
Output power supply of the ATX23 circuit board is abnormal (D+3.3V or D+5V output is
abnormal).
OFF:
Input power supply of theATX23 circuit board is abnormal (D+12V1 or D+12V2 input is
abnormal).
CP1
Auxiliary Power
(SPS23
Circuit Board)
Abnormality
Photo MOS Relay
System ON Signal Timer Start Signal by RTC or
(PAC23
Circuit Board)
Abnormality
STANDBY Switch
ON/OFF Control Signal by

System Software
1
CP2
Built-in Leakage
Circuit Breaker
Breaker
1 Green
2 Red
Relay
(K1)
DC Power
Supply
Abnormality
ATX Power Supply

2
(ATX23
Circuit Board)
Image Control Section

(GMC23 Circuit Board)
Abnormality
2 Green
20
20-37

N LED Pattern at Starting UP and Provable Causes
LED Pattern
Normal
Condition
Abnormality 1
Abnormality 2
Abnormality 3
Abnormality 4
Timer Starting Up
Green
Green
Green*
Red *
Green*
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Power Switch
Starting Up
Green
Green
Green
Red
Green
OFF
OFF
OFF
Green
Green
Standby
Green
Green
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Green
Green
Running
Green
Green
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Green
Green
*: The LED lights up for approximately 30 seconds then goes out.
LED Pattern and Provable Causes

LED Pattern
Location
Provable Causes
Part Replacement
Abnormality 1
ATX23 circuit board 1) Faulty ATX23 circuit board (no output)

and after
2) Activated protection circuit of ATX23 circuit
board due to abnormal image control section
(short circuit or over current)
1) ATX23 circuit board

2) GMC23 circuit board
Abnormality 2
Before ATX23 circuit board (except

SPS23 circuit
board)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Abnormality 3
AC power supply to 1) Faulty or tripped leakage breaker

SPS23 circuit board 2) Faulty or tripped circuit protector CP1
(1)
3) Faulty SPS23 circuit board
1) Leakage breaker
2) Circuit protector CP1
3) SPS23 circuit board
Abnormality 4
AC power supply to 1) Faulty GPR23, PAC23 or CTL23 circuit board

SPS23 circuit board 2) Faulty harness (GPR23-to-CTL23-to-PAC23
(2)
circuit board)
1) GPR23, PAC23 or
CTL23 circuit board
2) harness
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Faulty or tripped circuit protector CP2

Faulty relay K1
Faulty DC power supply unit
Blown fuse on PWR23 circuit board
Faulty harness (relay K1-to-DC power supplyto-ATX23 circuit board)
Circuit protector CP2

Relay K1
DC power supply
Fuse
Harness
ATX23 Circuit Board LED Check

1. Open the magazine door and remove the air filter
holder at the image control box section.
2. Check the LED on the ATX23 circuit board by
peering through the holes in the image control
box.
LEDs D+12V0 :
D+12V 1 :
D+12V2 :
D+3.3V :
D+5V
:
OVPALM :
Image Control Box

D+3.3V (Green)
D+5V (Green)
Power supply for fan

Input power for D+3.3V
Input power for D+5V
D+3.3V output
D+5V output
Over voltage alarm
ATX23 Circuit Board

D+12V2 (Green)
D+12V1 (Green)
D+12V0 (Green)
20-38
OVPALM (Red)

20.6.4
DC Power Supply System LED Indication
The DC power supply system can be diagnosed by checking the LEDs on the PWR23 circuit board after removing
the left lower cover.
LED Condition:
[
[
] ON
] OFF
DC Power Supply Indication LEDs

Green: power supply output (normal ON)
Yellow: ON/OFF condition of control signal from the CTL23 or LDD23 circuit board (normal ON)
Orange: Error alarm (normal ON)
PS_Fail
SLOT5
SLOT4
(PD19)
+24V4
PS2
(PD16)
AC
(PD17)
FAN
(PD13)
DC
(PD18)
+24V3
PS1
(PD2)
AC
(PD3)
FAN
(PD7)
DC
(PD4)
D+12V
(PD1)
AUX
(PD22)
main
(PD23)
sub
(PD24)
main
RS12V1
(PD8)
A+24V
(PD9)
A+8V
SLOT3
(PD10)
A+12V
(PD11)
A12V
(PD25)
sub
SLOT2
SLOT1
(PD20)
+24V5
(PD21)
+24V6
(PD5)
D+5V
(PD6)
+24V0
(PD12)
+24V1
(PD14)
+24V2
(PD26)
+24V13
(PD27)
+24V46
(PD28)
A+24V
(PD29)
A+8V
MC5V1
ON/OFF
NOTE: If the fan on the DC power supply unit stops, the unit stops all outputs due to activation of the overheat protection circuit.
DC Power Supply Indication LEDs

AlphaII
Slot
ID
D+12V_IM
A+24V_RS
PWR23
Connected to
ATX23
<GMC23>
LDD23
A+8V_RS
A+12V_RS
LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS
PS1
D+5V_MC
CTL23
PWR23
PDA23
PDB23
2
+24V0
PAC23
PDA23
PDB23
+24V1
1
PDB23
+24V2
Interlock
Relay
SW
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
F57<2A>
(PD57)
fuse_(A)
LED
D+12V0_IM
ID
F58<5A>
(PD58)
D+12V1_IM
F59<5A>
(PD59)
D+12V2_IM
F51<4A>
(PD51)
F52<4A>
(PD82)
F53<5A>
(PD53)
A+8V_RS
F54<4A>
(PD54)
A+12V1_RS
F55<4A>
(PD85)
F56<4A>
(PD56)
A-12V_RS
K202
D680-681
D680-681
(PD52)
(PD55)
A+24V2_RS
A+12V2_RS
F60<2A>
(PD60)
D+5V0_MC
(PD61)
D+5V1_MC
F62<5A>
(PD62)
D+5V2_MC
F63<4A>
(PD63)
(PD64)
PWR7
A+24V1_RS
K201
F61<5A>
F64<4A>
CN_No
+24V01
PWR6
PWR6
PWR8
+24V02
K206
D724
(PD65)
+24V03
F66<4A>
(PD66)
+24V11
F67<4A>
(PD67)
+24V12
F68<4A>
(PD68)
+24V21
F69<4A>
(PD69)
+24V22
PWR9
20
20-39
AlphaII
Slot
5
ID
+24V3
+24V4
PWR23
Connected to
PDB23
PDA23
fuse_(A)
Interlock
LED
Relay
K207
K203
SW
D762
D680-681
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F70<4A>
(PD70)
+24V31
F71<4A>
(PD71)
+24V32
F72<4A>
(PD72)
+24V41
F73<4A>
(PD73)
+24V42
F74<4A>
(PD74)
+24V43
CN_No
PWR10
PWR10
3
PS2
2
+24V5
+24V6
PWR23
PAC23
PDA23
PDA23
F75<2A>
(PD75)
+24V50
F76<4A>
(PD76)
+24V51
F79<4A>
(PD79)
K204
D680-681
F77<4A>
(PD77)
+24V52
F78<4A>
(PD78)
+24V53
PWR4/5
PWR11
+24V61
K205
20-40
D680-681
F80<4A>
(PD80)
+24V62
F81<4A>
(PD81)
+24V63
PWR11

<Example 1> No +24V3 Output Due to Faulty DC Module of DC Power Supply Unit PS2
PS_Fail
SLOT5
SLOT4
(PD19)
+24V4
PS2
(PD16)
AC
(PD17)
FAN
(PD13)
DC
(PD18)
+24V3
PS1
(PD2)
AC
(PD3)
FAN
(PD7)
DC
(PD4)
D+12V
(PD1)
AUX
(PD22)
main
(PD23)
sub
(PD24)
main
RS12V1
ID
LDD23
A+8V_RS
A+12V_RS
LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS
PS1
CTL23
PWR23
PDA23
PDB23
D+5V_MC
2
PAC23
PDA23
PDB23
+24V0
+24V1
1
PDB23
+24V2
ID
(PD20)
+24V5
(PD21)
+24V6
(PD5)
D+5V
(PD6)
+24V0
(PD12)
+24V1
(PD14)
+24V2
(PD26)
+24V13
(PD27)
+24V46
(PD28)
A+24V
(PD29)
A+8V
Interlock
Relay
LED
F57<2A>
(PD57)
D+12V0_IM
SW
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F58<5A>
(PD58)
D+12V1_IM
F59<5A>
(PD59)
D+12V2_IM
F51<4A>
(PD51)
F52<4A>
(PD82)
D680-681
(PD52)
A+24V2_RS
F53<5A>
(PD53)
A+8V_RS
F54<4A>
(PD54)
A+12V1_RS
F55<4A>
(PD85)
F56<4A>
(PD56)
A-12V_RS
K202
D680-681
(PD55)
A+12V2_RS
F60<2A>
(PD60)
D+5V0_MC
F61<5A>
(PD61)
D+5V1_MC
F62<5A>
(PD62)
D+5V2_MC
F63<4A>
(PD63)
+24V01
F64<4A>
(PD64)
F66<4A>
(PD66)
+24V11
F67<4A>
(PD67)
+24V12
F68<4A>
(PD68)
+24V21
F69<4A>
(PD69)
+24V22
fuse_(A)
PWR7
PWR6
PWR6
PWR8
+24V02
K206
D724
(PD65)
Interlock
LED
CN_No
A+24V1_RS
K201
PWR23
Connected to
Power Output
fuse_(A)
AlphaII
Slot
(PD11)
A12V
SLOT1
ON/OFF
PWR23
ATX23
<GMC23>
A+24V_RS
(PD10)
A+12V
SLOT2
MC5V1
Connected to
D+12V_IM
(PD9)
A+8V
(PD25)
sub
AlphaII
Slot
(PD8)
A+24V
SLOT3
Relay
SW
+24V3
PDB23
K207
D762
+24V4
PDA23
K203
D680-681
+24V03
PWR9
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F70<4A>
(PD70)
+24V31
F71<4A>
(PD71)
+24V32
F72<4A>
(PD72)
+24V41
F73<4A>
(PD73)
+24V42
F74<4A>
(PD74)
+24V43
CN_No
PWR10
PWR10
3
PS2
2
+24V5
+24V6
PWR23
PAC23
PDA23
PDA23
F75<2A>
(PD75)
+24V50
F76<4A>
(PD76)
+24V51
F79<4A>
(PD79)
K204
D680-681
F77<4A>
(PD77)
F78<4A>
(PD78)
+24V52
PWR4/5
PWR11
+24V53
20
+24V61
K205
20-41
D680-681
F80<4A>
(PD80)
+24V62
F81<4A>
(PD81)
+24V63
PWR11

<Example 2> No +5V_MC Output Due to Faulty DC Module of DC Power Supply Unit PS1
PS_Fail
SLOT5
SLOT4
(PD19)
+24V4
PS2
(PD16)
AC
(PD17)
FAN
(PD13)
DC
(PD18)
+24V3
PS1
(PD2)
AC
(PD3)
FAN
(PD7)
DC
(PD4)
D+12V
(PD1)
AUX
(PD22)
main
(PD23)
sub
(PD24)
main
RS12V1
ID
LDD23
A+8V_RS
A+12V_RS
LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS
PS1
CTL23
PWR23
PDA23
PDB23
D+5V_MC
2
PAC23
PDA23
PDB23
+24V0
+24V1
1
PDB23
+24V2
ID
(PD20)
+24V5
(PD21)
+24V6
(PD5)
D+5V
(PD6)
+24V0
(PD12)
+24V1
(PD14)
+24V2
(PD26)
+24V13
(PD27)
+24V46
(PD28)
A+24V
(PD29)
A+8V
Interlock
Relay
LED
F57<2A>
(PD57)
D+12V0_IM
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F58<5A>
(PD58)
D+12V1_IM
F59<5A>
(PD59)
D+12V2_IM
F51<4A>
(PD51)
F52<4A>
(PD82)
D680-681
(PD52)
A+24V2_RS
F53<5A>
(PD53)
A+8V_RS
F54<4A>
(PD54)
A+12V1_RS
F55<4A>
(PD85)
F56<4A>
(PD56)
A-12V_RS
F60<2A>
(PD60)
D+5V0_MC
F61<5A>
(PD61)
D+5V1_MC
F62<5A>
(PD62)
D+5V2_MC
F63<4A>
(PD63)
+24V01
F64<4A>
(PD64)
F66<4A>
(PD66)
+24V11
F67<4A>
(PD67)
+24V12
F68<4A>
(PD68)
+24V21
F69<4A>
(PD69)
+24V22
fuse_(A)
K202
D680-681
(PD55)
PWR7
A+12V2_RS
PWR6
PWR6
PWR8
+24V02
K206
D724
(PD65)
Interlock
LED
CN_No
A+24V1_RS
K201
PWR23
Connected to
SW
Power Output
fuse_(A)
AlphaII
Slot
(PD11)
A12V
SLOT1
ON/OFF
PWR23
ATX23
<GMC23>
A+24V_RS
(PD10)
A+12V
SLOT2
MC5V1
Connected to
D+12V_IM
(PD9)
A+8V
(PD25)
sub
AlphaII
Slot
(PD8)
A+24V
SLOT3
Relay
SW
+24V3
PDB23
K207
D762
+24V4
PDA23
K203
D680-681
+24V03
PWR9
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F70<4A>
(PD70)
+24V31
F71<4A>
(PD71)
+24V32
F72<4A>
(PD72)
+24V41
F73<4A>
(PD73)
+24V42
F74<4A>
(PD74)
+24V43
CN_No
PWR10
PWR10
3
PS2
2
+24V5
+24V6
PWR23
PAC23
PDA23
PDA23
F75<2A>
(PD75)
+24V50
F76<4A>
(PD76)
+24V51
F79<4A>
(PD79)
K204
D680-681
F77<4A>
(PD77)
+24V52
F78<4A>
(PD78)
+24V53
F80<4A>
(PD80)
+24V62
F81<4A>
(PD81)
+24V63
PWR4/5
PWR11
+24V61
K205
20-42
D680-681
PWR11

<Example 3> Blown Fuse F60 (D+5V_MC)on PWR23 Circuit Board
PS_Fail
SLOT5
SLOT4
(PD19)
+24V4
PS2
(PD16)
AC
(PD17)
FAN
(PD13)
DC
(PD18)
+24V3
PS1
(PD2)
AC
(PD3)
FAN
(PD7)
DC
(PD4)
D+12V
(PD1)
AUX
(PD22)
main
(PD23)
sub
(PD24)
main
RS12V1
ID
LDD23
A+8V_RS
A+12V_RS
"LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS
PS1
"CTL23
PWR23
PDA23
PDB23
D+5V_MC
2
PAC23
PDA23
PDB23
+24V0
+24V1
1
PDB23
+24V2
ID
(PD20)
+24V5
(PD21)
+24V6
(PD5)
D+5V
(PD6)
+24V0
(PD12)
+24V1
(PD14)
+24V2
(PD26)
+24V13
(PD27)
+24V46
(PD28)
A+24V
(PD29)
A+8V
Interlock
Relay
LED
F57<2A>
(PD57)
D+12V0_IM
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F58<5A>
(PD58)
D+12V1_IM
F59<5A>
(PD59)
D+12V2_IM
F51<4A>
(PD51)
F52<4A>
(PD82)
D680-681
(PD52)
A+24V2_RS
F53<5A>
(PD53)
A+8V_RS
F54<4A>
(PD54)
A+12V1_RS
F55<4A>
(PD85)
F56<4A>
(PD56)
K202
D680-681
(PD55)
A+12V2_RS
(PD60)
D+5V0_MC
F61<5A>
(PD61)
D+5V1_MC
F62<5A>
(PD62)
D+5V2_MC
F63<4A>
(PD63)
+24V01
F64<4A>
(PD64)
F66<4A>
(PD66)
+24V11
F67<4A>
(PD67)
+24V12
F68<4A>
(PD68)
+24V21
F69<4A>
(PD69)
+24V22
PWR6
PWR6
PWR8
+24V02
K206
D724
(PD65)
Interlock
LED
PWR7
A-12V_RS
F60<2A>
fuse_(A)
CN_No
A+24V1_RS
K201
PWR23
Connected to
SW
Power Output
fuse_(A)
AlphaII
Slot
(PD11)
A12V
SLOT1
ON/OFF
PWR23
ATX23
<GMC23>
A+24V_RS
(PD10)
A+12V
SLOT2
MC5V1
Connected to
D+12V_IM
(PD9)
A+8V
(PD25)
sub
AlphaII
Slot
(PD8)
A+24V
SLOT3
Relay
SW
+24V3
PDB23
K207
D762
+24V4
PDA23
K203
D680-681
+24V03
PWR9
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F70<4A>
(PD70)
+24V31
F71<4A>
(PD71)
+24V32
F72<4A>
(PD72)
+24V41
F73<4A>
(PD73)
+24V42
F74<4A>
(PD74)
+24V43
CN_No
PWR10
PWR10
3
PS2
2
+24V5
+24V6
"PWR23
PAC23
PDA23
PDA23
F75<2A>
(PD75)
+24V50
F76<4A>
(PD76)
+24V51
F79<4A>
(PD79)
K204
D680-681
F77<4A>
(PD77)
+24V52
F78<4A>
(PD78)
+24V53
PWR4/5
PWR11
20
+24V61
K205
20-43
D680-681
F80<4A>
(PD80)
+24V62
F81<4A>
(PD81)
+24V63
PWR11

20.6.5
Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
PWR23 Circuit Board
L21208
20-44

A TX23 Circuit Board
L21201
20
20-45

LDD23 Circuit Board
L21205
20-46

CTL23 Circuit Board
20
L21206
20-47

PDA23 Circuit Board
L21207
20-48

PDB23 Circuit Board
20
L21203
20-49

PAC23 Circuit Board
L21204
20-50

GEP23 Circuit Board
20
L21202
20-51
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams

AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram
2
10
12
11
PDU23-2
PDU23-1
Lo
CP2
(BLK)
TB3
K1
(WHT)
1
2
3
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLK)
1
2
3
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(WHT)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(WHT)
to EZ01300 ( main power supply )
to PAC17 _ 1p/6p
(BLK)
(BLK)
JPW1
Li
JPW1
PW1
PW1
20.7.1
PDU23-0 : <Single Phase>
3Lo
4Li
4Lo
(BRN)
(WHT)
2Li
2Lo
Li
(BLK)
C1
(WHT)
Lo
CP1
(BLK) 1
(WHT) 3
(YEL/GRN) 5
(BLU)
(YEL/GRN)
L
N
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
FG
4
3
2
1
(BLK)
(WHT) 2
S+24V
(L21) 200V IN
(L22) 200V IN
(L31) 200V IN
(L32) 200V IN
SGND
(YEL)
(WHT)
1Li
1Lo
2Li
2Lo
(BLK)
(BLK) Li
3
Lo
CP3
C2
4
(BLK) Li
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL/GRN)
D
5
(ORG)
Lo
CP4
(BLK)
NF3
6
7
5
6
(BLK)
(WHT)
1Li
1Lo
2Li
2Lo
(BLK)
(BLK) Li
3
Lo
CP5
C3
(WHT)
(BLK)
(YEL/GRN)
(BRN)
(BLK) Li
(YEL/GRN)
Lo
CP6
(BLK)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(WHT)
1
2
3
4
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
K5
230-210V
S1
200-220V
(N22) 200V IN
to PAC17 _ 2p/7p
(BLK)
(WHT)
PAC23
(N31) 200V IN
to PAC17 _ 5p/10p
(BLK)
1
2
3
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(N21) 200V IN
to PAC17 _ 4p/9p
(BLK)
K4
(WHT)
2
K3
(WHT)
LB3
(BLU)
K2
(WHT)
2
(WHT)
(BLK)
(N32) 200V IN
to PAC17 _ 3p/8p
1 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
2 7
PAC17
PAC17
3 8
K4_6p (C+)
K4_5p (C-)
(BLK)
4 9
5 10
(ORG)
(BLK)
K2_6p (C+)
K2_5p (C-)
NF2
LB2
3
(ORG)
(BLK)
K5_6p (C+)
K5_5p (C-)
(YEL)
(YEL/GRN)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLU)
3Li
(ORG)
(BLK)
K3_6p (C+)
K3_5p (C-)
2Lo
1Lo
(ORG)
(BLK)
2Li
1Li
K1_6p (C+)
K1_5p (C-)
L3
(BRN)
(BLK)
SPS
NF1
LB1
(RED)
(RED)
PAC02
PAC02
L3
(ORG)
1Lo
PAC12
PAC12
L2
TB2
1Li
PAC10
PAC10
L2
NFB1
(RED)
PAC11
PAC11
L1
PAC09
PAC09
L1
SPS2
SPS2
SPS1
SPS1
TB1
<PAC17> to K1-K5_6p/5p
PDU23-0 : <3-Phase/3-Wire>
L1
L2
L2
L2
L3
L3
L3
TB2
NFB1
(RED)
(ORG)
(BRN)
(BLU)
1Li
1Lo
2Li
2Lo
3Li
3Lo
4Li
4Lo
(RED)
(RED)
(ORG)
TB1
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BRN)
(BLU)
(YEL/GRN)
(ORG)
L1
L1
L2
L2
L2
L3
L3
L3
TB2
NFB1
(RED)
(ORG)
(BRN)
(BLU)
1Li
1Lo
2Li
2Lo
3Li
3Lo
4Li
4Lo
(RED)
(RED)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BRN)
(BLU)
(YEL/GRN)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BLU)
(YEL/GRN)
(BRN)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(YEL)
L1
(BLK)
(WHT)
(YEL)
L1
(YEL)
TB1
L1
(YEL)
PDU23-0 : <3-Phase/4-Wire>
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BRN)
(WHT)
(YEL/GRN)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(YEL)
20-53
20-54
A24 A25 A26 B1 B2 B3
G
CTL23 Circuit Board
B24 B25 B26
7
5
6
1
(BLK)
(ORG)
3 9
4 10
5 11
6 12
2
8
JD700
JD700
3 9
4 10
5 11
6 12
(BLK)
(ORG)
(ORG)
8
2
9
3 10
4 11
PAC18
PAC18
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
5 12
PAC03
PAC03
2 4 6
7 9 11
2 4 6
7 9 11
JFAN4
JFAN4
2 4 6
7 9 11
6 13
PAC23 Circuit Board
8 10 12
8 10 12
1 8
8 10 12
1 8
4 2 1
F630
F630
F630
1 3 4
4 2 1
F631A
F631A
F631A
1 3 4
4 2 1
F631B
F631B
F631B
1 3 4
F630
F631A
F631B
NC
NC
(BLK)
P2 Heater Safety Thermostat

(03EP-15A06B-090)
PS1/2/3 Heater Safety Thermostat

(03EP-15A06B-090)
PS4 Heater Safety Thermostat

(03EP-15A06B-090)
D702
D703
JD701
JD701
3 7
4 8
3 7
4 8
7 14
(BLK)
(ORG)
P1 Heater Safety Thermostat

(03EP-15A06B-090)
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat 2

(03EP-15A06B-090)
D701
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat 1

(03EP-15A06B-090)
Dryer Section Cover Open/Close Detecting

Interlock Switch (V-152-1C26)
D700
NC
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
8
(ORG)
NO
Dryer Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch

(V-152-1C26)
11
S+24V
SGND
D703 (+)
D703 (-)
(ORG)
2 6
+24V02
F631B
GND-24V0
(ORG)
1 5
(BLK)
1 2
(RED)
(WHT)
1 2
(BLK)
1 2
(RED)
(WHT)
Power Supply Cooling Fan
1 2
2 6
(BLK)
10
1 5
(ORG)
D702 (+)
D702 (-)
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 2
D703
D703
3 6
JD760
JD760
6
D701 (+)
D701 (-)
1 2
D702
D702
(BLK)
5 10
(RED)
(WHT)
4 9
+24V02
F631A
GND-24V0
+24V02
F630B
GND-24V0
1 2
D701
D701
(ORG)
JD762
JD762
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 2
D700
D700
NC
NC
(ORG)
10
(BLK)
NC
COM
NO
COM
NC
D760
D760
D700 (+)
D700 (-)
From PWR23
NC
NC
(BLK)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(YEL)
7
(ORG)
(ORG)
7
(ORG)
(YEL)
2
NC
NC
(YEL)
6
3 8
JSO12
JSO12
(YEL)
(YEL)
1
(YEL)
NC
NC
To JKEY1 (Operation Panel)
NC
NC
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BRN)
2
JKEY4
JKEY4
1 2
(BRN)
(GRY)
STANDBY Switch
C1550AT-WW
D760B (+)
D760B (-)
D760A (+)
D760A (-)
LED (A)
GND-24S
(RED)
JD684
JD684
1 2
3
(GRY)
(BLK)
+24V02
F630A
GND-24V0
K4 (+)
K4 (-)
K2 (+)
K2 (-)
(RED)
(ORG)
Solution Heater (L31) 200V

(From Relay K4)
Solution Heater (L21) 200V

(From Relay K2)
Dryer Heater Input (L32) 200V

(From Relay K5)
D762B
D760B
(BLK)
PAC17
PAC17
3 8
(ORG)
(BLK)
2 7
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 6
K5 (+)
K5 (-)
K3 (+)
K3 (-)
(BLK)
SPS
(ORG)
D684+
D684-
S+24V
Rtn
S+24V
3 4
PAC16
PAC16
(ORG)
(BLK)
Rtn
(ORG)
(BLK)
K1 (+)
K1 (-)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
PAC13
PAC13
1 2
10
(RED)
(WHT)
1 8
(WHT)
(WHT)
1 2
PAC11
PAC11
200V (L) IN
200V (N) IN
(BLK)
1 2
PAC12
PAC12
200V (L) IN
200V (N) IN
D
5B
D762A
D760A
7 4
2A 4B
D762B
(BLK)
PAC14
PAC14
6 3
(BLK)
(BLK)
rtn
(WHT)
(BLK)
1A
1 2
JKEY3
JKEY3
D762A
(BLK)
F
(RED)
(WHT)
5 2
D684
(RED)
(WHT)
6 3
7 4
JPWC2
JPWC2
6 3
7 4
CHECK+
CHECK-
NC
Solution Heater 2 (K4)
5 2
D762BD762x
1 3 2
PAC09
PAC09
Solution Heater 2 (K2)
5 2
NC
Dryer Heater Input (L22) 200V

(From Relay K3)
Dryer Heater 2 (K5)
1 2
JPWC1
JPWC1
1 2
(WHT)
(BLK)
Dryer Heater 1 (K3)
PAC15
PAC15
1 2
(ORG)
(BLK)
E
200V (L) IN
200V (N) IN
1 3 2 4
PAC10
PAC10
D760+
D760-
3 6
+24V50
GND-24V5
NC
NC
1 2 3
H703
H703
1 2 3
PS4 Heater
(200V/375W)
1 2 3
H701
H701
1 2 3
IN
IN
IN
IN
N.C
Relay for DC Power Supply (K1)
CTL2
CTL2
2 5
PAC05
PAC05
(WHT)
1 2 3
H702
H702
1 2 3
(ORG)
(BLK)
B3 B2 B1
1 4
(BLK)
P2 Heater
(200V/250W)
1 2 3
H700
H700
1 2 3
(ORG)
(BLK)
PAC01
PAC01
N.C
H703
(L)
(N)
(L)
(N)
PAC04
PAC04
NC
NC
H701
200V
200V
200V
200V
3 4
(WHT)
H702
GND-24V0
1 2
(BLK)
PS1/2/3 Heater
(200V/375W)
H700
+24V02
4 8
H703 (L)
H703 (N)
3 7
NC
NC
PAC08
PAC08
NC
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLK)
A3A2 A1 B26 B25 B24

2 6
3 6
H701 (L)
H701 (N)
1 5
3 6
(BLK)
H765
P1 Heater
(200V/250W)
H763
H702 (L)
H702 (N)
NC
Dryer Heater H765

(200V378W/240V544W)
H761
(WHT)
Dryer Heater H763

(200V378W/240V544W)
H767
(BLK)
Dryer Heater H761

(200V378W/240V544W)
H766
H700 (L)
H700 (N)
Dryer Heater H767

(200V378W/240V544W)
H764
NC
Dryer Heater H766

(200V378W/240V544W)
H762
NC
PAC07
PAC07
(WHT)
NC
2 5
H761
H761
2 5
(BLK)
1 4
(WHT)
3 4
(BLK)
Dryer Heater H764

(200V378W/240V544W)
H760
NC
3 4
(WHT)
(BLK)
1 4
H765 (L)
H765 (N)
1 2
3 4
H763 (L)
H763 (N)
PAC06
PAC06
H761 (L)
H761 (N)
1 2
(WHT)
3 6
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BLK)
1 2
H767 (L)
H767 (N)
3 6
To PWR8
A1 A2 A3
2 5
H766
H766
3 6
To PWR5
A26 A25 A24
H
Dryer Heater H762
(200V378W/240V544W)
H766 (L)
H766 (N)
1 4
2 5
H760
H760
2 5
H764 (L)
H764 (N)
1 4
(WHT)
1 4
(BLK)
Dryer Heater H760

(200V378W/240V544W)
(WHT)
(BLK)
20.7.2
H762 (L)
H762 (N)
H760 (L)
H760 (N)

PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
12
ZWS30-24/JEZ
Auxiliary Power Supply
SPS2
4 2 3 1
1 2
PAC02
PAC02
D680B
D680A
D680B
1 4
2 5 3 6
1 2
JIL3
JIL3
1 2
1 3 2 4
JD724
JD724
1 3 2 4
Image Control Box
2 9 4 11 6 13
NC
NC
NC
NC
11
PWR3
PWR3
1 8 2 3 4 5 6 7
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 8 15 17 7 9
1 4 12 14 3 5 6 9 17 20 8 10
+24V61
+24V62
+24V63
GND-24V6
+24V51
+24V52
+24V53
GND-24V5
+24V51
GND-24V5
+24V52
GND-24V5
+24V53
GND-24V5
+24V61
GND-24V6
+24V62
GND-24V6
+24V63
GND-24V6
To PDA19
To PDA18
11
1 2 3 4 5 6
LDD2
LDD2
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
JPWC2
JPWC2
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
JPWA3
JPWA3
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
+24V50
GND-24V5
D760+
D760D762BD762x rtn
pwr35 check3+
pwr35 check-
GND-5MC <PWR>
GND-5MC <PWR>
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
NC
NC
NC
NC
10
(BLK)
PWR6
PWR6
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9
LDD4
LDD4
+24V41
GND-24V4
+24V42
GND-24V4
+24V43
GND-24V4
10 12 2 4 14 6 16 18
PWR10
PWR10
RS12V1s_Fail
A+24V on/off
A+8V on/off
pwr35_check+
pwr35_check2+
RS12V1m_Fail
1 3 11 13
NC
NC
NC
NC
To PDB16
To PAC15
To PAC15
To PDB14
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
+24V31
GND-24V3
+24V32
GND-24V3
+24V41
+24V42
+24V43
GND-24V4
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 3 10 12 5 7 14 16
9 11 2 4 13 15 6 8
PWR9
PWR9
1 3 2 4
JPWB4
JPWB4
1 3 2 4
(BLK)
12
(BLK)
RS
+24V31
GND-24V2
+24V32
GND-24V3
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
8 11
GND-12RS
A-12V
GND-12RS
GND-8RS
GND-8RS
A+12V1 RS
+24V22
GND-24V2
+24V12
GND-24V1
+24V21
GND-24V2
+24V11
GND-24V1
+24V22
GND-24V2
+24V11
GND-24V1
+24V12
GND-24V1
+24V21
GND-24V2
19 21 20 22
NC
9
(BLU)
RS
A+24V1 RS
GND-24RS
GND-24RS
A+8V RS
A+8V RS
A+24V1
GND-24RS
A+12V2 RS
A+12V2 RS
GND-12RS
GND-12RS
(ORG)
(BLK)
7 10
NC
1 13 3 15 5 17 6 18 7
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
GND-24RS
A+24V2 RS
A+24V2 RS
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
JPWB3
JPWB3
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
7 14 5 12 3 10 1 8
LDD3
LDD3
NC
2 1 4 3
GEP9
GEP9
(BLK)
+24V02
GND-24V0
1 2
JPWC1
JPWC1
1 2
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
To PDA18
CPUPOWERC
+12VPOWERC
POWRONC
POWERONC
PCE
PCE
1 2 3 4
2 14 4 16 8 20 10 22
A+24V
A+24V
A24G
A24G
A+8V
A+8V
A8G
A8G
A+12V
A+12V
A12G
A12G
A-12V
A-12V
A-12G
A-12G
1 2 3 4
JKEY2
JKEY2
19 21 23 24
NC
NC
7 8 15 16
+24V02
GND-24V0
+24V03
GND-24V0
To PDB13
(RED)
(BLK)
1 3 2 4
JPWB2
JPWB2
1 3 2 4
(ORG)
(BLK)
To PDA17
(RED)
(BLK)
14 17
PWR8
PWR8
NC
A+12V1 RS
GND-12RS
GND-12RS
A-12V RS
NC
NC
NC
NC
3 6
NC
NC
NC
NC
1 4 9 12 2 5 10 13 3 6 11 14
ATX1
ATX1
+24V01
GND-24V0
D+5V2_MC
GND-5MC
D+5V2_MC
GND-5MC
D+5V2_MC
GND-5MC
+24V03
+24V01
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V2
GND2
1 2
JPWA2
JPWA2
1 2
NC
PWR7
PWR7
To JKEY1
D+12V2_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM
D+5V2_MC
GND-5MC
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
MC5V1m_Fail
MC5V1s_Fail
+24V13_on/off
+24V46_on/off
AUX1_on/off
AUX2_on/off
NC
GND-5MC <PWR>
GND-5MC <PWR>
GND-5MC <PWR>
GND-5MC <PWR>
NC
NC
NC
pwr2_check+
pwr2_check-
NC (D682x)
D724
D762A
D762B
GND-5MC <CTL>
GND-5MC <CTL>
RS12V1m_Fail1
RS12V1s_Fail1
D680A/D680B
D681A/D681B
1 2
JPWB1
JPWB1
1 2
(ORG)
NC
PWR4
PWR4
To PAC14
1 3 2 4
JD762
JD762
1 3 2 4
2 5 9 18
1 2
JPWA1
JPWA1
1 2
IL+12V1
IL+12V1
IL12G1
IL12G1
2 5 3 6
D+5V1_MC
GND-5MC
D+5V1_MC
GND-5MC
1 4 12 15 13 16
NC
(BLK)
(BLK)
NC
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
8 9
IL+24V1
IL+24V1
IL24G1
IL24G1
JIL2
JIL2
GND-5MC <PWR>
GND-5MC <PWR>
pwr2_check+
pwr2_checkMC5V1m_Fail
MC5V1s_Fail
+24V13_on/off
+24V46_on/off
AUX1_on/off
AUX2_on/off
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7
PWR2
PWR2
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12
(RED)
(BLK)
D762A+
D762AD762B+
D762B-
1 23 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
PWR1
PWR1
CTL6
CTL6
2 3 5 6 4 1
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BRN)
(RED)
(BLK)
NC
NC
12 6 13 7
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL)
D724+
D724-
NC
NC
B
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
CTL3
CTL3
1 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
ps1 Fan_ALM1
ps2 Fan_ALM2
ps1 DC_Fail1
ps2 DC_Fail2
+24V50_Fail
D+5V0_MC_Fail
CTL23 Circuit Board
A+12V1_RS
GND_12RS
GND_12RS
A-12V1_RS
1 4
_A
_A
_K
_K
JIL1
JIL1
LED (Atx_out)
LED (Atx_in)
LED (Atx_xx)
LED (Atx_xx)
NC
NC
11 5
(YEL)
(YEL)
ps1 Fan_ALM1
ps2 Fan_ALM2
ps1 DC_Fail1
ps2 DC_Fail2
+24V50_Fail
D+5V0_MC_Fail
MC5V1m_Fail
MC5V1s_Fail
RS12V1m_Fail
RS12V1s_Fail
D680A/D680B
D681A/D681B
NC
D724
D762A
D762B
GND-5MC <CTL>
GND-5MC <CTL>
D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM
GND-12IM
2 4
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL)
2 4
NC
NC
D680A/D680B+
D680A/D680B-
pwr1_check+
pwr1_checkpwr35_check+
pwr35_checkps1 AC_Fail1
ps2 AC_Fail2
To JS012
1 3
10 4
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
CTL11
CTL11
22 2 21 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
(YEL)
(YEL)
NC
NC
9 3
NC
(YEL)
NO
COM
1 3
(YEL)
(YEL)
pwr1_check+
ps2 AC_Fail2
AA
(YEL)
(YEL)
D680A
D681B
Magazine Door Interlock Switch 2

(V-152-1C25)
NC
NO
COM
pwr35_check3+
pwr35_check3D681A/D681B+
D681A/D681B-
NC
NO
COM
D681B
D681A
Magazine Door Interlock Switch 1

(V-152-1C25)
E
1 14 8 2
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
NC
(YEL)
NO
COM
20.7.3
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close

Detecting Interlock Switch
(V-152-1C25)
H
D681A
Left-hand Door Interlock Switch 2

(V-152-1C25)
G
NC
NO
COM
Left-hand Door Interlock Switch 1

(V-152-1C25)

PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
12
JPWA4
JPWA4
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
PWR11
PWR11
11 2 13 15 16 7 18 19
PWR23 Circuit Board
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
PWR5
PWR5
LDD23 Circuit Board
D724
D724
20-55
20-56
PAC01
PAC01
B3B2B1
1 12 2
3
4 5 6
G
PAC23 Circuit Board
1 12 2
3
4 5 6
1 12 2
3
4 5 6
3 1 2 4
JKEY2
JKEY2
3 1 2 4
JKEY1
JKEY1
7 8 9
10 11
7 8 9
10 11
KEY1
KEY1
7 8 9
10 11
KEY23 Circuit Board

CTL3
CTL3
1 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 2
JKEY3
JKEY3
1 2
2 3 1 4
jgep
jgep
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7
PWR2
PWR2
8 9
1 23 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
CTL11
CTL11
22 2 21 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
CTL6
CTL6
2 3 5 6 4 1
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
T32
GPR2
GPR2
5 12
CTL1
CTL1
T17
T18
C17
C18
T32
C32
T33
T34
C33
C34
C32
T33
T34
C33
C34
PWR1
PWR1
PWR23 Circuit Board
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V2
GND2
Temperature/Humidity Sensor
(CHS-CMC-08)
10
D+5V1_MC
GND-5MC
D+5V1_MC
GND-5MC
D+5V2_MC
GND-5MC
T17
T18
C17
C18
RS12V1m_Fail1
RS12V1s_Fail1
D680A/D680B
D681A/D681B
D682
D724
D762A
D762B
DGND
DGND
C16
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
CTL15
CTL15
CPWR
CPWR
PWR_CN_ST
PWR_CN_ST
AC_Fail1
AC_Fail2
Fan_ALM1
Fan_ALM2
DC_Fail1
DC_Fail2
+24V50_Fail
MC5V0_Fail
T16
C16
NC
CTL8
CTL8
2 3 1 4
(BLK)
(BLK)
CTL23 Circuit Board (1/3)
GND-5MC <PWR>
GND-5MC <PWR>
T3
C2 C3
ps1 Fan_ALM1
ps2 Fan_ALM2
ps1 DC_Fail1
ps2 DC_Fail2
+24V50_Fail
D+5V0_MC_Fail
MC5V1m_Fail
MC5V1s_Fail
RS12V1m_Fail
RS12V1s_Fail
D680A/D680B
D681A/D681B
NC
D724
D762A
D762B
GND-5MC <CTL>
GND-5MC <CTL>
CTL5
CTL5
T16
Spare 1
Spare 2
NC
Rtn
Rtn
Rtn
Rtn
NC
NC
NC
T3
C2 C3
(GRY)
CPWR_CN_ST1 (DGND)
CPWR_CN_ST1
CIOV_STS2
CTLV_STS2
+24V1-3on
+24V4-6on
T2
pwr1_check+
ps2 AC_Fail2
CTL4
CTL4
1 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2
C1
T2
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
GND - TH1
TH2
pwr2_check+
pwr2_checkMC5V1m_Fail
MC5V1s_Fail
+24V13_on/off
+24V46_on/off
AUX1_on/off
AUX2_on/off
T1
C1
(BLK)
B24B25 B26
6 8 4
NC
CTL2
CTL2
9 7 3
D653_0
D653_Rtn
CTL_CN_ST4
CTL_CN_ST4
T1
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 10
To GEP10
2 11
(BRN)
(BLK)
4 3 1
(BRN)
(BLK)
9 7 5
PL2_A
PL2_K
10 8 6
(BLK)
(BRN)
(RED)
CTL7
CTL7
(BLK)
(BRN)
(RED)
15 13 11
PL1_K
PL1_GA
PL1_RA
16 14 12
(BRN)
(RED)
(BLK)
20 18 17
(BLK)
14 16 18
CTL_CN_ST3
DGND
D+5V2
D+5V2
DGND2
DGND2
OPTXD
OPRXD
DGND
NC
14 16 18
13 15 17
(0) AG
NC
13 15 17
(RED)
(WHT)
8 10 12
8 10 12
(BRN)
(RED)
(BLK)
A3A2A1 B26 B25B24
1 2
TS760
TS760
1 2
(BLK)
A24A25 A26 B1B2 B3
TS760
(0) AG
HS760-1
FG2
7 9 11
ana1
ana1
7 9 11
+5V
RHV (Humidity)
RXD
TXD
GND
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
E
1 2 3
ana2
ana2
1 2 3
(RED)
(WHT)
1 2 3
TS703
TS703
1 2 3
A+5Va
HS760-2
FG2
1 2 3
TS702
TS702
1 2 3
(BLK)
TS703
NC
A+5Va
PS4 Tank Temperature Sensor

(YT205-56)
TS702
Dryer Temperature Sensor

(GP1AQ36L)
PS1/2/3 Tank Temperature Sensor

(YT205-56)
TS701
(RED)
(WHT)
N.C
P2 Tank Temperature Sensor

(YT205-56)
TS700
(RED)
(WHT)
N.C
N.C
N.C
P1 Tank Temperature Sensor

(YT205-56)
FS706
(DGND) CTL_CN_ST4
CTL_CN_ST4
(RED)
(WHT)
(RED)
(WHT)
N.C
N.C
N.C
TS760
(0) AG
FG2
(RED)
(WHT)
(RED)
(WHT)
2 4 6
TS703
(0) AG
FG2
(RED)
(WHT)
2 4 6
1 3 5
(RED)
(WHT)
1 3 5
1 2 3
TS701
TS701
1 2 3
TS702
(0) AG
FG2
(RED)
(WHT)
1 2 3
TS700
TS700
1 2 3
TS701
(0) AG
FG2
N.C
1 2 3
FS706
FS706
1 2 3
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
A26 A25 A24

(RED)
(WHT)
N.C
GND
CN_STS
CN_Rtn
+5V
A1 A2 A3
(RED)
(WHT)
N.C
TS700
(0) AG
FG2
19 2
(RED)
(WHT)
(RED)
(WHT)
(BLK)
20.7.4
FS706
FS706_Rtn
AG2
CTL_CN_ST4
CTL_CN_ST4

CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3)
11
12
Temperature/Humidity
Circuit Board
HS760
HS760
1 2
3 4
Image Control Box
1 4 12 15 13 16
PWR8
PWR8

1
10
11
12
JND23 Circuit Board
B
A50 A49 A48
A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48
B3 B2 B1
JND1
JND1
CTL9
CTL9
A1 A2 A3 A4
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3
B48 B49 B50
A1 A2 A3 A4
A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3
B32 B33 B34
CTL10
CTL10
JNE1
JNE1
A34 A33 A32
A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32
B3 B2 B1
F
JNE23 Circuit Board
20-57

1
10
12
11
PDB23 Circuit Board
B
B1 B2 B3 B4
B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4

PDB1
PDB1
A28 A29 A30
A1 A2 A3 A4
CTL12
CTL12
A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3
B47 B48 B49 B50
D
A1 A2 A3 A4
A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3

CTL13
CTL13
B47 B48 B49 B50
A1 A2 A3 A4
A47 A48 A49 A50
B1 B2 B3
A28 A29 A30B1 B2 B3

CTL14
CTL14
B28 B29 B30
B1 B2 B3
20-58
PDA1
PDA1
B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4
PDA23 Circuit Board
PDA2
PDA2
B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3 A4
PDA23 Circuit Board
A28 A29 A30
A50 A49 A48
A1 A2 A3 A4
1618
1921
2022
232527
2426
28
293133
303234
1 3 5
A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3
2 4 6
7 9
8 10
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 4 6
7 9
8 10
1113
1214
1517
1618
1921
2022
232425
1113
1214
1517
jha1
jha1
1214
1517
1618
jha2
jha2
1618
JND2
JND2
1921
1921
2022
232425
26
2729
313335
2830
323436
1 3
2 4
2022
232425
26
2729
313335
2830
323436
1 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1113
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
8 10
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
7 9
(RED)
(BLK)
2 4 6
(RED)
(BLK)
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLK)
303234
(RED)
(BLK)
293133
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
171819
1 2
jha5/jha8
jha8
3 4 5
1416 20
171819
1 2
Paper Supply/Feed Section
3 4 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1416 20
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1315
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
1012
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
9 11
D632L
D632L
1 2
26
2729
313335
2830
323436
1 3
2 4
5 7 9
6 8 10
11121314
jfk1
jfk1
2 4
JND3
JND3
5 7 9
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
jha4/jha7
jha7
Upper Magazine
Splice Sensor
Lower Cutter Close Sensor
Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1

Lower Magazine
Open/Close Sensor 2
Lower Magazine
Paper Sensor
Exposure Section
Entrance Paper Sensor
Exposure Position
Paper Sensor
D632L
D632P
D650L D653L
D650P
D653P
D629P
D632L
D632P
D650L D653L
D650P
D653P
1 2
1 2 3
1 3
1 2 3
1 2
1 2 3
1 2 3
jfk2
jfk2
Soft Nip Home Position

Sensor (for M651)
Exposure Position
Paper Sensor LED
Exposure Section Entrance

Paper Sensor LED
Lower Magazine
Splice Sensor
Lower Magazine
Paper Sensor LED
Lower Magazine
Splice Sensor LED
Lower Magazine
Paper End Sensor
Lower Magazine
Open/Close Sensor 1
Lower Cutter Open

(Home Position) Sensor
Upper Magazine Paper Sensor
Upper Magazine
Splice Sensor LED
D629P
D629L
1 2
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1315
1 2 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1012
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
9 11
(RED)
(BLK)
6 8
(RED)
(BLK)
5 7
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 4
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1 3
(RED)
(BLK)
2 4 678
(RED)
(BLK)
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
6 8
(RED)
(GRY)
5 7
(RED)
(GRY)
2 4
1 2
D629L
D+5Va
D651
DGND
(DGND)
1517
1 3 5
(RED)
(GRY)
1 3
(RED)
(GRY)
2 4 678
jha3/jha6
jha6
(RED)
(GRY)
1 3 5
D628
1 2
D+5Va
D653P
DGND
1214
303234
(RED)
(GRY)
3 4 5
(RED)
(GRY)
1 2
D627
10
D+5Va
D650P
DGND
1113
(RED)
(GRY)
171819
(RED)
(GRY)
1416
1 2
D+5Va
D653L
8 10
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
1315
1 2
D+5Va
D650L
7 9
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
1012
D624 D625
D+5Va
D632P
DGND
2 4 6
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
9 11
D+5Va
D632L
1 3 5
293133
1 2
D626
D+5Va
D629P
DGND
D
28
1 2
D628
D+5Va
D629L
2426
D623
1 2
D627
(DGND)
232527
D+5Va
D626
DGND
2022
D622
1 2
D628
DGND
E
1921
1 2 3
D624 D625
D627
DGND
1618
28
(RED)
(GRY)
2426
1 2 3
(RED)
(GRY)
232527
3 4 5
D621
D621
D623
D604
D620
D620
D622
D603
D625
DGND
1517
jha5/jha8
jha5
D624
DGND
2022
1 2
D631
(RED)
(GRY)
1921
1 2 3
D623
DGND
1618
171819
D619P
(RED)
(GRY)
1517
1416
(RED)
(GRY)
jha4/jha7
jha4
1 2
D622
DGND
1214
1315
1 2 3
(RED)
(GRY)
1113
1012
D616
D621
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
1 2
(RED)
(GRY)
D618
1 2
(RED)
(GRY)
D617
1 2
D620
DGND
1214
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D615
1 2
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D614
1 2
D619P
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D613
1 2
D619L
D+5Va
D604
DGND
1113
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D612
1 2
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D611
1 2
D619L
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D610
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
8 10
9 11
D+5Va
D603
DGND
8 10
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D618
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
Upper Magazine
Open/Close Sensor 2
D617
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
7 9
6 8
(RED)
(BLK)
Upper Magazine
Open/Close Sensor 1
D615
Upper Magazine
Paper End Sensor
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 6
D614
D+5Va
D631
DGND
(RED)
(BLK)
2 4 6
5 7
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D613
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
6 8
(RED)
(GRY)
D612
D+5Va
D619P
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
5 7
(RED)
(GRY)
D611
(DGND)
(RED)
(BLK)
7 9
D+5Va
D619L
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(GRY)
2 4
(RED)
(GRY)
D610
D+5Va
D616
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
1 3
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
2 4 6 78
D618
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
2 4 6
D617
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
jha3/jha6
jha3
D615
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
1 3 5
D614
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
2 4
(RED)
(GRY)
1 3 5
1 3
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
1 2 3
D613
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
1 3 5
D602
D612
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
2 4 6 78
(RED)
(GRY)
1 2 3
Upper Cutter Close Sensor
Upper Cutter Open

(Home Position) Sensor
D611
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D601
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D610
DGND
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
C
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
20.7.5
D+5Va
D602
DGND
D+5Va
D601
DGND

JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
11
12
D651
3 2 1
1 2 3
1 2
1 3
2 4
1 2 3
1 3
2 4
1 2 3
jfk3
jfk3
5 7 9
6 8 10
11121314
6 8 10
11121314
JND6
JND6
Sub-scanning Section
JND23 Circuit Board (1/2)
F
JND1
JND1
B3 B2 B1
G
CTL9
CTL9
B48 B49 B50
CTL23 Circuit Board
20-59
Feed Section
Paper Sensor
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
20-60
7 9
1 3 5
1 3 5
G
3 2 1
D633
D633
2 4 6
11 8 10 12
JND4
JND4
4 6 8 9 10
1 2 3 5 7
F
2 4 6 7 8
jin1
jin1
2 4 6 7 8
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
JND5
JND5
Distribution Entrance Section

2 4 6
JND7
JND7
7 8
1 3 5
2 4 6
7 9 11
Back Print/Feed Section
JND23 Circuit Board (2/2)
D
19 2123
JND8
JND8
2022 24
25 2729
2628 30
(RED)
(BLK)
8 10 12
131517
jfur2
jfur2
131517
141618
19 20
21 22
23 24
252627
28
1 2
3 4
5 6
141618
19 20
21 22
23 24
252627
28
1 2
3 4
5 6
40
(RED)
(BLK)
8 10 12
7 9 11
(RED)
(BLK)
7 9 11
5 6
(RED)
(BLK)
5 6
3 4
1 2 3 5
4 6
7 9
D+5Va
D667L
3 4
1 2
(RED)
(BLK)
1 2
101214
(RED)
(BLK)
101214
9 11 13
CTL_CN_STG
NC
D+5Va
D666L
2 4 6 7 8
jfur1
jfur1
2 4 6 7 8
9 11 13
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1 3 5
9 10 7 8
(RED)
(BLK)
9 10 7 8
(RED)
(BLK)
34 36
373839
Paper Exit Section
D+5Va
D668P
DGND
(DGND)
DGND
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
33 35
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
31 32
7 9 11
8 10 12
13
141516
7 9 11
8 10 12
13
141516
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)

Paper Sensor LED (Center)

Paper Sensor LED (Rear)

Paper Sensor (Front)

Paper Sensor (Center)

Paper Sensor (Rear)
10
D+5Va
D667P
DGND
jshu1
jshu1
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)

Paper Sensor LED (Front)
jfur4
jfur4
D657
D657
1 2 3
D+5Va
D666P
DGND
D659L
1 3
(DGND)
D659L
D658L
1 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D+5Va
D668L
D658L
(DGND)
D669
1 2
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D669
(RED)
(BLK)
D+5Va
D697
DGND
(RED)
(BLK)
D665P
1 2 3
D+5Va
D659L
D660P
1 2 3
(RED)
(BLK)
Distribution Paper Sensor (Rear)
D664P
1 2 3
D+5Va
D658L
Distribution Paper Sensor (Center)
D665P
Distribution Drive Standby Sensor
Distribution Paper Sensor (Front)
D660P
(RED)
(GRY)
D665L
1 3
D664P
D669
DGND
D660L
1 3
D661
D661
1 2 3
D+5Va
D665P
DGND
D665L
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D660L
Distribution Home Position Sensor (for M661)
D664L
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1718
D+5Va
D660P
DGND
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Rear)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
14 16
D+5Va
D664P
DGND
1315
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
8 1012
D+5Va
D661
DGND
(RED)
(BLK)
D664L
1 3
(RED)
(BLK)
D659P
1 2 3
Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Center)
D659P
D+5Va
D665L
(RED)
(BLK)
1 3 5
D658P
D658P
1 2 3
Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Front)
(RED)
(BLK)
2 4 6 7 8
jfur3
jfur3
2 4 6 7 8
D+5Va
D660L
(RED)
(BLK)
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLK)
1 2 3
jfke2
jfke2
1 2 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D663
D663
1 2 3
D+5Va
D664L
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)

Sensor 4 (Rear) (for M663)
D662
D662
1 2 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)

Sensor 4 (Front) (for M662)
D656
D656
1 2 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D+5Va
D659P
DGND
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 4 6
jfke1
jfke1
2 4 6
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)

Sensor 3 (for M656)
Paper Sensor
Nip Release Home

Position Sensor 1 (for M642)
D+5Va
D658P
DGND
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1 3 5
11 8 10 12
D+5Va
D663P
DGND
11 8 10 12
2 4 6
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 4 6
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
4 5 6
D+5Va
D662
DGND
1 2 3
D655
D655
1 2 3
NC
NC
4 5 6
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
jre2
jre2
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1 2 3
D+5Va
D656
DGND
D640P
1 2 3

Sensor 2 (for M655)
D640P
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D642
D642
1 2 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
Paper Sensor LED
Tilt Home Position Sensor (for M641)
D+5Va
D655
DGND
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
7 9
D+5Va
D640P
DGND
7 9
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
D640L
1 3
(DGND)
D+5Va
D642
DGND
(RED)
(BLK)
D640L
(BLK)
E
D+5Va
D640L
D641
D641
1 2 3
D+5Va
D633
DGND
(DGND)
DGND
CTL_CN_ST5
NC
D+5Va
D630
DGND
jre1
jre1
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D+5Va
D641
DGND

JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
11
12
D666L
D667L
D668L
D666P
D667P
D668P
jfur5
jfur5
D666L
1 3
D667L
1 3
D668L
1 3
D666P
1 2 3
D667P
1 2 3
D668P
1 2 3
8 10 12
11
JND9
JND9
131517
141618 19 20
H
1 3
7 8 9
7 8 9
3 4 5
3 4 5
D813L
D813P
D814
D814
D813L
D813P
1 2 3
1 2 3
D814
D814
10 11 12
6 7 8
6 7 8
1 2 3
1 2 3
jso7
jso7
10 11 12
3 4
1 2
3 4
1 2
2 4
JSO17
JSO17
2 4
1 3
1
2
3 4 5
jso7
1 2
1 2
1 3
M812
M812
M811
M811
D813L
D813P
D813L
D813P
M812
M811
1 2 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
D770L
D771L
D770P
D771P
D772L
D772P
D773P
D773L
D774L
D775L
D774P
D775P
D770L
D771L
D770P
D771P
D772L
D772P
D773P
D773L
D774L
D775L
D774P
D775P
High Speed Exit Rear

Paper Sensor LED
High Speed Exit Center

Paper Sensor LED
High Speed Exit Front
Paper Sensor LED
High Speed Exit Center

Paper Sensor
High Speed Exit Front
Paper Sensor
1 2 3
1 2 3
8 10
11 13
15 17 19
11 13
15 17 19
1618 20
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
jshu3
jshu3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1618 20
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
Jshu2
Jshu2
(RED)
(BLK)
1618 20
(RED)
(BLK)
15 1719
(RED)
(BLK)
11 13
(RED)
(BLK)
D+5Va
D772P
DGND
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1618 20
12 14
21 23
22 24
25 27 29
1 2 3
26 28 30
1 2 3
D+5Va
D776
DGND
(DGND)
D+5Va
D775P
DGND
D+5Va
D774P
DGND
D+5Va
D775L
D+5Va
D774L
D+5Va
D773L
D+5Va
D773P
DGND
D+5Va
D772L
(RED)
(BLK)
D+5Va
D771P
DGND
D+5Va
D770P
DGND
15 1719
10
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
6
8 10
11 13
16 18 20
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
6 8 10
15 1719
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
5 7 9
(RED)
(BLK)
2 4
5 7 9
(RED)
(BLK)
JNE3
JNE3
1 3
(RED)
(BLK)
2 4
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
JNES2
JNES2
(RED)
(BLK)
1 3
D+5Va
D771L
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
JSO14
1 3
5 7 9
6 8 10
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 4 6
2 4
5 7 9
6 8 10
(RED)
(BLK)
7 8 9
1 3
5 7 9
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 4
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
D+5Va
D770L
D+5Va
D723
DGND
DGND
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 3
2 4
(RED)
(BLK)
4 6
1 3
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
High Speed Exit Rear

Paper Sensor
2 4
D723
D723

Front Paper Sensor
JSO17
2 3

Front Paper Sensor LED
* The following cables are connected to the sorter SU1400AY.

1

Center Paper Sensor
1 3
D722
D722
7 8 9
(RED)
(BLK)
jho2
jho2
(RED)
(BLK)
2 4 6

Rear Paper Sensor
1 2 3
4 5 6
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
jso3
jso3
(RED)
(BLK)
D721
D721
4 5 6
9 10 11 12

Center Paper Sensor LED
1 2 3
4 6 8
(RED)
(BLK)
1 2 3
D+5Va
D722
DGND
CTL_CN_ST7
NC
D+5Va
D721
DGND

Rear Paper Sensor LED
G
6 7 8
3 5 7
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1
1 2
Replenisher Cartridge
Box Lower Sensor
JNES4
JNES4
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 4
NC
A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3

CTL10
CTL10
Box Upper Sensor
E
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)

Position Sensor (Large Size)
JSO6
JSO6
5 6
5 6
2 4
Setting Sensor
3 5
4 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
Transversal Sorter
Drive Motor
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
A34 A33 A32
Transversal Sorter
Stop Sensor
A1 A2 A3 A4
(RED)
(BLK)
7 8
Transversal Sorter
Stop Sensor LED
3 5
(ORG)
(BLK)
3 5
2
(ORG)
(BLK)
1
2
Transversal Sorter
Drive Motor
3 5
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
7 8
D+5Va
D814
DGND
D+5Va
D813P
DGND
D813L
DGND
24-order Sorter Print

Alignment Motor
1 2
1
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
7 8
3 5
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
7 8
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1 2
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
jso6
jso6
(RED)
(BLK)
7 8
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
Transversal Sorter
Stop Sensor
(RED)
(BLK)
20.7.6
Transversal Sorter
Stop Sensor LED

JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
11
12 14
21 23
22 24
25 27 29
26 28 30
31 32 3334
12 14
21 23
22 24
25 27 29
26 28 30
3132 33 34
12 14
21 23
22 24
25 27 29
26 28 30
31 32 3334
12 14
21 23
22 24
252 7 29
26 28 30
31 32 3334
12
CTL23 Circuit Board

B32 B33 B34
JNES1
JNES1
B3 B2 B1
JNE23 Circuit Board (1/2)
31 32 33 34
D776
D776
1 2 3
M811
M811
1 2
M811
* The above diagram shows the configuration of the sorter SU2400AY.
20-61
20-62
1 28 2
3 5
4 6
7 9
8 10
11 13
12 14
15 17
16 18
19 20
21
JNE23 Circuit Board (2/2)
JNES
JNES
22 2723 2425 26
1 16 2 15
3 5
4 6
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(GRY)
8 10
1113
1214
FS704
DGND
FS705
DGND
7 9
JNES
JNES
(RED)
(GRY)
PS2 Solution Level Sensor
SWA20 Circuit Board
FS703
DGND
M810
D811
D811
1 2 3
1 3 2 4 5 6
SWA4
UL2464-SB (5P) 24AWG(7/0.203)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
1 2
SWA2
SWA2
(RED)
(GRY)
1 2
JSO4
JSO4
Sorter Tray
Drive Motor
FS702
DGND
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
jso4
jso4
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
P2 Solution Level Sensor
1 2 3 4 5 6
jso2
jso2
1 2 3 4 5 6
(RED)
(GRY)
SWA1
SWA1
3 4 5 6 8 7
9 10
FS701
DGND
1 3 2 4 5 6
SWA4
SWA4
P1 Solution Level Sensor
3 2 1
SWA3
SWA3
(RED)
(GRY)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
FS700
DGND
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D811
D811
1 2 3
M810+
M810-
D+5Va
D811
DGND
D+5Va
D810
DGND
D810
D810
1 2 3
M810+
M810-
NC
NC
D+5Va
DGND
D810
D811
D812
D815
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
UL2464-SB (5P) 24AWG(7/0.203)
Waste Solution Level Sensor
NC
(DGND)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLU)
1 2
jho1
jho1
1 2
CTL_CN_ST8
DGND
1 2 3
FS727
FS727
1 2 3
1 2
FS728
FS728
1 2
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLU)
PSR Lower Level Sensor
D+5Va
DGND
D810
D811
D812
D815
(RED)
(GRY)
NC
(RED)
(GRY)
1 2
FS726
FS726
1 2 3
NC
P2RB Lower Level Sensor
(D+5Va)
(RED)
(GRY)
1 2
FS725
FS725
1 2 3
NC
P2RA Lower Level Sensor
FS728
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
1 2
FS724
FS724
1 2 3
NC
P1R Lower Level Sensor
PSR Upper Level Sensor
P2RB Upper Level Sensor
P2RA Upper Level Sensor
FS727
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
NC
1 2 3
FS723
FS723
1 2 3
FS726
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
NC
1 2
FS722
FS722
1 2 3
FS725
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
NC
1 2
FS721
FS721
1 2 3
FS724
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
NC
P1R Upper Level Sensor
FS723
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
NC
1 2
FS720
FS720
1 2 3
FS722
DGND
(RED)
(GRY)
FS721
DGND
(BLK)
FS720
DGND
CTL_CN_ST8
DGND
NC

JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
9
10
11
* The following diagram shows the configuration of the sorter SU2400AY.

* The following cables are connected to the sorter SU1400AY.
(Cables for the sorter SU2400AY are used except for two cables.)
SWAT
3 4 5 6 8 7
9 10
1 2
1 2
FS700
FS700
1 2
1 2
FS701
FS701
1 2
1 2
FS702
FS702
1 2
1 2
FS703
FS703
1 2
1 2
FS704
FS704
1 2
1 2
FS705
FS705
1 2
1 2
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 10 11 12 1 2
jso4
12
F
1 2
JMH3
JMH3
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
JMH2
JMH2
6 5
JMH20 Circuit Board

4 3 2 1
JMH1
JMH1
9 10 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1
LDR2
LDR2
1 2 8 10 6 17 18
4 3 7 8 5 11 12 13 11 14 12
LDR23 Circuit Board

LDR1
LDR1
4 5 9
2 1 3 6
GMC2
GMC2
8 7
4 7
6 7
LDD6
LDD6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
LDD16
LDD16
1 2 3 4 5
GMC23 Circuit Board
1 2
(BLK)
DGND
Txd1
Rxd1
DGND
DGND
LDD1
LDD1
DGND
A+24VP
AGND
Txd2
Rxd2
DGND
LDD6IN
1 2 3 8
1 2 3
jgmc2
jgmc2
1 2 3
2 3 1 4
jgep
jgep
2 3 1 4
5 6
GEP10
GEP10
3 4
GEP23
Circuit Board
JROS
JROS
1 2 3 4 7 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 2629 27 28 30
1 2 3 4 7 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 2629 27 28 30
LDD7
LDD7
31 32
31 32
10
LDD17
LDD17
AGND
BTH
B_TrB
B_TrC
AGND
NC
D+5VP2
DGND
BRCLK
BDO
BRDO
BRCS
NC
NC
(WHT)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
BPD+
AGND
BMODE
A-12VP
AGND
A+12VP
BLDON
BHFM
AGND
BL+8V
BLDV
BMPX_T
AGND
BX_TrE
A-12VP
BX_TrB
NC
A+12VP
A+5VP
AGND
AGND
THA
AGNDP
F671_S
F672
AGNDP
F672_S
NC
NC
A+5VP
AGND
A+12VP
A-12VP
(ORG)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(GRY)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(RED)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(BLK)
UL2464-SB (5P) 24AWG(7/0.203)
(BLK)
LDD11
LDD11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
(RED)
(BLK)
7 8 9
SYNC_R_A
SYNC_R_C
4 5 6
LDD15
LDD15
D+5VP2
DGND
nSOS
DTAIN
DGND
+24VP2
M676_CLK
AGND
M676_ON
M676_ST
S673
AGND
D+5VP2
D674
DGND
F670
AGND
F670_S
F671
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
1 4 3
F614B
F614B
F614B
4 1 2
SOS
DGND
1 2 3
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
LDD5
LDD5
+24VP
AGND
F900_ST
1 2 3 4 5 6
LDD2
LDD2
+24VP
AGND
F614B_ST
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
A+24VA
A24G
A+12VA
A12G
A-12VA
BAOM_ST
pwr35_check+
RS12V1m_Fail
RS12V1s_Fail
A+24V_on/off
A+8V_on/off
GND-5MC<PWR>
GND-5MC<PWR>
pwr35_check2+
GND-12RS
A-12V_RS
1 4 3
F614A
F614A
F614A
4 1 2
SYNC_L_A
SYNC_L_C
E
F614B
(GRY)
(BLK)
LDD10
LDD10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 1516
12 13 8 9 10 11 17 18
Laser Optical Unit
F614A
/SOS
GND-SOS
D
6
NC
NC
8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9
LDD4
LDD4
AOM1
AOM1
1 2 3 4 5 6
Txd0
Rxd0
DGND
DGND
C
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
11
AOM Driver
(B/G)
+24VP
AGND
F614A_ST
12
LDDOUT
/LDD_RST0
(RED)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
LDD13
LDD13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9
PWR3
PWR3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A+24VA
A24G
A+12VA
A12G
A-12VA
NC
GND-12RS
A+12V1_RS
GND-8RS
A+8V_RS
GND-24RS
A+24V1_RS
PWR23 Circuit Board
AGND
RTH
R_TrB
R_TrC
AGND
D+5V2
DGND
RRCLK
RD0
RRD0
RRCS
NC
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(GRY)
RxIN0
TxOUT0
GND
LDDIN
(RED)
(GRY)
(BLK)
LDD12
LDD12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3
A+24VA
A24G
A+12VA
A12G
A-12VA
BAOM_ST
2 9 4 11 6 13
RMPX_T
AGND
RHFM
AGND
RL+5V
R+5V2
NC
A+12VP
7 14 5 12 3 10 1 8
LDD3
LDD3
1
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
10
CPUPOWERC
+12VPOWERC
POWERONC
POWERONC
PCE
PCE
PWR6
PWR6
RPD+
AGND
RMODE
R-5V2
AGND
R+5V2
RLDON
RX_TrE
A-12VP
RX_TrB
A+24V
A+24V
A+24G
A+24G
A+8V
A+8V
A8G
A8G
A+12V
A+12V
A12G
A12G
A-12V
A-12V
A-12G
A-12G
TxOUT1
RxIN1
GND
LDD14
LDD14
1 2
4
GND-12RS
D+5VP2
DGND
NC
GRCLK
GD0
GRD0
GRCS
2
A12V2_RS
GND-24RS
A+24V2_RS
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
IL+24VI
IL+24VI
IL+24G1
IL+24G1
IL+12VI
IL+12VI
IL12GI
IL12GI
20.7.7
GTH+
GTHGLD+
AGND
GPD+
AGND
A+12VP
AGND
A-12VP
NC
GP+
GP-

LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
11
12
LDB23 Circuit Board
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LDB1
LDB1
5 4 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1912 1314 151617 1811 20

LDD8
LDD8
1 2 3 4 5
LDB2
LDB2
1 2 3 4 5 6
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
LDD9
LDD9
LDD23 Circuit Board

LDD18
LDD18
1 5 4 3 9
AD
thermometer
Densitometer
(AD300)
20-63
20-64
2 1 3 6
GMC2
GMC2
8 7
RxIN0
TxOUT0
GND
LDDIN
LDDOUT
/LDD_RST0
(RED)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12
PWR7
PWR7
PWR23 Circuit Board

(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
CTL8
CTL8
2 3 1 4
5 6
GEP10
GEP10
3 4
7 8 15 16
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
2 1 4 3
GEP9
GEP9
GMC1
GMC1
1 11 2 12 3 13 4 14 5 15 6 16 7 17 8 18 9 19 10 20
ATX23 Circuit Board
IEEE1394 (Scanner)
Coaxial B
PWR23
Circuit Board
Coaxial G
Coaxial R
CTL23
Circuit Board
A+12V1_RS
GND-12RS
GND-12RS
A-12V1_RS
D653_0
D653_Rtn
CTL_CN_ST4
CTL_CN_ST4
6 7
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLU)
SOS
DGND
4 5
(GRY)
(BLK)
LDD1
LDD1
NC
NC
Txd0
Rxd0
DGND
DGND
LDD23 Circuit Board
A+12V1_RS
GND-12RS
GND-12RS
A-12V1_RS
SYNC_R_A
SYNC_R_C
1 2
SYNC_L_A
SYNC_L_C
/SOS
GND-SOS
jgmc2
1 2 3
LED(Atx_out)_A
LED(Atx_in) _A
LED(Atx_xx) _K
LED(Atx_xx) _K
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
D+5V_IM
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
D+5V_IM
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
NC
NC
NC
D+5V_IM
D+12V0_IM
D+5V_IM
D+3.3V_IM
D+3.3V_IM
D+3.3V_IM
NC
1 2 3 8
NC
ATX1
ATX1
1 4 9 12 2 5 10 13 3 6 11 14
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BRN)
(BRN)
(RED)
(RED)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(GRN)
(GRN)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(VOL)
(VOL)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(WHT)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(BLK)
4 5 9
(BRN)
(RED)
(BLK)
G
NC
NC
F
D+3.3V_IM
D3.3IM_sense
D+3.3V_IM
NC
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
D51M_sense
ps_on#
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
D+5V_IM
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
GND-12IM
NC
NC
NC
D+5V_IM
D+12V0_IM
D+5V_IM
NC
NC
A
2
To JKEY1
NC
NC
D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM
GND-12IM
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(GRY)
(BLK)
20.7.8
D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM
GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM
GND-12IM
TxOUT1
RxIN1
GND

Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
5
6
GIE23 Circuit Board
RIN
GIN
BIN
PWR6
PWR6
19 2123 24
GEP4
GEP6
GEP8
GEP4
GEP6
GEP8
T1
C1
T2
T1
T3
C2
C3
T2 T3
C1 C2 C3
GEP23 Circuit Board

PCI
PCI
T16
10
T16
ATX1
11
T17
T18
C16
C17
C18
CTL1
CTL1
T32
GPR2
GPR2
T17
T18
C16
C17
C18
T32
GEP23
R(GEP2)
GEP9
G(GEP6)
B(GEP8)
GEP10
GPR23
(GPR2)
12
CTL23 Circuit Board

T33
T34
C32
C33
C34
B
2 3 1 4
jgep
jgep
2 3 1 4
T33
T34
C32
C33
C34
GPR23 Circuit Board

PCI
PCI
GMC23 Circuit Board
PCI
PCI
< Front View>

GIE23
1 12 2 13 3 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22
ATX2
ATX2
GMC2
LVDS IEEE1394
H
1 5 4 3 2 6
M631
M631
1 5 4 3 2 6
M631
1 5 4 3 2 6
M632
M632
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9
JIN1
JIN1
1 16 2 3 4 10 11 12 8 9
5 6 7 3 4 5
1 6 2 3
4 5
5 6 7 3 4 5
1 6 2 3
JIN2
JIN2
4 5
7 8
1516
1 2 3 9 10 11
4 5 6 12 13 14
JIN4
JIN4
4 5 6 12 13 14
7 8
1516
S630
1 2
S631
S631
1 2
1 2
S632
S632
1 2
M632
S631
S632
8 9 10 11 1213
9 10 11 12
Paper Supply/Back Print Section
PDA8
PDA8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940

JNF1
JNF1
JNF23 Circuit Board
8 9 10 11 1213
3 4 5 8 9 10
1 2 7 8
3 4 9 10
PDA14
PDA14
5 6 11 12
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
PDA15
PDA15
8 9 10 11 1213
PDA17
PDA17
1 2
8 10 12
PDA16
PDA16
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940

JIN3
JIN3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2
JPWA1
JPWA1
1 2
1 2
JPWA2
JPWA2
1 2
PDA18
PDA18
6 5 8 7 3 4
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
Nip Release
Motor 4 (Front)
Speed Control
Motor (Rear)
F601
F602
F603
F604
F605
1 4 3
F600
F600
F600
4 1 2
1 4 3
F601
F601
F601
4 1 2
1 4 3
F602
F602
F602
4 1 2
1 4 3
F603
F603
F603
4 1 2
1 4 3
F604
F604
F604
4 1 2
1 4 3
F605
F605
F605
4 1 2
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5
JPWA3
JPWA3
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
JPWA4
JPWA4
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
P+24V
GND
Feed Section Cooling Fan 6
Sensor Signal
P+24V
GND
Sensor Signal
P+24V
GND
Sensor Signal
P+24V
GND
Control Section Exhaust Fan
Sensor Signal
P+24V
GND
Sensor Signal
P+24V
GND
Sensor Signal
P+24V
GND
Sensor Signal
P+24V
GND
Sensor Signal
Speed Control
Motor (Front)
Nip Release
Motor 4 (Rear)
10
13 15 17
14 16 18
19 21 23
20 22 24
F609
F609_rtn
F609_err
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
F600
F608
F608_rtn
F608_err
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
7 9 11
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
2 4 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
8 10 12
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
8 10 12
7 9 11
F605
F605_rtn
F605_err
7 9 11
2 4 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
2 4 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
JFAN1
JFAN1
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
C
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 5
F604
F604_rtn
F604_err
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
1 3 5
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
7 8 9 10 11 12
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
JSHU2
JSHU2
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
JFUR5
JFUR5
1 3 5
To PWR11
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
JSHU1
JSHU1
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
+24V51
GND-24V5
+24V52
GND-24V5
+24V53
GND-24V5
+24V61
GND-24V6
+24V62
GND-24V6
+24V63
GND-24V6
9 10 11 12
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 6 7 8
JFUR2
JFUR2
5 6 7 8
F603
F603_rtn
F603_err
1 2 3 4
F602
F602_rtn
F602_err
3 4 5 8 9 10
1 2 3 4
5 6 11 12
To PWR10
1 2 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
+24V41
GND-24V4
+24V42
GND-24V4
+24V43
GND-24V4
1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 6 11 12
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
3 4 9 10
JFUR4
JFUR4
3 4 9 10
1 5 4 3 2 6
M665
M665
1 5 4 3 2 6
F601
F601_rtn
F601_err
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
Distribution Motor
M657
+24V01
GND-24V0
1 2 7 8
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
3 4 5 8 9 10
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
1 2 3 4
1 5 4 3 2 6
M664
M664
1 5 4 3 2 6
F600
F600_rtn
F600_err
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 2 3 4
M656
M656
1 3 4 6
M665
D+5V2_MC
GND-5MC
PDA13
PDA13
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
3 4 5 8 9 10
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
JFUR1
JFUR1
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 3 4 6
M655
M655
1 4 3 6
M664
(ORG)
(BLK)
4 5
3 4 5 8 9 10
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 4 3 6
JFUR6
JFUR6
1 4 3 6
M663
M663
1 4 3 6
To PWR8
PDA7
PDA7
1 6 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
M661
M661
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 4 3 6
M662
M662
1 4 3 6
M663
M665 A
M665/ACOM
M665 / A
M665 B
M665/BCOM
M665/B
1 2 6 7
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
3 4 7 8
M662
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
M664 A
M664/ACOM
M664 / A
M664 B
M664/BCOM
M664/B
PDA12
PDA12
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 2 6 7
(RED)
(BLK)
Distribution Entrance Section

M661
1 3 4 6
M657
M657
1 3 4 6
M663 A
M663 /A
M663 B
M663 /B
1 2 6 7
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
5 6 7 8
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
5 6 7 8
Feed Motor 5
M657 A
M657 /A
M657 B
M657 /B
JFKE1
JFKE1
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 2 6 7
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
5 6 7 8
M660
M662 A
M662 /A
M662 B
M662 /B
JFUR3
JFUR3
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 2 6 7
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
5 6 7 8
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
JFKE2
JFKE2
M661 A
M661 / ACOM
M661 / A
M661 B
M661 / BCOM
M661 / B
M660 A
M660 / A
M660 B
M660 / B
1 3 4 6
M660
M660
1 3 4 6
(CN_ST)
NC
S630_#5DRY
S630_#5COM
S630_#9DRY
S630_#9COM
S630_#3DRY
S630_#3COM
S630_#11DRY
S630_#11COM
S630_#1DRY
S630_#1COM
S630_#13DRY
S630_#13COM
S630_#15DRY
S630_#15COM
S630_#17DRY
S630_#17COM
S630_#18DRY
S630_#18COM
S630_#16DRY
S630_#16COM
S630_#2DRY
S630_#2COM
S630_#14DRY
S630_#14COM
S630_#4DRY
S630_#4COM
S630_#12DRY
S630_#12COM
S630_#6DRY
S630_#6COM
S630_#10DRY
S630_#10COM
S630_#7DRY
S630_#7COM
S630_#8DRY
S630_#8COM
NC
(CN_ST_rtn)
S632
S632_rtn
To PWR8
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
5 6 7 3 4 5
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(ORG)
(BLK)
Nip Release Motor 3
M656
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
S631
S631_rtn
1 2 5 6
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
Nip Release Motor 2
Printing Head
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 2 3 4
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 2 3 4
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
M655
(ORG)
(BLK)
F
(BLK)
M655 A
M655 / A
M655 B
M655 / B
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 2 3 4
(ORG)
(BLK)
M632 A
M632/ACOM
M632 /A
M632 B
M632/BCOM
M632/ B
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
M655 A
M655 / A
M655 B
M655 / B
1 2 3 4
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
1 2 3 9 10 11
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
NC
NC
PDA6
PDA6
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9
M631 B
M631/BCOM
M631/ B
Feed Motor 3
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
Feed Motor 2
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
M631 A
M631/ACOM
M631/ A
20.7.9
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)

PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
11
12
F608
F609
1 2 3
F608
F608
1 2 3
1 2 3
F609
F609
1 2 3
13 15 17
14 16 18
19 21 23
20 22 24
13 15 17
14 16 18
19 21 23
20 22 24
Paper Exit Section

PDA23 Circuit Board (1/2)
PDA19
PDA19
2 3 7 1 9 8 11 10 6 12 4 5
JNF2
JNF2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20
20-65

PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
1
10
12
11
2 3
4 5
4 5
2 3
Lower Magazine
Paper Supply Motor
P+24V
GND
Sensor Signal
P+24V
GND
Sensor Signal
F606
F607
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 6
1 2 3 8 9
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 6
1 2 3 8 9
4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14
JFUK2
JFUK2
4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14
4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14
JFUK1
JFUK1
4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14
1 2 3
F607
F607
1 2 3
1 3 2 4
JMAG3
JMAG3
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
JMAG4
JMAG4
1 3 2 4
1 2 3
1 6 2 3 4 5
JMAG1
JMAG1
1 6 2 3 4 5
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
1 3 4 6
M620
M620
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
M610
M610
1 3 4 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
M651
M651
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 4 3
F606
F606
F606
4 1 2
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
1 2 3 8 9
JHA1
JHA1
15 16 17 18
M620
4 5 6
JFAN3
JFAN3
1 2 3
4 5 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
15 16 17 18
M610
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
9 10 11 12 13 14
9 10 11 12 13 14
7 8
1 2 3 8 9
5 6 7 8 9 10
(BLK)
(RED)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(BLU)
5 6
5 6 7 8 9 10
JHA3
JHA3
JRE1
JRE1
1 2 3 4
(BLK)
(RED)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(BLK)
2 4
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
2 4
1 3
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
7 8
1 3
17 1819 20
1 2 3 4 5
JFUK3
JFUK3
1 2 3 4 5
1 5 4 3 2 6
M630
M630
1 5 4 3 2 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 6
17 1819 20
11 12 13 14 15 16
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 2 3 4
11 12 13 14 15 16
(ORG)
(BLK)
9 10
JRE3
JRE3
9 10
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
7 8
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
7 8
5 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
5 6
1 2 3 4
1 2
M601
M601
1 2
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 2 3 4
1 2
M600
M600
1 2
1 4 3 6
M641
M641
1 4 3 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
M640
M640
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 2
S641
S641
1 2
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 2
S640
S640
1 2
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 4 3 6
M642
M642
1 4 3 6
M651
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
M630
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
Feed Motor
M601
Upper Magazine
Paper Supply Motor
Lower Cutter Driver Motor
M600
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
Upper Cutter Driver Motor
M641
(BLK)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
Registration Tilt Motor
M640
Soft Nip Motor
Feed Motor
S641
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
S640
1 2 3 4 5
M650
M650
1 2 3 4 5
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
M642
M650
(BLK)
(RED)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(BLU)
Nip Release Motor 1
Sub-scanning
Feed Motor
1 3 2 4
JMAG2
JMAG2
1 3 2 4
1 2 3
4
JFAN2
JFAN2
4
1 2 3
5 6 7
5 6 7
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
3 4 5
8 9 10
F607
F607_rtn
F607_err
1 2 6 7
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
1 6 2 3 4 5
PDA3
PDA3
F606
F606_rtn
F606_err
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
PDA20
PDA20
M620 A
M620 / A
M620 B
M620 / B
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
M610 A
M610 / A
M610 B
M610 / B
M651 A
M651 ACOM
M651 / A
M651 B
M651 BCOM
M651 / B
M650
M650
M650
M650
M650
Paper Supply/Feed Section
4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14
PDA11
PDA11
NC
NC
NC
(BLK)
(RED)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(BLU)
1 2 3 8 9
A
B
C
D
E
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 8
M601
M601_rtn
M600
M600_rtn
M641 A
M641 / A
M641 B
M641 / B
M640 A
M640 ACOM
M640 / A
M640 B
M640 BCOM
M640 / B
2 3 4 5 6 7
PDA5
PDA5
PDA4
PDA4
PDA9
PDA9
NC
2 4
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 3
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
7 8 9 10
M630 A
M630 ACOM
M630 / A
M630 B
M630 BCOM
M630 / B
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
7 8 9
S641
S641_rtn
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 6
PDA10
PDA10
S640
S640_rtn
1 2 3 4
M642 A
M642 / A
M642 B
M642 / B
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(ORG)
Magazine Drive Section
Sub-scanning Section
E
PDA23 Circuit Board (2/2)
B1 B2 B3 B4
B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4
A47 A48 A49 A50
B1 B2 B3 B4
PDA1
PDA1
B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3
A28 A29 A30
PDA2
PDA2
A1 A2 A3 A4
CTL13
CTL13
A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B4
CTL14
CTL14
B47 B48 B49 B50
A1 A2 A3 A4
A28 A29 A30 B1 B2 B3
G
CTL23 Circuit Board
20-66
CTL23 Circuit Board
B28 B29 B30
H
2 3 8 4 5
CN602
CN602
1 5 2 3 6
JSO11
JSO11
1 5 2 3 6
M700_Driver
6 12
5 11
(ORG)
(BLK)
8 4 9
JSO7
JSO7
8 4 9
4 7 8
1 4 2 3 5 6
JSO15
JSO15
1 4 2 3 5 6
6 12
5 11
4 7 8
1 2
JSO4
JSO4
6 12
5 11
JSO5
JSO5
5 10
7 14
6 13
5 12
5 10
7 14
6 13
5 12
JPR10
JPR10
5 12
JSO1
JSO1
5 12
JSO12
JSO12
(Continued to *A)
1 2
PDB11
PDB11
2 3 4 6 7 8
1 8
2 3 4 9 10 11
1 8
2 3 4 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
JSO2
JSO2
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 8
2 3 4 9 10 11
1 8
2 3 4 9 10 11
JSO9
JSO9
1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8
JSO6
JSO6
1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8
1 7
2 3 4 8 9 10
1 7
2 3 4 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6
JSO10
JSO10
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 7
2 3 4 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6
JSO13
JSO13
3 4
JPR3
JPR3
1 12
2
3
4
5 6
1 16
1 12
2
3
4
5 6
PDB7
PDB7
6 13
7 14
8 15
1 16
1 11
2 3
4 5
5 6
7 8 9
5 6
7 8 9
7 8
9 10 11
7 8
9 10 11
6 7
8 9 10
PDB6
PDB6
1 2 3 4 5 6
JSO12
JSO12
6 12
5 11
6 12
5 11
2 4
JSO14
JSO14
1 3
2 4
1 3
3 4
JSO6
1 2
1 2
S770
S770
1 2
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
1 5
3 4
1 2
3 4
8
PU724(D728)
PU724(D728)
3 4
8
S770
M770
M771
Print Exit Drive Motor
PDB10
PDB10
8 15
1 2
PSR Replenisher Pump
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
JPR9
JPR9
1 2
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 16
1 2
F704
F704
1 2
(ORG)
(BLK)
8 15
F705
1 4 3
F705
F705
F705
4 1 2
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
F704
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
Processing Solution
Tank Exhaust Fan
S724
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
S723
(ORG)
(BLK)
P1WR Water
Replenishment Valve
S722
(ORG)
(BLK)
Dryer Entrance Rack

Auto Washing Valve
S721
Processor Exhaust Fan
Crossover Rack Rear

Auto Washing Valve
S720
+5V
GND
D728(PU724)
7 14
7 15 8 16
(ORG)
(BLK)
Crossover Rack Front

Auto Washing Valve
PU720
(ORG)
(BLK)
7 14
(ORG)
(BLK)
7 15 8 16
(ORG)
(BLK)
Washing Pump
S730
PU724
PU724_rtn
(ORG)
(BLK)
6 13
(ORG)
(BLK)
P2RB Replenisher
Cartridge Washing Valve
S729
F705
F705_rtn
(ORG)
(BLK)
6 14
1 2
S724
S724
1 2
F704
F704_rtn
(BLK)
(BLK)
6 14
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 13
M771 A
M771 ACOM
M771 / A
M771 B
M771 BCOM
M771 / B
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
P2RA Replenisher
S728
(ORG)
(BLK)
2 4
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
4 8
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(ORG)
(BLK)
P1R Replenisher
S731
Dryer Section Drive Motor
6 13
3 7
Feeding Path Switching Solenoid
6 13
7 14
(ORG)
(BLK)
P1R Replenisher
Stirring Valve
M720
(ORG)
(BLK)
7 14
4 8
4 8
(ORG)
(BLK)
4 8
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
Cartridge Opening
Drive Motor
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
1 3
3 7
S724
S724_rtn
5 12
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
S720-S723
S720-S723
M770 A
M770 ACOM
M770 / A
M770 B
M770 BCOM
M770 / B
4 11
6 13
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
PDB8
PDB8
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
4 11
5 12
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 12
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
7
4 11
5 13
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
1 5 2 3 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
1 5 2 3 6
1 12
5 10
10
4 12
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
2 3 9
3 11
S723
S723_rtn
10 11
4 12
S770
S770_rtn
8 9
10
2 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
6 7
2 3 9
3 11
S722
S722_rtn
9 10
S721
S721_rtn
7 8
10
M811
M811_rtn
2 3 9
11 12 13
10
S720
S720_rtn
11 12 13
1 5
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 12
(ORG)
(BLK)
PDB9
PDB9
4 9
1 2 9
10
2 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
1 6 2 3 7
9 10
1 5
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 6 2 3 7
3 9 12
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 6 2 3 7 8
1 2 9
M812
M812_rtn
7 8
(ORG)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
9 10
GND(D)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLK)
9 10
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
7 8
4 1 2 3
PU720
PU720
4 1 2 3
(ORG)
(BLK)
3 9 12
4 8
+24V
GND
4 8
PU720_ON
3 7
(ORG)
(BLK)
S728-S731
S728-S731
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 12
2 6
M810
M810_rtn
4 5
(ORG)
(BLK)
2 3
JPR2
JPR2
7 8
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 6
3 7
(ORG)
(BLK)
JPR1
JPR1
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 12
JPR8
5 6
S730
S730_rtn
2 3 4
5 6
JPR8
NC
NC
2 3 4
S729
S729_rtn
3 4
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 2
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
3 4
S728
S728_rtn
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 5
+24V
GND
F760_ON
D764
GND
GND
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
B
1 2
2 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
JSO3
JSO3
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
S731
S731_rtn
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 5
(ORG)
(BLK)
4 10 5 11 6
JM7-2
JM7-2
4 10 5 11 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
4 10 9 11 6
JM7-1
JM7-1
4 10 9 11 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
3 1 2 4 5
CN601
CN601
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 2
M720
M720
1 2
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 7 2 8
PDB12
PDB12
5 4 10 9 11 6
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 7 2 8
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 14
M720
M720_rtn
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
2 7 3 8
GND
M700_ON
M700_DIR
GND
M700_ER(iuput)
M700_CLK
1 14
(BLK)
(BLK)
NC
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
2 7 3 8
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(WHT)
2 7 3 8
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(WHT)
+24V
GND
+5V
GND
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
G
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
20.7.10
ON/OFF
DIR
GND
REOUT
CLK
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
NC
24V
GND
5V
GND

PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
10
11
*A
1 7
2 3 4 8 9 10
1 7
2 3 4 8 9 10
12
PU724(D728)
5 6 7
5 6 7
PDB3
PDB3
PDB23 Circuit Board (1/2)
*B
JSO13
JSO13
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
M770
M770
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5
M771
M771
1 2 3 4 5
6
(Continued to *B)
F760
20-67
20-68
G
CTL23 Circuit Board
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
5 6 7
2 3 4
5 6 7
PDB13
PDB13
1 2
PDB14
PDB14
3 1 2 4
1 2
JPWB1
JPWB1
1 2
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
2 3 4
1 20
1
PDB15
PDB15
2 6 5 8 7 3 4
F
1 2 3 4
JPWB2
JPWB2
1 2 3 4
1 5
1 5
2 6 3 7
JPWB3
JPWB3
2 6 3 7
4 8
+24V
PU705_ON
GND
1 20
1 18
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
7 8 9
+24V31
GND-24V3
+24V32
GND-24V3
1 18
15 16 17
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
7 8 9
4 5 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
4 5 6
1 2 3
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
1 2 3
12 14 16
+24V
PU704_ON
GND
15 16 17
7 8
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
12 14 16
15
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
15
11 13
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
11 13
5 7 9
+24V
PU703_ON
GND
7 8
10 12 14
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
5 7 9
+24V11
GND-24V1
+24V12
GND-24V1
+24V21
GND-24V2
+24V22
GND-24V2
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
10 12 14
+24V
PU702_ON
GND
PDB5
PDB5
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
PS2 Circulation Pump
PU700
PU701
PU702
PU703
PU704
PU705
1 2 3
PU700
PU700
1 2 3
1 2 3
PU701
PU701
1 2 3
1 2 3
PU702
PU702
1 2 3
1 2 3
PU703
PU703
1 2 3
1 2 3
PU704
PU704
1 2 3
1 2 3
PU705
PU705
1 2 3
P2 Circulation Pump
P1 Circulation Pump
P2RB Replenisher Pump
To PWR10
CTL12
CTL12
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3
A48 A49 A50
+24V02
GND-24V0
+24V03
GND-24V0
5 6
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
PU723(D727)
PU723(D727)
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3

PDB1
PDB1
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
PU722(D726)
PU722(D726)
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
9 11 13
PU723(D727)
+24V
PU701_ON
GND
3 4
(ORG)
(WHT)
(BLK)
JHO2
JHO2
(BLK)
PU722(D726)
D+5V2_MC
GND-5MC
E
6
+24V
PU700_ON
GND
5 6
(BLK)
(BLK)
5 6
9 11 13
JPR13
JPR13
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
PU721(D725)
1 4 3
F703
F703
F703
4 1 2
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
9 11 13
3 4
(BLK)
(BLK)
3 4
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
F703
1 4 3
F702
F702
F702
4 1 2
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)
8 9
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
8 10
(ORG)
(BLK)
P2RA Replenisher Pump
F702
1 4 3
F701
F701
F701
4 1 2
+5V
GND
D727(PU723)
8 10
2 4 6
(ORG)
(BLK)
2 4 6
1 3
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 3
7 8
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
P1R Replenisher Pump
PU723
PU723_rtn
7 8
5 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(BLK)
5 6
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
P+24V
GND
PS4 Processing Solution
Tank Heater Cooling Fan
Sensor Signal
F701
1 4 3
F700
F700
F700
4 1 2
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
PU721(D725)
PU721(D725)
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
+5V
GND
D726(PU722)
(ORG)
(BLK)
8 9
6 7
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
JHO4
JHO4
(RED)
(BLK)
P+24V
GND
PS1/2/3 Processing Solution
Tank Heater Cooling Fan
Sensor Signal
F700
P+24V
GND
P2 Processing Solution Tank
Heater Cooling Fan
Sensor Signal
PU722
PU722_rtn
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
8 9
6 7
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLU)
6 7
+5V
GND
D725(PU721)
4 5
PDB2
PDB2
(ORG)
(BLK)
2 3
4 5
JHO1
JHO1
4 5
(ORG)
(BLK)
1 10
NC
3 4
(RED)
(BLK)
P+24V
GND
P1 Processing Solution Tank
Heater Cooling Fan
Sensor Signal
PU721
PU721_rtn
2 3
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
3 4
1 2
F703
F703_rtn
2 3
1 10
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
1 2
F702
F702_rtn
1 10
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
JHO3
JHO3
(RED)
(BLK)
F701
F701_rtn
(BLK)
To PWR9
A1 A2 A3 A4
(RED)
(BLK)
To PWR9
(RED)
(BLK)
B1 B2 B3 B4
(RED)
(BLK)
D
(BLK)
(BLK)
F700
F700_rtn
(CN_ST)
(CN_ST_rtn)

PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
10
11
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
10 11 12
13 14 15
C
16 17 18
8 9 10
JPR12
JPR12
8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
1718 19
11 12 13
14 15 16
1718 19
10 12 14
7 8
15 16 17
1 18
1 20
2 3 4
5 6 7
8 9 10
PDB4
PDB4
11 12 13
14 15 16
1718 19
PDB23 Circuit Board (2/2)
PDB16
PDB16
3 1 2 4
4 8
1 3 2 4
JPWB4
JPWB4
1 3 2 4
B48 B49 B50
12
21. APPENDIX
21.1
Adjustment Jigs ................................................................................... 21-2
21.1.1
21.1.2
21.2
Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement .............................. 21-5
21.2.1
21.2.2
21.2.3
21.2.4
21.2.5
21.2.6
21.2.7
21.3

LP5700 .................................................................................................................... 21-4

Scanner .................................................................................................................. 21-6
Paper Supply and Feed Sections......................................................................... 21-7
Exposure Section .................................................................................................. 21-7
Processing Solution Replenishment System ..................................................... 21-8
Sorter ...................................................................................................................... 21-8
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section ........................................ 21-8
Index ...................................................................................................... 21-9
21
21-1
21.1 Adjustment Jigs

21.1.1
No.

Name and Shape
Carrier Extension Cable
Part Number
Purpose
Refer to
136C1042200
Connect it between the carrier and the

scanner to enable input, output and
operation checks to be carrier out.
5.5.17
347C1034425
Use this jig to align the nest section against

the IX240 film feed lane.
7.3.4
Use this jig to align the 135 entrance guide

against the 135 film feed lane.
7.3.4
Optical axis adjustment (Menu 0345)
5.4.11

(Menu 0346)
5.4.12
Focus calibration (Menu 0347)
5.4.13
EZ1810
Z2557
Focusing Chart Jig
Z2570
899C21562A0
Z2214
21-2
No.
Name and Shape
Part Number
Spectral Calibration Chart (for reversal)
Spectral Calibration Chart (for negative)
Purpose
Refer to
610C895788
Spectral calibration (Menu 0348)
5.4.14
899C21478A0
Spectral calibration (Menu 0348)
5.4.14
EZ1815
EZ1815
21
21-3

21.1.2
No.
LP5700
Name and Shape
Part Number
Back Printer Head Clearance Adjusting Jig
Exposure Section Frame Locating Jigs
Purpose
Refer to
332D889498
Back printer head clearance adjustment
11.2.21
310C1023994
Locating the exposure section frame
12.3.1
136C1059989
Connection between the power supply

20.6.1
connector and the DC power supply
bracket to enable DC power to be checked.
359D1062656
For auto washing pump output

measurement.
EZ1814
CD1026
Power Input Extension Cable
Z21082A
Measuring Cup
LZ1118
21-4
5.7.2
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement

21.2.1
No.

Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
MR22 (Magnetic Reading Circuit Board
7.1.2
(1) Magnetic Reading Adjustment
7.2.10

Sensor (D116P/L)
(LEE23 Circuit Board)
7.1.4/
7.2.17
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
135 Leading End Sensor (D101P/

L)(LEE22/DTG23 Circuit Board)
7.1.5/
7.2.16
0443
7.1.18

(D103P/L)(LEE22/DTE22 Circuit Board)
7.1.6/
7.2.7
0443
7.1.18
LBF23 Circuit Board
7.1.8
0443
7.1.18
Pressure Cover Hinge
7.1.14
(1) Level Adjustment
7.1.14
Pressure Mask
7.1.15
(1) Pressure Mask Height Adjustment
7.1.15

Sensor (D116P/L) (LEE23 Circuit Board)
7.1.4
0443
7.1.18
Feed Section Unit
7.2.1
(1) 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase

Adjustment
7.3.5
10
Feed Motor (M101)
7.2.4
(1) Belt Tension Adjustment
7.2.4
11
Reading Head Opposite Roller
7.2.9
(1) Magnetic Reading Adjustment
7.2.10
12
DTB23 Circuit Board
7.2.18
0443
7.1.18
13
DTF23 Circuit Board
7.2.19
0443
7.1.18
14
DBF23 Circuit Board
7.2.20
0443
7.1.18
15
Nest Section Unit
7.3.3

Adjustment
(2) Nest Section-to-Feed Section
Alignment Adjustment
(3) 135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section
(4) Data Writing after Nest Section Unit
Replacement
7.3.5
7.3.4
7.3.4
0451
7.3.3
(1) 135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section

Adjustment
7.3.4
7.3.5
16
135 Entrance Guide
7.3.5
17
CYA23 Circuit Board
7.4.6
(1) Machine Data Reading after CYA23

Circuit board Replacement
0446
0451
7.4.6
18
NC100AY Carrier Unit
7.4.7
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
0321
0420
0450
5.4.3
5.5.2
5.5.19
19
Carrier Base ASSY
7.6.2
(1) Optical Axis Adjustment

(2) Focus Position Adjustment
(3) Mask Position Adjustment
0345
0321
0420
5.4.11
5.4.3
5.5.2
Focus Position Adjustment

Mask Position Adjustment
Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete
Scanner Correction
21
21-5

21.2.2
Scanner
No.
Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
Monitor
6.1.1
(1) Monitor Screen Adjustment

(2) Monitor Adjustment
0222
5.3.4
Power Supply Unit
9.1.4
(1) Voltage Adjustment
9.1.5
GIE23 Circuit Board
9.2.5
(1) Device Driver Installation
3.5.2
GMB23 Circuit Board
9.2.7
(1) Program Download
8.2.17
Main Control Unit
9.3.1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

System Software (A1) Reinstallation
Optional Software Installation
3.5.2
4.3
3.5.3
HDD (Hard Disk)
9.3.3
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
OS Recovery
System Software (A1) Reinstallation
Optional Software Installation
3.5.1
3.5.2
4.3
3.5.3
Main control Unit Backup battery
9.3.4
(1) CMOS Setup and Date/Time Setting
9.3.4
CLE23 Circuit Board
8.1.2

(2) Parameter Download
0350
8.2.17
5.4.16
CTB23 Circuit Board
8.2.7

0350
8.2.17
5.4.16
10
CPZ23 Circuit Board
8.2.8

0350
8.2.17
5.4.16
11
CCD Unit
8.2.9

(Use FD Attached to CCD unit)
(2) AD Timing Adjustment
(3) OFD Voltage Adjustment
(4) Gray Pixel Detection
(5) Optical Axis Adjustment
(6) Optical Magnification Calibration
(7) Focus Calibration
(9) LED Light Amount Adjustment
(10)Mask Position Adjustment
(11)Scanner Correction
0350
5.4.16
0351
0351
0351
0345
0346
0347
0321
0349
0420
5.4.17
5.4.17
5.4.17
5.4.11
5.4.12
5.4.13
5.4.3
5.4.15
5.5.2
12
LED23 Circuit Board
8.1.2
(1) LED Light Amount Adjustment

(2) Spectral Calibration
0349
0348
5.4.15
5.4.14
13
Lens Unit
8.2.13
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Lens Registration
Optical Axis Adjustment
Optical Magnification Calibration
Focus Calibration
Focus Position Adjustment
LED Light Amount Adjustment
Mask Position Adjustment
Scanner Correction
0344
0345
0346
0347
0321
0349
0420
5.4.10
5.4.11
5.4.12
5.4.13
5.4.3
5.4.15
5.5.2
14
Lens Home Position Sensor

(D202)
8.2.11

0346
0347
0321
5.4.12
5.4.13
5.4.3
15
Lens Drive Motor (M202)
8.2.12

0346
0347
0321
5.4.12
5.4.13
5.4.3
16
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201)
8.2.14

0346
0347
0321
5.4.12
5.4.13
5.4.3
17
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home

8.2.15

0346
0347
0321
5.4.12
5.4.13
5.4.3
21-6
No.
18
Replacement Parts
Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack
21.2.3
Subsection
8.2.16
Adjustment Item
Menu
0346
0347
0321
Refer to
5.4.12
5.4.13
5.4.3
Paper Supply and Feed Sections
No.
Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
Paper Magazine
(1) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine

Adjustment
0520
5.6.1
Cutter Unit
11.1.12
11.1.15
(1) Sensor Calibration (Initial)

(2) Feeding Position Sensor Fine
Adjustment
(3) Image Position Initial Setting
0558
0553
5.6.25
5.6.21
0554
5.6.22
Cutter/Feed Unit
11.1.2

(2) Feeding Position Sensor Fine
Adjustment
Adjustment
0558
0553
5.6.25
5.6.21
0554
0520
5.6.22
5.6.1
(1) Back Printer Head Clearance

Adjustment
Adjustment
11.2.21
0554
0520
5.6.22
5.6.1
Back Printing/Feed Unit
11.2.1
Back Printer Head
11.2.18

Adjustment
11.2.21
Platen
11.2.15

Adjustment
11.2.21
Registration Unit
11.3.1
0554
5.6.22
21.2.4
No.
1
Exposure Section
Replacement Parts
Laser Optical Unit
Subsection
12.2.3
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
(1) G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature

Setup
(2) Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough
Adjustment
(3) Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment
Print
0522
5.6.2
0547
5.6.15
0548
5.6.16
0554
5.6.21
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter
12.2.1
(1) Filter Replacement History
0552
5.6.20
Sub-scanning Unit
12.3.1

0558
0554
5.6.25
5.6.22
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor

(D650)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653)
12.3.9
0558
5.6.25
12.3.10
21
21-7

21.2.5
Processing Solution Replenishment System
No.
Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
PSR Filter
16.2.7
(1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting

(2) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/
Setting
0620
0621
5.7.2
PSR Pump (PU724)
16.2.4
0620
5.7.1
PSR Pump Valve
16.2.5
0620
5.7.1
PSR Pump Bellows
16.2.6
0620
5.7.1
Auto Washing Pump (PU720)
16.3.1
(1) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/

Setting
0621
5.7.2
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Filter
16.2.1
0620
5.7.1
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump
(PU721/PU722/PU723)
16.2.2
0620
5.7.1
PSR Tank
16.2.10
(1) INSTALLATION "91 PSR AIR EXT."
1.2
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank
16.2.11
(1) INSTALLATION "92 MIX REPL.

(2) INSTALLATION "93 PUMP AIR EXT."
1.2
21.2.6
No.
5.7.1
Sorter
Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
SU1400AY Sorter Drive Motor (M810)
18.4.5
(1) Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment
18.4.5
2.
SU2400AY Sorter Tray Stop Position

Sensor
(D810)
18.6.2
(1) Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment
18.6.9
21.2.7
No.
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section

Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
GMC23 Circuit Board
19.3.4
(1) Program download
19.3.7
19.4.4
(1) DC Voltage Inspection
20.6.1
3.
GIE23 Circuit Board
19.3.3
(1) Device Driver Installation
3.5.2
21-8
21.3 Index
0 [MENU] Item.........................................................1-7
1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item..........................................1-8
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/
DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement ..................7-37
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/
LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-11
135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement .............7-62
135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation.........7-61
135 Feed Roller Replacement ..............................7-12
135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/
DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement..................7-42
135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/
LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-11
135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302)
Replacement ......................................................8-4
135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor
(D129/D130) Replacement...............................7-71
135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment .........7-59
2 [END CHK.] Item ................................................1-10
3 [LANGUAGE] Item .............................................1-11
4 [CHECK] Item.....................................................1-12
5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item ........................................1-13
6 [PRINT COND.] Item ..........................................1-14
7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item .......................................1-15
8 [SYSTEM] Item ...................................................1-16
9 [INSTALLATION] Item ........................................1-19
Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller

Replacement .................................................. 11-32
Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller
Drive Gear Replacement ............................... 11-27
Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement...... 11-30
Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 11-30
Back Printing Format (0226)................................. 5-36
Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment........ 11-38
Back Printing Head Inspection............................... 2-9
Back Printing Head Replacement ...................... 11-36
Back Printing Middle Feed Roller
Replacement .................................................. 11-29
Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller
Replacement .................................................. 11-31
Back Printing Section ......................................... 11-23
Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate
Replacement .................................................. 11-34
Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement ...... 11-37
Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......... 11-37
Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 11-23
Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance
Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ............... 11-21
Backup for Refreshing........................................ 3-194
Block Diagrams .................................................. 20-18
Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................. 7-73
Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder
Removal/Reinstallation ....................................... 9-9
Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement ................... 19-3
[A]
AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation ....................................................19-4
AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ......................20-53
Accumulated Production Information (0127) ........5-13
Adjustment Jigs ....................................................21-2
AF Function Setup (0323) .....................................5-45
Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612)
Replacement ..................................................12-10
AOM Driver Replacement .....................................12-6
APPENDIX .............................................................21-1
ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement .....................19-14
Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation ....14-27
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting
(0621) .............................................................5-122
Auto Film Carrier Inspection....................................2-4
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY............... 20-4, 21-2, 21-5
(Pressure Cover Section)....................................7-9
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram.......20-32
Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System ..............16-23
Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement .......16-23
Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board)
Replacement ....................................................19-7
[C]
Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement .... 2-12
Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) .................. 5-69
Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ... 7-94
Carrier Base Section............................................. 7-92
Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement ................ 2-5
Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning ........................... 2-5
Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation................... 7-70
Carrier Inclination Display (0342) ......................... 5-50
Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation.... 7-96
Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement ........... 7-96
Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement............ 7-65
Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement... 16-8
Cartridge Release Lever Assembly
Replacement .................................................... 7-66
Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation............ 16-7
CCD Adjustment (0351) ....................................... 5-65
CCD Data Display (0343) ..................................... 5-51
CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 8-14
CD-ROM Drive Inspection ...................................... 2-7
Chain Tension Adjustment.......................18-38, 18-50
Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ...............20-26, 20-44
Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement ....... 19-9
Circulation Pump Inspection ................................ 2-15
CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................ 8-4
Clear Error Log (0141).......................................... 5-16
Command (9942)................................................ 5-140
Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack
Replacement .................................................... 8-22
[B]
B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) ................................5-105
Back Printer Head Replacement ............................2-9
Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement ..............11-35
Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller
Replacement ..................................................11-28
Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................11-33
21-9
21
21.3 Index
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201)
Replacement ....................................................8-20
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home
Position Sensor (D201) Replacement...............8-21
Connecting Grounding Wristband ........................9-15
Connection to Imaging Controller (0100)................5-6
Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...........11-13
Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................19-24
Control Section....................................................19-23
Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5
(F600 to F604) Replacement ..........................19-30
Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket
Removal/Reinstallation ...................................19-32
Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....18-29
CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................8-12
Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto
Washing Nozzle Inspection ..............................2-14
Crossover Racks ...................................................14-4
CTB23 Circuit Board ...........................................3-164
CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System.....................3-165
CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................8-12
CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement .....................19-23
CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram..................20-56
Custom Button Regist/Save (1023) .....................5-136
Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)....................5-28
Cutter Inspection.....................................................2-9
Cutter/Feed Section ..............................................11-6
Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ..............11-6
CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................7-74
CYB23Circuit Board Replacement .......................7-81
[D]
Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340) .............5-47
Data Backup (0122) ................................................5-9
Data Download (0562) ........................................5-119
Data Saving (0561) .............................................5-118
DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................7-44
DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................19-19
DC Power Supply Section ...................................19-19
DC Power Supply System LED Indication...........20-39
DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs .............20-24
DC Power Supply Unit Replacement ..................19-21
DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment................20-22
DC Voltage Check List ............................ 20-23, 20-35
Device Driver Installation ....................................3-189
DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124) ............5-11
Distribution Entrance Unit .....................................13-6
Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/
Reinstallation ....................................................13-8
Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661)
Replacement ..................................................13-29
Distribution Roller Replacement..........................13-33
Distribution Section Connector Cover
Removal/Reinstallation .....................................13-7
Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor
(D669) Replacement ......................................13-40
Distribution Section Nip Release System/
Roller Inspection...............................................2-13
21-10
Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front: D664P/

Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement... 13-36
Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED
(Front: D664L/Center: D660L/Rear: D665L)
Replacement .................................................. 13-37
Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement.... 13-32
Distribution Timing Belt Replacement ................ 13-30
Distribution Unit .................................................. 13-23
Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation............. 13-23
DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION............. 13-1
Drive Belt Replacement...........................10-16, 13-36
Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................. 14-29
Drive Gear Replacement .........................11-11, 13-17
Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement .... 13-40
Drive Pulley Replacement .................................... 10-4
Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement..................... 14-30
Dryer Belt Unit ...................................................... 17-3
Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock
Switch (D762B) Replacement .......................... 17-5
Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................. 17-3
Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly .. 14-5
Dryer Exit Unit....................................................... 18-9
Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............... 18-10
Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 18-9
Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 18-9
Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............ 17-14
Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement .......................... 17-15
Dryer Fan/Heater Section ................................... 17-14
Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement........... 17-9
Dryer Feed Roller Replacement ........................... 17-9
Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767)
Replacement .................................................. 17-17
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2
(D760A/B) Replacement ................................ 17-16
Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection .................................. 2-21
Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement ................... 17-3
Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation ...................... 17-6
Dryer Rack Section............................................... 17-6
DRYER SECTION.................................................. 17-1
Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770)
Replacement .................................................. 18-16
Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock
Switch (D762A) Replacement .......................... 17-8
Dryer Temperature Abnormality ......................... 3-172
Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement......... 17-16
Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement .................... 17-12
Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement ............ 17-10
Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement............ 17-13
DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 7-43
DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement....................... 7-44
Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement ....... 7-45
Dummy Head Replacement ................................. 7-17
[E]
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS ..................... 20-1
Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout
Diagrams........................................................ 20-15
ELECTRICAL SECTION ........................................ 19-1
21.3 Index
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................13-53
Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide
Plate Removal/Reinstallation ..........................11-20
Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................13-54
Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.....11-53
Error Indication Outline ...........................................3-2
Error Information Check (0123).............................5-10
Exit Back Surface Guide Plate
Exit Feed Belt Replacement................................17-13
Exit Feed Roller Replacement.............................11-22
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement .........13-55
Exit Nip Roller Replacement ...............................13-53
Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip
Roller Replacement ........................................11-17
Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ....................13-42
Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate
Replacement ..................................................11-49
Explorer (9941)....................................................5-139
Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650)
Replacement ..................................................12-15
EXPOSURE SECTION ...........................................12-1
Exposure Section ..................................................21-7
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor
(D650P)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor
(D653P) Replacement ....................................12-25
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED
(D650L)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED
(D653L) Replacement ....................................12-26
[F]
Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....................12-4
Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement............18-32
Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement ..18-27
Feed Guide Plate Replacement ..........................11-17
Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement ....................11-11
Feed Motor (M101) Replacement .........................7-32
Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ..............11-55
Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ...................18-17
Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement .................13-20
Feed Roller Replacement ...................................13-19
Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/
SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-37
Feed Roller/Belt Replacement ..............................7-48
Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605)
Replacement ..................................................19-34
Replacement ..................................................13-45
Replacement ..................................................13-45
Replacement ....................................................12-5
Replacement ....................................................12-5
21-11
Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover

Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 13-44
Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633)
Replacement .................................................. 11-24
Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............ 7-26
Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor
(Large Size)(D776) Replacement .................. 18-15
Feeding Path Switching paper Sensor LED
(Rear/Center/Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/
Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED
(Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L)
Replacement .................................................. 18-12
Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor
(Rear/Center/Front)(D770P/D771P/D772P)
Replacement .................................................. 18-13
Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770)
Replacement .................................................. 18-14
Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment
(0553) ............................................................. 5-111
Film Carrier ......................................................... 3-163
Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450) ..................... 5-88
FILM CARRIER SECTION ....................................... 7-1
Filter Replacement History (0552) ...................... 5-111
Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241).. 5-39
Fixing Bracket Installation..................................... 8-29
Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement.. 7-50
Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement... 7-24
Flexible Cable Replacement ................................ 7-82
Floppy Disk Drive Inspection.................................. 2-6
Focus Calibration (0347) ...................................... 5-57
Focus Position Adjustment (0321)........................ 5-43
Frame Removal/Reinstallation ............................ 12-18
Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 9-3
Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement .......... 13-50
Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement .... 13-52
[G]
G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544) ............................ 5-104
G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup
(0522) ............................................................... 5-96
GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement................... 19-14
Gear Bracket Replacement .................................. 7-62
GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board
Replacement .................................................. 19-12
GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................... 9-10
GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................... 9-10
GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................... 9-11
GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement................... 19-13
GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................... 9-11
GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................ 9-9
Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.................... 18-18
[H]
Hard Disk Replacement ....................................... 9-18
Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................ 7-42
Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703)
Replacement .................................................... 15-7
Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703)
Replacement .................................................... 15-8
Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/
Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23) ......................... 5-139
21
21.3 Index
[L]
Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022)........................5-136

Hose Connection ................................................15-14
[I]
Image Control Box ..............................................19-10
Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring
Diagram ..........................................................20-64
Image Control Box/Cover Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................19-10
Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620)
Replacement ..................................................19-11
Image Correction Setup (0240).............................5-39
Image Export Settings (0101) .................................5-6
Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527) ...5-98
Image Position Initial Setting (0554)....................5-112
Image Processing Block Diagram ......................20-19
Image Processing Circuit Board Box
Removal/Reinstallation .......................................9-7
Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion .........9-12
Image Processing Circuit Board Section ................9-7
Image Processing Section Adjustment/
Maintenance (07)............................................5-133
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321)
Replacement ....................................................9-12
Image Processing Section Function Setting
(0741) ............................................................5-134
Image Processing Section Information
Display (0720) ................................................5-133
Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740) .....5-133
Image Scanning Method (0300) ...........................5-42
Index Conditions (0227)........................................5-38
Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board
Replacement ....................................................7-69
Input Check (0320) ...............................................5-43
Input Extension Cable Connection .....................20-34
Installation Information Reference (0126) .............5-13
Installation Information Setup (0140) ....................5-15
I/O Check (0341)...................................................5-49
I/O Parts Diagrams................................................20-2
IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board
Replacement ....................................................7-63
IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement .............7-15
IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ...........................7-14
Sensor (D116P)/DTE23 Circuit Board
Replacement ....................................................7-43
Sensor LED (D116L)/LEE23 Circuit Board
Replacement ....................................................7-10
IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement ..7-40
[J]
JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................7-36
JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................20-59
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram..................20-61
[K]
Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board
Replacement ....................................................7-68
21-12
Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement ................ 7-46

Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print
(0548) ............................................................. 5-107
Laser Exposure Check (0542)............................ 5-104
Laser History Display (0549) .............................. 5-109
Laser Optical Unit............................................... 12-10
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement .......... 12-10
Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......... 12-11
LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement....................... 7-13
LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section................ 12-3
LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 12-7
LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-63
LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B)
Replacement .................................................... 12-6
Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement....... 19-8
LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source
Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement ........ 8-6
LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349) .................. 5-61
LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................ 8-7
Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2
(D681A/D681B) Replacement ....................... 19-32
Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 11-6
Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........... 19-19
Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..... 7-52
Lens Cleaning......................................................... 2-4
Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement................ 8-18
Lens Home Position Sensor (D202)
Replacement .................................................... 8-17
Lens Registration (0344) ...................................... 5-53
Lens Unit Replacement ........................................ 8-19
Light Box (Optional) Replacement ......................... 6-6
Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement.............. 6-7
Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ..... 8-5
Light Source Section .............................................. 8-3
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311)
Replacement ...................................................... 8-8
Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation............... 8-3
Load Harness Replacement................................. 7-70
Lock Arm Replacement ...................................... 7-100
Lock Release Arm Replacement ........................ 7-100
Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly .... 7-98
Louver Removal/Reinstallation ............................. 12-5
Low Volume Processing Setup (0622) ............... 5-124
Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation .. 15-7
Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ............. 11-18
Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......... 11-16
Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
(D773P/D774P/D775P) Replacement ............ 18-13
Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 10-15
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P)
Replacement .................................................. 11-12
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L)
Replacement .................................................. 11-15
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 10-9
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm
Replacement .................................................. 10-10
21.3 Index
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/
Reinstallation ....................................................10-9
Lower Magazine Table..........................................10-9
Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................10-10
Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....11-9
LP5700 ..................................................................21-4
MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit

Board Replacement ........................................... 7-9
MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement...................... 7-84
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................. 20-6
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) ................. 7-81
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram ...... 20-33
MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit
Board Replacement ......................................... 7-10
[M]
Machine Data Writing............................................7-25
Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing ...............13-6
Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B)
Replacement ..................................................10-17
Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch .................10-14
Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement.........10-7
Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ........10-3
Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement....10-11
Magnetic Reading Adjustment .............................7-39
Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement ....7-17
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement....7-18
Main Control Unit ..................................................9-14
Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/
Reinstallation ....................................................9-15
Main Control Unit Replacement ............................9-14
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust
(0547) .............................................................5-106
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ........................2-1
Maintenance and Inspection Procedures ...............2-4
MAINTENANCE MENU ...........................................5-1
Maintenance Schedule ...........................................2-2
Mask Cover Gear Replacement............................7-86
Mask Position Adjustment (0420)..........................5-69
Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement .....................7-90
Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement..........7-91
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486)
Replacement ....................................................7-85
MENU TABLE ..........................................................1-1
Menu Table .............................................................1-6
Message Icon .........................................................3-2
Message Number....................................................3-2
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ....................................3-1
Messages and Actions ...........................................3-3
MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442) ..........5-80
MFC10AY Input Check (0422) ..............................5-72
MFC10AY Installation Information Display
(0445) ...............................................................5-83
MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447) ...5-85
MFC10AY I/O Check (0449) .................................5-88
MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) .......5-77
MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424).....5-75
Monitor ....................................................................6-3
Monitor Adjustment (0222)....................................5-24
Monitor Replacement ..............................................6-3
Monotone Correction Setting (0224) .....................5-27
Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement .........9-16
Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation......14-26
Motor Driver Replacement ..................................14-27
Mouse Cleaning ......................................................2-4
Mouse Replacement ...............................................6-4
Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional)....................6-4
21-13
[N]
NC100AY Body Section........................................ 7-70
NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........ 5-93
NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400) ................ 5-69
NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441) .......... 5-79
NC100AY Input Check (0421) .............................. 5-71
NC100AY Installation Information Display
(0444) ............................................................... 5-83
NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ... 5-84
NC100AY I/O Check (0448) ................................. 5-86
NC100AY Lower Feed Section ............................. 7-26
NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451)................. 5-90
NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading
(0452) ............................................................... 5-91
NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453)......................... 5-92
NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)....... 5-76
NC100AY Nest Section......................................... 7-52
NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check
(0454) ............................................................... 5-93
NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) .................... 5-78
NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information
(0443) ............................................................... 5-81
NC100AY Unit Replacement ................................ 7-80
NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) .... 5-73
Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......... 7-52
Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............. 7-53
Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed
Section Alignment Adjustment ......................... 7-56
New Installation .................................................... 4-26
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642)
Replacement .................................................. 11-40
Replacement .................................................. 13-10
Replacement .................................................. 13-15
Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/
Rear: D663) Replacement ............................. 13-24
Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure)
Inspection ........................................................ 2-11
Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........ 13-12
Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........ 13-16
Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662)
Replacement .................................................. 13-26
Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M662)
Replacement .................................................. 13-27
Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement .... 11-25
Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement ... 13-25
Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side)
Replacement .................................................. 13-10
21
21.3 Index
Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side)
Replacement ..................................................13-15
Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement ....13-27
Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...13-41
Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement..................13-13
Nip Roller Replacement .............. 13-16, 13-28, 18-24
No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/
Reassembly ......................................................14-4
No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/
Reassembly ......................................................14-4
Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3)
Replacement ....................................................19-8
[O]
Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/
Reinstallation ......................................................6-4
Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement ...6-5
Operation Keyboard Replacement .........................6-5
Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board
(KEY23) Replacement ......................................12-8
OPERATION SECTION............................................6-1
Operational Procedure............................................5-4
Optical Axis Adjustment (0345) ............................5-54
Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ..............5-56
OS Recovery .......................................................3-184
OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing ...........3-184
[P]
P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703)
Replacement ....................................................15-4
P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701)
Replacement ..................................................15-10
P1/P2 Roller Replacement ....................................14-9
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................14-12
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/
Reinstallation ....................................................14-6
P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge
Washing Valve Diagnostics ............................3-179
P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B
Lower Level Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/
FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement................16-17
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R
Stirring Valve (S728/S729/S730/S731)
Replacement ..................................................16-25
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723)
Replacement ..................................................16-10
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ..................16-20
PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation ....................................................19-7
PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................19-6
PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................20-54
Paint (9940) .........................................................5-139
Paper Condition Method Setup (0242) .................5-40
Paper Condition Setup (0200)...............................5-17
Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy
(0550) .............................................................5-109
Paper Feed (0523) ................................................5-97
PAPER FEED SECTION.........................................11-1
Paper Magazine ....................................................10-3
21-14
Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment

(0520) ............................................................... 5-95
Paper Magazine Registration (0221).................... 5-22
Paper Supply and Feed Sections......................... 21-7
PAPER SUPPLY SECTION.................................... 10-1
Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement.... 10-3
Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) .................. 5-41
PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement .................... 19-29
PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-65
PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement .................... 19-29
PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-67
Pipe Slider Inspection........................................... 2-13
Pipe Slider Replacement .................................... 13-38
Platen Replacement ........................................... 11-34
Plug-in Connector Replacement ....... 7-72, 7-88, 7-92
Power Input Section.............................................. 19-3
POWER LEDs on the Operation Panel............. 20-37
Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical
Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B)
Replacement .................................................. 19-31
Power Supply Cord Cleaning ................................. 2-5
Power Supply Section............................................. 9-3
Power Supply Unit Replacement............................ 9-5
Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ......................... 9-6
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section ........ 19-4
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section
Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................. 19-4
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control
Section ............................................................. 21-8
Power Switch (D684) Replacement.................... 19-33
Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement .................... 7-19
Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement............ 7-47
Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin
Position Adjustment ......................................... 7-23
Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128)
Replacement .................................................... 7-41
Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................. 7-9
Pressure Mask Replacement................................ 7-22
Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ...... 18-42
Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814)
Replacement .................................................. 18-43
Print Condition Setup and Check (02).................. 5-17
PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER............................ 18-1
Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt
Replacement .................................................. 18-25
Print Sending Unit............................................... 18-25
Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......... 18-25
Print Size Setup (0220) ......................................... 5-19
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................... 5-95
Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ......... 14-32
Printer Exit Section.............................................. 13-44
Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement .......... 13-46
Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation.............. 13-44
Printer Function Select (0528) ............................ 5-100
Printer Input Check (0525) ................................... 5-98
Printer I/O Check (0540)..................................... 5-101
Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ....... 5-110
Printer Operation Data Display (0560) ............... 5-117
Printer Rear Cover Open/Close .......................... 19-23
Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 13-7
21.3 Index
Printer Section (LP5700) .....................................20-16
Printer Section (LP5700SC)...................................20-7
Printer Temperature Display (0524) ......................5-97
Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.............12-3
Printer/Processor Block Diagram ........................20-20
Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and
Circuit Boards.................................................20-34
Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block
Diagram ..........................................................20-21
Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table......1-6
Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams .....................20-53
Printing Function Inspection ...................................2-8
Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear
Lubrication........................................................2-14
Processing Racks .................................................14-6
PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION
SYSTEM ............................................................15-1
Processing Solution Heater Inspection .................2-15
Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump
Section..............................................................15-7
Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning .........2-16
PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT
SYSTEM ............................................................16-1
Processing Solution Replenishment
System .................................................. 16-10, 21-8
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1
(F704) Replacement .......................................15-13
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2
(F705) Replacement .......................................15-13
Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ..........3-176
Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality...3-168
Processing Temperature Setting (0640) .............5-129
Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06)............5-120
Processor Drive Chain Lubrication .......................2-21
Processor Drive Chain Replacement ..................14-31
Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement......14-28
Processor Drive System ......................................14-25
Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .....15-3
Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation .....15-4
Processor Input Check (0624) ............................5-127
Processor I/O Check (0642) ...............................5-130
Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625).....5-128
Processor Operation Data Display (0643) ..........5-131
Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...14-25
PROCESSOR SECTION ........................................14-1
Processor Section (LP5700) ...............................20-11
Processor Temperature Calibration (0623).........5-125
Production Information (0120) ................................5-6
Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board......19-15
Program Downloading to Scanner
Circuit Board.....................................................8-25
PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644)....5-131
PS Tank Partition Board ......................................14-20
PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal
Replacement ..................................................14-20
PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705)
Replacement ..................................................15-11
PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ..............................14-15
PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation.......14-12
PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ..............................14-13
PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation .....14-6
21-15
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning ...... 2-18

PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706)
Replacement .................................................... 15-6
PSR Filter Replacement...................................... 16-16
PSR Level Sensor Inspection ............................... 2-19
PSR Pump Bellows Replacement....................... 16-15
PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation........ 16-12
PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ...................... 16-13
PSR Pump Valve Replacement .......................... 16-14
PSR Tank Replacement...................................... 16-18
PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor
(FS723/FS727) Replacement ......................... 16-16
PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ................... 19-20
PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................ 20-55
[R]
R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543)................................ 5-104
Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics ........... 3-178
Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water
Replenishment Valve (S720 to S722)
Replacement .................................................. 16-24
Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ...... 7-38
Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................ 9-3
Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ........... 13-51
Register/Delete ................................................... 5-135
Registration Section............................................ 11-40
Registration Section Feed Roller 1
Replacement .................................................. 11-53
Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning........... 2-10
Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement.. 11-46
Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement . 11-54
Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement . 11-47
Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4
Replacement .................................................. 11-48
Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P)
Replacement .................................................. 11-42
Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L)
Replacement .................................................. 11-42
Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release
Motor1 (M642) Replacement ......................... 11-43
Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation............ 11-40
Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table .......... 2-3
Reinstallation ........................................................ 4-13
Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement ............................. 19-9
Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing .... 16-9
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting
Interlock Switch (D724) Replacemen .............. 16-3
Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor
(D722/D723) Replacement .............................. 16-4
Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear
Replacement .................................................... 16-6
Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 16-5
Replenisher Cartridge Section ............................. 16-3
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721)
Replacement .................................................... 16-3
Replenisher Filter Replacement ......................... 16-10
Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning ..................... 2-17
Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/
Setting (0620)................................................. 5-120
Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction......... 3-166
21
21.3 Index
Replenishment Cartridge Opening
Malfunction .....................................................3-181
Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics ..........3-180
Replenishment Pump Diagnostics ......................3-177
Required Adjustments after Parts
Replacement ....................................................21-5
Restoration of Backup for Refreshing .................3-182
Return Action after Replenishment
System Error ...................................................3-180
Reversion ..............................................................4-36
Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................14-25
Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board
Cover Removal/Reinstallation...........................7-81
Roller Replacement.............................................18-22
Roller/Arm Replacement .......................................7-99
Roller/Feed Belt Replacement ............................18-44
Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ............................12-22
[S]
Scanner .................................................................21-6
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) ................5-42
Scanner Block Diagram ......................................20-18
Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit
Boards ............................................................20-22
SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION.........................9-1
Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350)............5-63
SCANNER SECTION ...............................................8-1
Scanner Section ......................................................8-9
Scanner Section Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation ....................................................8-11
Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212)
Replacement ....................................................8-10
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211)
Replacement ....................................................8-10
Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/
Reinstallation ......................................................8-9
Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/
Reinstallation ......................................................8-9
Scanner Section (SP-3000) ....................... 20-2, 20-15
Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/
Reinstallation ......................................................8-9
Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams ..................20-29
Scanner Wiring Diagram .....................................20-29
Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546)......5-105
Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ........................5-116
Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558)........................5-115
Setup and Maintenance Menu Table ......................1-2
Shipping Information Reference (0142) ................5-16
Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020).........................5-135
Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674)
Replacement ..................................................12-15
Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement ................12-14
Shutter/Gear Replacement ...................................8-16
Simple Upgrade ......................................................4-2
Slide Rail Replacement .........................................7-41
Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement.................7-89
Soft Down Damper Replacement........................10-12
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651)
Replacement ..................................................12-24
Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement...................12-22
Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ...............12-27
21-16
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION................................... 4-1

Solenoid (S101) Replacement.............................. 7-38
Solenoid (S480) Replacement.............................. 7-84
Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement ..... 15-9
Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection ................... 2-20
Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705)
Replacement .................................................... 15-5
Sorter .................................................................... 21-8
Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................. 18-34
Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement.18-36, 18-47
Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ..18-38, 18-50
Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 18-49
Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 18-48
Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 18-46
Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment ................. 18-51
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810)
Replacement .......................................18-35, 18-46
Special Film Channel Setting (0223) .................... 5-25
Special Operations (99)...................................... 5-139
Spectral Calibration (0348)................................... 5-59
Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front)
Replacement .................................................. 13-48
Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear)
Replacement .................................................. 13-49
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front:
D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P)
Replacement .................................................. 13-47
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED
(Front: D666L/Center: D667L/Rear: D668L)
Replacement .................................................. 13-47
Spool Gear Replacement ..................................... 7-66
SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 7-61
Start Switch (D214) Replacement .......................... 9-4
SU1400AY Sorter................................................ 18-34
SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation .......... 18-34
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ............................ 18-29
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 18-29
SU2400AY Sorter................................................ 18-46
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ............................ 18-39
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 18-39
Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555) .... 5-113
Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650)
Replacement .................................................. 12-21
Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning................. 2-11
Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) . 5-114
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement............... 12-19
Sub-scanning Unit .............................................. 12-17
Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation......... 12-17
Sub-tank Section .................................................. 15-3
Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/
SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement.................. 7-63
Supply Motor (M102) Replacement...................... 7-67
SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ........18-35, 18-48
System Operation Setup and Check (01)............... 5-6
21.3 Index
[T]
Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............6-7
Template Regist/Delete (1021) ...........................5-136
Test Pattern Printing (0541) ................................5-102
Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement ...........12-4
Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641)
Replacement ..................................................11-41
Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...........................11-52
Timer Setup (0121) .................................................5-8
Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125)..........................5-12
Timing Belt Replacement ....................................12-21
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811)
Replacement ...................................... 18-31, 18-41
Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................18-41
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P)
Replacement ..................................................18-31
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L)
Replacement ..................................................18-30
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED
(D813P/D813L) Replacement.........................18-40
Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................18-40
Trouble Shooting .................................................3-163
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615),

Open/Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower
Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625),
Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628)
Replacement .................................................. 11-10
Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631)
Replacement .................................................. 11-12
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover
Removal/Reinstallation ..................................... 10-5
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm
Replacement .................................................... 10-6
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 10-5
Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock
Replacement .................................................... 10-8
Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 10-6
Upper Paper Magazine Table .............................. 10-5
Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation..... 11-9
Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 10-7
Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor
(D616/D626) Replacement ............................ 11-10
Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor
(M610/M620) Replacement ........................... 10-15
[U]
Update ....................................................................4-6
Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate
Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..15-3
Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement..............11-19
Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement ................11-21
Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation...........11-14
Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly ...............14-7
Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .........13-18
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/
Reinstallation ..................................................10-14
[W]
Waste Solution Hose Replacement .................... 15-17
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning................. 2-18
Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728)
Replacement .................................................. 15-15
Waste Solution System ....................................... 15-15
Waste Solution Tank Replacement..................... 15-16
Winding Roller Replacement ................................ 7-30
Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................... 7-30
Working Information Display (0322) ..................... 5-44
Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement ........ 7-40
[X]
X-#### Actions ....................................................... 3-2
21
21-17
FAX : 81-3-5484-0454
Questionnaire concerning This Manual

Fujifilms Technical Division Photo Products Marketing would be most grateful if you would make copies of this
form, then complete and send them to us by FAX.
Your opinions will contribute greatly to an accurate assessment of the overall quality of each manual.
All questions can be answered by ticking [] the appropriate box(es), but in addition to these answers, please
provide us with your written comments in the lined spaces following each block of questions.
Title : Frontier 570 Ver.1.7
SERVICE MANUAL
Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagrams
Manual Title and Reference Number
Reference Number : PP3-C1053E
Name :
Your Name and Company
Company :
E-mail Address :
Your E-mail Address and FAX Number
Question 1
Question 2
FAX Number :
How would you rate this manual overall?

(1) Very easy to use and understand
(2) Fairly easy to use and understand
(3) Slightly difficult to use

and understand
(4) Very difficult to use and understand
Please provide us with your reasons and comments.
Have you found any technical errors, errors in spelling, or missing words in this manual?
Yes
Question 3
No
If you have ticked (Yes), please let us know what these errors and missing words are.
How would you rate the writing (language, choice of words/phrases, etc.) and the illustrations/
diagrams, etc.?
(1) Clear and easy to follow
(2) Should be simplified
(3) Difficult to follow

(1) [Illustrations, etc.] Of adequate size
(2) [Illustrations, etc.] Too small
(3) [Illustrations, etc.] Difficult to follow
If you have ticked (2), (3) or (3), please give us your reasons.
Additional
Comments/
Requests
concerning
This Manual
Please return this questionnaire to :
FAX No. : Tokyo 81-3-5484-0454
FUJI PHOTO FILM CO., LTD.

26-30, Nishiazabu 2-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-8620, Japan.
Printed on Recycled Paper
Ref.No.PP3-C1053E TD-04.10-FG Printed in Japan

Frontier 570 Service Manual

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Frontier 570 Service Manual

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

SERVICE MANUAL

System Disk Ver.1.7 or later

Service Manual Appropriations

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

MESSAGES AND ACTIONS

FILM CARRIER SECTION

SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION

PAPER SUPPLY SECTION

PAPER FEED SECTION

DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION

PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM

PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM

PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

MENU TABLE........................................................................................................................... 1-1

Setup and Maintenance Menu Table................................................................................... 1-2

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................................................................................. 2-1

Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................................................ 2-2

2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication.......................................................................... 2-21

MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 3-1

SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 4-1

Error Indication Outline........................................................................................................ 3-2

Simple Upgrade................................................................................................................... 4-2

MAINTENANCE MENU ......................................................................................................... 5-1

Operational Procedure ........................................................................................................ 5-4

5.2.9 Installation Information Reference (0126) ............................................................... 5-13

5.5.11 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442) ............................................................ 5-80

5.7.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ........................................................... 5-125

OPERATION SECTION ......................................................................................................... 6-1

FILM CARRIER SECTION.................................................................................................... 7-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 7-3

7.1.8 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................................................................... 7-13

SCANNER SECTION ............................................................................................................. 8-1

SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION................................................................................. 9-1

10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ............................................................................................... 10-1

11. PAPER FEED SECTION ..................................................................................................... 11-1

11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 11-16

11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement .................................................... 11-54

12. EXPOSURE SECTION ........................................................................................................ 12-1

13. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION ................................................................... 13-1

13.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement.................................................................... 13-13

Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 13-53

14. PROCESSOR SECTION ..................................................................................................... 14-1

15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM............................................... 15-1

15.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement........................................................ 15-9

16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ....................................... 16-1

17. DRYER SECTION ................................................................................................................. 17-1

18. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER...................................................................................... 18-1

18.4 SU1400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 18-34

19. ELECTRICAL SECTION ..................................................................................................... 19-1

19.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-14

20. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .............................................................................. 20-1

20.6.3 POWER LEDs on the Operation Panel............................................................... 20-37

21. APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................... 21-1

Setup and Maintenance Menu Table..................................................... 1-2

Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table .................................. 1-6

Menu Table............................................................................................................... 1-6

1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table

01 System Operation Setup

02 Print Condition Setup and

0100 Connection to Imaging Controller

0101 Image Export Settings

0120 Production Information